INSTRUCTION MANUAL
MODEL T200H/M
NITROGEN OXIDES ANALYZER
© TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION
9480 CARROLL PARK DRIVE
SAN DIEGO, CA 92121-5201
USA
Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190
Phone: 858-657-9800
Fax: 858-657-9816
Email: [email protected]
Website: http://www.teledyne-api.com/
Copyright 2011-2012
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation
07270B DCN6512
20 June 2012
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ABOUT TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION (TAPI)
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation, Inc. (TAPI) is a worldwide market
leader in the design and manufacture of precision analytical instrumentation used
for air quality monitoring, continuous emissions monitoring, and specialty process
monitoring applications. Founded in San Diego, California, in 1988, TAPI
introduced a complete line of Air Quality Monitoring (AQM) instrumentation,
which comply with the United States Environmental Protection Administration
(EPA) and international requirements for the measurement of criteria pollutants,
including CO, SO2, NOX and Ozone.
Since 1988 TAPI has combined state-of-the-art technology, proven measuring
principles, stringent quality assurance systems and world class after-sales
support to deliver the best products and customer satisfaction in the business.
For further information on our company, our complete range of products, and the
applications that they serve, please visit www.teledyne-api.com or contact
NOTICE OF COPYRIGHT
© 2011-2012 Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation. All rights reserved.
TRADEMARKS
All trademarks, registered trademarks, brand names or product names appearing
in this document are the property of their respective owners and are used herein
for identification purposes only.
i
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
ii
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SAFETY MESSAGES
Important safety messages are provided throughout this manual for the purpose of
avoiding personal injury or instrument damage. Please read these messages carefully.
Each safety message is associated with a safety alert symbol, and are placed
throughout this manual; the safety symbols are also located inside the instrument. It is
imperative that you pay close attention to these messages, the descriptions of which
are as follows:
WARNING: Electrical Shock Hazard
HAZARD: Strong oxidizer
GENERAL WARNING/CAUTION: Read the accompanying message for
specific information.
CAUTION: Hot Surface Warning
Do Not Touch: Touching some parts of the instrument without
protection or proper tools could result in damage to the part(s) and/or the
instrument.
Technician Symbol: All operations marked with this symbol are to be
performed by qualified maintenance personnel only.
Electrical Ground: This symbol inside the instrument marks the central
safety grounding point for the instrument.
CAUTION
This instrument should only be used for the purpose and in the manner described
in this manual. If you use this instrument in a manner other than that for which it
was intended, unpredictable behavior could ensue with possible hazardous
consequences.
NEVER use any gas analyzer to sample combustible gas(es)!
For Technical Assistance regarding the use and maintenance of this instrument or any other
Teledyne API product, contact Teledyne API’s Technical Support Department:
Telephone: 800-324-5190
Email: [email protected]
or access any of the service options on our website at http://www.teledyne-api.com/
iii
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ
Des consignes de sécurité importantes sont fournies tout au long du présent manuel
dans le but d’éviter des blessures corporelles ou d’endommager les instruments.
Veuillez lire attentivement ces consignes. Chaque consigne de sécurité est
représentée par un pictogramme d’alerte de sécurité; ces pictogrammes se retrouvent
dans ce manuel et à l’intérieur des instruments. Les symboles correspondent aux
consignes suivantes :
AVERTISSEMENT : Risque de choc électrique
DANGER : Oxydant puissant
AVERTISSEMENT GÉNÉRAL
/
MISE EN GARDE : Lire la consigne
complémentaire pour des renseignements spécifiques
MISE EN GARDE : Surface chaude
Ne pas toucher : Toucher à certaines parties de l’instrument sans protection ou
sans les outils appropriés pourrait entraîner des dommages aux pièces ou à
l’instrument.
Pictogramme « technicien » : Toutes les opérations portant ce symbole doivent
être effectuées uniquement par du personnel de maintenance qualifié.
Mise à la terre : Ce symbole à l’intérieur de l’instrument détermine le point central
de la mise à la terre sécuritaire de l’instrument.
MISE EN GARDE
Cet instrument doit être utilisé aux fins décrites et de la manière décrite dans
ce manuel. Si vous utilisez cet instrument d’une autre manière que celle pour
laquelle il a été prévu, l’instrument pourrait se comporter de façon imprévisible
et entraîner des conséquences dangereuses.
NE JAMAIS utiliser un analyseur de gaz pour échantillonner des gaz
combustibles!
iv
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
WARRANTY
WARRANTY POLICY (02024 F)
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI), a business unit of Teledyne
Instruments, Inc., provides that:
Prior to shipment, TAPI equipment is thoroughly inspected and tested. Should equipment
failure occur, TAPI assures its customers that prompt service and support will be available.
COVERAGE
After the warranty period and throughout the equipment lifetime, TAPI stands ready to
provide on-site or in-plant service at reasonable rates similar to those of other manufacturers
in the industry. All maintenance and the first level of field troubleshooting are to be
performed by the customer.
NON-TAPI MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT
Equipment provided but not manufactured by TAPI is warranted and will be repaired to the
extent and according to the current terms and conditions of the respective equipment
manufacturer’s warranty.
PRODUCT RETURN
All units or components returned to Teledyne API should be properly packed for
handling and returned freight prepaid to the nearest designated Service Center. After the
repair, the equipment will be returned, freight prepaid.
The complete Terms and Conditions of Sale can be reviewed at http://www.teledyne-
api.com/terms_and_conditions.asp
CAUTION – Avoid Warranty Invalidation
Failure to comply with proper anti-Electro-Static Discharge (ESD) handling and packing instructions
and Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) procedures when returning parts for repair or
calibration may void your warranty. For anti-ESD handling and packing instructions please refer to
“Packing Components for Return to Teledyne API’s Customer Service” in the Primer on Electro-
Static Discharge section of this manual, and for RMA procedures please refer to our Website at
http://www.teledyne-api.com under Customer Support > Return Authorization.
v
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
vi
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
This manual is comprised of multiple documents, in PDF format, as listed below.
Part No. Rev
Name/Description
07270
05147
07351
07367
05149
B
H
A
A
B
T200H/M Operation Manual
Menu Trees and Software Documentation (inserted as Appendix A in this manual)
Spare Parts List - T200H (located in Appendix B of this manual)
Spare Parts List - T200M (located in Appendix B of this manual)t
Repair Request Form (inserted as Appendix C in this manual)
Documents included in Appendix D:
0691101
06911
01669
01840
03632
03956
04354
04181
04468
01840
03632
03956
06731
A
A
G
B
A
A
D
H
B
B
D
B
A
Interconnect Wire List
Interconnect Wiring Diagram
PCA 016680300, Ozone generator board
PCA Thermo-electric cooler board
PCA 03631, 0-20mA Driver
PCA 039550200, Relay Board
PCA 04003, Pressure/Flow Transducer Interface
PCA 041800200, PMT pre-amplifier board
PCA, 04467, Analog Output
SCH, PCA 05802, MOTHERBOARD, GEN-5
SCH, PCA 06697, INTRFC, LCD TCH SCRN,
SCH, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
SCH, AUXILLIARY-I/O BOARD
Note
We recommend that all users read this manual in its entirety before
operating the instrument.
vii
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
viii
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
REVISION HISTORY
This section provides information regarding changes to this manual.
T200H/T200M Operation Manual PN 07270
Date
Rev DCN Change Summary
2012 June 20
2011 March 04
B
A
6512 Administrative updates
5999 Initial Release
ix
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
x
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABOUT TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION (TAPI) ............................................................................... i
SAFETY MESSAGES..................................................................................................................................................................iii
CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ...................................................................................................................................................... iv
Warranty ...................................................................................................................................................................................... v
About This Manual ......................................................................................................................................................................vii
Revision History .......................................................................................................................................................................... ix
Table of Contents........................................................................................................................................................................ xi
List of Figures.............................................................................................................................................................................xiv
List of Tables..............................................................................................................................................................................xvi
LIST OF APPENDICES ............................................................................................................................................................xvii
1. Introduction, Features, and Options.......................................................................................................................................19
1.1. Overview ........................................................................................................................................................................19
1.2. Features .........................................................................................................................................................................19
1.3. Using This Manual..........................................................................................................................................................19
1.4. Options...........................................................................................................................................................................20
2. Specifications and Approvals.................................................................................................................................................23
2.1. T200H/M Operating Specifications.................................................................................................................................23
2.2. Approvals and Certifications...........................................................................................................................................24
2.2.1. Safety .....................................................................................................................................................................24
2.2.2. EMC........................................................................................................................................................................24
3. Getting Started.......................................................................................................................................................................25
3.1. Unpacking and Initial Setup............................................................................................................................................25
3.2. Ventilation Clearance .....................................................................................................................................................26
3.3. T200H/M Layout.............................................................................................................................................................26
3.4. Electrical Connections....................................................................................................................................................32
3.4.1. Power Connection ..................................................................................................................................................32
3.4.2. Analog Inputs (Option 64) Connections..................................................................................................................33
3.4.3. Analog Output Connections....................................................................................................................................33
3.4.4. Connecting the Status Outputs...............................................................................................................................34
3.4.5. Current Loop Analog Outputs (OPT 41) Setup.......................................................................................................36
3.4.6. Connecting the Control Inputs ................................................................................................................................38
3.4.7. Connecting the Alarm Relay Option (OPT 61)........................................................................................................39
3.4.8. Connecting the Communications Ports...................................................................................................................40
3.5. Pneumatic Connections .................................................................................................................................................42
3.5.1. About Zero Air and Calibration (Span) Gases ........................................................................................................42
3.5.2. Pneumatic Connections to T200H/M Basic Configuration ......................................................................................44
3.5.3. Connections with Internal Valve Options Installed..................................................................................................49
3.6. Initial Operation ..............................................................................................................................................................59
3.6.1. Startup....................................................................................................................................................................59
3.6.2. Warning Messages.................................................................................................................................................59
3.6.3. Functional Check....................................................................................................................................................60
3.7. Calibration ......................................................................................................................................................................61
3.7.1. Basic NOx Calibration Procedure............................................................................................................................61
3.7.2. Basic O2 Sensor Calibration Procedure..................................................................................................................66
4. Operating Instructions............................................................................................................................................................71
4.1. Overview of Operating Modes........................................................................................................................................71
4.2. Sample Mode .................................................................................................................................................................73
4.2.1. Test Functions........................................................................................................................................................73
4.2.2. Warning Messages.................................................................................................................................................75
4.3. Calibration Mode ............................................................................................................................................................77
4.3.1. Calibration Functions..............................................................................................................................................77
4.4. SETUP MODE................................................................................................................................................................77
4.5. SETUP CFG: Viewing the Analyzer’s Configuration Information ...............................................................................78
4.6. SETUP ACAL: Automatic Calibration.........................................................................................................................79
4.7. SETUP DAS - Using the Data Acquisition System (DAS).........................................................................................80
4.7.1. DAS Structure.........................................................................................................................................................81
4.7.2. Default DAS Channels............................................................................................................................................83
4.7.3. Remote DAS Configuration ....................................................................................................................................96
xi
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.8. SETUP RNGE: Range Units and Dilution Configuration............................................................................................97
4.8.1. Range Units............................................................................................................................................................97
4.8.2. Dilution Ratio ..........................................................................................................................................................98
4.9. SETUP PASS: Password Feature .............................................................................................................................99
4.10. SETUP CLK: Setting the Internal Time-of-Day Clock ............................................................................................101
4.11. SETUP MORE COMM: Setting Up the Analyser’s Communication Ports .........................................................103
4.11.1. DTE and DCE Communication...........................................................................................................................103
4.11.2. COM Port Default Settings .................................................................................................................................103
4.11.3. Communication Modes, Baud Rate and Port Testing.........................................................................................104
4.11.4. Analyzer ID.........................................................................................................................................................108
4.11.5. RS-232 COM Port Cable Connections ...............................................................................................................109
4.11.6. RS-485 Configuration of COM2..........................................................................................................................111
4.11.7. Ethernet Interface Configuration.........................................................................................................................111
4.11.8. USB Port Setup ..................................................................................................................................................117
4.11.9. Multidrop RS-232 Set Up....................................................................................................................................119
4.11.10. MODBUS SETUP.............................................................................................................................................122
4.12. SETUP MORE VARS: Internal Variables (VARS).............................................................................................124
4.12.1. Setting the Gas Measurement Mode ..................................................................................................................126
4.13. SETUP MORE DIAG: Diagnostics MENU........................................................................................................127
4.13.1. Accessing the Diagnostic Features.....................................................................................................................128
4.13.2. Signal I/O............................................................................................................................................................128
4.13.3. Analog Output Step Test ....................................................................................................................................130
4.13.4. ANALOG OUTPUTS and Reporting Ranges......................................................................................................131
4.13.5. ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION........................................................................................................................134
4.13.6. ANALOG OUTPUT CALIBRATION....................................................................................................................148
4.13.7. OTHER DIAG MENU FUNCTIONS....................................................................................................................158
4.14. SETUP – ALRM: Using the optional Gas Concentration Alarms (OPT 67) ................................................................166
4.15. Remote Operation......................................................................................................................................................167
4.15.1. Remote Operation Using the External Digital I/O ...............................................................................................167
4.15.2. Remote Operation ..............................................................................................................................................169
4.15.3. Additional Communications Documentation .......................................................................................................176
4.15.4. Using the T200H/M with a Hessen Protocol Network .........................................................................................176
5. Calibration Procedures.........................................................................................................................................................183
5.1.1. Interferents for NOX Measurements......................................................................................................................183
5.2. Calibration Preparations...............................................................................................................................................184
5.2.1. Required Equipment, Supplies, and Expendables................................................................................................184
5.2.2. Zero Air.................................................................................................................................................................184
5.2.3. Span Calibration Gas Standards & Traceability....................................................................................................185
5.2.4. Data Recording Devices.......................................................................................................................................186
5.2.5. NO2 Conversion Efficiency (CE) ...........................................................................................................................186
5.3. Manual Calibration .......................................................................................................................................................191
5.4. Calibration Checks .......................................................................................................................................................195
5.5. Manual Calibration with Zero/Span Valves...................................................................................................................196
5.6. Calibration Checks with Zero/Span Valves...................................................................................................................199
5.7. Calibration With Remote Contact Closures ..................................................................................................................200
5.8. Automatic Calibration (AutoCal) ...................................................................................................................................201
5.9. Calibration Quality Analysis..........................................................................................................................................204
6. Instrument Maintenance.......................................................................................................................................................205
6.1. Maintenance Schedule.................................................................................................................................................205
6.2. Predictive Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................................207
6.3. Maintenance Procedures..............................................................................................................................................207
6.3.1. Changing the Sample Particulate Filter ................................................................................................................207
6.3.2. Changing the O3 Dryer Particulate Filter...............................................................................................................209
6.3.3. Maintaining the External Sample Pump................................................................................................................210
6.3.4. Changing the NO2 converter.................................................................................................................................211
6.3.5. Cleaning the Reaction Cell ...................................................................................................................................212
6.3.6. Changing Critical Flow Orifices.............................................................................................................................214
6.3.7. Checking for Light Leaks ......................................................................................................................................215
7. Troubleshooting & Repair ....................................................................................................................................................217
7.1. General Troubleshooting..............................................................................................................................................217
7.1.1. Fault Diagnosis with Warning Messages..............................................................................................................218
7.1.2. Fault Diagnosis with Test Functions .....................................................................................................................219
7.1.3. Using the Diagnostic Signal I/O Function .............................................................................................................220
7.1.4. Status LED’s.........................................................................................................................................................222
7.2. Gas Flow Problems......................................................................................................................................................225
xii
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Table of Contents
7.2.1. T200H Internal Gas Flow Diagrams......................................................................................................................226
7.2.2. T200M Internal Gas Flow Diagrams .....................................................................................................................229
7.2.3. Zero or Low Flow Problems..................................................................................................................................231
7.2.4. High Flow..............................................................................................................................................................233
7.2.5. Sample Flow is Zero or Low But Analyzer Reports Correct Flow .........................................................................233
7.3. Calibration Problems ....................................................................................................................................................234
7.3.1. Negative Concentrations ......................................................................................................................................234
7.3.2. No Response........................................................................................................................................................234
7.3.3. Unstable Zero and Span.......................................................................................................................................235
7.3.4. Inability to Span - No SPAN Key ..........................................................................................................................235
7.3.5. Inability to Zero - No ZERO Button.......................................................................................................................236
7.3.6. Non-Linear Response...........................................................................................................................................236
7.3.7. Discrepancy Between Analog Output and Display ...............................................................................................237
7.3.8. Discrepancy between NO and NOX slopes...........................................................................................................237
7.4. Other Performance Problems.......................................................................................................................................237
7.4.1. Excessive noise....................................................................................................................................................238
7.4.2. Slow Response.....................................................................................................................................................238
7.4.3. Auto-zero Warnings..............................................................................................................................................238
7.5. Subsystem Checkout ...................................................................................................................................................239
7.5.1. Simple Leak Check using Vacuum and Pump......................................................................................................239
7.5.2. Detailed Leak Check Using Pressure ...................................................................................................................239
7.5.3. Performing a Sample Flow Check ........................................................................................................................240
7.5.4. AC Power Configuration .......................................................................................................................................241
7.5.5. DC Power Supply Test Points ..............................................................................................................................245
7.5.6. I2C Bus .................................................................................................................................................................245
7.5.7. Touch Screen Interface ........................................................................................................................................246
7.5.8. LCD Display Module.............................................................................................................................................246
7.5.9. General Relay Board Diagnostics.........................................................................................................................246
7.5.10. Motherboard .......................................................................................................................................................247
7.5.11. CPU....................................................................................................................................................................249
7.5.12. RS-232 Communication......................................................................................................................................250
7.5.13. PMT Sensor........................................................................................................................................................251
7.5.14. PMT Preamplifier Board .....................................................................................................................................251
7.5.15. High Voltage Power Supply................................................................................................................................251
7.5.16. Pneumatic Sensor Assembly..............................................................................................................................252
7.5.17. NO2 Converter ....................................................................................................................................................253
7.5.18. O3 Generator ......................................................................................................................................................255
7.5.19. Box Temperature................................................................................................................................................255
7.5.20. PMT Temperature...............................................................................................................................................255
7.6. Repair Procedures .......................................................................................................................................................256
7.6.1. Disk-on-Module Replacement ..............................................................................................................................256
7.6.2. O3 Generator Replacement ..................................................................................................................................257
7.6.3. Sample and Ozone Dryer Replacement ...............................................................................................................257
7.6.4. PMT Sensor Hardware Calibration.......................................................................................................................258
7.6.5. Replacing the PMT, HVPS or TEC.......................................................................................................................260
7.7. Removing / Replacing the Relay PCA from the Instrument..........................................................................................263
7.8. Frequently Asked Questions ........................................................................................................................................264
7.9. Technical Assistance....................................................................................................................................................265
8. Principles of Operation.........................................................................................................................................................267
8.1. Measurement Principle.................................................................................................................................................267
8.1.1. Chemiluminescence .............................................................................................................................................267
8.1.2. NOX and NO2 Determination.................................................................................................................................269
8.2. Chemiluminescence Detection.....................................................................................................................................270
8.2.1. The Photo Multiplier Tube.....................................................................................................................................270
8.2.2. Optical Filter .........................................................................................................................................................270
8.2.3. Auto Zero..............................................................................................................................................................271
8.2.4. Measurement Interferences..................................................................................................................................272
8.3. Pneumatic Operation....................................................................................................................................................274
8.3.1. Pump and Exhaust Manifold.................................................................................................................................274
8.3.2. Sample Gas Flow .................................................................................................................................................275
8.3.3. Flow Rate Control - Critical Flow Orifices .............................................................................................................276
8.3.4. Sample Particulate Filter.......................................................................................................................................280
8.3.5. Ozone Gas Air Flow..............................................................................................................................................281
8.3.6. O3 Generator ........................................................................................................................................................282
8.3.7. Perma Pure® Dryer...............................................................................................................................................283
xiii
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
8.3.8. Ozone Supply Air Filter.........................................................................................................................................285
8.3.9. Ozone Scrubber ...................................................................................................................................................285
8.3.10. Pneumatic Sensors.............................................................................................................................................286
8.3.11. Dilution Manifold.................................................................................................................................................287
8.4. Oxygen Sensor (OPT 65A) Principles of Operation .....................................................................................................288
8.4.1. Paramagnetic Measurement of O2........................................................................................................................288
8.4.2. Operation Within the T200H/M Analyzer ..............................................................................................................289
8.4.3. Pneumatic Operation of the O2 Sensor.................................................................................................................289
8.5. Electronic Operation.....................................................................................................................................................290
8.5.1. CPU......................................................................................................................................................................291
8.5.2. Sensor Module, Reaction Cell ..............................................................................................................................292
8.5.3. Photo Multiplier Tube (PMT).................................................................................................................................293
8.5.4. PMT Cooling System............................................................................................................................................295
8.5.5. PMT Preamplifier..................................................................................................................................................295
8.5.6. Pneumatic Sensor Board......................................................................................................................................297
8.5.7. Relay Board..........................................................................................................................................................297
8.5.8. Status LEDs & Watch Dog Circuitry......................................................................................................................301
8.5.9. Motherboard .........................................................................................................................................................302
8.5.10. Analog Outputs...................................................................................................................................................304
8.5.11. External Digital I/O..............................................................................................................................................304
8.5.12. I2C Data Bus.......................................................................................................................................................304
8.5.13. Power-up Circuit .................................................................................................................................................304
8.6. Power Distribution & Circuit Breaker ............................................................................................................................305
8.7. Front Panel/Display Interface Electronics.....................................................................................................................306
8.7.1. Front Panel Interface PCA....................................................................................................................................306
8.8. Software Operation ......................................................................................................................................................307
8.8.1. Adaptive Filter.......................................................................................................................................................308
8.8.2. Calibration - Slope and Offset...............................................................................................................................308
8.8.3. Temperature/Pressure Compensation (TPC) .......................................................................................................309
8.8.4. NO2 Converter Efficiency Compensation..............................................................................................................310
8.8.5. Internal Data Acquisition System (DAS) ...............................................................................................................310
9. A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge...................................................................................................................................311
9.1. How Static Charges are Created..................................................................................................................................311
9.2. How Electro-Static Charges Cause Damage................................................................................................................312
9.3. Common Myths About ESD Damage...........................................................................................................................313
9.4. Basic Principles of Static Control..................................................................................................................................314
9.4.1. General Rules.......................................................................................................................................................314
9.4.2. Basic anti-ESD Procedures for Analyzer Repair and Maintenance ......................................................................315
Glossary...................................................................................................................................................................................319
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 3-1:
Figure 3-2:
Figure 3-3:
Figure 3-4:
Figure 3-5:
Figure 3-6:
Figure 3-7:
Figure 3-8:
Figure 3-9:
Figure 3-10:
Figure 3-11:
Figure 3-12:
Figure 3-13:
Figure 3-14:
Figure 3-15:
Figure 3-16:
Figure 3-17:
Front Panel ..................................................................................................................................27
Display Screen and Touch Control..............................................................................................27
Display/Touch Control Screen Mapped to Menu Charts .............................................................29
T200H/M Rear Panel Layout .......................................................................................................30
T200H/M Internal Layout .............................................................................................................31
Analog In Connector....................................................................................................................33
Analog Output Connector ............................................................................................................34
Status Output Connector .............................................................................................................35
Current Loop Option Installed on the Motherboard .....................................................................36
Control Input Connector...............................................................................................................38
Alarm Relay Output Pin Assignments..........................................................................................39
T200H/M Multidrop Card .............................................................................................................41
Pneumatic Connections–Basic Configuration–Using Gas Dilution Calibrator.............................44
Pneumatic Connections–Basic Configuration–Using Bottled Span Gas.....................................45
T200H Internal Pneumatic Block Diagram - Standard Configuration..........................................47
T200M Internal Pneumatic Block Diagram - Standard Configuration..........................................48
Pneumatic Connections–With Zero/Span Valve Option (50A)....................................................49
xiv
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Table of Contents
Figure 3-18:
Figure 3-19:
Figure 3-20:
Figure 3-21:
Figure 3-22:
Figure 3-23:
Figure 3-24:
Figure 3-23:
Figure 4-1:
Figure 4-2:
Figure 4-3:
Figure 4-4:
Figure 4-5:
Figure 4-6:
Figure 4-7:
Figure 4-8:
Figure 4-9:
Figure 4-10:
Figure 4-11:
Figure 4-12:
Figure 4-13:
Figure 4-14.
Figure 4-15:
Figure 4-16:
Figure 4-17:
Figure 4-18:
Figure 5-1:
Figure 5-2:
Figure 5-3:
Figure 5-4:
Figure 6-1:
Figure 6-2:
Figure 6-3:
Figure 6-4:
Figure 6-5:
Figure 7-1:
Figure 7-2:
Figure 7-3:
Figure 7-4:
Figure 7-5:
Figure 7-6:
Figure 7-7:
Figure 7-8:
Figure 7-9:
Figure 7-10:
Figure 7-11:
Figure 7-12:
Figure 7-13:
Figure 7-14:
Figure 7-15:
Figure 7-16:
Figure 7-17:
Figure 7-18:
Figure 7-19.
Figure 7-20:
Figure 7-21:
Figure 8-1:
Figure 8-2:
Pneumatic Connections–With 2-Span point Option (50D) –Using Bottled Span Gas.................49
T200H – Internal Pneumatics with Ambient Zero-Span Valve Option 50A .................................50
T200M – Internal Pneumatics with Ambient Zero-Span Valve Option 50A.................................51
T200H - Internal Pneumatics for Zero Scrubber/Dual Pressurized Span, Option 50D ...............55
T200M - Internal Pneumatics for Zero Scrubber/Dual Pressurized Span, Option 50D...............56
T200H – Internal Pneumatics with O2 Sensor Option 65A .........................................................57
T200M – Internal Pneumatics with O2 Sensor Option 65A..........................................................58
O2 Sensor Calibration Set Up......................................................................................................66
Front Panel Display with “SAMPLE” Indicated in the Mode Field ...............................................72
Viewing T200H/M TEST Functions..............................................................................................75
Viewing and Clearing T200H/M WARNING Messages...............................................................76
APICOM Graphical User Interface for Configuring the DAS .......................................................96
Default Pin Assignments for Rear Panel com Port Connectors (RS-232 DCE & DTE) ........... 109
CPU COM1 & COM2 Connector Pin-Outs in RS-232 mode.................................................... 110
COM – LAN / Internet Manual Configuration............................................................................ 115
Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Mode.................................................................................... 120
RS-232-Multidrop Host-to-Analyzer Interconnect Diagram...................................................... 121
Analog Output Connector Key.................................................................................................. 131
Setup for Calibrating Analog Outputs ....................................................................................... 151
Setup for Calibrating Current Outputs ...................................................................................... 153
Alternative Setup for Calibrating Current Outputs .................................................................... 154
DIAG – Analog Inputs (Option) Configuration Menu ................................................................ 157
Status Output Connector .......................................................................................................... 167
Control Inputs with local 5 V power supply............................................................................... 169
Control Inputs with external 5 V power supply ......................................................................... 169
APICOM Remote Control Program Interface ........................................................................... 175
Gas Supply Setup for Determination of NO2 Conversion Efficiency......................................... 187
Pneumatic Connections–With Zero/Span Valve Option (50A)................................................. 191
Pneumatic Connections–With 2-Span point Option (50D) –Using Bottled Span Gas.............. 192
Pneumatic Connections–With Zero/Span Valve Option (50) ................................................... 196
Sample Particulate Filter Assembly.......................................................................................... 208
Particle Filter on O3 Supply Air Dryer ....................................................................................... 209
NO2 Converter Assembly.......................................................................................................... 211
Reaction Cell Assembly............................................................................................................ 213
Critical Flow Orifice Assembly .................................................................................................. 214
Viewing and Clearing Warning Messages................................................................................ 219
Switching Signal I/O Functions................................................................................................. 221
Motherboard Watchdog Status Indicator.................................................................................. 222
Relay Board PCA...................................................................................................................... 223
T200H – Basic Internal Gas Flow............................................................................................. 226
T200H – Internal Gas Flow with Ambient Zero Span, OPT 50A .............................................. 227
T200H – Internal Gas Flow with O2 Sensor, OPT 65A............................................................. 228
T200M – Basic Internal Gas Flow............................................................................................. 229
T200M – Internal Gas Flow with Ambient Zero Span, OPT 50A.............................................. 230
T200M – Internal Gas Flow with O2 Sensor, OPT 65A ............................................................ 231
Location of AC power Configuration Jumpers.......................................................................... 241
Pump AC Power Jumpers (JP7)............................................................................................... 242
Typical Set Up of AC Heater Jumper Set (JP2) ....................................................................... 243
Typical Set Up of AC Heater Jumper Set (JP6) ....................................................................... 244
Typical Set Up of Status Output Test ....................................................................................... 248
Pressure / Flow Sensor Assembly............................................................................................ 253
Pre-Amplifier Board Layout....................................................................................................... 259
T200H/M Sensor Assembly...................................................................................................... 260
3-Port Reaction Cell Oriented to the Sensor Housing.............................................................. 261
Relay PCA with AC Relay Retainer In Place............................................................................ 263
Relay PCA Mounting Screw Locations.................................................................................... 263
T200H/M Sensitivity Spectrum ................................................................................................. 268
NO2 Conversion Principle ......................................................................................................... 269
xv
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Figure 8-3:
Figure 8-4:
Figure 8-5:
Figure 8-6:
Figure 8-7:
Figure 8-8:
Figure 8-9:
Figure 8-10:
Figure 8-11:
Figure 8-12:
Figure 8-13:
Figure 8-14:
Figure 8-15:
Figure 8-16:
Figure 8-17:
Figure 8-18:
Figure 8-19:
Figure 8-20:
Figure 8-21:
Figure 8-22:
Figure 8-23:
Figure 8-24:
Figure 8-25:
Figure 8-26:
Figure 9-1:
Figure 9-2:
Reaction Cell with PMT Tube ................................................................................................... 270
Reaction Cell During the AutoZero Cycle................................................................................. 271
External Pump Pack ................................................................................................................. 275
Location of Gas Flow Control Assemblies for T200H............................................................... 277
Location of Gas Flow Control Assemblies for T200M .............................................................. 278
Flow Control Assembly & Critical Flow Orifice ......................................................................... 279
Ozone Generator Principle ....................................................................................................... 282
Semi-Permeable Membrane Drying Process ........................................................................... 283
T200H/M Perma Pure® Dryer ................................................................................................... 284
Vacuum Manifold ...................................................................................................................... 286
Dilution Manifold ....................................................................................................................... 288
Oxygen Sensor - Principle of Operation................................................................................... 289
T200H/M Electronic Block Diagram.......................................................................................... 290
T200H/M CPU Board Annotated .............................................................................................. 291
PMT Housing Assembly ........................................................................................................... 293
Basic PMT Design .................................................................................................................... 294
PMT Cooling System................................................................................................................ 295
PMT Preamp Block Diagram .................................................................................................... 296
Heater Control Loop Block Diagram......................................................................................... 298
Thermocouple Configuration Jumper (JP5) Pin-Outs............................................................... 299
Status LED Locations – Relay PCA.......................................................................................... 301
Power Distribution Block Diagram ............................................................................................ 305
Front Panel and Display Interface Block Diagram.................................................................... 306
Basic Software Operation......................................................................................................... 307
Triboelectric Charging............................................................................................................... 311
Basic anti-ESD Work Station.................................................................................................... 314
LIST OF TABLES
Table 2-1:
Table 3-1:
Table 3-4:
Table 3-5:
Table 3-6:
Table 5-5:
Table 3-8:
Table 3-9:
Table 3-10:
Table 3-11:
Table 4-1:
Table 4-2:
Table 4-3:
Table 4-4:
Table 4-5:
Table 4-6:
Table 4-7:
Table 4-8:
Table 4-9:
Table 4-10:
Table 4-11:
Table 4-13:
Table 4-14:
Table 4-15:
Table 4-16:
Table 4-17:
Model T200H/M Basic Unit Specifications...................................................................................23
Analog Output Data Type Default Settings..................................................................................34
Analog Output Pin-Outs...............................................................................................................34
Status Output Signals..................................................................................................................35
Control Input Signals ...................................................................................................................38
Alarm Relay Output Assignments................................................................................................39
Inlet / Outlet Connector Descriptions...........................................................................................42
NIST-SRM's Available for Traceability of NOx Calibration Gases ................................................43
Zero/Span Valve States...............................................................................................................51
Two-Point Span Valve Operating States.....................................................................................53
Analyzer Operating modes ..........................................................................................................73
Test Functions Defined................................................................................................................74
List of Warning Messages ...........................................................................................................76
Primary Setup Mode Features and Functions.............................................................................77
Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions ........................................................................78
Front Panel LED Status Indicators for DAS.................................................................................80
DAS Data Channel Properties.....................................................................................................81
DAS Data Parameter Functions ..................................................................................................82
T200H/M Default DAS Configuration...........................................................................................84
Password Levels..........................................................................................................................99
COM Port Communication modes............................................................................................ 104
LAN/Internet Configuration Properties...................................................................................... 113
Internet Configuration Menu Button Functions......................................................................... 116
Variable Names (VARS)........................................................................................................... 124
T200H/M Diagnostic (DIAG) Functions .................................................................................... 127
Analog Output Voltage Ranges with Over-Range Active ......................................................... 131
xvi
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Table of Contents
Table 4-18:
Table 4-19:
Table 4-20:
Table 4-21:
Table 4-22:
Table 4-23:
Table 4-24:
Table 4-25:
Table 4-26:
Table 4-27:
Table 4-28:
Table 4-30:
Table 4-31:
Table 4-32:
Table 4-33:
Table 4-34:
Table 6-28:
Table 4-35:
Table 4-36:
Table 5-1:
Table 5-2:
Table 5-3:
Table 5-4:
Table 5-5:
Table 6-1:
Table 6-2:
Table 7-4:
Table 7-5:
Table 7-6:
Table 7-7:
Table 7-8:
Table 7-9:
Table 7-10:
Table 7-11:
Table 8-1:
Table 8-2:
Table 8-3:
Table8-4:
Analog Output Pin Assignments............................................................................................... 131
Analog Output Current Loop Range ......................................................................................... 132
Example of Analog Output Configuration for T200H/M ............................................................ 132
DIAG - Analog I/O Functions .................................................................................................... 134
Analog Output Data Type Default Settings............................................................................... 140
Analog Output DAS Parameters Related to Gas Concentration Data ..................................... 141
Voltage Tolerances for Analog Output Calibration ................................................................... 151
Current Loop Output Calibration with Resistor......................................................................... 154
T200H/M Available Concentration Display Values................................................................... 158
T200H/M Concentration Display Default Values ...................................................................... 159
Concentration Alarm Default Settings....................................................................................... 166
Control Input Pin Assignments ................................................................................................. 168
Terminal Mode Software Commands ....................................................................................... 170
Command Types....................................................................................................................... 170
Serial Interface Documents ...................................................................................................... 176
RS-232 Communication Parameters for Hessen Protocol ....................................................... 177
T200H/M Hessen Protocol Response Modes .......................................................................... 178
T200H/M Hessen GAS ID List.................................................................................................. 180
Default Hessen Status Bit Assignments ................................................................................... 181
NIST-SRM's Available for Traceability of NOx Calibration Gases ............................................. 185
AutoCal Modes ......................................................................................................................... 201
AutoCal Attribute Setup Parameters......................................................................................... 201
Example Auto-Cal Sequence.................................................................................................... 202
Calibration Data Quality Evaluation.......................................................................................... 204
T200H/M Preventive Maintenance Schedule ........................................................................... 206
Predictive Uses for Test Functions........................................................................................... 207
Power Configuration for Standard AC Heaters (JP2)............................................................... 243
Power Configuration for Optional AC Heaters (JP6) ................................................................ 244
DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Code........................................................................... 245
DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels ....................................................................................... 245
Relay Board Control Devices.................................................................................................... 246
Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values ....................................................................... 247
Status Outputs Pin Assignments ............................................................................................. 248
Example of HVPS Power Supply Outputs................................................................................ 252
List of Interferents ..................................................................................................................... 273
T200H/M Valve Cycle Phases.................................................................................................. 276
T200H/M Critical Flow Orifice Diameters and Gas Flow Rates................................................ 280
Thermocouple Configuration Jumper (JP5) Pin-Outs............................................................... 299
Typical Thermocouple Settings ................................................................................................ 300
Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities...................................................................... 312
Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD............................................................... 312
Table 8-5:
Table 9-1:
Table 9-2:
LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX A - VERSION SPECIFIC SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION
APPENDIX B - T200H/M SPARE PARTS LIST
APPENDIX C - REPAIR QUESTIONNAIRE - T200H/M
APPENDIX D - ELECTRONIC SCHEMATICS
xvii
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
xviii
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1. INTRODUCTION, FEATURES, AND OPTIONS
1.1. OVERVIEW
The Models T200H and T200M (also referred to in this manual as T200H/M when
applicable to both models) use the proven chemiluminescence measurement principle,
coupled with state-of-the-art microprocessor technology for monitoring high and
medium levels of nitrogen oxides. User-selectable analog output ranges and a linear
response over the entire measurement range make them ideal for a wide variety of
applications, including extractive and dilution CEM, stack testing, and process control.
1.2. FEATURES
The Models T200H and T200M include the following features:
LCD Graphical User Interface with capacitive touch screen
Bi-directional RS-232, and 10/100Base-T Ethernet (optional USB and RS-485) ports
for remote operation
Front panel USB ports for peripheral devices
T200H: 0-5 ppm to 0-5000 ppm, user selectable
T200M: 0-1 to 0-200 ppm, user selectable
Independent ranges for NO, NO2, NOX
Auto ranging and remote range selection
NOX-only or NO-only modes
Microprocessor controlled for versatility
Multi-tasking software allows viewing of test variables while operating
Continuous self checking with alarms
Permeation drier on ozone generator
Digital status outputs provide instrument condition
Adaptive signal filtering optimizes response time
Temperature & pressure compensation, automatic zero correction
Converter efficiency correction software
Minimum CO2 and H2O interference
Catalytic ozone scrubber
Internal data logging with 1 min to 365 day multiple averages
1.3. USING THIS MANUAL
The flowcharts in this manual contain typical representations of the analyzer’s display
during the various operations being described. These representations are not intended to
be exact and may differ slightly from the actual display of your instrument.
19
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction, Features, and Options
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
1.4. OPTIONS
Option
Number
Option
Pumps
Description/Notes
Reference
Pumps meet all typical AC power supply standards while exhibiting same
pneumatic performance.
11A
11B
12A
12B
12C
Ship without pump
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Pumpless Pump Pack
Internal Pump 115V @ 60 Hz
Internal Pump 220V @ 60 Hz
Internal Pump 220V @ 50 Hz
Rack Mount
Kits
Options for mounting the analyzer in standard 19” racks
20A
20B
21
Rack mount brackets with 26 in. (660 mm) chassis slides
Rack mount brackets with 24 in. (610 mm) chassis slides
N/A
N/A
Rack mount brackets only (compatible with carrying strap, Option 29) N/A
23
Rack mount for external pump pack (no slides)
Side-mounted strap for hand-carrying analyzer
Extends from “flat” position to accommodate hand for carrying.
Recesses to 9mm (3/8”) dimension for storage.
Can be used with rack mount brackets, Option 21.
Cannot be used with rack mount slides.
N/A
Carrying Strap/Handle
29
N/A
CAUTION – GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
THE T200H OR T200M ANALYZER WEIGHS ABOUT 18 KG (40 POUNDS).
TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY WE RECOMMEND THAT TWO PERSONS LIFT AND CARRY THE
ANALYZER. DISCONNECT ALL CABLES AND TUBING FROM THE ANALYZER BEFORE MOVING IT.
Used for connecting external voltage signals from other instrumentation (such as
meteorological instruments).
Analog Input and USB port
64B
Current Loop Analog
Also can be used for logging these signals in the analyzer’s internal
DAS
Section 3.4.2
Adds isolated, voltage-to-current conversion circuitry to the analyzer’s analog
outputs.
Outputs
Can be configured for any output range between 0 and 20 mA.
41
May be ordered separately for any of the analog outputs.
Can be installed at the factory or retrofitted in the field.
Spare parts and expendables
Section 3.4.5
Parts Kits
Expendables Kit includes a recommended set of expendables for
one year of operation of this instrument including replacement
sample particulate filters.
42A
Appendix B
Used to control the flow of calibration gases generated from external sources,
rather than manually switching the rear panel pneumatic connections.
Calibration Valves
AMBIENT ZERO AND AMBIENT SPAN VALVES
50A
50D
Zero Air and Span Gas input supplied at ambient pressure.
Section 3.5.3.1
Gases controlled by 2 internal valves; SAMPLE/CAL & ZERO/SPAN.
ZERO SCRUBBER AND DUAL PRESSURIZED SPAN VALVES
Zero Air Scrubber produces/supplies zero air to the ZERO inlet port.
Dual Pressurized Span Valves for two gas mixtures to separate inlet ports,
HIGH SPAN and LOW SPAN.
Section 3.5.3.2
20
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Introduction, Features, and Options
Option
Number
Option
Description/Notes
Reference
Communication Cables
For remote serial, network and Internet communication with the analyzer.
Type
Description
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-25M cable, about
1.8 m long. Used to interface with older computers or
code activated switches with DB-25 serial connectors.
60A
RS-232
Section 3.4.8
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-9F cable of about
1.8 m length.
60B
60C
RS-232
Ethernet
USB
Section 3.4.8
Section 3.4.8
Section 3.4.8
Patch cable, 2 meters long, used for Internet and LAN
communications.
Cable for direct connection between instrument (rear
panel USB port) and personal computer.
60D
USB Port
For remote connection
For connection to personal computer. (Separate option only when
Option 64B, Analog Input and USB Com Port not elected).
Sections 3.4.8.2
and 4.11.8
64A
Concentration Alarm Relays
Issues warning when gas concentration exceeds limits set by user.
Four (4) “dry contact” relays on the rear panel of the instrument. This
relay option is different from and in addition to the “Contact Closures”
that come standard on all TAPI instruments.
Section 3.4.7
61
RS-232 Multidrop
Enables communications between host computer and up to eight analyzers.
Multidrop card seated on the analyzer’s CPU card.
Sections 3.4.8.3
and 4.11.9
62
Each instrument in the multidrop network requres this card and a
communications cable (Option 60B).
Other Gas Options
Second gas sensor and gas conditioners
3-24 and Sections
65A
Oxygen (O2) Sensor
Sample Gas Conditioner (Dryer/NH3 Removal) for sample gas
stream only. Converts analyzer to dual-conditioner instrument.
86A
(contact Sales)
(contact Sales)
Sample Oxygenator for proper operation of the NO2-to-NO catalytic
converter. Injects oxygen into sample gas that is depleted of oxygen.
87
Special Features
Built in features, software activated
Maintenance Mode Switch, located inside the instrument, places
the analyzer in maintenance mode where it can continue sampling,
yet ignore calibration, diagnostic, and reset instrument commands.
This feature is of particular use for instruments connected to
Multidrop or Hessen protocol networks.
N/A
N/A
Call Customer Service for activation.
Second Language Switch activates an alternate set of display
messages in a language other than the instrument’s default
language.
N/A
N/A
N/A
Call Customer Service for a specially programmed Disk on Module containing
the second language.
Dilution Ratio Option allows the user to compensate for diluted
sample gas, such as in continuous emission monitoring (CEM) where
the quality of gas in a smoke stack is being tested and the sampling
method used to remove the gas from the stack dilutes the gas.
Section 4.8.2
Call Customer Service for activation.
21
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction, Features, and Options
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
22
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2. SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
2.1. T200H/M OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS
Table 2-1: Model T200H/M Basic Unit Specifications
Min/Max Range
T200H: Min: 0-5 ppm; Max: 0-5000 ppm
T200M: Min: 0-1 ppm; Max: 0-200 ppm
(Physical Analog Output)
Measurement Units
Zero Noise
ppm, mg/m3 (user selectable)
<20 ppb (RMS)
Span Noise
<0.2% of reading above 20 ppm
40 ppb (2x noise as per USEPA)
<20 ppb (at constant temperature and voltage.)
<20 ppb (at constant temperature and voltage.)
<1% of reading (at constant temperature and voltage.)
1% of full scale
Lower Detectable Limit
Zero Drift (24 hours)
Zero Drift (7 days)
Span Drift (7 Days)
Linearity
Precision
0.5% of reading
Lag Time
20 s
Rise/Fall Time
95% in <60 s (~10 s in NO only or NOX only modes)
T200H:
T200M:
40 cm³/min sample gas through NO2
converter & sensor module
250 cm3/min ± 10% through bypass
manifold
250 cm³/min sample gas through NO2
converter & sensor module
Gas Flow Rates
290 cm³/min total flow
O2 Sensor option adds 80 cm³/min to total flow though T200H/M when installed.
Temperature Range
Humidity Range
5 - 40 C operating range
0-95% RH non-condensing
Dimensions H x W x D
Weight, Analyzer
18 cm x 43 cm x 61 cm (7" x 17" x 23.6")
18 kg (40 lbs) without options
Weight, Ext Pump Pack
7 kg (16 lbs)
T200H:
T200M:
AC Power
100V-120V, 60 Hz (175W)
220V-240V, 50 Hz (155W)
100V-120V, 60 Hz (55W)
220V-240V, 50 Hz (75W)
100 V, 50 Hz (300 W); 100 V, 60 Hz (255 W); 115 V, 60 Hz (285 W);
220 - 240 V, 50 Hz (270 W); 230 V, 60 Hz (270 W)
Power, Ext Pump
Environmental
Analog Outputs
Installation category (over-voltage category) II; Pollution degree 2
4 user configurable outputs
All Outputs: 0.1 V, 1 V, 5 V or 10 V
Analog Output Ranges
Three outputs convertible to 4-20 mA isolated current loop.
All Ranges with 5% under/over-range
Analog Output Resolution
Status Outputs
1 part in 4096 of selected full-scale voltage (12 bit)
8 Status outputs from opto-isolators, 7 defined, 1 spare
6 Control inputs, 4 defined, 2 spare
Control Inputs
2 relay alarms outputs (Optional equipment) with user settable alarm limits
- 1 Form C: SPDT; 3 Amp @ 125 VAC
Alarm outputs
Standard I/O
1 Ethernet: 10/100Base-T
2 RS-232 (300 – 115,200 baud)
2 USB device ports
8 opto-isolated digital outputs
6 opto-isolated digital inputs
4 analog outputs
1 USB com port
1 RS485
8 analog inputs (0-10V, 12-bit)
4 digital alarm outputs
Multidrop RS232
Optional I/O
3 4-20mA current outputs
23
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications and Approvals
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
2.2. APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATIONS
The Teledyne API Nitrogen Oxides Analyzers T200H and T200M were tested and
certified for Safety and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). This section presents the
compliance statements for those requirements and directives.
2.2.1. SAFETY
IEC 61010-1:2001, Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement,
control, and laboratory use.
CE: 2006/95/EC, Low-Voltage Directive
North American:
cNEMKO (Canada): CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1-04
NEMKO-CCL (US): UL No. 61010-1 (2nd Edition)
2.2.2.
EMC
EN 61326-1 (IEC 61326-1), Class A Emissions/Industrial Immunity
EN 55011 (CISPR 11), Group 1, Class A Emissions
FCC 47 CFR Part 15B, Class A Emissions
CE: 2004/108/EC, Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
24
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. GETTING STARTED
3.1. UNPACKING AND INITIAL SETUP
CAUTION
THE T200H AND THE T200M EACH WEIGHS ABOUT 18 KG (40 POUNDS) WITHOUT
OPTIONS INSTALLED. TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY, WE RECOMMEND TO USE TWO
PERSONS TO LIFT AND CARRY THE ANALYZER.
CAUTION – Avoid Warranty Invalidation
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static discharges too small to be
felt by the human nervous system. Damage resulting from failure to use ESD protection
when working with electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty.
See A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge section in this manual for more information on preventing
ESD damage.
Note
It is recommended that you store shipping containers/materials for future
use if/when the instrument should be returned to the factory for repair
and/or calibration service. See Warranty section in this manual and
shipping procedures on our Website at http://www.teledyne-api.com
under Customer Support > Return Authorization.
WARNING
NEVER DISCONNECT ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT BOARDS, WIRING HARNESSES OR
ELECTRONIC SUBASSEMBLIES WHILE THE UNIT IS UNDER POWER.
1. Inspect the received packages for external shipping damage. If damaged, please
advise the shipper first, then Teledyne API.
2. Included with your analyzer is a printed record of the final performance
characterization performed on your instrument at the factory. This record, titled
Final Test and Validation Data Sheet (P/N 04413) is an important quality assurance
and calibration record for this instrument. It should be placed in the quality records
file for this instrument.
3. Carefully remove the top cover of the analyzer and check for internal shipping
damage, as follows:
a. Remove the set-screw located in the top, center of the front panel.
25
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
b. Remove the 2 screws fastening the top cover to the unit (one per side towards
the rear).
c. Slide the cover backwards until it clears the analyzer’s front bezel.
d. Lift the cover straight up.
4. Inspect the interior of the instrument to make sure all circuit boards and other
components are in good shape and properly seated.
5. Check the connectors of the various internal wiring harnesses and pneumatic hoses
to make sure they are firmly and properly seated.
6. Verify that all of the optional hardware ordered with the unit has been installed.
These are checked on the paperwork (Form 04490) accompanying the analyzer.
3.2. VENTILATION CLEARANCE
Whether the analyzer is set up on a bench or installed into an instrument rack, be sure to
leave sufficient ventilation clearance.
AREA
MINIMUM REQUIRED CLEARANCE
10 cm / 4 inches
Back of the instrument
Sides of the instrument
Above and below the instrument.
2.5 cm / 1 inch
2.5 cm / 1 inch
3.3. T200H/M LAYOUT
panel with optional zero-air scrubber mounted to it and two optional fittings for the IZS
the IZS option, zero-air scrubber and an additional sample dryer (briefly described in
Section 1.4).
26
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
Figure 3-1:
Front Panel
Figure 3-2:
Display Screen and Touch Control
CAUTION – Avoid Damaging Touch screen
Do not use hard-surfaced instruments such as pens to operate the touch screen.
27
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
The front panel liquid crystal display screen includes touch control. Upon analyzer start-
up, the screen shows a splash screen and other initialization indicators before the main
LEDs on the display screen indicate the Sample, Calibration and Fault states; also on the
screen is the gas concentration field (Conc), which displays real-time readouts for the
primary gas and for the secondary gas if installed. The display screen also shows what
mode the analyzer is currently in, as well as messages and data (Param). Along the
bottom of the screen is a row of touch control buttons; only those that are currently
of the screen.
Table 3-1:
Display Screen and Touch Control Description
Description/Function
Field
Status
LEDs indicating the states of Sample, Calibration and Fault, as follows:
Name
Color
State
Off
Definition
Unit is not operating in sample mode, DAS is disabled.
On
Sample Mode active; Front Panel Display being updated; DAS data
being stored.
SAMPLE Green
Unit is operating in sample mode, front panel display being updated,
DAS hold-off mode is ON, DAS disabled
Blinking
Off
Auto Cal disabled
Auto Cal enabled
Unit is in calibration mode
No warnings exist
Warnings exist
CAL
Yellow
Red
On
Blinking
Off
FAULT
Blinking
Displays the actual concentration of the sample gas currently being measured by the analyzer in the
currently selected units of measure
Conc
Mode
Displays the name of the analyzer’s current operating mode
Displays a variety of informational messages such as warning messages, operational data, test function
values and response messages during interactive tasks.
Param
Control Buttons
Displays dynamic, context sensitive labels on each button, which is blank when inactive until applicable.
Figure 3-3 shows how the front panel display is mapped to the menu charts illustrated in
this manual. The Mode, Param (parameters), and Conc (gas concentration) fields in the
display screen are represented across the top row of each menu chart. The eight touch
control buttons along the bottom of the display screen are represented in the bottom row
of each menu chart.
28
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Figure 3-4:
T200H/M Rear Panel Layout
Table 3-2: Rear Panel Description
Function
Component
Cooling Fan Pulls ambient air into chassis through side vents and exhausts through rear.
Connector for three-prong cord to apply AC power to the analyzer.
AC power
CAUTION! The cord’s power specifications (specs) MUST comply with the power
connector
specs on the analyzer’s rear panel Model number label
Model label Identifies the analyzer model number and provides voltage and frequency specs
Connect a gas line from the source of sample gas here.
SAMPLE
Calibration gases are also inlet here on units without zero/span valve options installed.
Connect an exhaust gas line of not more than 10 meters long here that leads outside
EXHAUST
the shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument.
On units with zero/span valve options installed, connect a gas line to the source of
calibrated span gas here.
SPAN 1
ZERO AIR Internal Zero Air: On units with zero/span valve options installed but no internal zero air
scrubber attach a gas line to the source of zero air here.
(option)
RX TX LEDs indicate receive (RX) and transmit (TX) activity on the when blinking.
COM 2 Serial communications port for RS-232 or RS-485.
RS-232 Serial communications port for RS-232 only.
Switch to select either data terminal equipment or data communication equipment
during RS-232 communication.
DCE DTE
STATUS For outputs to devices such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs).
ANALOG OUT For voltage or current loop outputs to a strip chart recorder and/or a data logger.
CONTROL IN For remotely activating the zero and span calibration modes.
ALARM Option for concentration alarms and system warnings.
ETHERNET Connector for network or Internet remote communication, using Ethernet cable
Option for external voltage signals from other instrumentation and for logging these
signals.
ANALOG IN
USB Option for direct connection to laptop computer, using USB cable.
30
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
3.4. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Note
To maintain compliance with EMC standards, it is required that the cable
length be no greater than 3 meters for all I/O connections, which include
Analog In, Analog Out, Status Out, Control In, Ethernet/LAN, USB, RS-232,
and RS-485.
connections.
3.4.1. POWER CONNECTION
Attach the power cord to the analyzer and plug it into a power outlet capable of carrying
at least 10 A current at your AC voltage and that it is equipped with a functioning earth
ground.
CAUTION
CHECK THE VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY SPECIFICATIONS ON THE REAR PANEL
LABEL SHOWING THE MODEL NAME AND NUMBER OF THE INSTRUMENT FOR
COMPATIBILITY WITH THE LOCAL POWER BEFORE PLUGGING THE T200H/M INTO
LINE POWER.
Do not plug in the power cord if the voltage or frequency is incorrect.
WARNING – RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE THE INSTRUMENT’S CHASSIS.
POWER CONNECTION MUST HAVE FUNCTIONING GROUND CONNECTION.
DO NOT DEFEAT THE GROUND WIRE ON POWER PLUG.
TURN
OFF
ANALYZER
POWER
BEFORE
DISCONNECTING
OR
CONNECTING ELECTRICAL SUBASSEMBLIES.
DO NOT OPERATE WITH COVER OFF.
The T200H/M analyzer can be configured for both 100-130 V and 210-240 V at either
50 or 60 Hz. To avoid damage to your analyzer, make sure that the AC power voltage
matches the voltage indicated on the rear panel serial number label and that the
frequency is between 47 and 63 Hz.
32
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.4.2. ANALOG INPUTS (OPTION 64) CONNECTIONS
The Analog In connector is used for connecting external voltage signals from other
instrumentation (such as meteorological instruments) and for logging these signals in the
analyzer’s internal DAS. The input voltage range for each analog input is 0-10 VDC,
and the input impedance is nominally 20kΩ in parallel with 0.1µF.
Figure 3-6:
Analog In Connector
Pin assignments for the Analog In connector are presented in Table 3-3.
Table 3-3:
PIN
Analog Input Pin Assignments
DAS
DESCRIPTION
PARAMETER1
1
Analog input # 1
Analog input # 2
Analog input # 3
Analog input # 4
Analog input # 5
Analog input # 6
Analog input # 7
Analog input # 8
Analog input Ground
AIN 1
AIN 2
AIN 3
AIN 4
AIN 5
AIN 6
AIN 7
AIN 8
N/A
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
GND
3.4.3. ANALOG OUTPUT CONNECTIONS
The T200H/M is equipped with four analog output channels accessible through a
connector on the back panel of the instrument. Each of these outputs may be set to
reflect the value of any of the instrument’s DAS data types. (see Table A-6 of T200H/M
Appendix A – P/N 05147).
The following table lists the default settings for each of these channels. To change these
settings, see Sections 6.13.4
33
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
CHANNEL DEFAULT SETTING
PARAMETER
A1
A2
A3
A43
DATA TYPE1
RANGE
NXCNC1
NOCNC1
N2CNC1
NXCNC2
0 - 5 VDC2
REC OFS
AUTO CAL.
CALIBRATED
OUTPUT
0 mVDC
ON
NO
ON
SCALE
100 ppm
5 sec
UPDATE
1 See Table A-6 of T200H/M Appendix A for definitions of these DAS data types
2 Optional current loop outputs are available for analog output channels A1-A3.
3 On analyzers with O2 sensor options installed, DAS parameter O2CONC is assigned to output A4.
To access these signals attach a strip chart recorder and/or data-logger to the appropriate
contacts of the analog output connecter on the rear panel of the analyzer.
ANALOG OUT
A1
A2
A3
A4
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
Figure 3-7:
Analog Output Connector
Table 3-4: Analog Output Pin-Outs
PIN
1
ANALOG OUTPUT
VOLTAGE SIGNAL
V Out
CURRENT SIGNAL
I Out +
A1
A2
A3
A4
2
Ground
V Out
I Out -
3
I Out +
4
Ground
V Out
I Out -
5
I Out +
6
Ground
V Out
I Out -
7
Not Available
Not Available
8
Ground
3.4.4. CONNECTING THE STATUS OUTPUTS
The analyzer’s status outputs to interface with a device that accepts logic-level digital
inputs, such as programmable logic controller (PLC) chips, are accessed through a 12
pin connector labeled STATUS on the analyzer’s rear panel.
34
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
STATUS
Getting Started
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
D
+
Figure 3-8:
Status Output Connector
Note
Most PLCs have internal provisions for limiting the amount of current the
input will draw. When connecting to a unit that does not have this feature,
external resistors must be used to limit the current through the individual
transistor outputs to ≤50mA (120 Ω for 5V supply).
Table 3-5: Status Output Signals
PIN #
STATUS
CONDITION (ON = CONDUCTING)
ON if no faults are present.
1
SYSTEM OK
ON if concentration measurement (NO, NO2 or NOx) is valid.
OFF any time the hold-off feature is active.
2
CONC VALID
3
4
5
6
7
8
D
HIGH RANGE
ZERO CAL
ON if unit is in high range of the Auto Range Mode.
ON whenever the instrument is in ZERO point calibration mode.
ON whenever the instrument is in SPAN point calibration mode.
ON whenever the instrument is in diagnostic mode.
SPAN CAL
DIAG MODE
LOW SPAN CAL
Not Used
ON when in low span calibration (optional equipment necessary)
EMITTER BUS
Not Used
The emitters of the transistors on pins 1-8 are tied together.
+
DC POWER
+ 5 VDC, 300 mA (combined rating with Control Output, if used).
The ground level from the analyzer’s internal DC power supplies
Digital Ground
35
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
3.4.5. CURRENT LOOP ANALOG OUTPUTS (OPT 41) SETUP
This option adds isolated, voltage-to-current conversion circuitry to the analyzer’s
analog outputs. This option may be ordered separately for the first three of the analog
outputs and can be installed at the factory or added later. Call Teledyne API sales for
pricing and availability.
The current loop option can be configured for any output range between 0 and 20 mA
(for example 0-20, 2-20 or 4-20 mA). Information on calibrating or adjusting these
CAUTION – Avoid Warranty Invalidation
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static discharges too small
to be felt by the human nervous system. Damage resulting from failure to use ESD
protection when working with electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty.
See A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge in this manual for more information on preventing
ESD damage.
Figure 3-9:
Current Loop Option Installed on the Motherboard
36
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.4.5.1. Converting Current Loop Analog Outputs to Standard Voltage Outputs.
CAUTION – Avoid Warranty Invalidation
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static discharges too small
to be felt by the human nervous system. Damage resulting from failure to use ESD
protection when working with electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty.
See A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge in this manual for more information on preventing
ESD damage.
To convert an output configured for current loop operation to the standard 0 to 5 VDC
output operation:
1. Turn off power to the analyzer.
2. If a recording device was connected to the output being modified, disconnect it.
3. Remove the top cover:
a. Remove the set screw located in the top, center of the rear panel
b. Remove the screws fastening the top cover to the unit (four per side).
c. Lift the cover straight up.
4. Disconnect the current loop option PCA from the appropriate connector on the
motherboard.
6. Reattach the top case to the analyzer.
The analyzer is now ready to have a voltage-sensing, recording device attached to that
output.
37
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
3.4.6. CONNECTING THE CONTROL INPUTS
Control Inputs are used to remotely activate the zero and span calibration modes. Locate
the 10-pin connector labeled CONTROL IN on the analyzer’s rear panel.
There are two methods for energizing the control inputs. The internal +5V available
from the pin labeled “+” is the most convenient method. However, if full isolation is
required, an external 5 VDC power supply should be used.
CONTROL IN
CONTROL IN
A
B
C
D
E
F
U
+
A
B
C
D
E
F
U
+
5 VDC Power
Supply
+
-
External Power Connections
Local Power Connections
Figure 3-10:
Control Input Connector
Table 3-6: Control Input Signals
INPUT #
STATUS DEFINITION
ON CONDITION
The analyzer is placed in Zero Calibration mode. The mode field of
the display will read ZERO CAL R.
A
REMOTE ZERO CAL
The analyzer is placed in Span Calibration mode. The mode field of
the display will read SPAN CAL R.
B
C
D
REMOTE SPAN CAL
REMOTE LO SPAN CAL
REMOTE RANGE HI
The analyzer is placed in low span calibration mode as part of
performing a low span (midpoint) calibration. The mode field of the
display will read LO CAL R.
The analyzer is placed into high range when configured for dual
ranges..
E
F
SPARE
SPARE
The ground level from the analyzer’s internal DC power supplies
(same as chassis ground).
Digital Ground
U
+
External Power input
Input pin for +5 VDC required to activate pins A - F.
Internally generated 5V DC power. To activate inputs A - F, place a
jumper between this pin and the “U” pin. The maximum amperage
through this port is 300 mA (combined with the analog output supply,
if used).
5 VDC output
38
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.4.7. CONNECTING THE ALARM RELAY OPTION (OPT 61)
The T200H/M can be equipped with a set of 2 concentration alarms. Each alarm can be
independently enabled or disabled as well as programmed with its own, individual alarm
The status of each alarm is available via a set of alarm relay outputs located on the lower
relay outputs on the back of the analyzer, only Two of the outputs correspond to the
instrument’s two concentration alarms.
Table 5-5: Alarm Relay Output Assignments
RELAY NAME
AL1
AL2
AL3
AL4
CONCENTRATION
ALARM 1
CONCENTRATION
ALARM 2
ASSIGNED ALARM
ST_SYSTEM_OK21
SPARE
1 ST_SYSTEM OK2 is a second system OK status alarm available on some analyzers.
ALARM OUT
AL2 AL3
AL1
AL4
NO C NC NO C NC NO C NC NO C NC
CONCENTRATION CONCENTRATION
ALARM 1 ALARM 2
ST_SYSTEM_OK2
SPARE
(Optional Alert)
Figure 3-11:
Alarm Relay Output Pin Assignments
Each of the two concentration relay outputs has 3-pin connections that allow the relay to
how to connect the alarm relays.
39
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Table 3-7: Concentration Alarm Relay Output Operation
RELAY PIN
STATE1
RELAY
FUNCTION
COMMENTS
N
N
C
O
C
Gas concentration level is above the trigger limit set for
CONC_ALARM_1
Concentration Alarm 1
DAS Trigger CONCW1 ACTIVATED
Active
AL2
AL3
CONC ALARM1 WARN appears on Analyzer Display
Concentration Alarm 1
Gas concentration level is below the trigger limit set for
CONC_ALARM_1
Inactive
Gas concentration level is above the trigger limit set for
CONC_ALARM_2
Concentration Alarm 2
DAS Trigger CONCW2 ACTIVATED
Active
CONC ALARM2 WARN appears on Analyzer Display
Concentration Alarm 2
Gas concentration level is below the trigger limit set for
CONC_ALARM_2
Inactive
1
NO = Normally Open operation.
C = Common
NC = Normally Closed operation.
3.4.8. CONNECTING THE COMMUNICATIONS PORTS
For RS-232 or RS-485 (option) communications through the analyzer’s two serial
3.4.8.1. Connecting to a LAN or the Internet
For network or Internet communication with the analyzer, connect an Ethernet cable
from the analyzer’s rear panel Ethernet interface connector to an Ethernet port. See
Note
The T200H/M firmware supports dynamic IP addressing or DHCP. If your
network also supports DHCP, the analyzer will automatically configure its
LAN connection appropriately. If your network does not support DHCP,
connection.
3.4.8.2. Connecting to a Personal Computer (PC)
If the USB port is configured for direct communication between the analyzer and a
desktop or a laptop PC, connect a USB cable between the analyzer and the PC or laptop
is not available with the USB com port option).
40
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.4.8.3. Connecting to a Multidrop Network
The multidrop option is used with RS-232 and utilizes both com port DB-9 connectors
(RS-232 and COM2) on the rear panel to enable communications of up to eight
analyzers with the host computer over a chain of RS-232 cables. It is subject to the
distance limitations of the RS 232 standard.
The option consists of a small printed circuit assembly, which is seated on the analyzer’s
6’ straight-through, DB9 male DB9 Female cable (P/N WR0000101).
If your unit has a Teledyne API RS-232 multidrop card (Option 62), see Section 4.11.9
for instructions on setting it up.
Figure 3-12:
T200H/M Multidrop Card
41
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
3.5. PNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS
Note
To prevent dust from getting into the analyzer, it was shipped with small
plugs inserted into each of the pneumatic fittings on the rear panel.
Remove and store the dust plugs for future use, such as storage, moving,
shipping.
CAUTION!
Do not operate this instrument until you’ve removed dust plugs from SAMPLE and EXHAUST
ports on the rear panel!
Table 3-8: Inlet / Outlet Connector Descriptions
REAR PANEL LABEL
FUNCTION
Connects the sample gas to the analyzer. When operating the analyzer
without zero span option, this is also the inlet for any calibration gases.
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
SPAN
Connects the exhaust of the analyzer with the external vacuum pump.
On Units with a zero/span valve, this port connects the external calibration gas
to the analyzer.
On Units with a zero/span valve, this port connects the zero air gas or the zero
air cartridge to the analyzer.
ZERO AIR
3.5.1. ABOUT ZERO AIR AND CALIBRATION (SPAN) GASES
3.5.1.1. Zero Air
Zero air or zero calibration gas is defined as a gas that is similar in chemical
composition to the measured medium but without the gas to be measured by the
analyzer, in this case NO and NO2. If your analyzer is equipped with an external zero
air scrubber option, it is capable of creating zero air from ambient air.
If your application is not a measurement in ambient air, the zero calibration gas should
be matched to the matrix of the measured medium. Pure nitrogen could be used as a
zero gas for applications where NOX is measured in nitrogen. Special considerations
more information.
3.5.1.2. Calibration (Span) Gas
Calibration (or Span) gas is a gas specifically mixed to match the chemical composition
of the type of gas being measured at near full scale of the desired measurement range.
In this case, NOX, NO and NO2 measurements made with the T200H/M, it is
recommended that you use a span gas with an NO concentration equal to 80% of the
measurement range for your application.
EXAMPLE: If the application is to measure between 0 ppm and 500 ppm, an
appropriate span gas concentration would be 400 ppm NOx.
42
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
Even though NO gas in nitrogen could be used as a span gas, the matrix of the balance
gas is different and may cause interference problems or yield incorrect calibrations. The
same applies to gases that contain high concentrations of other compounds (for example,
CO2 or H2O). The span gas should match all concentrations of all gases of the measured
medium as closely as possible.
Cylinders of calibrated NO gas traceable to NIST-standard reference materials
specifications (also referred to as EPA protocol calibration gases) are commercially
available.
Table 3-9: NIST-SRM's Available for Traceability of NOx Calibration Gases
NOMINAL
NIST-SRM4
TYPE
CONCENTRATION
2627a
2628a
2629a
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
5 ppm
10 ppm
20 ppm
1683b
1684b
1685b
1686b
1687b
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
50 ppm
100 ppm
250 ppm
5000 ppm
1000 ppm
2630
2631a
2635
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
1500 ppm
3000 ppm
800 ppm
2636a
2000 ppm
2631a
1684b
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) in N2
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) in N2
3000 ppm
100 ppm
Note
If a dynamic dilution system such as the Teledyne API Model T700 is used
to dilute high concentration gas standards to low, ambient
concentrations, make sure that the NO concentration of the reference gas
matches the dilution range of the calibrator. Choose an NO gas
concentration that is in the middle of the dilution system’s range.
43
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
3.5.2. PNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS TO T200H/M BASIC CONFIGURATION
locations of pneumatic connections on the rear panel and Table 3-2 for the descriptions.
Note
Sample and calibration gases should only come into contact with PTFE
(Teflon) or glass or materials. They should not come in contact with FEP
or stainless steel materials.
VENT here if input
Source of
MODEL T700
Gas Dilution
is pressurized
SAMPLE GAS
Removed during
calibration
Calibrator
NOx Gas
(High Concentration)
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
MODEL 701
Zero Gas
VENT (if no vent
on calibrator)
Instrument
Chassis
Generator
PUMP
Figure 3-13:
Pneumatic Connections–Basic Configuration–Using Gas Dilution Calibrator
44
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
Source of
MODEL 701
SAMPLE GAS
Removed during
calibration
Zero Gas
Generator
VENT here if input
is pressurized
3-way Valve
NOX Gas
(High Concentration)
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
Manual
Control Valve
Instrument
Chassis
PUMP
Figure 3-14:
Pneumatic Connections–Basic Configuration–Using Bottled Span Gas
45
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
1. Attach a 1/4" exhaust line between the external pump and the EXHAUST port of the
analyzer.
2. Attach an additional 1/4" exhaust port of the pump.
CAUTION
The exhaust from the analyzer must be vented outside the shelter or immediate
area surrounding the instrument and conform to all safety requirements using
a maximum of 10 meters of 1/4” PTFE tubing.
3. Attach a sample inlet line to the SAMPLE inlet port. Ideally, the pressure of the
sample gas should be equal to ambient atmospheric pressure.
Note
Maximum pressure of any gas at the SAMPLE inlet should not exceed 1.5
in-Hg above ambient pressure and ideally should equal ambient
atmospheric pressure.
In applications where the sample gas is received from a pressurized
manifold, a vent must be provided to equalize the sample gas with
ambient atmospheric pressure before it enters the analyzer.
The vented gas must be routed outside the immediate area or shelter
surrounding the instrument.
4. Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made, check all pneumatic
fittings for leaks using procedures defined in Section 7.5.1.
configuration of the T200H and T200M respectively.
46
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
NO/NOX
VALVE
FLOW PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
SAMPLE
GAS
INLET
NO2
NO
COM
Converter
VACUUM
PRESSURE
SENSOR
NC
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
EXHAUST
GAS
OUTLET
AUTOZERO
VALVE
COM
O3
NC
GENERATOR
NO
Orifice Dia.
0.007"
Orifice Dia.
0.007"
REACTION
CELL
O3
Destruct
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
PMT
PUMP
RMAPURE
YER
INSTRUMENT CHASSIS
Figure 3-16:
T200M Internal Pneumatic Block Diagram - Standard Configuration
Note
The most significant differences between the T200H and T200M versions in regards to
pneumatic flow are:
A bypass line leading directly from the particulate filter to the exhaust manifold is
present on the T200H, but not in the T200M.
The diameter of the critical flow orifice controlling the gas flow into the sample
chamber is smaller and therefore the flow rate of sample gas through the instrument
is lower.
48
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.5.3. CONNECTIONS WITH INTERNAL VALVE OPTIONS INSTALLED
If your analyzer is equipped with either the zero/span valve option (50A) or the 2-span
point valve option (50D), the pneumatic connections should be made as shown in Figure
MODEL T700
Gas Dilution
VENT here if input
is pressurized
Calibrator
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
MODEL 701
Zero Gas
Sample
Exhaust
PUMP
Generator
Instrument
Chassis
Span Point
Zero Air
Figure 3-17:
Pneumatic Connections–With Zero/Span Valve Option (50A)
On/Off
Valves
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
VENT here if input
is pressurized
PUMP
Sample
Exhaust
Instrument
Chassis
High Span Point
Low Span Point
Zero Air
Figure 3-18:
Pneumatic Connections–With 2-Span Point Option (50D) –Using Bottled Span Gas
Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made, check all pneumatic
fittings for leaks using the procedures defined in Section 7.5.
49
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
3.5.3.1. Ambient Zero/Ambient Span Valves (OPT 50A)
The Model T200H/M NOx analyzer can be equipped with a zero/span valve option for controlling the flow of
calibration gases generated from external sources. This option contains two solenoid valves located inside the
analyzer that allow the user to switch either zero, span or sample gas to the instrument’s sensor.
The user can control these valves from the front panel keyboard either manually or by activating the instrument’s
CAL or AutoCal features (Section 5.8). The valves may also be opened and closed remotely through the serial
This option also includes a two-stage, external zero air scrubber assembly that removes all NO and NO2 from
the zero air source (ambient air). The scrubber is filled with 50% Purafil Chemisorbant® (for conversion of NO to
NO2) and 50% activated charcoal (for removal of NO2). This assembly also includes a small particle filter to
prevent scrubber particles to enter the analyzer as well as two more rear panel fittings so each gas can enter the
analyzer separately.
Figure 3-19 and Figure 3-20 show the internal, pneumatic layouts with the zero/span valve option installed for a
Model T200H and T200M respectively.
Figure 3-19:
T200H – Internal Pneumatics with Ambient Zero-Span Valve Option 50A
50
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
Figure 3-20:
T200M – Internal Pneumatics with Ambient Zero-Span Valve Option 50A
Table 3-10: Zero/Span Valve States
MODE
VALVE
CONDITION
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Open to sample gas inlet
Open to zero air inlet
SAMPLE
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Open to zero/span inlet (activated)
Open to zero air inlet
ZERO
CALIBRATION
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Open to zero/span inlet (activated)
SPAN
CALIBRATION
Open to span gas inlet / IZS gas (activated)
The state of the zero/span valves can also be controlled:
Manually from the analyzer’s front panel by using the SIGNAL I/O controls located
By activating the instrument’s AutoCal feature (Section 5.8),
option.
Remotely through the RS-232/485 serial I/O ports (Section 4.11).
All supply lines should be vented outside of the analyzer’s enclosure. In order to
prevent back-diffusion and pressure drop effects, these vent lines should be between 2
and 10 meters in length.
51
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
3.5.3.2. Zero Scrubber/Dual Pressurized Span Valve (OPT 50D)
The zero air scrubber of Option 50D is a cartridge, which is used to produce and supply
zero air to the analyzer’s ZERO inlet port. The cartridge mounts to the outside rear panel
and contains two chemicals: 50% volume of Purafil Chemisorbant to convert NO to
NO2, followed by 50% volume of charcoal to absorb NO2.
The dual pressurized span valves of Option 50D are a special set of valves that allows
two separate NOx mixtures to enter the analyzer from two independent sources.
Typically these two gas mixtures will come from two, separate, pressurized bottles of
certified calibration gas: one mixed to produce a NO, NO2 or NOx concentration equal
to the expected span calibration value for the application and the other mixed to produce
a concentration at or near the midpoint of the intended measurement range. Individual
gas inlets, labeled HIGH SPAN and LOW SPAN are provided at the back on the
analyzer.
The valves allow the user to switch between the two sources via the front panel
touchscreen control buttons or from a remote location by way of either the analyzer’s
digital control inputs or by sending commands over its serial I/O port(s).
Note
The analyzer’s software only allows the SLOPE and OFFSET to be
calculated when sample is being routed through the HIGH SPAN inlet.
The LOW SPAN gas is for midpoint reference checks only.
52
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
The state of the optional valves can be controlled:
Getting Started
Manually from the analyzer’s front panel by using the SIGNAL I/O submenu located
By activating the instrument’s CAL or AutoCal features (Section 5.8),
Remotely through the RS-232/485 serial I/O ports (Section 4.11).
Table 3-11: Two-Point Span Valve Operating States
MODE
VALVE
CONDITION
Sample/Cal
Open to SAMPLE inlet
Closed to ZERO AIR inlet
Closed to HIGH SPAN inlet
Closed to LOW SPAN inlet
Zero Gas Valve
High Span Valve
Low Span Valve
SAMPLE
Closed to SAMPLE inlet
Sample/Cal
Zero Gas Valve
High Span Valve
Low Span Valve
Open to ZERO AIR inlet
Closed to HIGH SPAN inlet
Closed to LOW SPAN inlet
ZERO
CAL
Closed to SAMPLE inlet
Closed to ZERO AIR inlet
Sample/Cal
HIGH
SPAN
CAL
Zero Gas Valve
High Span Valve
Low Span Valve
Open to HIGH SPAN inlet
Closed to LOW SPAN inlet
Closed to SAMPLE inlet
Closed to ZERO AIR inlet
Closed to HIGH SPAN inlet
Sample/Cal
Zero Gas Valve
High Span Valve
Low Span Valve
Low Span
Check
Open to LOW SPAN inlet
53
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
54
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.5.3.3. Internal Flow for O2 Sensor Option 65A
NO/NOX
VALVE
FLOW PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
SAMPLE
GAS
INLET
NO2
Converter
NO
COM
NC
VACUUM
PRESSURE
SENSOR
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
OPTION, O2
SENSOR, P/N 04453
EXHAUST
GAS
OUTLET
AUTOZERO
VALVE
COM
NO
NC
O3
O2
Sensor
GENERATOR
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
Orifice Dia.
0.007"
Orifice Dia.
0.007"
REACTION
CELL
O3
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
Destruct
PMT
PUMP
MAPURE
ER
INSTRUMENT CHASSIS
Figure 3-23:
T200H – Internal Pneumatics with O2 Sensor Option 65A
57
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.6. INITIAL OPERATION
CAUTION!
If the presence of ozone is detected at any time, call Teledyne API Technical Support as soon
as possible:
800-324-5190 or email: [email protected]
If you are unfamiliar with the theory of operation of the T200H/M analyzer, we
the analyzer’s software menus, see the menu trees described in Appendix A.
3.6.1. STARTUP
After the electrical and pneumatic connections are made, an initial functional check is in
order. Turn on the instrument. The pump and exhaust fan should start immediately. The
display will briefly show a logo splash screen at the start of initialization.
The analyzer should automatically switch to Sample Mode after completing the boot-up
sequence and start monitoring NOX, NO, NO2 gases. Allow a one-hour warm-up period.
During the warm-up period, the front panel display may show messages in the
Parameters field, such as WARNING messages.
3.6.2. WARNING MESSAGES
During warm-up, internal temperatures and other parameters may be outside of specified
limits. The software will suppress most warning conditions for 30 minutes after power
up.
TEST deactivates warning
SAMPLE
HVPS WARNING
CAL MSG
NOX = 0.0
messages
TEST
CLR SETUP
MSG activates warning
SAMPLE
RANGE=200.0 PPM
MSG
NO = 0.0
messages.
<TST TST> keys replaced with
< TST TST > CAL
CLR SETUP
TEST key
SAMPLE
HVPS WARNING
NOX = 0.0
Press CLR to clear the current
message.
TEST
CAL
MSG
CLR SETUP
If more than one warning is active, the
next message will take its place
NOTE:
Once the last warning has been
cleared, the analyzer returns to
SAMPLE mode
If the warning message persists after several attempts to
clear it, the message may indicate a real problem and not
an artifact of the warm-up period
view and clear them. If warning messages persist after 30 minutes, investigate their
cause using the troubleshooting guidelines in Section 7.
59
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
3.6.3. FUNCTIONAL CHECK
After the analyzer’s components have warmed up for at least 30 minutes, verify that the
software properly supports any hardware options that were installed.
Check to make sure that the analyzer is functioning within allowable operating
parameters. Appendices A and C include a list of test functions viewable from the
analyzer’s front panel as well as their expected values. These functions are also useful
tools for diagnosing performance problems with your analyzer (Section 7). The
enclosed Final Test and Validation Data Sheet (part number 04490) lists these values
before the instrument left the factory. To view the current values of these test functions
press the <TST TST> buttons:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100 PPM
NOX = XXX
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
A1:NXCNC1=100 PPM1
A2:N0CNC1=100 PPM1
A3:N2CNC1=25 PPM1
A4:NXCNC2=100%1
NOX STB
SAMP FLOW
OZONE FLOW
PMT
Toggle <TST TST> to scroll
through list of functions
NORM PMT
AZERO
HVPS
RCELL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PMT TEMP
MF TEMP
O2 CELL TEMP2
MOLY TEMP
RCEL
1 default settings for user
SAMP
NOX SLOPE
NOX OFFSET
NO SLOPE
NO OFFSET
O2 SLOPE2
O2 OFFSET2
TIME
selectable reporting range
settings.
2 Only appears if O2 sensor
option is installed.
60
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.7. CALIBRATION
An initial calibration and functional check should be conducted upon first-time startup.
Once you have completed the followng set-up procedures, please fill out
the quality questionnaire that was shipped with your unit and return it to
Teledyne API.
Note
This information is vital to our efforts in continuously improving our
service and our products. Thank you.
3.7.1. BASIC NOX CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
The initial calibration should be carried out using the same reporting range set up as
used during the analyzer’s factory calibration. This will allow you to compare your
calibration results to the factory calibration as listed on the Final Test and Validation
Data Sheet.
The following procedure assumes that the instrument does not have any of the available
these options.
If both available DAS parameters for a specific gas type are being reported via the
instrument’s analog outputs e.g. NXCNC1 and NXCNC2, separate calibrations should
be carried out for each parameter.
Use the LOW button when calibrating for NXCNC1
Use the HIGH button when calibrating for NXCNC2.
61
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
STEP 1 - Set Units:
To select the concentration units of measure press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST >
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
UNIT DIL
RANGE CONTROL MENU
SETUP X.X
PPM MGM
CONC UNITS: PPM
Press this button to
ENTR EXIT
select the
concentration units
of measure:
PPM or MGM
62
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
STEP 2 - Dilution Ratio:
If the dilution ratio option is enabled on your T200H/M and your application involves
diluting the sample gas before it enters the analyzer, set the dilution ratio as follows:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST >
CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
DIL FACTOR:1.0 Gain
UNIT DIL
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
0
0
0
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to select the
dilution ratio factor
EXIT ignores the new
setting and returns to the
previous display.
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
previous display..
63
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
STEP 3 – Set NOx and NO span gas concentrations :
Set the expected NO and NOx span gas concentration. These should be 80% of range of
concentration values likely to be encountered in this application. The default factory
setting is 100 ppm. If one of the configurable analog outputs is to be set to transmit
concentration values, use 80% of the reporting range set for that output (see Section
If you supply NO span gas to the analyzer as well as NOx, the values for expected NO
and NOx span gas concentrations need to be identical.
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST >
SETUP
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:NOX
NOX O2
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
M-P CAL
A1:NXCNC1 =100PPM
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
M-P CAL
CONCENTRATION MENU
NOX NO CONV
EXIT
M-P CAL
0
NOX SPAN CONC:80.0 Conc
.0
EXIT ignores the new
setting and returns to
the previous display.
0
8
0
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to
the
CONCENTRATION
MENU.
If using NO span gas
in addition to NOX
repeat last step.
The NOX & NO span concentration
values automatically default to
80.0 Conc.
If this is not the the concentration of
the span gas being used, toggle
these buttons to set the correct
concentration of the NOX and NO
calibration gases.
64
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
STEP 4 – Zero/Span Calibration :
To perform the zero/span calibration procedure:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
Set the Display to show
the NOX STB test
function.
Analyzer continues to
cycle through NOx,
NO, and NO2
measurements
throughout this
procedure.
< TST TST >
This function calculates
the stability of the NO /NOx
measurement
Toggle TST> button until ...
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST >
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST >
SETUP
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:NOX
NOX
O2
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
Press ENTR to changes
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values for both the NO
and NOx measurements.
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
ZERO CONC
NOX=XXX.X
EXIT
<TST TST>
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
<TST TST> ENTR
CONC
Allow span gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST >
SETUP
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:NOX
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
NOX
O2
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
The SPAN key now appears
during the transition from
zero to span.
Press ENTR to changes
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values for both the NO
and NOx measurements.
M-P CAL
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
You may see both keys.
If either the ZERO or SPAN
buttons fail to appear see
Section 10 for
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
troubleshooting tips.
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
CONC
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
<TST TST> ENTR
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
CONC
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
EXIT at this point
returns to the
SAMPLE menu.
<TST TST> ENTR
65
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
3.7.2. BASIC O2 SENSOR CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
If your instrument has an O2 sensor option installed that should be calibrated as well.
3.7.2.1. O2 Calibration Setup
The pneumatic connections for calibrating are as follows:
VENT here if input
is pressurized
Source of
SAMPLE GAS
Removed during
calibration
3-way
Valve
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
Manual
Instrument
Chassis
Control Valve
PUMP
Figure 3-25:
O2 Sensor Calibration Set Up
O2 SENSOR ZERO GAS: Teledyne API’ recommends using pure N2 when calibration
the zero point of your O2 sensor option.
O2 SENSOR SPAN GAS: Teledyne API’ recommends using 21% O2 in N2 when
calibration the span point of your O2 sensor option.
66
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.7.2.2. O2 Calibration Method
STEP 1 – Set O2 span gas concentration :
Set the expected O2 span gas concentration.
This should be equal to the percent concentration of the O2 span gas of the selected
reporting range (default factory setting = 20.8%; the approximate O2 content of ambient
air).
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST >
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:NOX
NOX O2
ENTR EXIT
M-P CAL
A1:NXCNC1 =100PPM
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:O2
NOX O2
ENTR EXIT
M-P CAL
0
O2 SPAN CONC:20.8%
.8
EXIT ignores the new
setting and returns to
the previous display.
2
0
0
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to
the previous menu.
The O2 span concentration value automatically defaults to
20.8 %.
If this is not the the concentration of the span gas being
used, toggle these buttons to set the correct concentration
of the O2 calibration gases.
67
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
STEP 2 – Activate O2 sensor stability function
To change the stability test function from NOx concentration to the O2 sensor output,
press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP X.X
0) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
EDIT PRNT EXIT
< TST TST >
SETUP
<PREV NEXT> JUMP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
2) STABIL_GAS=NOX
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
<PREV NEXT> JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
ENTER PASSWORD:818
SETUP X.X
STABIL_GAS:NOX
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
NO
NO2 NOX O2
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
STABIL_GAS:O2
NO
NO2 NOX O2
ENTR EXIT
Press ENTR to keep
changes, then press
EXIT 3 times to return
to SAMPLE menu
Note
Use the same procedure to reset the STB test function to NOx when the O2
calibration procedure is complete.
68
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Getting Started
STEP 4 – O2 ZERO/SPAN CALIBRATION :
To perform the zero/span calibration procedure:
The Model T200H/M analyzer is now ready for operation.
69
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
70
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
To assist in navigating the analyzer’s software, a series of menu trees can be found in
Appendix A of this manual.
Note
The flow charts appearing in this section contain typical representations
of the analyzer’s display during the various operations being described.
These representations may differ slightly from the actual display of your
instrument.
The ENTR button may disappear if you select a setting that is invalid or
out of the allowable range for that parameter, such as trying to set the 24-
hour clock to 25:00:00. Once you adjust the setting to an allowable value,
the ENTR button will re-appear.
4.1. OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES
The T200H/M software has a variety of operating modes. Most commonly, the analyzer
will be operating in SAMPLE mode. In this mode, a continuous read-out of the NO,
NO2 and NOx concentrations are displayed on the front panel and are available to be
output as analog signals from the analyzer’s rear panel terminals. Also, calibrations can
be performed, and TEST functions and WARNING messages can be examined.
The second most important operating mode is SETUP mode. This mode is used for
performing certain configuration operations, such as for the DAS system, configuring
the reporting ranges, or the serial (RS-232/RS-485/Ethernet) communication channels.
The SET UP mode is also used for performing various diagnostic tests during
troubleshooting.
71
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Figure 4-1:
Front Panel Display with “SAMPLE” Indicated in the Mode Field
The mode field of the front panel display indicates to the user which operating mode the
unit is currently running.
In addition to SAMPLE and SETUP, other modes the analyzer can be operated in are:
72
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Table 4-1: Analyzer Operating modes
Operating Instructions
MODE
EXPLANATION
SAMPLE
M-P CAL
Sampling normally, flashing text indicates adaptive filter is on.
This is the basic calibration mode of the instrument and is activated
by pressing the CAL key.
SETUP X.#2
SAMPLE A
SETUP mode is being used to configure the analyzer. The gas
measurement will continue during this process.
Indicates that unit is in SAMPLE mode and AUTOCAL feature is
activated.
ZERO CAL M1
ZERO CAL A1
ZERO CAL R1
LO CAL A
Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated manually by
the user.
Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated automatically
by the AUTOCAL feature.
Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated remotely
through the COM ports or digital control inputs.
Unit is performing LOW SPAN (midpoint) calibration initiated
automatically by the analyzer’s AUTOCAL feature.
LO CAL R
Unit is performing LOW SPAN (midpoint) calibration initiated remotely
through the COM ports or digital control inputs.
SPAN CAL M1
SPAN CAL A1
Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated manually by the user.
Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated automatically by the
analyzer’s AUTOCAL feature.
SPAN CAL R1
Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated remotely through the
COM ports or digital control inputs.
DIAG
One of the analyzer’s diagnostic modes is active (Section 4.13).
1 Only Appears on units with Z/S valve or IZS options.
2 The revision of the analyzer firmware is displayed following the word SETUP, e.g., SETUP
F.0.
The very important CAL mode, which allows calibration of the analyzer in various
ways, is described in detail in Section 7.
4.2. SAMPLE MODE
This is the analyzer’s standard operating mode. In this mode, the instrument is
analyzing NO and NOX and calculating NO2 concentrations.
4.2.1. TEST FUNCTIONS
A series of test functions is available at the front panel while the analyzer is in SAMPLE
mode. These parameters provide information about the present operating status of the
configurable analog outputs.
73
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Table 4-2: Test Functions Defined
DESCRIPTION
DISPLAY
PARAMETER
UNITS
A1:NXCNC1=100 PPM
Analog output
range
configuration
A2:N0CNC1=100 PPM
A3:N2CNC1=25 PPM
A4:NXCNC2=100%
These functions show the default settings for the enabled analog
The stability is a standard deviation of the NOX concentration over 25
samples, each recorded every 10 seconds. A low NOX STB value
indicates low variability in NOX.
NOX STB
STABILITY
PPM, MGM
The flow rate of the sample gas through the reaction cell. This value is
not measured but calculated from the sample pressure.
SAMP FLW
SAMPLE FLOW
cm³/min (cc/m)
OZONE FL
PMT
OZONE
cm³/min (cc/m) Flow rate of the O3 gas stream as measured with a flow meter
PMT Signal
MV
MV
The raw output voltage of the PMT.
NORMALIZED PMT
Signal
The output voltage of the PMT after normalization for auto-zero offset and
temperature/pressure compensation (if activated).
NORM PMT
AZERO
The PMT signal with zero NOX, which is usually slightly different from 0 V.
This offset is subtracted from the PMT signal and adjusts for variations in
the zero signal.
AUTO-ZERO
MV
HVPS
HVPS
V
The PMT high voltage power supply.
RCELL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PMT TEMP
REACTION CELL TEMP
BOX TEMPERATURE
PMT TEMPERATURE
The current temperature of the reaction cell.
The ambient temperature of the inside of the analyzer case.
The current temperature of the PMT.
C
C
C
CONVERTER
TEMPERATURE
CONV TEMP
RCEL
The current temperature of the NO2 converter.
C
in-Hg-A
in-Hg-A
- -
REACTION CELL
PRESSURE
The current gas pressure of the reaction cell as measured at the vacuum
manifold. This is the vacuum pressure created by the external pump.
The current pressure of the sample gas as it enters the reaction cell,
measured between the NO/NOx and Auto-Zero valves.
SAMP
SAMPLE PRESSURE
NOx SLOPE
The slope of the current NOx calibration as calculated from a linear fit
during the analyzer’s last zero/span calibration.
NOX SLOPE
NOX OFFS
NO SLOPE
NO OFFS
The offset of the current NOx calibration as calculated from a linear fit
during the analyzer’s last zero/span calibration.
NOx OFFSET
NO SLOPE
MV
The slope of the current NO calibration as calculated from a linear fit
during the analyzer’s last zero/span calibration.
- -
The offset of the current NO calibration as calculated from a linear fit
during the analyzer’s last zero/span calibration.
NO OFFSET
MV
NO2
NOX
NO
NO2 concentration
NOx concentration
NO concentration
TEST SIGNAL2
CLOCK TIME
PPM, MGM
PPM, MGM
PPM, MGM
MV
The current NO2 concentration in the chosen unit.
The current NOx concentration in the chosen unit.
The current NO concentration in the chosen unit.
Signal of a user-defined test function on output channel A4.
The current day time for DAS records and calibration events.
TEST
TIME
hh:mm:ss
74
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100 PPM1
NOX = XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
A1:NXCNC1=100 PPM1
A2:NOCNC1=100 PPM1
A3:N2CNC1=25 PPM1
A4:NXCNC2=100%1
RANGE
Toggle <TST TST> to scroll
through list of functions
NOX STB
SAMP FLW
OZONE FL
PMT
NORM PMT
AZERO
HVPS
RCELL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PMT TEMP
CONV TEMP
O2 CELL TEMP2
RCEL
1 Default settings for user
selectable reporting range
settings.
SAMP
NOX SLOPE
NOX OFFS
NO SLOPE
NO OFFS
2 Only appears if O2 sensor
option is installed.
O2 SLOPE2
O2 OFFS2
TIME
Figure 4-2:
Viewing T200H/M TEST Functions
Note
A value of “XXXX” displayed for any of the TEST functions indicates an
out-of-range reading or the analyzer’s inability to calculate it. All pressure
measurements are represented in terms of absolute pressure. Absolute,
atmospheric pressure is 29.92 in-Hg-A at sea level. It decreases about 1
in-Hg per 300 m gain in altitude. A variety of factors such as air
conditioning and passing storms can cause changes in the absolute
atmospheric pressure.
4.2.2. WARNING MESSAGES
The most common instrument failures will be reported as a warning on the analyzer’s
front panel and through the COM ports. Appendix A provides the recommended action
view and clear warning messages.
75
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Table 4-3: List of Warning Messages
MESSAGE
DEFINITION
The instrument’s analog-to-digital converter (A/D) circuitry or one of the analog
outputs are not calibrated.
ANALOG CAL WARNING
The reading taken during the Auto-zero cycle is outside the specified limits. The
value shown here as “XXX.X” indicates the actual auto-zero reading at the time of
the warning.
AZERO WRN XXX.X MV
BOX TEMP WARNING
CANNOT DYN SPAN
CANNOT DYN ZERO
The temperature inside the T200H/M chassis is outside the specified limits.
Remote span calibration failed while the dynamic span feature was ON.
Remote zero calibration failed while the dynamic zero feature was ON.
Configuration storage was reset to factory configuration or was erased.
CONFIG INITIALIZED
CONV TEMP WARNING
DATA INITIALIZED
NO2 converter temperature is outside of specified limits.
DAS data storage was erased.
HVPS WARNING
High voltage power supply for the PMT is outside of specified limits.
Ozone flow is outside of specified limits.
OZONE FLOW WARNING
Ozone generator is off. This is the only warning message that automatically
clears itself when the ozone generator is turned on.
OZONE GEN OFF
PMT TEMP WARNING
RCELL PRESS WARN
RCELL TEMP WARNING
REAR BOARD NOT DET
RELAY BOARD WARN
SAMPLE FLOW WARN
SYSTEM RESET
PMT temperature is outside of specified limits.
Reaction cell pressure is outside of specified limits.
Reaction cell temperature is outside of specified limits.
The firmware is unable to communicate with the motherboard.
The firmware is unable to communicate with the relay board.
The flow rate of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.
The computer rebooted or was powered up.
To view and clear warning messages
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
MSG
NOX=XXX.X
TEST deactivates warning
TEST
CAL
CLR SETUP
messages
MSG activates warning
messages.
<TST TST> keys replaced with
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
MSG
NO=XXX.X
TEST key
All Warning messages are hidden,
< TST TST > CAL
CLR SETUP
but MSG button appears
SAMPLE
HVPS WARNING
NO2=XXX.X
Press CLR to clear the current
message.
TEST
CAL
MSG
CLR SETUP
NOTE:
If more than one warning is active, the
next message will take its place
If the warning message persists
after several attempts to clear it,
the message may indicate a
real problem and not an artifact
of the warm-up period
Once the last warning has been
cleared, the analyzer returns to
SAMPLE mode
Make sure warning messages are
not due to real problems.
Figure 4-3:
Viewing and Clearing T200H/M WARNING Messages
76
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.3. CALIBRATION MODE
4.3.1. CALIBRATION FUNCTIONS
Pressing the CAL key switches the T200H/M into calibration mode. In this mode, the
user can calibrate the instrument with the use of calibrated zero or span gases.
If the instrument includes the zero/span valve option, the display will also include
CALZ and CALS buttons. Pressing either of these buttons also puts the instrument into
multipoint calibration mode.
The CALZ button is used to initiate a calibration of the zero point.
The CALS button is used to calibrate the span point of the analyzer. It is
recommended that this span calibration is performed at 90% of full scale of the
analyzer’s currently selected reporting range.
Because of their critical importance and complexity, calibration operations are described
in detail in Section 5.
4.4. SETUP MODE
The SETUP mode contains a variety of choices that are used to configure the analyzer’s
hardware and software features, perform diagnostic procedures, gather information on
the instruments performance and configure or access data from the internal data
acquisition system (DAS). The areas access under the Setup mode are:
Table 4-4: Primary Setup Mode Features and Functions
MENU
BUTTON
CFG
MODE OR FEATURE
DESCRIPTION
Analyzer Configuration
Auto Cal Feature
Lists key hardware and software configuration information
Used to set up an operate the AutoCal feature. Only appears if
the analyzer has one of the internal valve options installed
ACAL
DAS
Internal Data Acquisition
(DAS)
Used to set up the DAS system and view recorded data
Analog Output Reporting
Range Configuration
Used to set the units of measure for the display and set the
dilution ratio on instruments with that option active.
RNGE
Calibration Password Security
Internal Clock Configuration
PASS
CLK
Turns the password feature ON/OFF
Used to Set or adjust the instrument’s internal clock
Advanced SETUP features
MORE
This button accesses the instruments secondary setup menu
77
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Table 4-5: Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions
KEYPAD
LABEL
MANUAL
SECTION
MODE OR FEATURE
DESCRIPTION
Used to set up and operate the analyzer’s various external I/O
channels including RS-232; RS 485, modem communication
and/or Ethernet access.
External Communication
Channel Configuration
6.11 &
6.15
COMM
VARS
Used to view various variables related to the instruments current
operational status
System Status Variables
6.12
6.13
6.14
Used to access a variety of functions that are used to configure,
test or diagnose problems with a variety of the analyzer’s basic
systems.
System Diagnostic Features
and
Analog Output Configuration
DIAG
Most notably, the menus used to configure the output signals
generated by the instruments Analog outputs are located here.
Used to turn the instrument’s two alarms on and off as well as
set the trigger limits for each.
Alarm Limit Configuration1
ALRM
1 Only present if the optional alarm relay outputs (Option 61) are installed.
Note
Any changes made to a variable during one of the following procedures is
not acknowledged by the instrument until the ENTR button is pressed. If
the EXIT button is pressed before the ENTR button, the analyzer will beep,
alerting the user that the newly entered value has not been accepted.
4.5. SETUP CFG: VIEWING THE ANALYZER’S
CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
Pressing the CFG key displays the instrument configuration information. This display
lists the analyzer model, serial number, firmware revision, software library revision,
CPU type and other information. Use this information to identify the software and
hardware when contacting Technical Support. Special instrument or software features
or installed options may also be listed here.
78
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
Press NEXT of PREV to move back
and forth through the following list
of Configuration information:
MODEL NAME
SAMPLE
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
Press EXIT at
any time to
return to the
SAMPLE display
SERIAL NUMBER
SOFTWARE REVISION
LIBRARY REVISION
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
iCHIP SOFTWARE REVISION1
HESSEN PROTOCOL REVISION1
ACTIVE SPECIAL SOFTWARE
SAMPLE
T200 NOX ANALYZER
OPTIONS1
Press EXIT at
any time to
return to
CPU TYPE
DATE FACTORY CONFIGURATION
SAVED
NEXT PREV
SETUP menu
1Only appears if relevant option of Feature is active.
4.6. SETUP ACAL: AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION
Instruments with one of the internal valve options installed can be set to automatically
run calibration procedures and calibration checks. These automatic procedures are
programmed using the submenus and functions found under the ACAL menu.
A menu tree showing the ACAL menu’s entire structure can be found in Appendix A-1
of this manual.
Instructions for using the ACAL feature are located in the Section 7.7 of this manual
along with all other information related to calibrating the T200H/M analyzer.
79
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.7. SETUP DAS - USING THE DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM
(DAS)
The T200H/M analyzer contains a flexible and powerful, internal data acquisition
system (DAS) that enables the analyzer to store concentration and calibration data as
well as a host of diagnostic parameters. The data points can cover days, weeks or
months of valuable measurements, depending on how the DAS is configured. The data
are stored in non-volatile memory and are retained even when the instrument is powered
off. Data are stored in plain text format for easy retrieval and use in common data
analysis programs (such as spreadsheet-type programs).
Note
Please be aware that all stored data will be erased if the analyzer’s disk-
on-module, CPU board or configuration is replaced/reset.
The DAS is designed to be flexible. Users have full control over the type, length and
reporting time of the data. The DAS permits users to access stored data through the
instrument’s front panel or its communication ports. Teledyne API also offers
APICOM, a program that provides a visual interface for configuration and data retrieval
of the DAS or using a remote computer. Additionally, the analyzer’s four analog output
channels can be programmed to carry data related to any of the available DAS
parameters.
The principal use of the DAS is logging data for trend analysis and predictive
diagnostics, which can assist in identifying possible problems before they affect the
functionality of the analyzer. The secondary use is for data analysis, documentation and
archival in electronic format.
DAS STATUS
The green SAMPLE LED on the instrument front panel, which indicates the analyzer
status, also indicates certain aspects of the DAS status:
Table 4-6: Front Panel LED Status Indicators for DAS
LED STATE
DAS STATUS
System is in calibration mode. Data logging can be enabled or disabled for this mode.
Calibration data are typically stored at the end of calibration periods, concentration data
are typically not sampled, diagnostic data should be collected.
Off
Instrument is in hold-off mode, a short period after the system exits calibrations. DAS
channels can be enabled or disabled for this period. Concentration data are typically
disabled whereas diagnostic should be collected.
Blinking
On
Sampling normally.
The DAS can be disabled only by disabling or deleting its individual data channels.
80
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.7.1. DAS STRUCTURE
The DAS is designed around the feature of a “record”, an automatically stored single
data point. (e.g. concentration, PMT signal level, etc.). Records are organized into data
channels which are defined by properties that characterize the:
Type of date recorded (e.g. concentration, PMT signal level, etc.);
Trigger event that causes the record to be made (e.g. every minute, upon exiting
calibration mode, etc.);
How many records to be stored, as well as;
How the information is to be stored (e.g. average over 1 hour, individual points,
minimum value over last 5 minutes, etc.).
The configuration of each DAS channel is stored in the analyzer’s memory as a script,
which can be edited from the front panel or downloaded, edited and uploaded to the
instrument in form of a string of plain-text lines through the communication ports.
4.7.1.1. DAS Channels
The key to the flexibility of the DAS is its ability to store a large number of
combinations of triggering events and data parameters in the form of data channels.
Users may create up to 20 data channels. For each channel one triggering event is
selected and one or all of the T200H/M’s 25 data parameters are allowed. The number
of parameters and channels is limited by available memory.
The properties that define the structure of an DAS data channel are:
Table 4-7: DAS Data Channel Properties
PROPERTY
NAME
DESCRIPTION
DEFAULT
“NONE”
SETTING RANGE
Up to 6 letters or digits1.
The name of the data channel.
TRIGGERING
EVENT
The event that triggers the data channel to
measure and store the datum
Any available event
(see Appendix A-5).
ATIMER
NUMBER AND
LIST OF
PARAMETERS
A User-configurable list of data types to be
recorded in any given channel.
Any available parameter
(see Appendix A-5).
1 - PMTDET
000:00:01 to
366:23:59
(Days:Hours:Minutes)
The amount of time between each channel data
point.
REPORT PERIOD
000:01:00
100
The number of reports that will be stored in the
data file. Once the limit is exceeded, the oldest
data is over-written.
NUMBER OF
RECORDS
1 to 1 million, limited by
available storage space.
Enables the analyzer to automatically report
channel values to the RS-232 ports.
RS-232 REPORT
OFF
ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
CHANNEL
ENABLED
Enables or disables the channel. Allows a channel
to be temporarily turned off without deleting it.
Disables sampling of data parameters while
CAL HOLD OFF
OFF
instrument is in calibration mode2.
1 More with APICOM, but only the first six are displayed on the front panel).
2 When enabled records are not recorded until the DAS HOLD OFF period is passed after calibration mode. DAS HOLD OFF set in
the VARS menu (see Section 4.12.)
81
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.7.1.2. DAS Parameters
Data parameters are types of data that may be measured by the analyzers instrumentality
concentrations of measured gases, temperatures of heated zones,, pressures and flows of
the pneumatic subsystem as well as calibration data such as slope and offset for each
gas. For each Teledyne API analyzer model, the list of available data parameters is
different, fully defined and not customizable (see Appendix A for a list of T200H/M
parameters).
Most data parameters have associated measurement units, such as mV, ppm, cm³/min,
etc., although some parameters have no units. The only units that can be changed are
those of the concentration readings according to the SETUP-RANGE settings.
Note
The DAS does not keep track of the unit of each concentration value and
DAS data files may contain concentrations in multiple units if the unit was
changed during data acquisition.
Each data parameter has user-configurable functions that define how the data are
recorded.
Table 4-8: DAS Data Parameter Functions
EFFECT
FUNCTION
PARAMETER
SAMPLE MODE
Instrument-specific parameter name.
INST: Records instantaneous reading.
AVG: Records average reading during reporting interval.
MIN: Records minimum (instantaneous) reading during reporting interval.
MAX: Records maximum (instantaneous) reading during reporting interval.
SDEV: Records the standard deviation of the data points recorded during the reporting
interval.
PRECISION
Decimal precision of parameter value(0-4).
STORE NUM.
SAMPLES
OFF: stores only the average (default).
ON: stores the average and the number of samples in each average for a parameter.
This property is only useful when the AVG sample mode is used. Note that the
number of samples is the same for all parameters in one channel and needs to be
specified only for one of the parameters.
4.7.1.3. DAS Triggering Events
Triggering events define when and how the DAS records a measurement of any given
data channel. Triggering events are firmware-specific and are listed in Appendix A-5.
The most common triggering events are:
ATIMER: Sampling occurs at regular intervals specified by an automatic timer.
Trending information is often stored via such intervals, as either individual datum or
averaged.
EXITZR, EXITSP, SLPCHG (exit zero, exit span, slope change): Sampling at the
end of an irregularly occurring event such as calibration or when the slope changes.
These events create individual data points. Zero and slope values can be used to
monitor response drift and to document when the instrument was calibrated.
82
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
WARNINGS: Some data may be useful when stored if one of several warning
messages appears. This is helpful for trouble-shooting by monitoring when a
particular warning occurred.
4.7.2. DEFAULT DAS CHANNELS
The T200H/M is configured with a basic DAS configuration, which is enabled by
default. New data channels are also enabled by default but each channel may be turned
off for later or occasional use. Note that DAS operation is suspended while its
configuration is edited through the front panel. To prevent such data loss, it is
recommended to use the APICOM graphical user interface for DAS changes.
A set of default data channels has been included in the analyzer’s software for logging
nitrogen oxides concentrations, calibration and predictive diagnostic data. They are:
CONC: Samples NOX, NO and NO2 concentration at one minute intervals and
stores an average every hour with a time and date stamp along with the number of
(1-minute) samples within each average(for statistical evaluation). Readings during
calibration and calibration hold off are not included in the data. By default, the last
800 hourly averages are stored.
CALDAT: Every time a zero or span calibration is performed CALDAT logs
concentration, slope and offset values for NOX and NO with a time and date stamp.
The NOX stability (to evaluate calibration stability) as well as the converter
efficiency (for reference) are also stored. This data channel will store data from the
last 200 calibrations and can be used to document analyzer calibration. The slope
and offset data can be used to detect trends in (instrument response.
CALCHECK: This channel logs concentrations and the stability each time a zero or
span check (not calibration) is finished. This allows the user to track the quality of
zero and span responses over time and assist in evaluating the quality of zero and
span gases and the analyzer’s noise specifications. The last 200 data points are
retained.
DIAG: Daily averages of temperature zones, flow and pressure data as well as
some other diagnostic parameters (HVPS, AZERO). These data are useful for
predictive diagnostics and maintenance of the T200H/M. The last 1100 daily
averages are stored to cover more than four years of analyzer performance.
HIRES: Records one minute, instantaneous data of all active parameters in the
T200H/M. Short-term trends as well as signal noise levels can be detected and
documented. Readings during calibration and the calibration hold off period are
included in the averages. The last 1500 data points are stored, which covers a little
more than one day of continuous data acquisition. This data channel is disabled by
default but may be turned on when needed such as for trouble-shooting problems
with the analyzer.
The default data channels can be used as they are, or they can be customized from the
front panel or through APICOM to fit a specific application. The Teledyne API website
contains this default and other sample DAS scripts for free download. We recommend
that the user backs up any DAS configuration and its data before altering it.
Note
Teledyne-API recommends downloading and storing existing data and the
DAS configurations regularly for permanent documentation and future
data analysis. Sending a DAS configuration to the analyzer through its
COM ports will replace the existing configuration and will delete all stored
data.
83
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Table 4-9: T200H/M Default DAS Configuration
PARAMETERS
CHANNELS with PROPERTIES
NUM
SAMPLES
NAME
MODE
EVENT
PRECISION
Name: CONC
Event: ATIMER
NOXCNC1
NOCNC1
N2CNC1
STABIL
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
- -
- -
- -
- -
4
4
4
4
ON
OFF
OFF
OM
Sample Period: 000:00:01
Report Period: 000:01:00
Number of Records: 800
RS-232 report: OFF
Channel enabled: ON
DAS HOLDOFF: ON
NXZSC1
NOXSLP1
NOXOFFS1
NOZSC1
NOSLP1
NOOFFS1
N2ZSC1
CNVEF1
STABIL
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
SLPCHG
SLPCHG
SLPCHG
SLPCHG
SLPCHG
SLPCHG
SLPCHG
SLPCHG
SLPCHG
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Name: CALDAT
Event: SLPCHG
Number of Records: 200
RS-232 report: OFF
Channel enabled: ON
DAS HOLDOFF: OFF
Name: CALCHECK
Event: EXITMP
Number of Records: 200
RS-232 report: OFF
Channel enabled: ON
DAS HOLDOFF: OFF
NXZSC1
NOZSC1
N2ZSC1
STABIL
- -
- -
- -
- -
EXITMP
EXITMP
EXITMP
EXITMP
4
4
4
4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SMPFLW
O3FLOW
RCPRESS
SMPPRES
RCTEMP
PMTTMP
CNVTMP
BOXTMP
HVPS
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Name: CALCHECK
Event: EXITMP
Number of Records: 200
RS-232 report: OFF
Channel enabled: ON
DAS HOLDOFF: OFF
AZERO
NOXCNC1
NOCNC1
N2CNC1
STABIL
SMPFLW
O3FLOW
RCPRESS
SMPPRES
RCTEMP
PMTTMP
CNVTMP
BOXTMP
HVPS
Name: HIRES
Event: ATIMER
Sample Period: 000:00:01
Report Period: 000:00:01
Number of Records: 1500
RS-232 report: OFF
Channel enabled: OFF
DAS HOLDOFF: OFF
AZERO
REFGND
REF4096
84
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.7.2.1. Viewing DAS Data and Settings
DAS data and settings can be viewed on the front panel through the following keystroke
sequence.
FRONT PANEL CONTROL BUTTON FUNCTIONS
BUTTON
FUNCTION
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
<PRM
PRM>
Moves to the next Parameter
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
Moves to the previous
Parameter
EXIT will return to the
main SAMPLE Display.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
NX10
NEXT
PREV
PV10
Moves the view forward 10
data points/channels
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
Moves to the next data
point/channel
Moves to the previous data
point/channel
SETUP X.X
DATA ACQUISITION
Moves the view back 10 data
points/channels
VIEW EDIT
Buttons only appear if applicable
SETUP X.X
CONC : DATA AVAILABLE
NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
287:10:00 NXCNC1: XXX.X PPM
PV10 PREV NEXT NX10 <PRM PRM>
EXIT
SETUP X.X
CALDAT: DATA AVAILABLE
PREV NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
281:15:10 NXZCS1: X.XXX PPM
PV10 PREV NEXT NX10 <PRM PRM>
EXIT
SETUP X.X
CALCHE: DATA AVAILABLE
PREV NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
285:00:00 SMPFLW= X.XXX
<PRM PRM>
cc/m
EXIT
PV10 PREV
SETUP X.X
DIAG: DATA AVAILABLE
PREV NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
00:00::00 PMTDET=0000.0000 m
<PRM PRM> EXIT
PV10 PREV
Default
setting for
HIRES is
SETUP X.X
PREV
HIRES: NO DATA AVAILABLE
EXIT
DISABLED.
85
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.7.2.2. Editing DAS Data Channels
DAS configuration is most conveniently done through the APICOM remote control
program. The following sequence of touchscreen button presses shows how to edit
using the front panel.
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
EXIT will return to the
previous SAMPLE
display.
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
DATA ACQUISITION
VIEW EDIT
SETUP X.X
ENTER DAS PASS: 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
Moves the
display up &
down the list of
Data Channels
0) CONC: ATIMER, 8,
800
Exits to the Main
Data Acquisition
Menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
Exports the
Inserts a new Data
Channel into the list
BEFORE the Channel
currently being displayed
configuration of all
data channels to
RS-232 interface.
Deletes The Data
Channel currently
being displayed
Moves the display
between the
PROPERTIES for this
data channel.
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
EXITS returns to
the previous
Menu
<SET SET> EDIT PRNT
EXIT
Reports the configuration of current
data channels to the RS-232 ports.
Allows to edit the channel name, see next key sequence.
When editing the data channels, the top line of the display indicates some of the
configuration parameters. For example, the display line:
0) CONC : ATIMER, 4, 800
Translates to the following configuration:
Channel No.: 0
NAME: CONC
TRIGGER EVENT: ATIMER
PARAMETERS: Four parameters are included in this channel
EVENT: This channel is set up to record 800 data points.
86
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
To edit the name of a data channel, follow the above key sequence and then press:
FROM THE PREVIOUS BUTTON SEQUENCE …
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
string and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new
string and returns to the
previous menu.
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
C
O
N
C
-
-
ENTR
EXIT
Press each key repeatedly to cycle through the available character
set:
0-9, A-Z, space ’ ~ ! # $ % ^ & * ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
4.7.2.3. Trigger Events
To edit the list of data parameters associated with a specific data channel, press:
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
(see Section 6.7.2.2)
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 8,
800
EXITS to the Main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EVENT:ATIMER
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new string
and returns to the previous
menu.
EXIT ignores the new string
and returns to the previous
menu.
SETUP X.X
EVENT:ATIMER
<PREV NEXT>
ENTR
EXIT
Press each key repeatedly to cycle through the
list of available trigger events.
See Appendix A for list of DAS trigger events available on the T200H/M.
87
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.7.2.4. Editing DAS Parameters
Data channels can be edited individually from the front panel without affecting other
data channels. However, when editing a data channel, such as during adding, deleting or
editing parameters, all data for that particular channel will be lost, because the DAS can
store only data of one format (number of parameter columns etc.) for any given channel.
In addition, an DAS configuration can only be uploaded remotely as an entire set of
channels. Hence, remote update of the DAS will always delete all current channels and
stored data.
To modify, add or delete a parameter, follow the instruction shown in section 4.7.2.2
then press:
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
(see Section 6.7.2.2)
Edit Data Channel Menu
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 8,
800
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> key until…
SETUP X.X
PARAMETERS: 8
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EDIT PARAMS (DELETE DATA)
YES will delete
all data in that
entire channel.
NO returns to
the previous
menu and
YES NO
retains all data.
Edit Data Parameter Menu
SETUP X.X 0) PARAM=DETREP, MODE=INST
Moves the
display between
available
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT
EXIT
Parameters
Inserts a new Parameter
before the currently
displayed Parameter
Use to configure
the functions for
this Parameter.
Deletes the Parameter
currently displayed.
88
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
To configure the parameters for a specific data parameter, press:
Operating Instructions
FROM THE EDIT DATA PARAMETER MENU
(see previous section)
SETUP X.X 0) PARAM=NXCNC1, MODE=AVG
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X PARAMETERS: NOCNC1
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X PARAMETER: NXCNC1
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
Cycle through list of available
Parameters.
SETUP X.X SAMPLE MODE: INST
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X SAMPLE MODE: INST
INST AVG MIN MAX
EXIT
ENTR accepts the
new setting and
Press the key for the desired mode
returns to the previous
menu.
EXIT ignores the new
setting and returns to
the previous menu.
SETUP X.X PRECISION:4
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X PRECISION: 4
1
EXIT
Set for 0-4
SETUP X.X STORE NUM. SAMPLES: OFF
<SET
EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X STORE NUM. SAMPLES: OFF
OFF
ENTR EXIT
<SET Returns to
previous
Functions
Turn ON or OFF
See Appendix A-5 for list of DAS parameters available on the T200H/M.
89
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.7.2.5. Sample Period and Report Period
The DAS defines two principal time periods by which sample readings are taken and
permanently recorded:
SAMPLE PERIOD: Determines how often DAS temporarily records a sample
reading of the parameter in volatile memory. The SAMPLE PERIOD is set to one
minute by default and generally cannot be accessed from the standard DAS front
panel menu, but is available via the instruments communication ports by using
APICOM or the analyzer’s standard serial data protocol.
SAMPLE PERIOD is only used when the DAS parameter’s sample mode is set for
AVG, MIN or MAX.
REPORT PERIOD: Sets how often the sample readings stored in volatile memory
are processed, (e.g. average, minimum or maximum are calculated) and the results
stored permanently in the instrument’s Disk-on-Module as well as transmitted via
the analyzer’s communication ports. The REPORT PERIOD may be set from the
front panel.
If the INST sample mode is selected the instrument stores and reports an instantaneous
reading of the selected parameter at the end of the chosen REPORT PERIOD
In AVG, MIN or MAX sample modes, the settings for the SAMPLE PERIOD and the
REPORT PERIOD determine the number of data points used each time the average,
minimum or maximum is calculated, stored and reported to the com ports. The actual
sample readings are not stored past the end of the of the chosen REPORT PERIOD.
Also, the SAMPLE PERIOD and REPORT PERIOD intervals are synchronized to
the beginning and end of the appropriate interval of the instruments internal clock.
If SAMPLE PERIOD were set for one minute the first reading would occur at the
beginning of the next full minute according to the instrument’s internal clock.
If the REPORT PERIOD were set for of one hour the first report activity would occur
at the beginning of the next full hour according to the instrument’s internal clock.
EXAMPLE: Given the above settings, if DAS were activated at 7:57:35 the first sample
would occur at 7:58 and the first report would be calculated at 8:00 consisting of data
points for 7:58. 7:59 and 8:00.
During the next hour (from 8:01 to 9:00) the instrument will take a sample reading every
minute and include 60 sample readings.
When the STORE NUM. SAMPLES feature is turned on the instrument will also store
how many sample readings were used for the AVG, MIN or MAX calculation but not
the readings themselves.
4.7.2.6. Report Periods in Progress when Instrument Is Powered Off
If the instrument is powered off in the middle of a REPORT PERIOD, the samples
accumulated so far during that period are lost. Once the instrument is turned back on,
the DAS restarts taking samples and temporarily them in volatile memory as part of the
REPORT PERIOD currently active at the time of restart. At the end of this REPORT
PERIOD only the sample readings taken since the instrument was turned back on will
be included in any AVG, MIN or MAX calculation. Also, the STORE NUM.
SAMPLES feature will report the number of sample readings taken since the instrument
was restarted.
90
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
press:
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
(see Section 6.7.2.2)
SETUP X.X
ENTER DAS PASS: 818
ENTR EXIT
Changing the SAMPLE
PERIOD or REPORT
PERIOD Requires a
special password
9
2
9
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 8,
8500
Use the PREV and NEXT
buttons to scroll to the
data channel to be edited.
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu.
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME: CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> until you reach REPORT PERIOD (OR SAMPLE PERIOD) …
SETUP X.X
REPORT PERIOD:000:01:00
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
REPORT PERIODD:DAYS:0
Set the number of days
between reports (0-366).
0
0
0
ENTR EXIT
Press buttons to set hours
between reports in the format :
HH:MM (max: 23:59). This is a
24 hour clock . PM hours are 13
thru 23, midnight is 00:00.
SETUP X.X
REPORT PERIODD:TIME:01:01
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the new string and
returns to the previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new string and
returns to the previous menu.
0
1
0
0
IIf at any time an illegal entry is selected (e.g., days > 366)
the ENTR button will disappear from the display.
Example 2:15 PM = 14:15
91
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.7.2.7. Number of Records
The DAS is capable of capturing several months worth of data, depending on the
configuration. Every additional data channel, parameter, number of samples setting etc.
will reduce the maximum amount of data points somewhat. In general, however, the
maximum data capacity is divided amongst all channels (max: 20) and parameters (max:
50 per channel).
The DAS will check the amount of available data space and prevent the user from
specifying too many records at any given point. If, for example, the DAS memory space
can accommodate 375 more data records, the ENTR key will disappear when trying to
specify more than that number of records. This check for memory space may also make
an upload of an DAS configuration with APICOM or a Terminal program fail, if the
combined number of records would be exceeded. In this case, it is suggested to either
try from the front panel what the maximum number of records can be or use trial-and-
error in designing the DAS script or calculate the number of records using the DAS or
APICOM manuals. To set the number of records for one channel from the front panel,
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
(see Section 6.7.2.2)
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 8,
800
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> key until…
SETUP X.X
NUMBER OF RECORDS:000
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EDIT RECOPRDS (DELET DATA)
NO returns to the
previous menu.
YES will delete all data
in this channel.
YES
NO
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
menu.
Toggle buttons to set
number of records
(1-99999)
SETUP X.X
REPORT PERIODD:DAYS:0
ENTR EXIT
0
0
0
0
0
92
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.7.2.8. RS-232 Report Function
The T200H/M DAS can automatically report data to the communications ports, where
they can be captured with a terminal emulation program or simply viewed by the user.
To enable automatic COM port reporting, follow the instruction shown in section 4.7.2.2
then press:
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
(see Section 6.7.2.2)
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 8,
800
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> key until…
SETUP X.X
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
menu.
SETUP X.X
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
Toggle button to turn
reporting ON or OFF
OFF
ENTR EXIT
4.7.2.9. Compact Report
When enabled, this option avoids unnecessary line breaks on all RS-232 reports. Instead
of reporting each parameter in one channel on a separate line, up to five parameters are
reported in one line, instead. For example, channel DIAG would report its record in two
lines (10 parameters) instead of 10 lines. Individual lines carry the same time stamp and
are labeled in sequence.
4.7.2.10. Starting Date
This option allows to specify a starting date for any given channel in case the user wants
to start data acquisition only after a certain time and date. If the Starting Date is in the
past, the DAS ignores this setting.
93
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.7.2.11. Disabling/Enabling Data Channels
Data channels can be temporarily disabled, which can reduce the read/write wear on the
disk-on-chip. The HIRES channel of the T200H/M, for example, is disabled by default.
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
(see Section 6.7.2.2)
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 8,
800
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> key until…
SETUP X.X
CHANNEL ENABLE:ON
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
menu.
SETUP X.X
CHANNEL ENABLE:ON
Toggle button to turn
channel ON or OFF
OFF
ENTR EXIT
94
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.7.2.12. HOLDOFF Feature
The DAS HOLDOFF feature allows to prevent data collection during calibrations and
To enable or disable the HOLDOFF for any one DAS channel, follow the instruction
shown in section 6.7.2.2 then press:
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
(see Section 6.7.2.2)
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 2,
900
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> key until…
SETUP X.X
CAL HOLD OFF:ON
SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
menu.
SETUP X.X
CAL HOLD OFF:ON
Toggle button to turn
HOLDOFF ON or OFF
ON
ENTR EXIT
95
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.7.3. REMOTE DAS CONFIGURATION
Editing channels, parameters and triggering events as described in 6.7 is much more
conveniently done in one step through the APICOM remote control program using the
access to the T200H/M analyzer.
Figure 4-4:
APICOM Graphical User Interface for Configuring the DAS
Once a DAS configuration is edited (which can be done offline and without interrupting
DAS data collection), it is conveniently uploaded to the instrument and can be stored on
a computer for later review, alteration or documentation and archival. Refer to the
APICOM manual for details on these procedures. The APICOM user manual is
included in the APICOM installation file, which can be downloaded at
http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/.
Note
Whereas the editing, adding and deleting of DAS channels and
parameters of one channel through the front-panel touch screen can be
done without affecting the other channels, uploading a DAS configuration
script to the analyzer through its communication ports will erase all data,
parameters and channels by replacing them with the new DAS
configuration. It is advised to download and backup all data and the
original DAS configuration before attempting any DAS changes.
96
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.8. SETUP RNGE: RANGE UNITS AND DILUTION
CONFIGURATION
This Menu is used to set the units of measure to be associated with the analyzer’s
physical ranges) and for instruments with the sample gas dilution option operating, to set
the dilution ratio.
4.8.1. RANGE UNITS
The T200H/M can display concentrations in parts per million (106 mols per mol, PPM)
or milligrams per cubic meter (mg/m3, MGM). Changing units affects all of the
display, COM port and DAS values for all reporting ranges regardless of the analyzer’s
range mode. To change the concentration units:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1= 100.0 PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.
RANGE CONTROL MENU
EXIT returns
to the main
menu.
UNIT DIL
SETUP X.X
CONC UNITS: PPM
Select the preferred
concentration unit.
PPM MGM
ENTER EXIT
ENTER EXIT
ENTR accepts
the new unit,
EXIT returns
to the SETUP
menu.
SETUP X.X
PPM MGM
CONC UNITS: MGM
Conversion factors from volumetric to mass units used in the T200H/M:
NO: ppm x 1.34 = mg/m3
NO2: ppm x 2.05 = mg/m3
Concentrations displayed in mg/m3 and µg/m3 use 0° C and 760 Torr as standard
temperature and pressure (STP). Consult your local regulations for the STP used by
your agency. EPA protocol applications, for example, use 25° C as the reference
temperature. Changing the units may cause a bias in the measurements if standard
temperature and pressure other than 0C and 760 Torr are used. This problem can be
avoided by recalibrating the analyzer after any change from a volumetric to a mass unit
or vice versa.
Note
In order to avoid a reference temperature bias, the analyzer must be
recalibrated after every change in reporting units.
97
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.8.2. DILUTION RATIO
The dilution ratio is a software option that allows the user to compensate for any dilution
of the sample gas before it enters the sample inlet.
1. The SPAN value entered during calibration is the maximum expected concentration
of the undiluted calibration gas
2. The span gas should be either supplied through the same dilution inlet system as
the sample gas or be supplied at an appropriately lower actual concentration.
For example, with a dilution set to 100, a 1 ppm gas can be used to calibrate a 100
ppm sample gas if the span gas is not routed through the dilution system.
On the other hand, if a 100 ppm span gas is used, it needs to pass through the
same dilution steps as the sample gas.
3. Set the dilution factor as a gain (e.g., a value of 20 means 20 parts diluent and 1
part of sample gas):
The analyzer will multiply the measured gas concentrations with this dilution factor
and displays the result.
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP C.3
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP C.3
RANGE CONTROL MENU
DIL only appears
if the dilution ratio
option has been
activateded
UNIT
DIL
EXIT
EXIT ignores the
new setting.
Toggle each as needed
to set the dilution
factor.
SETUP C.3
DIL FACTOR: 1.0 GAIN
ENTR accepts the
0
0
0
1
.0
ENTR
EXIT
new setting.
This is the number by
which the analyzer will
multiply the NO, NO2
and NOx concentrations
of the gas passing
through the reaction
SETUP C.3
DIL FACTOR: 20.0 GAIN
.0 ENTR
0
0
2
0
EXIT
The analyzer multiplies the measured gas concentrations with this dilution factor and
displays the result.
Calibrate the analyzer. Once the above settings have been entered, the instrument needs
to be recalibrated using one of the methods discussed in Section 5.
98
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.9. SETUP PASS: PASSWORD FEATURE
The T200H/M provides password protection of the calibration and setup functions to
prevent unauthorized adjustments. When the passwords have been enabled in the PASS
menu item, the system will prompt the user for a password anytime a password-
protected functio n (e.g., SETUP) is selected. This allows normal operation of the
instrument, but requires the password (101) to access to the menus under SETUP. When
PASSWORD is disabled (SETUP>OFF), any operator can enter the Primary Setup
(SETUP) and Secondary Setup (SETUP>MORE) menus. Whether PASSWORD is
enabled or disabled, a password (default 818) is required to enter the VARS or DIAG
menus in the SETUP>MORE menu.
There are three levels of password protection, which correspond to operator,
maintenance, and configuration functions. Each level allows access to all of the
functions in the previous level.
Table 4-10: Password Levels
Password
Null (000)
101
Level
Menu Access Allowed
Operation
All functions of the MAIN menu: TEST, GEN, initiate SEQ , MSG, CLR
Configuration/Maintenance Access to Primary Setup and Secondary SETUP Menus when
PASSWORD is enabled.
818
Configuration/Maintenance Access to Secondary SETUP Submenus VARS and DIAG whether
PASSWORD is enabled or disabled.
To enable or disable passwords, press the following menu button sequence:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST >
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PASSWORD ENABLE: OFF
ENTR EXIT
Toggle this
button to
OFF
enable, disable
password
SETUP X.X
PASSWORD ENABLE: ON
ENTR EXIT
feature
ON
99
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Example: If all passwords are enabled, the following menu button sequence would be
required to enter the SETUP menu:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
prompts for
password
number
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS: 0
0
0
1
0
8
ENTR
EXIT
Example: this
password enables the
SETUP mode
Press individual
buttons to set
numbers
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS: 0
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
Note that the instrument still prompts for a password when entering the VARS and
DIAG menus, even if passwords are disabled, but it displays the default password (818)
upon entering these menus. The user only has to press ENTR to access the password-
protected menus but does not have to enter the required number code.
100
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.10. SETUP CLK: SETTING THE INTERNAL TIME-OF-DAY
CLOCK
The T200H/M has a built-in clock for the AutoCal timer, Time TEST function, and time
stamps on COM port messages and DAS data entries.
To set the time-of-day, press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
Enter Current
Date-of-Year
Enter Current
Time-of-Day
TIME DATE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
DATE: 01-JAN-02
SETUP X.X
TIME: 12:00
0
1
JAN 0 2
ENTR EXIT
1 2 : 0 0
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
JAN
DATE: 01-JAN-02
SETUP X.X
1 2 : 0 0
TIME: 12:00
0
1
0
2
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
TIME DATE
TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
EXIT
EXIT returns
to the main
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SAMPLE display
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
101
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
In order to compensate for CPU clocks which run fast or slow, there is a variable to
speed up or slow down the clock by a fixed amount every day.
To change this variable, press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SETUPX.X
1 ) MEASURE_MODE=NOX-NO
EDIT PRNT EXIT
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
PREV NEXT JUMP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
Continue to press NEXT until …
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
7) CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
PREV
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
SETUP X.X
CLOCK_ADJ:0 Sec/Day
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
+
0
0
8
1
ENTR EXIT
Enter sign and number of seconds per
day the clock gains (-) or loses (+).
SETUP X.X
0 ) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
7) CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
NEXT JUMP
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
3x EXIT returns
to the main SAMPLE display
102
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.11. SETUP MORE COMM: SETTING UP THE ANALYSER’S
COMMUNICATION PORTS
The T200H/M is equipped with an Ethernet port, a USB port and two serial
communication (COMM) ports located on the rear panel (see Figure 3-2). Both com
ports operate similarly and give the user the ability to communicate with, issue
commands to, and receive data from the analyzer through an external computer system
or terminal. By default, both ports operate on the RS-232 protocol.
The RS232 port (used as COM1) can also be configured to operate in single or RS-232
multidrop mode (option 62; See Section 5.9.2 and 4.11.8).
The COM2 port, can be configured for standard RS-232 operation or for half-duplex
RS-485 communication (RS485 configuration disables the USB communication port).
A code-activated switch (CAS), can also be used on either port to connect typically
between 2 and 16 send/receive instruments (host computer(s) printers, data loggers,
analyzers, monitors, calibrators, etc.) into one communications hub. Contact Teledyne
API sales for more information on CAS systems.
4.11.1. DTE AND DCE COMMUNICATION
RS-232 was developed for allowing communications between data terminal equipment
(DTE) and data communication equipment (DCE). Basic terminals always fall into the
DTE category whereas modems are always considered DCE devices. The difference
between the two is the pin assignment of the Data Receive and Data Transmit functions.
DTE devices receive data on pin 2 and transmit data on pin 3.
DCE devices receive data on pin 3 and transmit data on pin 2.
To allow the analyzer to be used with terminals (DTE), modems (DCE) and computers
(which can be either), a switch mounted below the serial ports on the rear panel allows
the user to set the configuration of COM1 for one of these two modes. This switch
exchanges the receive and transmit lines on COM1 emulating a cross-over or null-
modem cable. The switch has no effect on COM2.
4.11.2. COM PORT DEFAULT SETTINGS
As received from the factory, the analyzer is set up to emulate a DCE or modem, with
Pin 3 of the DB-9 connector designated for receiving data and Pin 2 designated for
sending data.
RS232: (used as COM 1) RS-232 (fixed), DB-9 male connector.
o
o
o
Baud rate: 115200 bits per second (baud).
Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit.
Parity: None.
COM2: RS-232 (configurable to RS-485), DB-9 female connector.
o
o
o
Baud rate: 19200 bits per second (baud).
Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit.
Parity: None.
103
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.11.3. COMMUNICATION MODES, BAUD RATE AND PORT TESTING
Use the SETUP>MORE>COMM menu to configure COM1 (labeled RS232 on
instrument rear panel) and/or COM2 (labeled COM2 on instrument rear panel) for
communication modes, baud rate and/or port testing for correct connection.
4.11.3.1. COM Port Communication Modes
Each of the analyzer’s serial ports can be configured to operate in a number of different
modes, which are listed in the following table. Each COM port needs to be configured
independently.
Table 4-11: COM Port Communication modes
MODE1
QUIET
ID
1
DESCRIPTION
Quiet mode suppresses any feedback from the analyzer (DAS reports, and warning
messages) to the remote device and is typically used when the port is communicating
with a computer program such as APICOM. Such feedback is still available but a
command must be issued to receive them.
COMPUTER
SECURITY
Computer mode inhibits echoing of typed characters and is used when the port is
communicating with a computer program, such as APICOM.
2
4
When enabled, the serial port requires a password before it will respond. The only
command that is active is the help screen (? CR).
HESSEN
PROTOCOL
The Hessen communications protocol is used in some European countries. Teledyne
API part number 02252 contains more information on this protocol.
16
E, 7, 1
When turned on this mode switches the com port settings
from
No parity; 8 data bits; 1 stop bit
to
2048
Even parity; 7 data bits; 1 stop bit
RS-485
Configures the COM2 Port for RS-485 communication. RS-485 mode has precedence
over multidrop mode if both are enabled. When the COM2 port is configured for RS-485
communication, the rear panel USB port is disabled.
1024
MULTIDROP
PROTOCOL
Multidrop protocol allows a multi-instrument configuration on a single communications
channel. Multidrop is an option requiring a special PCA and the use of instrument IDs.
32
64
ENABLE
MODEM
Enables sending a modem initialization string at power-up. Asserts certain lines in the
RS-232 port to enable the modem to communicate.
ERROR
Fixes certain types of parity errors at certain Hessen protocol installations.
CHECKING2
128
256
XON/XOFF
Disables XON/XOFF data flow control also known as software handshaking.
HANDSHAKE2
HARDWARE
HANDSHAKE
Enables CTS/RTS style hardwired transmission handshaking. This style of data
transmission handshaking is commonly used with modems or terminal emulation
protocols as well as by Teledyne Instrument’s APICOM software.
8
HARDWARE
FIFO2
Improves data transfer rate when on of the com ports.
512
COMMAND
PROMPT
Enables a command prompt when in terminal mode.
4096
1 Modes are listed in the order in which they appear in the
SETUP MORE com COM[1 OR 2] MODE menu
2 The default sting for this feature is ON. Do not disable unless instructed to by Teledyne API Technical Support
personnel.
104
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
Press the following buttons to select a communication mode for a one of the com ports,
such as the following example where HESSEN PROTOCOL mode is enabled:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT returns
to the
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
previous
menu
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Select which COM
port to configure
ID
INET COM1 COM2
The sum of the mode
IDs of the selected
modes is displayed
here
SETUP X.X
COM1MODE:0
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 QUIET MODE: OFF
NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
Continue pressing next until …
SETUP X.X COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL : OFF
PREV NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
Use PREV and NEXT to
move between available
modes.
A mode is enabled by
toggling the ON/OFF
button.
ENTR accepts the new
SETUP X.X COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL : ON
settings
EXIT ignores the new
PREV NEXT ON
ENTR EXIT
settings
Continue pressing NEXT and/or PREV to select any other modes
you which to enable or disable
105
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.11.3.2. COM Port Baud Rate
To select the baud rate of one of the COM Ports, press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT returns
to the
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
previous
menu
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Select which COM port
to configure.
ID INET
SETUP X.X
COM1 COM2
COM1MODE:0
Press SET> until you
reach
COM1 BAUD RATE
SET> EDIT
EXAMPLE
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:115200
Use PREV and NEXT
keys to move
between available
baud rates.
EXIT
ignores the
new
setting
<SET SET> EDIT
300
1200
4800
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:115200
ENTR
ENTR
accepts
the new
setting
PREV NEXT
9600
19200
38400
57600
115200
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:9600
ENTR
NEXT ON
106
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.11.3.3. COM Port Testing
The serial ports can be tested for correct connection and output in the com menu. This
test sends a string of 256 ‘w’ characters to the selected COM port. While the test is
running, the red LED on the rear panel of the analyzer should flicker.
To initiate the test press the following key sequence.
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
COM1 MODE:0
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
<SET
COM1: TEST PORT
TEST
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
SETUP X.X
<SET
TRANSMITTING TO COM1
TEST
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
EXIT returns to
COMM menu
EXIT
Select which
COM port to
test.
Test runs
automatically
107
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.11.4. ANALYZER ID
Each type of Teledyne API analyzer is configured with a default ID code. The default
ID code for all T200H/M analyzers is either 0 or 200. The ID number is only important
if more than one analyzer is connected to the same communications channel such as
of one or both of the instruments needs to be changed so that they are unique to the
instruments. To edit the instrument’s ID code, press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
Toggle these buttons
to cycle through the
available character set:
0-9
ENTR button accepts the
SETUP X.
MACHINE ID: 200 ID
new settings
EXIT key ignores the new
0
2
0
0
ENTR EXIT
settings
The ID can be any 4 digit number and can also be used to identify analyzers in any
number of ways (e.g. location numbers, company asset number, etc.)
108
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.11.5. RS-232 COM PORT CABLE CONNECTIONS
In its default configuration, the T200H/M analyzer has two available RS-232 com ports
accessible via 2 DB-9 connectors on the back panel of the instrument. The COM1
connector, labeled RS232, is a male DB-9 connector and the COM2 is a female DB9
connector.
Figure 4-5:
Default Pin Assignments for Rear Panel com Port Connectors (RS-232 DCE & DTE)
The signals from these two connectors are routed from the motherboard via a wiring
harness to two 10-pin connectors on the CPU card, J11 (COM1) and J12 (COM2).
109
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Figure 4-6:
CPU COM1 & COM2 Connector Pin-Outs for RS-232 Mode
Teledyne API offers two mating cables, one of which should be applicable for your use.
Part number WR000077, a DB-9 female to DB-9 female cable, 6 feet long. Allows
connection of COM1 with the serial port of most personal computers. Also available
as Option 60 (see Section 5.9.1).
Part number WR000024, a DB-9 female to DB-25 male cable. Allows connection to
the most common styles of modems (e.g. Hayes-compatible) and code activated
switches.
Both cables are configured with straight-through wiring and should require no additional
adapters.
Note
Cables that appear to be compatible because of matching connectors may
incorporate internal wiring that make the link inoperable. Check cables
acquired from sources other than Teledyne API for pin assignments
before using.
To assist in properly connecting the serial ports to either a computer or a modem, there
are activity indicators LEDs labeled RX and TX) just above the rear panel RS-232 port.
Once a cable is connected between the analyzer and a computer or modem, both the red
and green LEDs should be on. If the RX TX LEDs for RS232 are not lit, change
illuminated, check the cable for proper wiring.
110
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.11.6. RS-485 CONFIGURATION OF COM2
Opting to use RS-485 communications for the COM2 port will disable the USB port. To
configure your instrument for RS-485 communications, please consult the factory.
4.11.7. ETHERNET INTERFACE CONFIGURATION
When using the Ethernet interface, the analyzer can be connected to any standard
10BaseT or 100BaseT Ethernet network via low-cost network hubs, switches or routers.
The interface operates as a standard TCP/IP device on port 3000. This allows a remote
computer to connect through the network to the analyzer using APICOM, terminal
emulators or other programs.
The Ethernet cable connector on the rear panel has two LEDs indicating the Ethernet’s
current operating status.
Table 4-12 Ethernet Status Indicators
LED
FUNCTION
amber (link)
On when connection to the LAN is valid.
green (activity Flickers during any activity on the LAN.
The analyzer is shipped with DHCP enabled by default. This allows the instrument to be
connected to a network or router with a DHCP server. The instrument will automatically
be assigned an IP address by the DHCP server (Section Configuring Ethernet
Communication Using DHCP). This configuration is useful for quickly getting an
instrument up and running on a network. However, for permanent Ethernet connections,
instrument with a static IP address.
111
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.11.7.1. Configuring Ethernet Communication Using DHCP
1. Consult with your network administrator to affirm that your network server is running
DHCP.
2. Access the Ethernet Menu (SETUP>MORE>COMM>INET).
3. After pressing ENTR at the password menu, press SET> to view the DHCP
settings:
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
From this point on,
EXIT returns to
COMMUNICATIONS
MENU
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
8
1
ENTR EXIT
DHCP: ON is
default setting.
If it has been
set to OFF,
press EDIT
and set to ON.
SETUP X.X
DHCP: OFF
DHCP: ON
SETUP X.X
DHCP: ON
OFF
ENTR EXIT
SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
ON
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET SET>
INST IP: 0.0.0.0
SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: 0.0.0.0
THE EDIT button is disabled. Each string of octets
should be assigned numbers by the DHCP; if all 0’s,
DHCP failed. Consult your network administrator.
<SET SET>
SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK: 0.0.0.0
<SET SET>
EXIT
Do not alter unless
directed to by Teledyne
Instruments Customer
Service personnel
SETUP X.X
TCP PORT: 3000
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
TCP PORT2: 502
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X HOSTNAME:
<SET
EDIT
112
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Table 4-13: LAN/Internet Configuration Properties
DEFAULT STATE DESCRIPTION
Operating Instructions
PROPERTY
This displays whether the DHCP is
turned ON or OFF.
DHCP STATUS
On
Editable
EDIT key
This string of four packets of 1 to 3
disabled when numbers each (e.g. 192.168.76.55.) is
INSTRUMENT
IP ADDRESS
Configured by
DHCP
DHCP is ON
the address of the analyzer itself.
A string of numbers very similar to the
Instrument IP address (e.g.
disabled when 192.168.76.1.)that is the address of
EDIT key
GATEWAY IP
ADDRESS
Configured by
DHCP
DHCP is ON
the computer used by your LAN to
access the Internet.
Also a string of four packets of 1 to 3
numbers each (e.g. 255.255.252.0)
that defines that identifies the LAN the
device is connected to.
EDIT key
disabled when
DHCP is ON
All addressable devices and
Configured by
DHCP
SUBNET MASK
computers on a LAN must have the
same subnet mask. Any transmissions
sent devices with different assumed to
be outside of the LAN and are routed
through gateway computer onto the
Internet.
This number defines the terminal
control port by which the instrument is
addressed by terminal emulation
software, such as Internet or Teledyne
API’ APICOM.
TCP PORT1
3000
Editable
Editable
The name by which your analyzer will
appear when addressed from other
computers on the LAN or via the
Internet. While the default setting for
all Teledyne API analyzers is the
model number, the host name may be
changed to fit customer needs.
HOST NAME
[initially blank]
1 Do not change the setting for this property unless instructed to by Teledyne API Technical
Support personnel.
Note
It is recommended that you check these settings the first time you power
up your analyzer after it has been physically connected to the
LAN/Internet to confirm that the DHCP server has successfully
downloaded the appropriate information from you network. If the gateway
IP, instrument IP and subnet mask are all zeroes (e.g. “0.0.0.0”), the
DHCP was not successful. It may be necessary to manually configure the
analyzer’s Ethernet properties. Consult your network administrator.
113
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.11.7.2. Configuring Ethernet Communication Manually (Static IP Address)
1. Connect a cable from the analyzer’s Ethernet port to a Local Area Network (LAN) or
Internet port.
2. From the analyzer’s front panel touch screen, access the Ethernet Menu:
(SETUP>MORE>COMM>INET).
Gateway IP addresses and the Subnet Mask to the desired settings.
4. From the computer, enter the same information through an application such as
HyperTerminal.
114
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
Internet Configuration Button Functions
SETUP X.X
ID INET
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
BUTTON
[0]
FUNCTION
COM1
EXIT
Location of cursor. Press to cycle through the range of
numerals and available characters (“0 – 9” & “ . ”)
<CH CH> Moves the cursor one character left or right.
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
DEL
Deletes a character at the cursor location.
Accepts the new setting and returns to the previous
menu.
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
ENTR
Ignores the new setting and returns to the previous
menu.
EXIT
DHCP: ON is
default setting.
Skip this step
if it has been
set to OFF.
SETUP X.X
DHCP: ON
Some buttons appear only when relevant.
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
DHCP: OFF
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X INST IP: 000.000.000.000
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Cursor
location is
indicated by
brackets
SETUP X.X INST IP: [0] 00.000.000
<CH CH>
DEL [0]
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: 000.000.000.000
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
ENTR
accepts
the new
assigned
numbers;
EXIT
SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: [0] 00.000.000
<CH CH> DEL [?] ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK:255.255.255.0
ignores
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK:[2]55.255.255.0
<CH CH> DEL [?] ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X TCP PORT 3000
<SET
EDIT
EXIT
The PORT number must remain at 3000.
Do not change this setting unless instructed to by
Teledyne Instruments Customer Service personnel.
Pressing EXIT from
any of the above
display menus
causes the Ethernet
option to reinitialize
its internal interface
firmware
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING INET 0%
…
INITIALIZING INET 100%
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATI0N SUCCEEDED
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION FAILED
Contact your IT
Network Administrator
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID
INET
COM1
EXIT
Figure 4-7:
COM – LAN / Internet Manual Configuration
115
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.11.7.3. Changing the Analyzer’s HOSTNAME
The HOSTNAME is the name by which the analyzer appears on your network. The
default name for all Teledyne API Model T200H/M analyzers is initially blank. To
create or later change this name (particularly if you have more than one analyzer on
your network), press.
SETUP X.X
DHCP: ON
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SET> EDIT
EXIT
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
Continue pressing SET> UNTIL …
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X HOSTNAME:
<SET EDIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
EXIT
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X HOSTNAME: T200
SETUP X.X
ID INET
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
<CH CH> INS DEL [?]
ENTR EXIT
COM1
Press to edit HOSTNAME
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
SETUP X.X HOSTNAME: T200X STATION 1
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
<SET
EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING INET 0%
…
INITIALIZING INET 100%
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATI0N SUCCEEDED
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION FAILED
SETUP X.X
ID INET
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Contact your IT Network
Administrator
COM1
EXIT
Table 4-14: Internet Configuration Menu Button Functions
FUNCTION
BUTTON
<CH
CH>
INS
DEL
[?]
Moves the cursor one character to the left.
Moves the cursor one character to the right.
Inserts a character before the cursor location.
Deletes a character at the cursor location.
Press this key to cycle through the range of numerals and characters available for insertion.
0-9, A-Z, space ’ ~ ! # $ % ^ & * ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
ENTR
EXIT
Accepts the new setting and returns to the previous menu.
Ignores the new setting and returns to the previous menu.
Some keys only appear as needed.
116
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.11.8. USB PORT SETUP
The analyzer can be operated through a personal computer by downloading the TAPI
USB driver and directly connecting their respective USB ports.
1. Install the Teledyne T-Series USB driver on your computer, downloadable from the
Teledyne API website under Help Center>Software Downloads (www.teledyne-
api.com/software).
2. Run the installer file: “TAPIVCPInstaller.exe”
3. Connect the USB cable between the USB ports on your personal computer and your
analyzer. The USB cable should be a Type A – Type B cable, commonly used as a
USB printer cable.
4. Determine the Windows XP Com Port number that was automatically assigned to
the USB connection. (Start → Control Panel → System → Hardware → Device
Manager). This is the com port that should be set in the communications software,
such as APIcom or Hyperterminal.
Refer to the Quick Start (Direct Cable Connection) section of the Teledyne APIcom
Manual, PN 07463.
117
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
5. In the instrument’s SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM2 menu, make the following settings:
Baud Rate: 115200
COM2 Mode Settings:
Quiet Mode
ON
Computer Mode
MODBUS RTU
MODBUS ASCII
E,8,1 MODE
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
E,7,1 MODE
RS-485 MODE
SECURITY MODE
MULTIDROP MODE
ENABLE MODEM
ERROR CHECKING
XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE OFF
HARDWARE HANDSHAKE OFF
HARDWARE FIFO
ON
COMMAND PROMPT
OFF
6. Next, configure your communications software, such as APIcom. Use the COM port
determined in Step 4 and the baud rate set in Step 5. The figures below show how
these parameters would be configured in the Instrument Properties window in
APIcom when configuring a new instrument. See the APIcom manual (PN 07463)
for more details.
Note
USB configuration requires that instrument and PC baud rates match; check the
PC baud rate and change if needed. Using the USB port disallows use of the rear
panel COM2 port except for multidrop communication.
118
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.11.9. MULTIDROP RS-232 SET UP
When the RS-232 Multidrop option is installed, connection adjustments and
configuration through the menu system are required. This section provides instructions
for the internal connection adjustments, then for external connections, and ends with
instructions for menu-driven configuration.
Note that because the RS-232 Multidrop option uses both the RS232 and COM2 DB9
connectors on the analyzer’s rear panel to connect the chain of instruments, COM2 port
is no longer available for separate RS-232 or RS-485 operation.
CAUTION – Risk of Instrument Damage and Warranty Invalidation
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static discharges too small to be felt by
the human nervous system. Damage resulting from failure to use ESD protection when working
with electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty. See A Primer on Electro-Static
Discharge section in this manual for more information on preventing ESD damage.
In each instrument with the Multidrop option there is a shunt jumpering two pins on the
This shunt must be removed from all instruments except that designated as last in the
multidrop chain, which must remain terminated. This requires powering off and opening
each instrument and making the following adjustments:
1. With NO power to the instrument, remove its top cover and lay the rear panel open
for access to the multidrop PCA, which is seated on the CPU.
2. On the Multidrop/LVDS PCA’s JP2 connector, remove the shunt that jumpers Pins
chain where the shunt should remain at Pins 21 22).
3. Check that the following cable connections are made in all instruments (again refer
J3 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to the CPU’s COM1 connector
(Note that the CPU’s COM2 connector is not used in Multidrop)
J4 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to J12 on the motherboard
J1 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCS to the front panel LCD
119
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Figure 4-8:
Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Mode
Note: If you are adding an instrument to the end of a previously configured chain,
remove the shunt between Pins 21 22 of the Multidrop PCA in the instrument that
was previously the last instrument in the chain.
4. Close the instrument.
interconnect the host RS232 port to the first analyzer’s RS232 port; then from the
first analyzer’s COM2 port to the second analyzer’s RS232 port; from the second
analyzer’s COM2 port to the third analyzer’s RS232 port, etc., connecting in this
fashion up to eight analyzers, subject to the distance limitations of the RS-232
standard.
6. On the rear panel of each analyzer, adjust the DCE DTE switch so that the green
and the red LEDs (RX and TX) of the COM1 connector (labeled RS232) are both lit.
(Ensure you are using the correct RS-232 cables that are internally wired specifically
for RS232 communication).
120
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
Female DB9
Male DB9
Host
RS-232 port
Analyzer
Analyzer
Analyzer
Last Analyzer
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
Ensure jumper is
installed between
JP2 pins 21
last instrument of
multidrop chain.
22 in
Figure 4-9:
RS-232-Multidrop Host-to-Analyzer Interconnect Diagram
7. BEFORE communicating from the host, power on the instruments and check that
SETUP>MORE>COMM>ID. The default ID is typically the model number or “0”; to
change the 4-digit identification number, press the button below the digit to be
changed; once changed, press/select ENTER to accept the new ID for that
instrument.
8. Next, in the SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM1 menu (do not use the COM2 menu for
multidrop), edit the COM1 MODE parameter as follows: press/select EDIT and set
only QUIET MODE, COMPUTER MODE, and MULTIDROP MODE to ON. Do not
change any other settings.
9. Press/select ENTER to accept the changed settings, and ensure that COM1 MODE
now shows 35.
10. Press/select SET> to go to the COM1 BAUD RATE menu and ensure it reads the
same for all instruments (edit as needed so that all instruments are set at the same
baud rate).
NOTES:
The (communication) Host instrument can address only one instrument at a time,
each by its unique ID (see Step 7 above).
Teledyne API recommends setting up the first link, between the Host and the first
analyzer, and testing it before setting up the rest of the chain.
121
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.11.10. MODBUS SETUP
The following set of instructions assumes that the user is familiar with MODBUS
communications, and provides minimal information to get started. For additional
instruction, please refer to the Teledyne API MODBUS manual, PN 06276. Also refer to
www.modbus.org for MODBUS communication protocols.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
Instrument firmware with MODBUS capabilities installed.
MODBUS-compatible software (TAPI uses MODBUS Poll for testing; see
www.modbustools.com)
Personal computer
Communications cable (Ethernet or USB or RS232)
Possibly a null modem adapter or cable
ACTIONS
Set Com Mode parameters
Comm Ethernet:
Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP – MORE – COMM – INET; scroll through the INET
submenu until you reach TCP PORT 2 (the standard setting is 502), then continue to TCP
PORT 2 MODBUS TCP/IP; press EDIT and toggle the menu button to change the setting
to ON, then press ENTR. (Change Machine ID if needed: see “Slave ID”).
USB/RS232: Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP – MORE – COMM – COM2 – EDIT; scroll
through the COM2 EDIT submenu until the display shows COM2 MODBUS RTU: OFF
(press OFF to change the setting to ON. Scroll NEXT to COM2 MODBUS ASCII and
ensure it is set to OFF. Press ENTR to keep the new settings. (If RTU is not available with
your communications equipment, set the COM2 MODBUS ASCII setting to ON and
ensure that COM2 MODBUS RTU is set to OFF. Press ENTR to keep the new settings).
If your analyzer is connected to a network with at least one other analyzer of the same model, a unique
Slave ID must be assigned to each. Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP – MORE – COMM – ID.
The MACHINE ID default is the same as the model number. Toggle the menu buttons to change the ID.
Slave ID
Reboot analyzer
For the settings to take effect, power down the analyzer, wait 5 seconds, and power up the analyzer.
Connect your analyzer either:
Make appropriate cable
connections
via its Ethernet or USB port to a PC (this may require a USB-to-RS232 adapter for your PC; if so, also
install the software driver from the CD supplied with the adapter, and reboot the computer if required), or
via its COM2 port to a null modem (this may require a null modem adapter or cable).
Specify MODBUS software
settings
1. Click Setup / [Read / Write Definition] /.
a. In the Read/Write Definition window (see example that follows) select a Function (what you wish
to read from the analyzer).
(examples used here are for
MODBUS Poll software)
b. Input Quantity (based on your firmware’s register map).
c. In the View section of the Read/Write Definition window select a Display (typically Float Inverse).
d. Click OK.
2. Next, click Connection/Connect.
a. In the Connection Setup window (see example that follows), select the options based on your
computer.
b. Press OK.
Read the Modbus Poll Register Use the Register Map to find the test parameter names for the values displayed (see example that follows
If desired, assign an alias for each.
122
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
Example Read/Write Definition window:
Example Connection Setup window:
Example MODBUS Poll window:
123
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.12. SETUP MORE VARS: INTERNAL VARIABLES (VARS)
The T200H/M has several-user adjustable software variables, which define certain
operational parameters.
Usually, these variables are automatically set by the
Appendix A2 for a detailed listing of all of the T200H/M variables that are accessible
through the remote interface.
Table 4-15: Variable Names (VARS)
NO.
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
ALLOWED VALUES
Duration of no data storage in the DAS. This is the time when
the analyzer returns from one of its calibration modes to the
SAMPLE mode. The DAS_HOLD_OFF can be disabled in each
DAS channel.
Can be between 0.5
and 20 minutes
Default=15 min.
DAS_HOLD_OFF
0
Selects the gas measurement mode in which the instrument is to
operate. NOx only, NO only or dual gas measurement of NOx
and NO simultaneously. Dual gas mode requires that a special
switching optional be installed.
NO; NOx;
NOx–NO
MEASURE_MODE
1
Selects which gas measurement is displayed when the STABIL
test function is selected.
NO; NOx;
NO2; O2
STABIL_GAS
TPC_ENABLE
1
2
3
Enables or disables the temperature and pressure
compensation (TPC) feature (Section 8.8.3).
ON/OFF
Default=ON
Dynamic zero automatically adjusts offset and slope of the NO
and NOX response when performing a zero point calibration
during an AutoCal (Section 7.7).
ON/OFF
Default=OFF
DYN_ZERO
DYN_SPAN
4
Dynamic span automatically adjusts the offsets and slopes of
the NO and NOx response when performing a zero point
calibration during an AutoCal (Section 7.7).
ON/OFF
Default=OFF
5
Note that the DYN_ZERO and DYN_SPAN features are not
allowed for applications requiring EPA equivalency.
Allows to set the number of decimal points of the concentration
and stability parameters displayed on the front panel.
AUTO, 1, 2, 3, 4
Default=AUTO
CONC_PRECISION
CLOCK_ADJ
6
7
Adjusts the speed of the analyzer’s clock. Choose the + sign if
the clock is too slow, choose the - sign if the clock is too fast.
-60 to +60 s/day
Default=0
Resets the service interval timer . (Changing the setting to ON
resets the timer and then returns the setting back to default
OFF).
ON/OFF
SERVICE_CLEAR
8
Default=OFF
0-500000
Default=0
0-100000
Default=0
Tracks the time since last service (restarts the time when the
service interval timer, SERVICE_CLEAR, is reset).
TIME_SINCE_SVC
SVC_INTERVAL
9
Sets the interval between service reminders.
10
1 Only available in analyzers with O2 sensor options installed.
Note
There is a 2-second latency period between the time a VARS value is
changed and the time the new value is stored into the analyzer’s memory.
DO NOT turn the analyzer off during this period or the new setting will be
lost.
124
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
To access and navigate the VARS menu, use the following touchscreen button sequence:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
NOX=X.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT ignores the new setting.
SETUP X.X
ENTER VARS PASS: 818
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the new setting.
8
1
8
SETUP X.X
0 ) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
SETUP X.X
.0
0) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
1
5
ENTR EXIT
Toggle this keys to change setting
SETUP X.X
1 ) MEASURE_MODE=NOX-NO
NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
See Section 6.12.1. for
information on setting the
MEASRUE MODE
SETUP X.X
2 ) STABIL_GAS=NOX
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
2 ) STABIL GAS =NOX
NO NO2 NOX O2
ENTR EXIT
Choose Gas
3 ) TPC_ENABLE=ON
SETUP X.X
3 ) TPC_ENABLE=ON
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
ON
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
4 ) DYN_ZERO=ON
Toggle this keys to change setting
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
4 ) DYN_ZERO=ON
ENTR EXIT
ON
SETUP X.X
5) DYN_SPAN=ON
Toggle this keys to change setting
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
5 ) DYN_SPAN=ON
ENTR EXIT
ON
Toggle this keys to change setting
SETUP X.X
6) CONC_PRECUISION : 1
SETUP X.X
6) CONC_PRECUISION : 3
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
AUTO
0
1
2
3
4
ENTR EXIT
Toggle these keys to change setting
7) CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
7) CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
SETUP X.X
+
0
0
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
Toggle to change setting
125
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.12.1. SETTING THE GAS MEASUREMENT MODE
In its standard operating mode the T200H/M measures NO, NO2 and NOx. It can also
be set to measure only NO or only NOX. To select one of these three measurement
modes, press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
0 ) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15 minutes
NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
1 ) MEASURE_MODE=NOX-NO
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
EXIT ignores the new
setting.
NOX-NO mode is the
default mode for the
200EH/M
SETUP X.X
MEASURE MODE: NOX-NO
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the
PREV
new setting.
Press the PREV
and NEXT buttons
to move back and
forth between gas
modes
SETUP X.X
MEASURE MODE: NOX
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
MEASURE MODE: NO
NEXT
126
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13. SETUP MORE DIAG: DIAGNOSTICS MENU
A series of diagnostic tools is grouped together under the SETUP-MORE-DIAG menu.
These parameters are dependent on firmware revision. These tools can be used in a
variety of troubleshooting and diagnostic procedures and are referred to in many places
of the maintenance and trouble-shooting sections.
An overview of the entire DIAG menu can be found in menu tree A-6 of Appendix A.1.
Table 4-16: T200H/M Diagnostic (DIAG) Functions
FRONT PANEL
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION AND MEANING
MODE
INDICATOR
SECTION
SIGNAL I/O: Allows observation of all digital and analog signals in the
instrument. Allows certain digital signals such as valves and heaters to be
toggled ON and OFF.
DIAG I/O
ANALOG OUTPUT: When entered, the analyzer performs an analog output
step test. This can be used to calibrate a chart recorder or to test the analog
output accuracy.
DIAG AOUT
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION: This submenu allows the user to configure
the analyzer’s four analog output channels, including choosing what parameter
will be output on each channel. Instructions that appear here allow adjustment
and calibration the voltage signals associated with each output as well as
calibration of the analog to digital converter circuitry on the motherboard.
6.13.4,
through
6.13.6
DIAG AIO
DISPLAY SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION: Allows the user to program which
concentration values are displayed in the .
DIAG DISP
6.13.7.1
6.13.7.2
OPTIC TEST: When activated, the analyzer performs an optic test, which turns
on an LED located inside the sensor module near the PMT (Fig. 10-15). This
diagnostic tests the response of the PMT without having to supply span gas.
DIAG OPTIC
ELECTRICAL TEST: When activated, the analyzer performs an electric test,
which generates a current intended to simulate the PMT output to verify the
signal handling and conditioning of the PMT preamp board.
DIAG ELEC
DIAG OZONE
DIAG FCAL
6.13.7.3
6.13.7.4
6.13.7.5
OZONE GEN OVERRIDE: Allows the user to manually turn the O3 generator on
or off. This setting is retained when exiting DIAG. During initial power up TMR
(timer) is displayed while the Ozone brick remains off for the first 30 minutes.
FLOW CALIBRATION: This function is used to calibrate the gas flow output
signals of sample gas and ozone supply. These settings are retained when
exiting DIAG.
127
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.13.1. ACCESSING THE DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES
To access the DIAG functions press the following keys:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG
DISPLAY SEQUENCE CONFIG.
EXIT returns
to the main
SAMPLE
display
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
ENTR
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
DIAG
OPTIC TEST
At this point EXIT
returns
to the PRIMARY
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
PREV
NEXT
NEXT
NEXT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
DIAG
ELECTRICAL TEST
ENTR
From this point
forward, EXIT returns
to the
SECONDARY
SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
ENTER DIAG PASS: 818
PREV
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
DIAG
OZONE GEN OVERRIDE
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
PREV
ENTR
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
DIAG
PREV
ANALOG OUTPUT
DIAG
FLOW CALIBRATION
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
4.13.2. SIGNAL I/O
The signal I/O diagnostic mode allows to review and change the digital and analog
input/output functions of the analyzer. See Appendix A-4 for a complete list of the
parameters available for review under this menu.
Note
Changes to signal I/O settings will remain in effect only until the signal I/O
menu is exited. Exceptions are the ozone generator override and the flow
sensor calibration, which remain as entered when exiting.
128
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
To enter the signal I/O test mode, press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
returns
to the main
SAMPLE
display
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
SETUP X.X
ENTER DIAG PASS: 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
Use the NEXT & PREV
keys to move between
signal types.
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
Press JUMP to go
directly to a specific
signal
DIAG I / O
Test Signals Displayed Here
See Appendix A-4 for
a complete list of
available SIGNALS
PREV NEXT JUMP
PRNT EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXAMPLE
DIAG I / O
Enter 05 to Jump
to Signal 5:
(CAL_LED)
JUMP TO: 5
0
5
DIAG I / O
CAL_LED = ON
Exit to return
to the
DIAG menu
PREV NEXT JUMP
ON PRNT EXIT
Pressing the PRNT key will send a formatted printout to the serial port and can be
captured with a computer or other output device.
129
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.13.3. ANALOG OUTPUT STEP TEST
This test can be used to check the accuracy and proper operation of the analog outputs.
The test forces all four analog output channels to produce signals ranging from 0% to
100% of the full scale range in 20% increments. This test is useful to verify the
operation of the data logging/recording devices attached to the analyzer.
To begin the Analog Output Step Test press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
SETUP X.X
ENTER DIAG PASS: 818
ENTR EXIT
8
1
8
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
ENTR
NEXT
EXIT
DIAG
ANAL OG OUTPUT
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
Performs
analog output
step test.
DIAG AOUT
0%
ANALOG OUTPUT
ANALOG OUTPUT
EXIT
0% - 100%
DIAG AOUT
Exit-Exit
returns to the
DIAG menu
[0%]
EXIT
Pressing the key under “0%” while performing the test will
pause the test at that level. Brackets will appear around
the value: example: [20%] Pressing the same key again
will resume the test.
130
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.4. ANALOG OUTPUTS AND REPORTING RANGES
4.13.4.1. Analog Output Signals Available on the T200H/M
The analyzer has four analog output signals, accessible through a connector on the rear
panel.
ANALOG OUT
A1
A2
A3
A4
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
0-20 mA current loop
output available for these
channels only
Figure 4-10:
Analog Output Connector Key
The signal levels of each output can be independently configured as follows. An over-
range feature is available that allows each range to be usable from -5% to + 5% of its
nominal scale:
Table 4-17: Analog Output Voltage Ranges with Over-Range Active
RANGE
0-0.1 V
0-1 V
MINIMUM OUTPUT
-5 mV
MAXIMUM OUTPUT
+105 mV
-0.05 V
+1.05 V
0-5 V
-0.25 V
+5.25 V
0-10 V
-0.5 V
+10.5 V
The default offset for all ranges is 0 VDC.
Pin assignments for the ANALOG output connector at the rear panel of the instrument:
Table 4-18: Analog Output Pin Assignments
PIN
ANALOG
OUTPUT
VOLTAGE
SIGNAL
CURRENT
SIGNAL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
V Out
Ground
V Out
I Out +
I Out -
A1
A2
A3
A4
I Out +
Ground
V Out
I Out -
I Out +
Ground
V Out
I Out -
Not Available
Not Available
Ground
131
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Additionally A1, A2 andA3 may be equipped with optional 0-20 mA current loop
drivers. A4 is not available for the current loop option.
Table 4-19: Analog Output Current Loop Range
RANGE
MINIMUM OUTPUT
MAXIMUM OUTPUT
0-20 mA
0 mA
20 mA
These are the physical limits of the current loop modules, typical applications use 2-20 or 4-20 mA for the
lower and upper limits. Please specify desired range when ordering this option. The default offset for all
ranges is 0 mA.
All of these outputs can be configured output signals representing any of the DAS
parameters available on this model (See Table A-6 of Appendix A.5 for a complete list).
The ability to select any one of the T200H/M’s 40+ DAS data types coupled with the
ability to select from a variety of signal ranges and scales makes the analog outputs of
the T200H/M extremely flexible.
Table 4-20: Example of Analog Output Configuration for T200H/M
DAS
PARAMETER
ASSIGNED
SIGNAL
SCALE
OUTPUT
A1
A2
A3
A4
NXCNC1
N2CNC2
PMTDET
O2CONC
0-5 V
4-20 mA1
0 - 1 V
0-10 V
1 With current loop option installed
4.13.4.2. Physical Range versus Analog Output Reporting Ranges
The entire measurement range of the analyzer is quite large, 0 – 5,000 ppm for the
T200H and 0-200 PPM for the T200M, but many applications use only a small part of
the analyzer’s full measurement range. This creates two performance challenges:
1. The width of the analyzer’s physical range can create data resolution problems for
most analog recording devices. For example, in an application where a T200H is
being used to measure an expected concentration of typically less than 200 ppm
NOx, the full scale of expected values is only 4% of the instrument’s full 5000 ppm
measurement range. Unmodified, the corresponding output signal would also be
recorded across only 4% of the range of the recording device.
The T200H/M solves this problem by allowing the user to select a scaled reporting
range for the analog outputs that only includes that portion of the physical range
relevant to the specific application. Only the reporting range of the analog outputs
is scaled, the physical range of the analyzer and the readings displayed on the front
panel remain unaltered.
2. Applications where low concentrations of NO, NO2 and NOx are measured require
greater sensitivity and resolution than typically necessary for measurements of
higher concentrations.
The T200H/M solves this issue by using two hardware physical ranges that cover
the instruments entire measurement range The analyzer’s software automatically
132
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
selects which physical range is in effect based on the analog output reporting range
selected by the user:
FOR THE T200M:
Low range spans 0 to 20 ppm NOX (20 ppm = 5 V);
High range spans 0-200 ppm NOX (200 ppm = 5 V).
If the high end of the selected reporting range is 20 ppm. The low physical
range is selected. If the high end of the selected reporting range is > 20 ppm.
The high physical range is selected.
FOR THE T200H:
Low range spans 0 to 500 ppm NOX (500 ppm = 5 V);
High range spans 0-5000 ppm NOX (5000 ppm = 5 V).
If the high end of the selected reporting range is 500 ppm. The low physical
range is selected. If the high end of the selected reporting range is > 500 ppm.
The high physical range is selected.
Once properly calibrated, the analyzer’s front panel will accurately report concentrations
along the entire span of its 0 and 200 ppm or 5,000 ppm physical range regardless of
which reporting range has been selected for the analog outputs and which physical range
is being used by the instruments software.
Both reporting ranges need to be calibrated independently to the same span gas
concentrations in order to allow switching back and forth between high and low ranges.
133
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.13.5. ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
4.13.5.1. The Analog I/O Configuration Submenu.
Table 4-21 lists the analog I/O functions that are available in the T200H/M.
Table 4-21: DIAG - Analog I/O Functions
SUB MENU
FUNCTION
AOUTS
CALIBRATED:
Shows the status of the analog output calibration (YES/NO) and initiates a calibration
of all analog output channels.
DATA_OUT_1:
Configures the A1 analog output:
RANGE1: Selects the signal type (voltage or current loop) and full scale value of the
output.
OVERRANGE: Turns the ± 5% over-range feature ON/OFF for this output channel.
REC_OFS1: Sets a voltage offset (not available when RANGE is set to CURRent loop.
AUTO_CAL1: Sets the channel for automatic or manual calibration
CALIBRATED1: Performs the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED, but on this
one channel only.
OUTOUT: Turns the output channel ON/OFF. A signal. Equal to the low end of the
output scale (zero point) is still output by the analyzer, but no data is sent.
DATA: Allows the user to select which DAS parameter to be output.
SCALE: Sets the top end of the reporting range scale for this channel. The analyzer
automatically chooses the units of measure appropriate for the DAS parameter chosen
(e.g. ppm for concentration parameters; in-Hg-A for pressure measurements, etc.)
UPDATE: Sets the time interval at which the analyzer updates the data being output
on the channel.
DATA_OUT_2
DATA_OUT_3
Same as for DATA_OUT_1 but for analog channel 2 (NO)
Same as for DATA_OUT_1 but for analog channel 3 (NO2)
Same as for DATA_OUT_1 but for analog channel 4 (O2)
DATA_OUT_4
AIN CALIBRATED
Shows the calibration status (YES/NO) and initiates a calibration of the analog to digital
converter circuit on the motherboard.
XIN1
For each of 8 external analog input channels, shows the gain, offset, engineering units,
and whether the channel is to show up as a Test function.
.
.
.
XIN8
1Changes to RANGE or REC_OFS require recalibration of this output.
To configure the analyzer’s four analog outputs, set the electronic signal type of each
channel and calibrate the outputs. This consists of:
1. Selecting an output type (voltage or current, if an optional current output driver has
been installed) and the signal level that matches the input requirements of the
recording device attached to the channel.
2. Determine if the over-range feature is needed and turn it on or off accordingly.
3. If a Voltage scale is in use, a bipolar recorder offset may be added to the signal if
required (Section 4.13.5).
4. Choose an DAS parameter to be output on the channel.
134
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
5. Set the reporting range scale for the data type chosen.
6. Set the update rate for the channel.
Operating Instructions
7. Calibrating the output channel. This can be done automatically or manually for
To access the analog I/O configuration sub menu, press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
DIAG AIO
A OUTS CALIBRATED: NO
< TST TST >
CAL
SETUP
<SET SET> CAL
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_1: 5V, NXCNC1, NOCAL
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2: 5V, NXCNC1, NOCAL
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
ENTER PASSWORD:818
8
1
8
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_3: 5V, NXCNC1, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I/O
NEXT
ENTR
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_4: 5V, NXCNC1, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
AIO Configuration Submenu
DIAG AIO
AIN CALIBRATED: NO
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
ENTR
<SET SET> CAL
PREV NEXT
EXIT
135
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.13.5.2. Analog Output Signal Type and Range Selection
To select an output signal type (DC Voltage or current) and level for one output channel
press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.13.4.1)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_3: 5V, NXCNC1, NOCAL
Pressing ENTR records
the new setting and
returns to the previous
menu.
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
These keys set
the signal level
and type of the
selected
Pressing EXIT ignores the
new setting and returns to
the previous menu.
DIAG AIO
0.1V
DATA_OUT_3: RANGE: 5V
1V
5V
10V CURR
ENTR EXIT
channel
136
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.5.3. Turning the Analog Output Over-Range Feature ON/OFF
In its default configuration a ± 5% over-range is available on each of the T200H/M’s
analog output channels. This over-range can be disabled if your recording device is
sensitive to excess voltage or current.
Note
Instruments with current range options installed on one or more of the
outputs often are delivered from the factory with the over-range feature
turned OFF on those channels.
137
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
To Turn the over-range feature on or off, press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.13.4.1)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 5V, NXCNC1, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 OVERRANGE: ON
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
ON
DATA_OUT_2 OVERRANGE: ON
Toggle this button
to turn the Over-
Range feature ON
or OFF
ENTR EXIT
DIAG AIO
OFF
DATA_OUT_2 OVERRANGE: OFF
ENTR EXIT
4.13.5.4. Adding a Recorder Offset to an Analog Output
Some analog signal recorders require that the zero signal is significantly different from
the baseline of the recorder in order to record slightly negative readings from noise
138
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
around the zero point. This can be achieved in the T200H/M by defining a zero offset, a
small voltage (e.g., 10% of span).
To add a zero offset to a specific analog output channel, press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.13.4.1)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
ENTR
PREV NEXT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 5V, NXCNC1, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 OUTPUT: 5V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 REC OFS: 0 mV
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to set
ther value of
the desired
offset.
DIAG AIO
+
DATA_OUT_2 REC OFS: 0 mV
0
0
0
0
ENTR EXIT
EXAMPLE
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 REC OFS: -10 mV
ENTR EXIT
–
0
0
1
0
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 REC OFS: -10 mV
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
139
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.13.5.5. Assigning a DAS Parameter to an Analog Output Channel
The T200H/M analog output channels can be assigned to output data from any of the
40+ available DAS parameters (see Table A-6 of Appendix A.5). The default settings
for the four output channels are:
Table 4-22: Analog Output Data Type Default Settings
CHANNEL DEFAULT SETTING
PARAMETER
A1
A2
A3
A43
DATA TYPE1
RANGE
NXCNC1
NOCNC1
N2CNC1
NXCNC2
0 - 5 VDC2
REC OFS
AUTO CAL.
CALIBRATED
OUTPUT
0 mVDC
ON
NO
ON
SCALE
100 ppm
5 sec
UPDATE
1 See Table A-6 of T200H/M Appendix A for definitions of these DAS data types
2 Optional current loop outputs are available for analog output channels A1-A3.
3 On analyzers with O2 sensor options installed, DAS parameter O2CONC is assigned to output A4.
4.13.5.6. DAS Configuration Limits
The number of DAS objects are limited by the instrument’s finite storage capacity. For
information regarding the maximum number of channels, parameters, and records and
how to calculate the file size for each data channel, refer to the DAS manual
downloadable from the T-API website at http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/ under
Special Manuals.
4.13.5.7. Reporting Gas Concentrations via the T200H/M Analog Output Channels
While the DAS parameters available for output over via the analog channels A1 thru A4
include a vide variety internal temperatures, gas flows and pressures as well as certain
key internal voltage levels, most of the DAS parameters are related to gas concentration
levels.
Two parameters exist for each gas type measured by the T200H/M. They are generally
referred to as range 1 and range 2 (e.g. NXCNC1 and NXCNC2; NOCNC1 and
NOCNC2; etc.). These take the place of the high and low concentration ranges of
previous versions of the analyzer software. Concentrations for each range are computed
using separate slopes and offsets which are also stored via separate DAS parameters.
If an analog output channel is set to report a gas concentration (e.g.
NXCNC1; NOx concentration; Range 1) it is generally a good idea to use
Note
80% of the reporting range for that channel for the span point calibration.
If both available parameters for a specific gas type are being reported
(e.g. NXCNC1 and NXCNC2) separate calibrations should be carried out
for each parameter.
140
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
The available gas concentration DAS parameters for output via the T200H/M analog
output channels are:
Table 4-23: Analog Output DAS Parameters Related to Gas Concentration Data
REPORTING
RANGE
PARAMETER
DESCRIPTION
NAME1
NXCNC1
NXSLP1
NXOFS1
NXZSC1
Concentration
Slope
NOx Range 1
(LOW)
Offset
Concentration during calibration, prior to computing new slope and offset
NXCNC2
NXSLP2
NXOFS2
NXZSC2
Concentration
NOx RANGE 2
(HIGH)
Slope
Offset
Concentration during calibration, prior to computing new slope and offset
NOCNC1
NOSLP1
NOOFS1
NOZSC1
Concentration
Slope
NO Range 1
(LOW)
Offset
Concentration during calibration, prior to computing new slope and offset
NOCNC2
NOSLP2
NOOFS2
NOZSC2
Concentration
NO RANGE 2
(HIGH)
Slope
Offset
Concentration during calibration, prior to computing new slope and offset
NO2 Range 12
(LOW)
N2CNC1
N2ZSC1
Concentration - Computed with data from NOx Range 1 and NO Range 1
Concentration during calibration, prior to computing new slope and offset
NO2 RANGE 22
(HIGH)
N2CNC2
N2ZSC2
Concentration - Computed with data from NOx Range 2 and NO Range 2
Concentration during calibration, prior to computing new slope and offset
O2CONC3
O2OFST3
O2SLPE3
O2ZSCN 3
Concentration
Slope
O2 Range3
Offset
Concentration during calibration, prior to computing new slope and offset
1 Parameters are not listed in the order they appear on the DAS list (see Table A-6 or Appendix A.5 for the proper order of the full list of
parameters)
2 Since NO2 values are computed rather than measured directly, no separate slope or offset exist.
3 Only available on instruments with O2 sensor options installed.
141
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
To assign a DAS parameter to a specific analog output channel, press,
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.13.4.1)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 5V, NXCNC1, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 OUTPUT: 5V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 DATA: NOCNC1
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 DATA: NOCNC1
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
Use these buttons to move
up and down the list if
available DAS parameters
(See Table A-6 of Appendix A.5)
EXAMPLE
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 DATA: STABIL
<CH CH> INS DEL
[1]
ENTR EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 DATA: STABIL
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
142
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.5.8. Setting the Reporting Range Scale for an Analog Output
Once the DAS parameter has been set, the top end of the scale must be selected. For
concentration values this should be equal to the expected maximum value for the
application. The analog channel will scale its output accordingly.
EXAMPLE:
DAS parameter being output: NXCNC1
Maximum value expected: 800 ppm
Output range; 10 V
Output:...0 ppm 0.000 V
100 ppm
200 ppm
400 ppm
750 ppm
1.250 V
2.500 V
5.000 V
9.375 V
Note
Regardless of how the reporting range for an analog output channel is
set, the instrument will continue to measure NO, NO2 and NOx accurately
for the entire physical range of the instrument (See Section 4.13.4.2 for
information on Physical range versus reporting range).
Each output channel can be programmed for a separate gas with independent reporting
range.
EXAMPLE:
A1 NXCNC1 (NOx Range 1) 0-1000 ppm NOX.
A1 NXCNC2 (NOx Range 2) 0-1250 ppm NOX.
A3 NOCNC1 (NOx Range 1) 0-500 ppm NO.
A4 N2CNC1 (NO2 Range 1) 0-750 ppm NO2.
Note
While Range 1 for each gas type is often referred to as the LOW range and
Range 2 as the HIGH range, this is simply a naming convention. The
upper limit for each range can be set to any value.
EXAMPLE: A1 NXCNC1 (NOx Range 1) 0-1500 ppm NOX
A2 NXCNC2 (NOx Range 2) 0-1000 ppm NOX
143
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
To set the reporting range for an analog output, press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.13.4.1)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 OUTPUT: 5V
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
SET> EDIT
EXIT
CAL
Continue pressing SET> until ...
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 SCALE: 100.00 PPM
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 5V, NXCNC1, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 SCALE: [1]00.00 PPM
<CH CH> INS DEL
[1]
ENTR EXIT
Use these
buttons to
change the
range scale.
EXAMPLE
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 SCALE: 12[5]0. PPM
[1] ENTR EXIT
<CH CH> INS DEL
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 SCALE: 1250.00 PPM
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
RANGE SELECTION TOUCH SCREEN CONTROL BUTTON FUNCTIONS
BUTTON
FUNCTION
<CH
CH>
INS
DEL
[?]
Moves the cursor one character to the left.
Moves the cursor one character to the right.
Inserts a character before the cursor location.
Deletes a character at the cursor location.
Press this key to cycle through the range of numerals and characters available for insertion:
0-9; as well as “+” & “-“.
ENTR
EXIT
Accepts the new setting and returns to the previous menu.
Ignores the new setting and returns to the previous menu.
Some keys only appear as needed.
144
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.5.9. Setting Data Update Rate for an Analog Output
The data update rate for the T200H/M analog outputs can be adjusted to match the
requirements of the specific DAS parameter chosen for each channel. For instance, if
the parameter NXCNC1 (NOx concentration; Range 1) is chosen for channel A1 on an
instrument set for dual gas measurement mode, it would be meaningless to have an
update rate of less than 30 seconds, since the NOx-No measurement cycle takes that long
to complete. On the other hand, if the channel were set to output the PMTDET voltage
or the temperature of the moly converter, it might be useful to have output updated more
frequently.
145
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
To change the update rate for an individual analog output channel, press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.13.4.1)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 5V, NXCNC1, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 OUTPUT: 5V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 UPDATE: 5 SEC
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to set
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 UPDATE: 5 SEC
the data update
rate for this
channel.
0
0
5
ENTR EXIT
EXAMPLE
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 UPDATE: 30 SEC
0
3
0
ENTR EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 UPDATE: 30 SEC
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
146
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.5.10. Turning an Analog Output On or Off
Each output can be temporarily turned off. When off, no data is sent to the output.
Electronically, it is still active, but there is simply no data being output, so the signal
level at the rear of the instrument will fall to zero.
To turn an individual analog output channel ON/OFF, press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.13.4.1)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
ENTR
PREV NEXT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 5V, NXCNC1, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 OUTPUT: 5V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 OUTPUT: ON
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
ON
DATA_OUT_2 OUTPUT: ON
Toggle this
button to turn
the channel
ON/OFF
ENTR EXIT
DIAG AIO
OFF
DATA_OUT_2 OUTPUT: OFF
ENTR EXIT
147
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.13.6. ANALOG OUTPUT CALIBRATION
Analog calibration needs to be carried out on first startup of the analyzer (performed in
the factory as part of the configuration process) or whenever recalibration is required.
The analog outputs can be calibrated automatically, either as a group or individually
be used for the 0.1V range or in cases where the outputs must be closely matched to the
characteristics of the recording device. Manual calibration requires the AUTOCAL
feature to be disabled).During automatic calibration the analyzer tells the output
circuitry to generate a zero mV signal and high-scale point signal (usually about 90% of
chosen analog signal scale) then measures actual signal of the output. Any error at zero
or high-scale is corrected with a slope and offset.
To enable or disable the Auto-Cal feature for one output channel, press.
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.13.4.1)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
ENTR
PREV NEXT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_3: 5V, NXCNC1, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_3 RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_3 AUTO CAL.:ON
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
ENTR accepts
the new setting.
Toggle this button
to turn AUTO CAL
ON or OFF
(OFF = manual
calibration mode).
DIAG AIO
ON
DATA_OUT_3 AUTO CAL.:ON
ENTR EXIT
EXIT ignores the
new setting
DIAG AIO
OFF
DATA_OUT_3 AUTO CAL.:OFF
ENTR EXIT
Channels with current loop output options cannot be calibrated
automatically. Outputs Configured for 0.1V full scale should always be
calibrated manually.
Note
148
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.6.1. Automatic Analog Output Calibration
To calibrate the outputs as a group with the AOUTS CALIBRATION command, press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.13.4.1)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
ENTR
PREV NEXT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
DIAG AIO
DIAG AIO
AUTO CALIBRATING DATA_OUT_1
AUTO CALIBRATING DATA_OUT_2
Analyzer
automatically
calibrates all
This message
appears when
AUTO-CAL is
Turned OFF for
a channel
channels for which
AUTO-CAL is turned
ON
DIAG AIO
DIAG AIO
NOT AUTO CAL. DATA_OUT_3
AUTO CALIBRATING DATA_OUT_4
If any of the channels
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: YES
have not been calibrated
ot if at least one channel
has AUTO-CAL turned
OFF, this message will
read NO.
SET> CAL
EXIT
Note
Manual calibration should be used for the 0.1V range or in cases where
the outputs must be closely matched to the characteristics of the
recording device.
149
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
To initiate an automatic calibration for an individual output channel, press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.13.4.1)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 CALIBRATED:NO
EXIT
<SET SET> CAL
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
AUTO CALIBRATING DATA_OUT_2
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 5V, NXCNC1, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: YES
<SET SET> CAL
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
150
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.6.2. Manual Calibration of Analog Output Configured for Voltage Ranges
For highest accuracy, the voltages of the analog outputs can be manually calibrated.
Note
The menu for manually adjusting the analog output signal level will only
appear if the AUTO-CAL feature is turned off for the channel being
adjusted.
Calibration is performed with a voltmeter connected across the output terminals (See
Figure 6-14) and by changing the actual output signal level using the front panel keys in
100, 10 or 1 count increments.
See the Electrical
Connections
V
section for pin
assignments of
Analog Out
connector on the
+DC Gnd
rear panel
V OUT +
V OUT -
V IN +
V IN -
Recording
Device
ANALYZER
Figure 4-11:
Setup for Calibrating Analog Outputs
Table 4-24: Voltage Tolerances for Analog Output Calibration
MINIMUM
ADJUSTMENT
(1 count)
FULL
SCALE
ZERO
TOLERANCE
SPAN
TOLERANCE
SPAN VOLTAGE
0.1 VDC
1 VDC
±0.0005V
±0.001V
±0.002V
±0.004V
90 mV
900 mV
4500 mV
4500 mV
±0.001V
±0.001V
±0.003V
±0.006V
0.02 mV
0.24 mV
1.22 mV
2.44 mV
5 VDC
10 VDC
151
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
To manually adjust the signal levels of an analog output channel, press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.13.4.1)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
SET> EDIT
EXIT
CAL
Continue pressing SET> until ...
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 CALIBRATED:NO
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 5V, NXCNC1, NOCAL
EXIT
<SET SET> CAL
<SET SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 VOLT-Z: 0 mV
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT
These buttons increase /
These menus
only appear if
AUTO-CAL is
turned OFF
decrease the analog output
signal level (not the value on the
display)
by 100, 10 or 1 counts.
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 VOLT-S: 4500 mV
Continue adjustments until the
voltage measured at the output
of the analyzer and/or the input
of the recording device matches
the value in the upper right hand
corner of the display (within the
tolerances
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: YES
EXIT
listed in Table 6-24).
<SET SET> CAL
152
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.6.3. Manual Calibration of Analog Outputs Configured for Current Loop Ranges
The current loop output option (see Section 5.4) uses a small converter assembly to
change the DC voltage output by the standard voltage output to a current signal ranging
between 0-20 mA. Since the exact current increment per voltage count varies from
converter to converter and from instrument to instrument, analog outputs with this
option installed cannot be calibrated automatically and must be adjusted manually.
Adjusting the signal zero and full scale values of the current loop output is done in a
similar manner as manually adjusting analog outputs configured for voltage output
except that:
In this case calibration is performed with a current meter connected in series with
Adjustments to the output are made using the front panel touchscreen, also in 100,
10 or 1 count increments, but the change in the voltage driving the converter
assembly is displayed on the front panel.
As before, adjustment of the output is performed until the current reading of the
meter reaches the desired point (e.g. 2 mA, 4 mA, 20 mA, etc.)
See Table 3-2 for
pin assignments of
the Analog Out
mA
connector on the
rear panel.
Current
Meter
IN
OUT
I OUT +
I OUT -
I IN +
I IN -
Recording
Device
Analyzer
Figure 4-12:
Setup for Calibrating Current Outputs
Note
153
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
If a current meter is not available, an alternative method for calibrating the current loop
outputs is to connect a 250 1% resistor across the current loop output. Using a
voltmeter, connected across the resistor, follow the procedure above but adjust the
output to the following values:
V
Volt
Meter
+DC
Gnd
V OUT +
V IN +
V IN -
250 O
V OUT -
Recording
Device
ANALYZER
Figure 4-13:
Alternative Setup for Calibrating Current Outputs
Table 4-25: Current Loop Output Calibration with Resistor
VOLTAGE FOR 2-20 MA
(measured across 250Ω resistor)
VOLTAGE FOR 4-20 MA
(measured across 250Ω resistor)
FULL SCALE
0%
0.5 V
5.0 V
1.0 V
5.0 V
100%
154
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
To adjust the zero and span values of the current outputs, press:
Operating Instructions
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 CURR-Z: 0 mV
CAL
Increase or decrease
the current output by
100, 10 or 1 counts.
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT
The resulting change in
output voltage is
displayed in the upper
line.
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
EXAMPLE
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 CURR-Z: 13 mV
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT
Continue adjustments
until the correct current
is measured with the
current meter.
DIAG AIO DATA_OUT_2: CURR, NXCNC1, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 CURR-S: 5000 mV
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 RANGE: CURR
EXAMPLE
SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 CURR-S: 4866 mV
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: YES
EXIT
<SET SET> CAL
DIAG AIO
DATA_OUT_2 CALIBRATED:NO
<SET SET> CAL
EXIT
155
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.13.6.4. AIN Calibration
This is the sub-menu calibrates the analyzer’s A-to-D conversion circuitry. This
calibration should only be necessary after major repair such as a replacement of CPU,
motherboard or power supplies.
To perform a AIN CALIBRATION, press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.13.4.1)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
ENTR
PREV NEXT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
Continue pressing SET> until ….
DIAG AIO
AIN CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
<SET
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CALIBRATING A/D ZERO
DIAG AIO
CALIBRATING A/D SPAN
DIAG AIO
AIN CALIBRATED: YES
CAL
<SET
EXIT
156
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.6.5. Configuring External Analog Inputs (Option) Channels
To configure the analyzer’s external analog inputs option, define for each channel:
gain (number of units represented by 1 volt)
offset (volts)
engineering units to be represented in volts (each press of the touch screen button
scrolls the list of alphanumeric characters from A-Z and 0-9)
whether to display the channel in the Test functions
To access and adjust settings for the external Analog Inputs option channels press:
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
Press SET> to scroll to the first
channel. Continue pressing SET>
to view each of 8 channels.
< SET SET> CAL
DIAG AIO
XIN1:1.00,0.00,V,OFF
Press EDIT at any channel
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
to to change Gain, Offset,
Units and whether to display
the channel in the Test
functions (OFF/ON).
DIAG AIO
XIN1 GAIN:1.00V/V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
XIN1 OFFSET:0.00V
DIAG AIO
XIN1 GAIN:1.00V/V
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
+
0
0
1
.0
0
ENTR EXIT
DIAG AIO
XIN1 UNITS:V
Press to change
Gain value
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
< SET
XIN1 DISPLAY:OFF
EDIT
Pressing ENTR records the new setting
and returns to the previous menu.
Pressing EXIT ignores the new setting and
returns to the previous menu.
Figure 4-14.
DIAG – Analog Inputs (Option) Configuration Menu
157
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.13.7. OTHER DIAG MENU FUNCTIONS
4.13.7.1. Display Sequence Configuration
The model T200H/M analyzer allows the user to choose which gas concentration
measurement and reporting range is to be displayed in the concentration field on the
instrument’s front panel display as well as what order and how long each will appear
before analyzer cycle to the next item on the display list.
Note
This T200H/M is constantly monitoring all of the gas measurements it is
configured to make regardless of which range is being displayed. This
feature merely changes how that display sequence occurs, not how the
instrument makes measurements.
The software permits the user to choose from the following list of display values:
Table 4-26: T200H/M Available Concentration Display Values
DISPLAY
VALUE
ASSOCIATED DAS
DESCRIPTION
PARAMETER
NOx value computed with the slope and offset values for the currently selected
NOX
NXL
NXH
--
NOx range.1
NOx value computed with the slope and offset values for NOx reporting range
1 (Low)
NXCNC1
NOx value computed with the slope and offset values for NOx reporting range
2 (High)
NXCNC2
NO value of computed with the slope and offset values for the currently
NO
--
selected NO range 1
NO value computed with the slope and offset values for NO reporting range 1
(Low)
NOL
NOH
NOCNC1
NO value computed with the slope and offset values for NO reporting range 2
(High)
NOCNC2
NO2 value of computed with the slope and offset values for the currently
N2
N2L
N2H
O2
--
selected NO2 range 1
NO2 value computed for with the slope and offset values for NOx reporting
N2CNC1
range 1 (Low) & N0 reporting range 1 (Low)
NO2 value computed for with the slope and offset values for NOx reporting
N2CNC2
range 2 (High) & N0 reporting range 2 (High)
O2 concentration value.
O2CONC2
1 With the following exceptions this will be reporting range 1 (Low) for the appropriate gas type:
If the analyzer is in calibration mode, this will be the concentration value computed with the slope and offset for which ever range
is being calibrated.
If the instrument is in either E-Test or O-Test mode, this will be the value computed with the slope and offset values used by
those tests.
2 Only appears if O2 sensor option is installed.
158
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
The default settings for this feature are:
Table 4-27: T200H/M Concentration Display Default Values
DISPLAY VALUE
DISPLAY DURATION
NOX
NO
4 sec.
4 sec.
4 sec.
4 sec.
NO2
O2
1 Only appears if O2 sensor option is installed.
To change these settings, press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST >
SETUP
DIAG DISP
1) NOX, 4 SEC
INS DEL EDIT ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
PREV NEXT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
Moves back and forth
along existing list of
display values
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
INSERT adds a new entry on the display list
SETUP X.X
ENTER PASSWORD:818
before the currently selected value.
8
1
8
DIAG DISP
PREV NEXT
DISPLAY DATA: NOX
DIAG
SIGNAL I/O
ENTR EXIT
NEXT
ENTR
Toggle PREV and NEXT keys until desired
display value appears.
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
DIAG DISP
DISPLAY DATA: N2H
DIAG
DISPLAY SEQUENCE CONFIG.
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR Accepts the
new setting.
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT discards the
new setting.
DIAG DISP
DISPLAY DURATION: 4 SEC
ENTR EXIT
0
4
Toggle these buttons to set desired
display duration in seconds
159
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
To delete an entry in the display value list, press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST >
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
ENTER PASSWORD:818
8
1
8
DIAG
SIGNAL I/O
NEXT
ENTR
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
DIAG
DISPLAY SEQUENCE CONFIG.
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
DIAG DISP
1) NOX, 4 SEC
INS DEL EDIT ENTR EXIT
PREV NEXT
Moves back and forth
along existing list of
display values
DIAG DISP
YES NO
DELETE?
DIAG DISP
DELETED
160
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.7.2. Optic Test
The optic test function tests the response of the PMT sensor by turning on an LED
located in the cooling block of the PMT (Fig. 10-15). The analyzer uses the light
emitted from the LED to test its photo-electronic subsystem, including the PMT and the
current to voltage converter on the pre-amplifier board. To make sure that the analyzer
measures only the light coming from the LED, the analyzer should be supplied with zero
air. The optic test should produce a PMT signal of about 2000±1000 mV. To activate
the electrical test press the following touchscreen button sequence.
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
NOX=X.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
SETUP X.X
ENTER DIAG PASS: 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
Press NEXT until…
DIAG
OPTIC TEST
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
DIAG OPTIC
<TST TST>
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
EXIT
Press TST until…
While the optic test is
activated, PMT should be
2000 mV ± 1000 mV
DIAG ELEC
PMT = 2751 MV
NOX=X.X
<TST TST>
EXIT
This is a coarse test for functionality and not an accurate calibration tool.
The resulting PMT signal can vary significantly over time and also
changes with low-level calibration.
Note
161
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.13.7.3. Electrical Test
The electrical test function creates a current, which substitutes the PMT signal, and
feeds it into the preamplifier board. This signal is generated by circuitry on the pre-
amplifier board itself and tests the filtering and amplification functions of that assembly
along with the A/D converter on the motherboard. It does not test the PMT itself. The
electrical test should produce a PMT signal of about 2000 ±1000 mV.
To activate the electrical test press the following buttons:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
SETUP X.X
ENTER DIAG PASS: 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
Press NEXT until…
DIAG
ELECTRICAL TEST
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
DIAG ELEC
<TST TST>
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
EXIT
Press TST until…
While the electrical test is
activated, PMT should equal:
DIAG ELEC
PMT = 1732 MV
NOX=X.X
2000 mV ± 1000 mV
<TST TST>
EXIT
162
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.7.4. Ozone Generator Override
This feature allows the user to manually turn the ozone generator off and on. This can
be done before disconnecting the generator, to prevent ozone from leaking out, or after a
system restart if the user does not want to wait for 30 minutes during warm-up time.
Note that this is one of the two settings in the DIAG menu that is retained after you exit
the menu. (During initial power up TMR (timer) is displayed while the Ozone brick
remains off for the first 30 minutes). Also note that the ozone generator does not turn on
if the ozone flow conditions are out of specification (e.g., if there is no flow through the
system or the pump is broken).
163
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
To access this feature press the following menu sequence:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
SETUP X.X
ENTER DIAG PASS: 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
NEXT JUMP
ENTR EXIT
Press NEXT until…
DIAG
OZONE GEN OVERRIDE
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
DIAG OZONE OZONE GEN OVERRIDE
OFF
EXIT
Toggle this button to turn the O3
generator ON/OFF.
164
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.7.5. Flow Calibration
The flow calibration allows the user to adjust the values of the sample flow rates as they
are displayed on the front panel and reported through COM ports to match the actual
flow rate measured at the sample inlet. This does not change the hardware measurement
of the flow sensors, only the software-calculated values.
To carry out this adjustment, connect an external, sufficiently accurate flow meter to the
sample inlet. Once the flow meter is attached and is measuring actual gas flow, press:
SAMPLE A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
< TST TST > CAL
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT
Exit at
any time
to return
to main
the
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
SETUP
menu
SETUP X.X
ENTER DIAG PASS: 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
Repeat Pressing NEXT until . . .
DIAG
FLOW CALIBRATION
Exit returns
to the
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
previous menu
DIAG
FLOW SENSOR TO CAL: SAMPLE
SAMPLE OZONE
ENTR EXIT
Choose between
sample and ozone
flow sensors.
ENTR accepts the
new value and
returns to the
previous menu
EXIT ignores the
new value and
returns to the
DIAG FCAL
ACTUAL FLOW: 480 CC / M
Adjust these values
until the displayed
flow rate equals the
flow rate being
measured by the
independent flow
meter.
0
4
8
0
ENTR EXIT
previous menu
165
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.14. SETUP – ALRM: USING THE OPTIONAL GAS
CONCENTRATION ALARMS (OPT 67)
The optional alarm relay outputs (Option 67) are installed includes two concentration
alarms. Each alarm has a user settable limit, and is associated with an opto-isolated TTL
relay accessible via the status output connector on the instrument’s back panel. If the
concentration measured by the instrument rises above that limit, the alarm‘s status
output relay is closed NO2.
The default settings for ALM1 and ALM2 are:
Table 4-28: Concentration Alarm Default Settings
OUTPUT RELAY
DESIGNATION
1
ALARM
STATUS
LIMIT SET POINT
ALM1
ALM2
Disabled
Disabled
100 ppm
300 ppm
133.9 mg/m3
401.6 mg/m3
AL2
AL3
1
Set points listed are for PPM. Should the reporting range units of measure be changed the analyzer will automatically
scale the set points to match the new range unit setting.
Note
To prevent the concentration alarms from activating during span
calibration operations make sure to press CAL or CALS button prior to
introducing span gas into the analyzer.
To enable either of the concentration alarms and set the Limit points, press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
ALARM MENU
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
ALM1 ALM2
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.
ALARM 1 LIMIT: OFF
ALARM 1 LIMIT: ON
ALARM 1 LIMIT: 200 PPM
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
OFF
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
SETUP X.
ON
Toggle these buttons
to cycle through the
available character set:
0-9
ENTR accepts the new
SETUP X.
settings
EXIT ignores the new
0
1
0
0
.0
0
settings
166
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.15. Remote Operation
4.15.1. REMOTE OPERATION USING THE EXTERNAL DIGITAL I/O
4.15.1.1. Status Outputs
The status outputs report analyzer conditions via optically isolated NPN transistors,
which sink up to 50 mA of DC current. These outputs can be used interface with
devices that accept logic-level digital inputs, such as programmable logic controllers
(PLCs). Each Status bit is an open collector output that can withstand up to 40 VDC.
All of the emitters of these transistors are tied together and available at D.
Note
Most PLCs have internal provisions for limiting the current that the input
will draw from an external device. When connecting to a unit that does
not have this feature, an external dropping resistor must be used to limit
the current through the transistor output to less than 50 mA. At 50 mA,
the transistor will drop approximately 1.2V from its collector to emitter.
The status outputs are accessed through a 12 pin connector on the analyzer’s rear panel
labeled STATUS (see Figure 6-17). The function of each pin is defined in Table 6–29
STATUS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
D
+
Figure 4-15:
Status Output Connector
167
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Status Output Pin Assignments
CONDITION (ON=CONDUCTING)
Table 4-29:
STATUS
CONNECTOR
PIN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SYSTEM OK
CONC VALID
HIGH RANGE
ZERO CAL
ON if no faults are present.
ON if concentration measurement is valid, OFF when invalid.
ON if unit is in high range of any AUTO range mode.
ON whenever the instrument is in ZERO calibration mode.
ON whenever the instrument is in SPAN calibration mode.
ON whenever the instrument is in DIAGNOSTIC mode.
ON if unit is in low range of any AUTO range mode.
Unused.
SPAN CAL
DIAG MODE
LOW RANGE
The emitters of the transistors on pins 1-8 are bussed together. For
most applications, this pin should be connected to the circuit ground
of the receiving device.
D
+
EMITTER BUS
DC POWER
+ 5 VDC, 30 mA maximum (combined rating with Control Inputs).
DIGITAL
GROUND
The ground from the analyzer’s internal, 5 VDC power supply.
4.15.1.2. Control Inputs
Control inputs allow the user to remotely initiate ZERO and SPAN calibration modes
are provided through a 10-pin connector labeled CONTROL IN on the analyzer’s rear
panel. These are opto-isolated, digital inputs that are activated when a 5 VDC signal
from the “U” pin is connected to the respective input pin.
Table 4-30: Control Input Pin Assignments
INPUT
STATUS
CONDITION WHEN ENABLED
EXTERNAL ZERO
CAL
Zero calibration mode is activated. The mode field of the display
will read ZERO CAL R.
A
EXTERNAL SPAN
CAL
Span calibration mode is activated. The mode field of the display
will read SPAN CAL R.
B
EXTERNAL LOW
SPAN CAL
Low span (mid-point) calibration mode is activated. The mode field
of the display will read LO CAL R.
C
D, E & F
Unused
DIGITAL GROUND
Provided to ground an external device (e.g., recorder).
DC power for Input
pull ups
Input for +5 VDC required to activate inputs A - F. This voltage can
be taken from an external source or from the “+” pin.
U
+
Internal source of +5V which can be used to activate inputs when
connected to pin U.
Internal +5V Supply
168
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
There are two methods to activate control inputs. The internal +5V available from the
“+” pin is the most convenient method (see Figure 6-18). However, to ensure that these
inputs are truly isolated, a separate, external 5 VDC power supply should be used (see
Figure 6-19).
CONTROL IN
A
B
C
D
E
F
U
+
Figure 4-16:
Control Inputs with Local 5 V Power Supply
CONTROL IN
A
B
C
D
E
F
U
+
+
-
5 VDC Power
Supply
Figure 4-17:
Control Inputs with External 5 V Power Supply
4.15.2. REMOTE OPERATION
4.15.2.1. Terminal Operating Modes
The Model T200H/M can be remotely configured, calibrated or queried for stored data
through the serial ports. As terminals and computers use different communication
schemes, the analyzer supports two communicate modes specifically designed to
interface with these two types of devices.
Computer mode is used when the analyzer is connected to a computer with a
dedicated interface program such as APICOM. More information regarding
APICOM can be found in later in this section or on the Teledyne API website at
http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/.
Interactive mode is used with a terminal emulation programs such as
HyperTerminal or a “dumb” computer terminal. The commands that are used to
operate the analyzer in this mode are listed in Table 6-31 and in Appendix A-6.
169
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.15.2.2. Help Commands in Terminal Mode
Table 4-31: Terminal Mode Software Commands
COMMAND
Control-T
FUNCTION
Switches the analyzer to terminal mode (echo, edit). If mode flags 1 & 2 are OFF, the interface
can be used in interactive mode with a terminal emulation program.
Control-C
Switches the analyzer to computer mode (no echo, no edit).
A carriage return is required after each command line is typed into the terminal/computer. The
command will not be sent to the analyzer to be executed until this is done. On personal
computers, this is achieved by pressing the ENTER key.
CR
(carriage return)
BS
Erases one character to the left of the cursor location.
Erases the entire command line.
(backspace)
ESC
(escape)
This command prints a complete list of available commands along with the definitions of their
functionality to the display device of the terminal or computer being used. The ID number of
the analyzer is only necessary if multiple analyzers are on the same communications line, such
as the multi-drop setup.
? [ID] CR
Control-C
Control-P
Pauses the listing of commands.
Restarts the listing of commands.
4.15.2.3. Command Syntax
Commands are not case-sensitive and all arguments within one command (i.e. ID
numbers, keywords, data values, etc.) must be separated with a space character.
All Commands follow the syntax:
X [ID] COMMAND <CR>
Where
X
is the command type (one letter) that defines the type of command.
[ID]
Command “? 200” followed by a carriage return would print the list of
available commands for the revision of software currently installed in the
instrument assigned ID Number 200.
COMMAND is the command designator: This string is the name of the command being
issued (LIST, ABORT, NAME, EXIT, etc.). Some commands may have
additional arguments that define how the command is to be executed.
Press ? <CR> or refer to Appendix A for a list of available command
designators.
<CR>
is a carriage return. All commands must be terminated by a carriage
return (usually achieved by pressing the ENTER key on a computer).
Table 4-32: Command Types
COMMAND
COMMAND TYPE
C
D
L
Calibration
Diagnostic
Logon
T
Test measurement
Variable
V
W
Warning
170
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.15.2.4. Data Types
Data types consist of integers, hexadecimal integers, floating-point numbers, Boolean
expressions and text strings.
Integer data are used to indicate integral quantities such as a number of records, a
filter length, etc. They consist of an optional plus or minus sign, followed by one or
more digits. For example, +1, -12, 123 are all valid integers.
Hexadecimal integer data are used for the same purposes as integers. They
consist of the two characters “0x,” followed by one or more hexadecimal digits (0-9,
A-F, a-f), which is the ‘C’ programming language convention. No plus or minus sign
is permitted. For example, 0x1, 0x12, 0x1234abcd are all valid hexadecimal
integers.
Floating-point numbers are used to specify continuously variable values such as
temperature set points, time intervals, warning limits, voltages, etc. They consist of
an optional plus or minus sign, followed by zero or more digits, an optional decimal
point, and zero or more digits. (At least one digit must appear before or after the
decimal point.) Scientific notation is not permitted. For example, +1.0, 1234.5678, -
0.1, 1 are all valid floating-point numbers.
Boolean expressions are used to specify the value of variables or I/O signals that
may assume only two values. They are denoted by the keywords ON and OFF.
Text strings are used to represent data that cannot be easily represented by other
data types, such as data channel names, which may contain letters and numbers.
They consist of a quotation mark, followed by one or more printable characters,
including spaces, letters, numbers, and symbols, and a final quotation mark. For
example, “a”, “1”, “123abc”, and “()[]<>” are all valid text strings. It is not possible to
include a quotation mark character within a text string.
Some commands allow you to access variables, messages, and other items, such
as DAS data channels, by name. When using these commands, you must type the
entire name of the item; you cannot abbreviate any names.
171
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.15.2.5. Status Reporting
Reporting of status messages as an audit trail is one of the three principal uses for the
RS-232 interface (the other two being the command line interface for controlling the
instrument and the download of data in electronic format). You can effectively disable
the reporting feature by setting the interface to quiet mode (see Communication Mode).
Status reports include DAS data (when reporting is enabled), warning messages,
calibration and diagnostic status messages. Refer to Appendix A-3 for a list of the
possible messages, and this section for information on controlling the instrument
through the RS-232 interface.
GENERAL MESSAGE FORMAT
All messages from the instrument (including those in response to a command line
request) are in the format:
X DDD:HH:MM [Id] MESSAGE<CRLF>
Where
X
is a command type designator, a single character indicating the message
type, as shown in the Table 6-31.
DDD:HH:MM is the time stamp, the date and time when the message was issued. It
consists of the Day-of-year (DDD) as a number from 1 to 366, the hour of
the day (HH) as a number from 00 to 23, and the minute (MM) as a
number from 00 to 59.
[ID]
is the analyzer ID, a number with 1 to 4 digits.
MESSAGE
is the message content that may contain warning messages, test
measurements, DAS reports, variable values, etc.
<CRLF>
is a carriage return / line feed pair, which terminates the message.
The uniform nature of the output messages makes it easy for a host computer to parse
them into an easy structure. Keep in mind that the front panel display does not give any
information on the time a message was issued, hence it is useful to log such messages
for trouble-shooting and reference purposes. Terminal emulation programs such as
HyperTerminal can capture these messages to text files for later review.
172
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.15.2.6. Remote Access by Modem
The T200H/M can be connected to a modem for remote access. This requires a cable
between the analyzer’s COM port and the modem, typically a DB-9F to DB-25M cable
(available from Teledyne API with part number WR0000024).
Once the cable has been connected, check to make sure the DTE-DCE is in the correct
position. Also make sure the T200H/M COM port is set for a baud rate that is
compatible with the modem, which needs to operate with an 8-bit word length with one
stop bit.
The first step is to turn on the MODEM ENABLE communication mode (Mode 64).
Once this is completed, the appropriate setup command line for your modem can be
entered into the analyzer. The default setting for this feature is
AT Y0 &D0 &H0 &I0 S0=2 &B0 &N6 &M0 E0 Q1 &W0
This string can be altered to match your modem’s initialization and can be up to 100
characters long.
Note
If Hessen Protocol Mode is active for a com port, operation via a modem
is not available on that port.
To change this setting press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
COM1 MODE:0
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT returns
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
to the
previous
menu
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODEM INIT:AT Y &D &H
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Select which
COM Port is
tested
ID INET COM1 COM2
ENTR accepts the
new string and returns
to the previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new
string and returns to
the previous menu.
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODEM INIT:[A]T Y &D &H
ENTR EXIT
<CH CH> INS DEL [A]
Press the [?]
key repeatedly to cycle through the
available character set:
0-9
INS inserts a
character before
the cursor location.
DEL deletes a
character at the
cursor location.
A-Z
The <CH and CH> buttons
move the [ ] cursor left and
right along the text string
space ’ ~ ! # $ % ^ & * ( ) - _ =
+[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
173
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
To initialize the modem press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
COM1 MODE:0
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
EXIT returns
to the
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
previous
menu
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODEM INIT:AT Y &D &H
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Select which
COM Port is
tested
ID COM1 COM2
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 INITIALIZE MODEM
EXIT
<SET SET> INIT
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING MODEM
<SET SET> INIT
EXIT
EXIT returns to the
Communications Menu.
4.15.2.7. COM Port Password Security
In order to provide security for remote access of the T200H/M, a LOGON feature can be
enabled to require a password before the instrument will accept commands. This is done
MODE is enabled, the following items apply.
A password is required before the port will respond or pass on commands.
If the port is inactive for one hour, it will automatically logoff, which can also be
achieved with the LOGOFF command.
Three unsuccessful attempts to log on with an incorrect password will cause
subsequent logins to be disabled for 1 hour, even if the correct password is used.
If not logged on, the only active command is the '?' request for the help screen.
The following messages will be returned at logon:
o
o
o
LOGON SUCCESSFUL - Correct password given
LOGON FAILED - Password not given or incorrect
LOGOFF SUCCESSFUL - Connection terminated successfully
To log on to the T200H/M analyzer with SECURITY MODE feature enabled, type:
LOGON 940331
940331 is the default password. To change the default password, use the variable
RS232_PASS issued as follows:
V RS232_PASS=NNNNNN
Where N is any numeral between 0 and 9.
174
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.15.2.8. APICOM Remote Control Program
APICOM is an easy-to-use, yet powerful interface program that allows to access and
control any of Teledyne API’ main line of ambient and stack-gas instruments from a
remote connection through direct cable, modem or Ethernet. Running APICOM, a user
can:
Establish a link from a remote location to the T200H/M through direct cable
connection via RS-232 modem or Ethernet.
View the instrument’s front panel and remotely access all functions that could be
accessed when standing in front of the instrument.
Remotely edit system parameters and set points.
Download, view, graph and save data for predictive diagnostics or data analysis.
Retrieve, view, edit, save and upload DAS configurations.
Check on system parameters for trouble-shooting and quality control.
APICOM is very helpful for initial setup, data analysis, maintenance and trouble-
shooting. Figure 6-20 shows examples of APICOM’s main interface, which emulates
the look and functionality of the instruments actual front panel
Figure 4-18:
APICOM Remote Control Program Interface
APICOM is included free of cost with the analyzer and the latest versions can also be
downloaded for free at http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/.
175
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.15.3. ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATIONS DOCUMENTATION
Table 4-33: Serial Interface Documents
Interface / Tool
APICOM
Document Title
Part Number
039450000
021790000
028370000
Available Online*
APICOM User Manual
YES
YES
YES
Multi-drop
RS-232 Multi-drop Documentation
Detailed description of the DAS.
DAS Manual
* These documents can be downloaded at http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/
4.15.4. USING THE T200H/M WITH A HESSEN PROTOCOL NETWORK
4.15.4.1. General Overview of Hessen Protocol
The Hessen protocol is a multidrop protocol, in which several remote instruments are
connected via a common communications channel to a host computer. The remote
instruments are regarded as slaves of the host computer. The remote instruments are
unaware that they are connected to a multidrop bus and never initiate messages. They
only respond to commands from the host computer and only when they receive a
command containing their own unique ID number.
The Hessen protocol is designed to accomplish two things: to obtain the status of remote
instruments, including the concentrations of all the gases measured; and to place remote
instruments into zero or span calibration or measure mode. API’s implementation
supports both of these principal features.
The Hessen protocol is not well defined, therefore while API’s application is completely
compatible with the protocol itself, it may be different from implementations by other
companies.
The following subsections describe the basics for setting up your instrument to operate
over a Hessen Protocol network. For more detailed information as well as a list of host
computer commands and examples of command and response message syntax,
download the Manual Addendum for Hessen Protocol from the Teledyne API’ web site:
http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/index.asp .
176
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.15.4.2. Hessen Com Port Configuration
Hessen protocol requires the communication parameters of the T200H/M’s com ports to
be set differently than the standard configuration as shown in the table below.
Table 4-34:
RS-232 Communication Parameters for Hessen Protocol
Parameter
Data Bits
Stop Bits
Parity
Standard
Hessen
7
8
1
2
None
Full
Even
Half
Duplex
Note
Ensure that the communication parameters of the host computer are
properly set
Be aware that the instrument software has a 200 ms latency response to
commands issued by the host computer.
Operation via modem is not available over any com port on which
HESSEN protocol is active.
The first step in configuring the T200H/M to operate over a Hessen protocol network is
to activate the Hessen mode for com ports and configure the communication parameters
for the port(s) appropriately. Press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP X.X
COM1 QUIET MODE: OFF
ENTR EXIT
Repeat the
entire process to
set up the
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
NEXT OFF
COM2 port
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
Continue pressing next until …
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL : OFF
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
PREV NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
COMM VARS DIAG
ALRM
Toggle OFF/ON
buttons to change
activate/deactivate
selected mode.
SETUP X.X COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL : ON
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Select which COMM
port to configure
PREV NEXT ON
ENTR EXIT
ID COM1 COM2
The sum of the mode
IDs of the selected
modes is displayed
here
SETUP X.X
COM1 E,7,1 MODE: OFF
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
COM1 MODE:0
PREV NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
ENTR button accepts the
SETUP X.X
COM1 E,7,1 MODE: ON
new settings
EXIT key ignores the new
PREV NEXT ON
ENTR EXIT
settings
177
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.15.4.3. Selecting a Hessen Protocol Type
Currently there are two version of Hessen Protocol in use. The original implementation,
referred to as TYPE 1, and a more recently released version, TYPE 2 that has more
flexibility when operating with instruments that can measure more than one type of gas.
For more specific information about the difference between TYPE 1and TYPE 2
download the Manual Addendum for Hessen Protocol from the Teledyne API’ web site:
http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/index.asp .
To select a Hessen Protocol Type press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.
HESSEN VARIATION: TYPE 1
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SET> EDIT
EXIT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
settings
SETUP X.X HESSEN VARIATION: TYPE 1
EXIT ignores the new
settings
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
TYPE1 TYPE 2
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
Press to change
protocol type.
SETUP X.X HESSEN VARIATION: TYPE 2
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
PREV NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
ID HESN COM1 COM2
Note
While Hessen Protocol Mode can be activated independently for COM1
and COM2, the TYPE selection affects both ports.
4.15.4.4. Setting The Hessen Protocol Response Mode
The Teledyne API’ implementation of Hessen Protocol allows the user to choose one of
several different modes of response for the analyzer.
Table 6-28: T200H/M Hessen Protocol Response Modes
MODE ID
CMD
MODE DESCRIPTION
This is the Default Setting. Reponses from the instrument are encoded as the traditional command format.
Style and format of responses depend on exact coding of the initiating command.
Responses from the instrument are always delimited with <STX> (at the beginning of the response, <ETX>
(at the end of the response followed by a 2 digit Block Check Code (checksum), regardless of the command
encoding.
BCC
Responses from the instrument are always delimited with <CR> at the beginning and the end of the string,
regardless of the command encoding.
TEXT
178
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
To Select a Hessen response mode, press:
Operating Instructions
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
1
8
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID HESN COM1 COM2
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
HESSEN VARIATION: TYPE 1
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
ENTR accepts the new
settings
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
EXIT ignores the new
SETUP X.X
HESSEN RESPONSE MODE :CMD
settings
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Press to
change
response
mode.
SETUP X.X
HESSEN RESPONSE MODE :CMD
BCC TEXT EDIT
ENTR EXIT
179
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
4.15.4.5. Hessen Protocol Gas ID
Since the T200H/M measures NOx, NO2, NO and O2 (if the optional sensor is installed),
all of these gases are listed in the Hessen protocol gas list. In its default state the
Hessen protocol firmware assigns each of these gases a Hessen ID number and actively
reports all of them even if the instrument is only measuring one (see
To change or edit these settings press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
BUTTON
FUNCTION
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
Moves to next gas entry in list
<PREV
NEXT>
INS
Moves the cursor previous gas entry in list
Inserts a new gas entry into the list.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
Deletes the >>>>>.
DEL
Accepts the new setting and returns to the previous menu.
Ignores the new setting and returns to the previous menu.
ENTR
EXIT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXI
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
SETUP X.X
HESSEN RESPONSE MODE :CMD
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID HESN COM1 COM2
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
HESSEN GAS LIST
SETUP X.X
HESSEN VARIATION: TYPE 1
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
NOX, 211, REPORTED
<PREV NEXT>
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
Use the PREV & NEXT keys to cycle
existing entries in Hessen gas list
SETUP X.X
GAS TYPE NOX
<PREV NEXT>
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
Use the PREV & NEXT keys to cycle
through available gases
ENTR accepts the
new settings
SETUP X.X
GAS ID: 211
0
EXIT ignores the
new settings
0
0
Toggle to change the gas ID number for the
chosen gas.
SETUP X.X
REPORTED : ON
ON
ENTR EXIT
Toggle to switch reporting Between ON and
OFF
Table 4-35: T200H/M Hessen GAS ID List
GAS DEFAULT
HESSEN GAS ID
NOx
NO
NO2
O2
211
212
213
214
180
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.15.4.6. Setting Hessen Protocol Status Flags
Teledyne API’ implementation of Hessen protocols includes a set of status bits that are
included in responses to inform the host computer of the T200H/M’s condition. The
default settings for these bit/flags are:
Table 4-36: Default Hessen Status Bit Assignments
STATUS FLAG NAME
WARNING FLAGS
DEFAULT BIT ASSIGNMENT
SAMPLE FLOW WARNING
OZONE FLOW WARNING
RCELL PRESS WARN
BOX TEMP WARNING
RCELL TEMP WARNING
PMT TEMP WARNING
CONVERTER TEMP WARNING
WARMUP MODE
0001
0002
0004
0008
0010
0040
0080
1000
8000
INVALID CONC
OPERATIONAL FLAGS
In Manual Calibration Mode
In O2 Calibration Mode
In Zero Calibration Mode
In Low Span Calibration Mode
In Span Calibration Mode
UNITS OF MEASURE FLAGS
MGM
0200
0400
0400
0800
0800
2000
6000
PPM
SPARE/UNUSED BITS
UNASSIGNED FLAGS
Box Temp Warning
0020, 0100
Analog Cal Warning
Cannot Dyn Zero
Cannot Dyn Span
O2 Cell Temp Warn
AutoZero Warning
Conc Alarm 2
System Reset
Rear Board Not Detected
Relay Board Warning
Manifold Temp Warn
Ozone Gen Off
Conc Alarm 1
In MP Calibration Mode
HVPS Warning
Note
It is possible to assign more than one flag to the same Hessen status bit.
This allows the grouping of similar flags, such as all temperature
warnings, under the same status bit. Be careful not to assign conflicting
flags to the same bit as each status bit will be triggered if any of the
assigned flags is active.
181
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
To assign or reset the status flag bit assignments, press:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID HESN COM1 COM2
Repeat pressing SET> until …
SETUP X.
HESSEN STATUS FLAGS
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.
PMT DET WARNING: 0002
PREV NEXT
EDIT PRNT EXIT
Repeat pressing NEXT or PREV until the desired
message flag is displayed. See Table 6-29.
For example …
SETUP X.
SYSTEM RESET: 0000
EDIT PRNT EXIT
PREV NEXT
<CH and CH>
move the [ ]
cursor left and
right along the
bit string.
SETUP X.
SYSTEM RESET: [0]000
[0]
ENTR key accepts the
new settings
<CH CH>
ENTR EXIT
EXIT key ignores the new
settings
Press the [?] key repeatedly to cycle through the available character set: 0-9
Note: Values of A-F can also be set but are meaningless.
4.15.4.7. Instrument ID Code
Each instrument on a Hessen Protocol network must have a unique ID code. The
182
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5. CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
This section describes calibration procedures for the T200H/M. All of the methods
described here can be initiated and controlled through the front panel or the COM ports.
Interferents should be considered prior to calibration.
5.1.1. INTERFERENTS FOR NOX MEASUREMENTS
The chemiluminescence method for detecting NOX is subject to interference from a
number of sources including water vapor (H2O), ammonia (NH3), sulfur dioxide (SO2)
and carbon dioxide (CO2) but the Model T200H/M has been designed to reject most of
Ammonia is the most common interferent, which is converted to NO in the analyzer’s
NO2 converter and creates a NOX signal artifact. If the Model T200H/M is installed in
an environment with high ammonia, steps should be taken to remove the interferent
from the sample gas before it enters the reaction cell. Teledyne API offers a sample gas
conditioning option to remove ammonia and water vapor (contact Sales).
Carbon dioxide diminishes the NOX signal when present in high concentrations. If the
analyzer is used in an application with excess CO2, contact Teledyne API Technical
Support for possible solutions. Excess water vapor can be removed with one of the
usually negligible.
5.1.1.1. Conditioners for High Moisture Sample Gas
Several permeation devices using Nafion® permeation gas exchange tubes are available
for applications with high moisture and/or moderate levels of NH3 in the sample gas.
This type of sample conditioner is part of the standard T200H/M equipment to remove
H2O and NH3 from the ozone generator supply gas stream but can be purchased for the
sample gas stream as well. All gas conditioners remove water vapor to a dew point of
about –20° C (~600 ppm H2O) and effectively remove concentrations of ammonia up to
about 1 ppm. More information about these dryers and their performance is available at
http://www.permapure.com/.
It is MANDATORY that for calibrations and operation to be valid, the analyzer be
calibrated using the same background gas (or dilutent) for zero and span, as the
background gas in the sample stream. Any other combinations will lead to calibration or
operational errors since the efficiency of the analyzer’s chemluminescent reaction varies
with the background gas, since the background gas acts as a quencher.
Note
CALIBRATION vs. CALIBRATION CHECK:
DO NOT press the ENTR button during the following procedures if you are
performing only a calibration check. ENTR recalculates the stored values
for OFFSET and SLOPE, altering the instrument’s calibration.
183
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
5.2. CALIBRATION PREPARATIONS
5.2.1. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, AND EXPENDABLES
Calibration of the Model T200H/M analyzer requires a certain amount of equipment and
supplies. These include, but are not limited to, the following:
Zero-air source (defined in Section 3.5.1.1).
Span gas source (defined in Section 3.5.1.2).
Gas lines - all gas line materials should be stainless steel or Teflon-type (PTFE or
FEP). High concentration NO gas transported over long distances may require
stainless steel to avoid oxidation of NO with O2 diffusing into the tubing.
A recording device such as a strip-chart recorder and/or data logger (optional). For
electronic documentation, the internal data acquisition system can be used.
5.2.2. ZERO AIR
Zero air is similar in chemical composition to the Earth’s atmosphere but scrubbed of all
components that might affect the analyzer’s readings. For NOX measuring devices, zero
air should be devoid of NOX and large amounts of CO2, NH3 and water vapor. Water
vapor and moderate amounts of NH3 can be removed using a sample gas conditioner
(Section 5.10).
Devices such as the API Model 701 zero air generator that condition ambient air by
drying and removal of pollutants are available. We recommend this type of device for
generating zero air. Please contact our sales department for more information on this.
184
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
5.2.3. SPAN CALIBRATION GAS STANDARDS & TRACEABILITY
Note
We strongly recommend that span calibration is carried out with NO span
gas, although it is possible to use NO2. Quick span checks may be done
with either NO, NO2 or a mixture of NO and NO2.
Span gas is specifically mixed to match the chemical composition of the gas being
measured at about 80% of the desired full measurement range. For example, if the
measurement range is 120 ppm, the span gas should have an NO concentration of about
96 ppm.
Span gases should be certified to a specific accuracy to ensure accurate calibration of the
analyzer. Typical gas accuracy for NOX gases is 1 or 2%. NO standards should be
mixed in nitrogen (to prevent oxidation of NO to NO2 over time).
For oxygen measurements, we recommend s reference gas of 21% O2 in N2. the user
can either utilize the NOX standards (if mixed in air). For quick checks. ambient air can
be used at an assumed concentration of 20.8%. Generally, O2 concentration in dry,
ambient air varies by less than 1%.
5.2.3.1. Traceability
All equipment used to produce calibration gases should be verified against standards of
the National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST). To ensure NIST
traceability, we recommend to acquire cylinders of working gas that are certified to be
traceable to NIST standard reference materials (SRM). These are available from a variety
of commercial sources.
Table 5-1: NIST-SRM's Available for Traceability of NOx Calibration Gases
NOMINAL
CONCENTRATION
NIST-SRM4
TYPE
2627a
2628a
2629a
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
5 ppm
10 ppm
20 ppm
1683b
1684b
1685b
1686b
1687b
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
50 ppm
100 ppm
250 ppm
5000 ppm
1000 ppm
2630
2631a
2635
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
Nitric Oxide (NO) in N2
1500 ppm
3000 ppm
800 ppm
2636a
2000 ppm
2656
2660a
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) in Air
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) in Air
2500 ppm
100 ppm
2659a
Oxygen in Nitrogen (O2)
21 mol %
185
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
5.2.4. DATA RECORDING DEVICES
A strip chart recorder, data acquisition system or digital data acquisition system should
be used to record data from the serial or analog outputs of the T200H/M. If analog
readings are used, the response of the recording system should be checked against a
NIST traceable voltage source or meter. Data recording devices should be capable of bi-
polar operation so that negative readings can be recorded. For electronic data recording,
the T200H/M provides an internal data acquisition system (DAS), which is described in
convenient and powerful tool for data handling, download, storage, quick check and
plotting.
5.2.5. NO2 CONVERSION EFFICIENCY (CE)
To ensure accurate operation of the T200H/M, it is important to check the NO2
conversion efficiency (CE) periodically and to update this value as necessary.
The default setting for the NO2 converter efficiency is 1.0000. For the analyzer to
function correctly, the converter efficiency must be between 0.9600 and 1.0200 (96-
102% conversion efficiency) as per US-EPA requirements. If the converter’s efficiency
is outside these limits, the NO2 converter should be replaced.
Note
The currently programmed CE is recorded along with the calibration data
in the DAS for documentation and performance analysis.
186
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
5.2.5.1. Determining / Updating the NO2 Converter Efficiency
The following procedure will cause the Model T200H/M to automatically calculate the
current NO2 conversion efficiency.
STEP ONE:
Connect a source of calibrated NO2 span gas as shown below.
VENT here if input
Source of
MODEL T700
Gas Dilution
is pressurized
SAMPLE GAS
Removed during
calibration
Calibrator
NO2 Gas
(High Concentration)
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
MODEL 701
Zero Gas
VENT if not vented
at calibrator
Instrument
Chassis
Generator
PUMP
Figure 5-1:
Gas Supply Setup for Determination of NO2 Conversion Efficiency
187
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
STEP TWO:
Set the expected NO2 span gas concentration:
M-P CAL
A1:NXCNC1 =100PPM
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
< TST TST >
SETUP
M-P CAL
CONCENTRATION MENU
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:NOX
NOX NO CONV
EXIT
EXIT
NOX
O2
ENTR EXIT
M-P CAL
CONVERTER EFFICIENCY MENU
SAMPLE
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
NO2 CAL SET
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
M-P CAL
0
NO2 CE CONC:80.0 Conc
.0
EXIT ignores the new
setting and returns to
the previous display.
0
8
0
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to
the
The NOX & NO span concentration
values automatically default to
80.0 Conc.
If this is not the the concentration of
the span gas being used, toggle
these buttons to set the correct
concentration of the NOX and NO
calibration gases.
CONVERTER
EFFICIENCY
MENU.
If using NO span gas
in addition to NOX
repeat last step.
188
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
STEP THREE
Activate NO2 measurement stability function.
SAMPLE
RANGE = 50.000 PPM
CAL
CO =X.XXX
SETUP
SETUP X.X
0) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
< TST TST >
<PREV NEXT> JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
2) STABIL_GAS=NOX
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
<PREV NEXT> JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
ENTER PASSWORD:818
SETUP X.X
STABIL_GAS:NOX
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
NO
NO2 NOX O2
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
STABIL_GAS:NO2
NO
NO2 NOX O2
ENTR EXIT
Press ENTR first,
then press EXIT 3
times to return to
SAMPLE menu
189
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
STEP FOUR:
Perform the converter efficiency calculation procedure:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
Set the Display to show
the NO2 STB test
function.
< TST TST >
This function calculates
the stability of the
measurement
Toggle TST> button until ...
SAMPLE
NO2 STB= XXX.X PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST >
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:NOX
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
STB = XXX.X PPM
NOX
O2
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
LOW HIGH
M-P CAL
OX=X.XXX
EXIT
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
M-P CAL
CONCENTRATION MENU
NOX NO CONV
EXIT
M-P CAL
CONVERTER EFFICIENCY MENU
NO2 CAL SET
EXIT
M-P CAL
1
CE FACTOR:1.000 Gain
.0
0
0
0
ENTR EXIT
Allow NO2 to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
M-P CAL
CONVERTER EFFICIENCY MENU
Wait until NO2 STB
falls below 0.5 ppm
and the ENTR button
appears.
NO2 CAL SET
EXIT
When ENTR is
pressed, the ratio of
observed NO2
concentration to
expected NO2
concentration is
calculated and
stored.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
ENTR
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST >
M-P CAL
CONVERTER EFFICIENCY MENU
NO2 CAL SET
EXIT
M-P CAL
1
CE FACTOR:1.012 Gain
Press EXIT 3 times
top return to the
SAMPLE display
.0
0
1
2
ENTR EXIT
190
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
5.3. MANUAL CALIBRATION
The following section describes the basic method for manually calibrating the Model
T200H/M NOX analyzer.
If both available DAS parameters for a specific gas type are being reported via the
instruments analog outputs e.g. NXCNC1 and NXCNC2, separate calibrations should
be carried out for each parameter.
Use the LOW button when calibrating for NXCNC1
Use the HIGH button when calibrating for NXCNC2.
STEP ONE:
Connect the sources of zero air and span gas as shown below.
MODEL T700
Gas Dilution
VENT here if input
is pressurized
Calibrator
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
VENT if not
vented at
calibrator
MODEL 701
Zero Gas
Sample
Exhaust
PUMP
Generator
Span Point
Instrument
Chassis
External Zero
Air Scrubber
Zero Air
Filter
Figure 5-2:
Pneumatic Connections–With Zero/Span Valve Option (50A)
191
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
On/Off
Valves
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
VENT here if input
is pressurized
PUMP
Sample
Exhaust
High Span Point
Low Span Point
Zero Air
Instrument
Chassis
External Zero
Air Scrubber
Filter
Figure 5-3:
Pneumatic Connections–With 2-Span point Option (50D) –Using Bottled Span Gas
192
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
STEP TWO:
Set Expected NO and NOX Span Gas Concentrations.
These should be 80% of range of concentration values likely to be encountered in this
application. The default factory setting is 100 ppm. If one of the configurable analog
outputs is to be set to transmit concentration values, use 80% of the reporting range set
for that output (see Section 4.13.4)
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST >
CAL
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:NOX
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
A1:NXCNC1 =100PPM
NOX O2
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
M-P CAL
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
M-P CAL
CONCENTRATION MENU
NOX NO CONV
EXIT
M-P CAL
0
NOX SPAN CONC:80.0 Conc
.0
EXIT ignores the new
setting and returns to
the previous display.
0
8
0
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to
the
CONCENTRATION
MENU.
If using NO span gas
in addition to NOX
repeat last step.
The NOX & NO span concentration
values automatically default to
80.0 Conc.
If this is not the the concentration of
the span gas being used, toggle
these buttons to set the correct
concentration of the NOX and NO
calibration gases.
Note
The expected concentrations for both NOX and NO are usually set to the
same value unless the conversion efficiency is not equal to 1.000 or not
entered properly in the conversion efficiency setting. When setting
expected concentration values, consider impurities in your span gas
source (NO often contains 1-3% NO2 and vice versa).
193
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
STEP THREE:
Perform Zero/Span Calibration:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
Set the Display to show
the NOX STB test
function.
Analyzer continues to
< TST TST >
CAL
cycle through NOx,
NO, and NO2
measurements
throughout this
procedure.
This function calculates
the stability of the NO/NOx
measurement
Toggle TST> button until ...
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST >
CAL
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST >
SETUP
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:NOX
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
NOX
O2
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
Press ENTR to changes
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values for both the NO
and NOx measurements.
M-P CAL
NOX=XXX.X
<TST TST>
ZERO
CONC
EXIT
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
CONC
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
<TST TST> ENTR
Allow span gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST >
SETUP
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:NOX
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
NOX
O2
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
The SPAN key now appears
during the transition from
zero to span.
Press ENTR to changes
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values for both the NO
and NOx measurements.
M-P CAL
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
You may see both keys.
If either the ZERO or SPAN
buttons fail to appear see
Section 11 for
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
troubleshooting tips.
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
CONC
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
<TST TST> ENTR
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
CONC
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT at this point
returns to the
<TST TST> ENTR
EXIT
SAMPLE menu.
194
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
5.4. CALIBRATION CHECKS
Informal calibration checks, which only evaluate but do not alter the analyzer’s response
curve, are recommended as a regular maintenance item and in order to monitor the
analyzer’s performance. To carry out a calibration check rather than a full calibration,
follow these steps.
STEP ONE:
STEP TWO:
Connect the sources of zero air and span gas as shown in Figure 7.2 or 7.3.
Perform the zero/span calibration check procedure:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
Set the Display to show
the NOX STB test
function.
< TST TST >
This function calculates
the stability of the NO/NOx
measurement
Analyzer display
continues to cycle
through all of the
available gas
Toggle TST> button until ...
measurements
throughout this
procedure.
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST >
CAL
SETUP
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
Record NOX, NO, NO2 or O2 zero point
readings
Allow span gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
The ZERO and/or SPAN
keys will appear at various
points of this process.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
It is not necessary to press
them.
Record NOX, NO, NO2 or O2 span point
readings
195
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
5.5. MANUAL CALIBRATION WITH ZERO/SPAN VALVES
Zero and Span calibrations using the Zero/Span Valve option are similar to that
described in Section 7.2, except that:
Zero air and span gas is supplied to the analyzer through the zero gas and span
gas inlets rather than through the sample inlet.
The zero and cal operations are initiated directly and independently with dedicated
keys (CALZ & CALS)
If both available DAS parameters for a specific gas type are being reported via the
instruments analog outputs e.g. NXCNC1 and NXCNC2, separate calibrations should
be carried out for each parameter.
Use the LOW button when calibrating for NXCNC1
Use the HIGH button when calibrating for NXCNC2.
STEP ONE:
Connect the sources of zero air and span gas to the respective ports on the rear panel as
shown below.
MODEL T700
Gas Dilution
VENT here if input
is pressurized
Calibrator
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
VENT if not
vented at
calibrator
MODEL 701
Zero Gas
Sample
Exhaust
PUMP
Generator
Span Point
Instrument
Chassis
External Zero
Air Scrubber
Zero Air
Filter
Figure 5-4:
Pneumatic Connections–With Zero/Span Valve Option (50)
196
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
STEP TWO:
Set Expected NO and NOX Span Gas Concentrations.
Set the expected NO and NOx span gas concentration. These should be 80% of range of
concentration values likely to be encountered in this application. The default factory
setting is 100 ppm. If one of the configurable analog outputs is to be set to transmit
concentration values, use 80% of the reporting range set for that output.
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:NOX
NOX O2
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
SPAN CAL M A1:NXCNC1 =100PPM NOX=X.XXX
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
EXIT
EXIT
SPAN CAL M CONCENTRATION MENU
NOX NO CONV
SPAN CAL M NOX SPAN CONC:80.0 Conc
EXIT ignores the new
setting and returns to
the previous display.
0
0
8
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
The NOX & NO span concentration
values automatically default to
80.0 Conc.
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to
the
If this is not the the concentration of
the span gas being used, toggle
these buttons to set the correct
concentration of the NOX and NO
calibration gases.
CONCENTRATION
MENU.
If using NO span gas
in addition to NOX
repeat last step.
Note
The expected concentrations for both NOX and NO are usually set to the
same value unless the conversion efficiency is not equal to 1.000 or not
entered properly in the conversion efficiency setting. When setting
expected concentration values, consider impurities in your span gas
source (NO often contains 1-3% NO2 and vice versa).
197
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
STEP THREE:
Perform Zero/Span Calibration:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
Set the Display to show
the NOX STB test
function.
Analyzer continues to
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
cycle through NOx,
NO, and NO2
measurements
throughout this
procedure.
This function calculates
the stability of the NO/NOx
measurement
Toggle TST> button until ...
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
SETUP
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:NOX
NOX
O2
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
Analyzers enters
ZERO cal
mode.
Press ENTR to changes
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values for both the NO
and NOx measurements.
ZERO CAL M
<TST TST>
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM NOX=XXX.X
ZERO CONC EXIT
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
ZERO CAL M
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM NOX=XXX.X
CONC EXIT
<TST TST> ENTR
Allow span gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:NOX
NOX
O2
ENTR EXIT
Analyzers enters SPAN cal
mode and the SPAN key
appears.
SAMPLE
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
You may see both
keysduring the transition
from ZERO to SPAN modes.
Press ENTR to changes
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values for both the NO
and NOx measurements.
If either the ZERO or SPAN
buttons fail to appear see
Section 11 for
SPAN CAL M NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
troubleshooting tips.
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
SPAN CAL M NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
<TST TST> ENTR
CONC
SPAN CAL M NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
<TST TST> ENTR CONC
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT at this point
returns to the
SAMPLE menu.
EXIT
198
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
5.6. CALIBRATION CHECKS WITH ZERO/SPAN VALVES
Zero and span checks using the zero/span valve option are similar to that described in
Section 7.4, except that zero air and span gas are supplied to the analyzer through the
zero gas and span gas inlets from two different sources.
Informal calibration checks, which only evaluate but do not alter the analyzer’s response
curve, are recommended as a regular maintenance item and in order to monitor the
analyzer’s performance. To carry out a calibration check rather than a full calibration,
follow these steps.
To perform a manual calibration check with zero/span valve:
STEP ONE:
Connect the sources of Zero Air and Span Gas as shown in section 7-4.
STEP TWO:
Perform the zero/span check.
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
Set the Display to show
the NOX STB test
function.
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
This function calculates
the stability of the NO/NOx
measurement
ZERO CAL M NOX STB= XXX.X PPM NOX=XXX.X
Toggle TST> button until ...
<TST TST> ZERO
CONC
EXIT
Return to
SAMPLE
Display
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Allow span gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 ppm.
falls below 0.5 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
SETUP
The ZERO and/or SPAN
keys will appear at various
points of this process.
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:NOX
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:NOX
NOX O2
ENTR EXIT
It is not necessary to press
them.
NOX O2
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
SAMPLE
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
Analyzers enters
ZERO cal
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
Analyzers enters
SPAN cal
mode.
ZERO CAL M NOX STB= XXX.X PPM NOX=XXX.X
<TST TST> ZERO CONC EXIT
mode.
SPAN CAL M NOX STB= XXX.X PPM NOX=X.XXX
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
EXIT
Record NOX, NO, NO2 or O2 zero point
readings
Record NOX, NO, NO2 or O2 span point
readings
SPAN CAL
M
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM NOX=XXX.X
CONC EXIT
<TST TST> ZERO
Return to
SAMPLE
Display
199
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
5.7. CALIBRATION WITH REMOTE CONTACT CLOSURES
Contact closures for controlling calibration and calibration checks are located on the rear
panel CONTROL IN connector. Instructions for setup and use of these contacts can be
found in Section 4.15.1.2.
When the appropriate contacts are closed for at least 5 seconds, the instrument switches
into zero, low span or high span mode and internal zero/span valves (if installed) will be
automatically switched to the appropriate configuration. The remote calibration contact
closures may be activated in any order. It is recommended that contact closures remain
closed for at least 10 minutes to establish a reliable reading; the instrument will stay in
the selected mode for as long as the contacts remain closed.
If contact closures are used in conjunction with the analyzer’s AutoCal (Section 5.8)
feature and the AutoCal attribute CALIBRATE is enabled, the T200H/M will not re-
calibrate the analyzer until the contact is opened. At this point, the new calibration
values will be recorded before the instrument returns to SAMPLE mode. If the AutoCal
attribute CALIBRATE is disabled, the instrument will return to SAMPLE mode,
leaving the instrument’s internal calibration variables unchanged.
200
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
5.8. AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION (AUTOCAL)
The AutoCal feature allows unattended, periodic operation of the zero/span valve
options by using the analyzer’s internal time of day clock. The AutoCal feature is only
available on the front panel menu (ACAL) if either the zero/span valve or the IZS
option is installed.
AutoCal operates by executing user-defined sequences to initiate the various calibration
modes of the analyzer and to open and close valves appropriately. It is possible to
program and run up to three separate sequences (SEQ1, SEQ2 and SEQ3). Each
sequence can operate in one of three modes or be disabled:
Table 5-2: AutoCal Modes
MODE
DISABLED
ZERO
BEHAVIOR
Disables the sequence
Causes the sequence to perform a zero calibration or check
Causes the sequence to perform a zero calibration or check followed by a mid-span
concentration calibration or check
ZERO-LO1
Causes the sequence to perform a zero calibration or check followed by a mid-span
concentration calibration or check and finally a high-span point calibration or check.
ZERO-LO-HI1
Causes the sequence to perform a zero calibration or check followed by a high-span
point calibration or check.
ZERO-HI
LO1
Causes the sequence to perform a mid-span concentration calibration or check
Causes the sequence to perform a mid-span concentration calibration or check
followed by a high-span point calibration or check
LO-HI1
Causes the sequence to perform a high-span point calibration or check.
Causes the sequence to do a zero-point calibration for the O2 sensor.
HI
O2 –ZERO2
Causes the sequence to perform a zero calibration of the or check O2 sensor followed
by a mid-span concentration calibration or check of the O2 sensor.
O2 ZERO-SP2
O2 SPAN2
Causes the sequence to perform a zero calibration or check of the O2 sensor.
1 Only applicable if analyzer is equipped with the second span point valve option (52)
2 Only applicable if instrument is equipped wit the O2 sensor option (65(.
Each mode has seven parameters to control operational details of the sequence:
Table 5-3: AutoCal Attribute Setup Parameters
PARAMETER
BEHAVIOR
TIMER
Turns on the sequence timer
ENABLED
STARTING DATE Sequence will operate on Starting Date
STARTING TIME Sequence will operate at Starting Time
DELTA DAYS
Number of days between each sequence trigger. If set to 7, for example, the AutoCal feature
will be enabled once every week on the same day.
DELTA TIME
Incremental delay on each delta day that the sequence starts. If set to 0, the sequence will start
at the same time each day. Delta Time is added to Delta Days for the total time between
cycles.
This parameter prevents the analyzer from being calibrated at the same daytime of each
calibration day and prevents a lack of data for one particular daytime on the days of calibration.
DURATION
Duration of the each sequence step in minutes. This parameter needs to be set such that there
is enough time for the concentration signal to stabilize. The STABIL parameter shows if the
analyzer response is stable at the end of the calibration. This parameter is logged with
calibration values in the DAS.
CALIBRATE
Enable to do a true, dynamic zero or span calibration; disable to do a calibration check only.
RANGE TO CAL
LOW calibrates the low range, HIGH calibrates the high range. Applies only to auto and remote
range modes; this property is not available in single and independent range modes.
201
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
The following example sets sequence #2 to carry out a zero-span calibration every other
day starting at 14:00 on 01 January, 2003, lasting 30 minutes (15 for zero and 15 for
span). This sequence will start 30 minutes later each day.
Table 5-4: Example Auto-Cal Sequence
MODE AND ATTRIBUTE
SEQUENCE
VALUE
2
COMMENT
Define sequence #2
Select zero and span mode
Enable the timer
MODE
ZERO-HI
ON
TIMER ENABLE
STARTING DATE
STARTING TIME
DELTA DAYS
01-JAN-03
14:00
2
Start on or after 01 January 2003
First sequence starts at 14:00 (24-hour clock format)
Repeat this sequence every 2 days
Repeat sequence 30 minutes later each time
(every 2 days and 30 minutes)
DELTA TIME
DURATION
CALIBRATE
00:30
15.0
ON
Each sequence step will last 15 minutes (total of 30 minutes when
using zero-span mode)
The instrument will recalculate the slope and offset values for the
NO and NOX channel at the end of the AutoCal sequence.
Please the following suggestions for programming the AutoCal feature.
The programmed Starting Time must be 5 minutes later than the real time clock.
Avoid setting two or more sequences at the same time of the day. Any new
sequence which is initiated from a timer, the COM ports, or the contact closures will
override any sequence in progress.
increments may eventually overlap.
that two sequences with different daily
If at any time an illegal entry is selected, (for example: Delta Days > 366) the ENTR
button will disappear from the display.
With CALIBRATE turned on, the state of the internal setup variables
DYN_SPAN and DYN_ZERO is set to ON and the instrument will reset the slope
and offset values for the NO and NOX response each time the AutoCal program
runs. This continuous re-adjustment of calibration parameters can often mask
subtle fault conditions in the analyzer. It is recommended that, if CALIBRATE is
enabled, the analyzer’s test functions, slope and offset values be checked
frequently to assure high quality and accurate data from the instrument.
202
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
To program the sample sequence shown above, follow this flow chart:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
NOX=X.X
SETUP C.4 STARTING TIME:14:15
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CZLS
SETUP
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP C.4
DELTA DAYS: 1
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
<SET SET> EDIT
CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT
Toggle
numbers to
set
SETUP X.X SEQ 1) DISABLED
SETUP C.4 DELTA DAYS: 1
number of
days
between
procedures
NEXT MODE
EXIT
EXIT
0
0
2
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X SEQ 2) DISABLED
SETUP C.4 DELTA DAYS:2
PREV NEXT MODE
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X MODE: DISABLED
SETUP C.4 DELTA TIME00:00
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
Toggle keys
to set
delay time for
each iteration
of the
SETUP C.4 DELTA TIME: 00:00
Toggle NEXT button until ...
0
0
:3
0
ENTR EXIT
sequence:
HH:MM
(0 – 24:00)
SETUP X.X MODE: ZERO–HI
SETUP C.4 DELTA TIME:00:30
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X SEQ 2) ZERO–HI, 1:00:00
SETUP C.4 DURATION:15.0 MINUTES
Toggle keys
to set
duration for
each
iteration of
the
sequence:
PREV NEXT MODE SET
EXIT
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
Default
value
is ON
SETUP X.X TIMER ENABLE: ON
SETUP C.4 DURATION 15.0MINUTES
SET> EDIT
Set in
3
0
.0
Decimal
minutes
from
SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 01–JAN–02
0.1 – 60.0
SETUP C.4 DURATION:30.0 MINUTES
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
Toggle to
set day,
month &
year: DD-
MON-YY
SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 01–JAN–02
SETUP C.4
CALIBRATE: OFF
0
4
SEP
0
3
ENTR EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
Toggle key
between
Off and
ON
SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 04–SEP–03
SETUP C.4
ON
CALIBRATE: OFF
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP C.4 STARTING DATE: 04–SEP–03
SETUP C.4
CALIBRATE: ON
<SET SET> EDIT
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP C.4 STARTING TIME:00:00
Toggle to set
time: HH:MM.
This is a 24 hr
clock. PM
SETUP C.4 SEQ 2) ZERO–SPAN, 2:00:30
EXIT returns
to the SETUP
Menu
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
PREV NEXT MODE SET
EXIT
203
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
5.9. CALIBRATION QUALITY ANALYSIS
After completing one of the calibration procedures described above, it is important to
evaluate the analyzer’s calibration SLOPE and OFFSET parameters. These values
describe the linear response curve of the analyzer, separately for NO and NOX. The
values for these terms, both individually and relative to each other, indicate the quality
of the calibration. To perform this quality evaluation, you will need to record the values
automatically stored in the DAS channel CALDAT for data analysis, documentation
and archival.
NO OFFS
NO SLOPE
NOX OFFS
NOX SLOPE
compare them to those values on the Final Test and Checkout Sheet that came attached
to your manual, which should not be significantly different. If they are, refer to the
troubleshooting Section 7.
Table 5-5: Calibration Data Quality Evaluation
FUNCTION
NOX SLOPE
NO SLOPE
NOX OFFS
NO OFFS
MINIMUM VALUE
-0.700
OPTIMUM VALUE
1.000
MAXIMUM VALUE
1.300
-0.700
1.000
1.300
-20.0 mV
-20.0 mV
0.0 mV
150.0 mV
150.0 mV
0.0 mV
The default DAS configuration records all calibration values in channel CALDAT as
well as all calibration check (zero and span) values in its internal memory. Up to 200
data points are stored for up 4 years of data (on weekly calibration checks) and a lifetime
history of monthly calibrations. Review these data to see if the zero and span responses
change over time. These channels also store the STABIL value (standard deviation of
NOX concentration) to evaluate if the analyzer response has properly leveled off during
the calibration procedure. Finally, the CALDAT channel also stores the converter
efficiency for review and documentation.
204
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6. INSTRUMENT MAINTENANCE
Predictive diagnostic functions, including data acquisition records, failure warnings and
test functions built into the analyzer, allow the user to determine when repairs are
necessary without performing unnecessary, preventative maintenance procedures. There
is, however, a minimal number of simple procedures that, when performed regularly,
will ensure that the analyzer continues to operate accurately and reliably over its
Pertinent information associated with the proper care, operation or
maintenance of the analyzer or its parts.
A span and zero calibration check must be performed following some of the
WARNING
Risk of electrical shock. Disconnect power before performing any
operations that require entry into the interior of the analyzer.
CAUTION
The operations outlined in this Section must be performed by
qualified maintenance personnel only.
6.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Table 9-1 shows the recommended maintenance schedule for the T200H/M. Please that
in certain environments with high levels of dust, humidity or pollutant levels some
maintenance procedures may need to be performed more often than shown.
205
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 6-1: T200H/M Preventive Maintenance Schedule
CAL
CHECK
MANUAL
SECTION
ITEM
ACTION
FREQUENCY
DATE PERFORMED
1Particulate Filter
Change filter
Weekly
No
No
--
9.3.1
Review and
evaluate
9.2; Appendix
C
Verify Test Functions
Zero/Span Check
Weekly
Weekly
Evaluate offset and
slope
7.3, 7.5, 7.7
1Zero/Span
Calibration
Zero and span
calibration
7.2, 7.4, 7.6,
7.7, 7,8
Every 3 months
--
Every 3 years or if
conversion efficiency
< 96%
Yes if CE
factor is
used
Replace converter
& check efficiency
NO2 Converter
--
3.5.3.2
6.3.5
1External Zero Air
Scrubber (Optional)
Exchange chemical
Every 3 months
Yes
No
1Reaction Cell
Window
Clean optics,
Change O-rings
Annually or as
necessary
1Air Inlet Filter Of
Perma Pure Dryer
Change particle
filter
Annually
6.3.2
Annually or after
repairs involving
pneumatics
Yes on
leaks, else
no
Pneumatic Sub-
System
Check for leaks in
gas flow paths
7.5.1, 7.5.2
6.3.6
1All Critical Flow
Orifice O-Rings &
Sintered Filters
Replace
Rebuild head
Replace
Annually
Annually
Annually
Yes
Yes
No
1, 2 Pump
9.3.4
Inline Exhaust
Scrubber
On PMT/ preamp
changes & if
0.7< SLOPE >1.3
Pmt Sensor
Hardware Calibration
Low-level hardware
calibration
Yes
11.6.5
1 These Items are required to maintain full warranty, all other items are strongly recommended.
2 A pump rebuild kit is available from Teledyne API Technical Support including all instructions and required parts (the pump part number is on the label of the pump itself).
206
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Instrument Maintenance
6.2. PREDICTIVE DIAGNOSTICS
The analyzer’s test functions can be used to predict failures by looking at trends in their
values. Initially it may be useful to compare the state of these test functions to the
values measured on your instrument at the factory and recorded on the T200H/M Final
Test and Validation Data Form (Teledyne API part number 04490, attached to the
time. The internal data acquisition system (DAS) is a convenient way to record and
track these changes. APICOM control software can be used to download and review
these data even from remote locations (Section 4.15.2.8 describes APICOM).
Table 6-2: Predictive Uses for Test Functions
FUNCTION
EXPECTED
ACTUAL
INTERPRETATION & ACTION
Fluctuating
Developing leak in pneumatic system. Check for leaks
RCEL
pressure
Constant to
within ± 0.5
Pump performance is degrading. Replace pump head
when pressure is above 10 in-Hg-A
Slowly increasing
Fluctuating
Developing leak in pneumatic system. Check for leaks
Flow path is clogging up. Replace orifice filters
Constant within
atmospheric
changes
SAMPLE
pressure
Slowly decreasing
Developing leak in pneumatic system to vacuum
(developing valve failure). Check for leaks
Slowly increasing
Slowly decreasing
Constant to
within ± 15
Ozone Flow
AZERO
Flow path is clogging up. Replace orifice filters
Developing AZERO valve failure. Replace valve
PMT cooler failure. Check cooler, circuit, and power
supplies
Constant within
±20 of check-out
value
Significantly
increasing
Developing light leak. Leak check.
O3 air filter cartridge is exhausted. Change chemical
Constant for
constant
concentrations
Slowly decreasing
signal for same
concentration
Converter efficiency may be degrading. Replace
converter.
NO2 CONC
NO CONC
Constant for
constant
concentration
Drift of instrument response; clean RCEL window,
change O3 air filter chemical.
Decreasing over time
6.3. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
The following procedures need to be performed regularly as part of the standard
maintenance of the Model T200H/M.
6.3.1. CHANGING THE SAMPLE PARTICULATE FILTER
The particulate filter should be inspected often for signs of plugging or excess dirt. It
should be replaced according to the service interval in Table 9-1 even without obvious
signs of dirt. Filters with 1 µm pore size can clog up while retaining a clean look. We
recommend to handle the filter and the wetted surfaces of the filter housing with gloves
and tweezers. We recommend not to touch any part of the housing, filter element, PTFE
207
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
retaining ring, glass cover and the O-ring with bare hands as this may cause the pores to
clog quicker and surfaces to become dirty due to possible oils from your hands.
Figure 6-1:
Sample Particulate Filter Assembly
To change the filter according to the service interval in Table 9-1, follow this procedure:
1. Turn OFF the pump to prevent drawing debris into the sample line.
2. Remove the CE Mark locking screw in the center of the front panel and open the
hinged front panel and unscrew the knurled retaining ring of the filter assembly.
3. Carefully remove the retaining ring, glass window, PTFE O-ring and filter element.
We recommend to clean the glass and O-rings at least once monthly, weekly in very
polluted areas.
4. Install a new filter element, carefully centering it in the bottom of the holder.
5. Re-install the PTFE O-ring with the notches facing up (important!), the glass cover,
then screw on the hold-down ring and hand-tighten the assembly. Inspect the
(visible) seal between the edge of the glass window and the O-ring to assure proper
gas tightness.
6. To fulfill CE Mark safety requirements, the front panel locking screw must be
installed at all times during operation of the analyzer.
7. Re-start the analyzer.
208
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Instrument Maintenance
6.3.2. CHANGING THE O3 DRYER PARTICULATE FILTER
The air for the O3 generator passes through a Perma Pure© dryer, which is equipped with
a small particulate filter at its inlet. This filter prevents dust from entering the Perma
Pure© dryer and degrading the dryer’s performance over time. To change the filter
according to the service interval in Table 6-1:
1. Check and write down the average RCEL pressure and the OZONE flow values.
2. Turn off the analyzer, unplug the power cord and remove the cover.
3. Unscrew the nut around the port of the filter using 5/8” and 9/16” wrenches and by
holding the actual fitting body steady with a 7/16” wrench.
Note
RISK OF SIGNIFICANT LEAK
Make sure to use proper wrenches and to not turn the fitting against the
Perma Pure© dryer. This may loosen the inner tubing and cause large
leaks.
4. Take off the old filter element and replace it with a suitable equivalent
(TAPI part# FL-3).
Figure 6-2:
Particle Filter on O3 Supply Air Dryer
5. Holding the fitting steady with a 5/8” wrench, tighten the nut with your hands. If
necessary use a second wrench but do not over-tighten the nut.
6. Replace the cover, plug in the power cord and restart the analyzer.
7. Check the O3 flow rate, it should be around 250 cm³/min ± 15. Check the RCEL
pressure, it should be the same value as before.
209
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
6.3.3. MAINTAINING THE EXTERNAL SAMPLE PUMP
6.3.3.1. Rebuilding the Pump
The sample pump head periodically wears out and must be replaced when the RCEL
pressure exceeds 10 in-Hg-A (at sea level, adjust this value accordingly for elevated
locations). A pump rebuild kit is available from the factory. The part number of the
pump rebuild kit is located on the label of the pump itself. Instructions and diagrams are
included in the kit.
A flow and leak check after rebuilding the sample pump is recommended. A span check
and re-calibration after this procedure is necessary as the response of the analyzer
changes with the RCEL pressure.
6.3.3.2. Changing the Inline Exhaust Scrubber
CAUTION!
Do NOT attempt to change the contents of the inline exhaust scrubber
cartridge; change the entire cartridge.
1. Through the SETUP>MORE>DIAG menu turn OFF the OZONE
GEN OVERRIDE. Wait 10 minutes to allow pump to pull room air
through scrubber before proceeding to step 2.
2. Disconnect exhaust line from analyzer.
3. Turn off (unplug) analyzer sample pump.
4. Disconnect tubing from (NOx or charcoal) scrubber cartridge.
5. Remove scrubber from system.
6. Dispose of according to local laws.
7. Install new scrubber into system.
8. Reconnect tubing to scrubber and analyzer.
9. Turn on pump.
10. Through the SETUP menu (per Step 1 above) turn ON the OZONE
GEN OVERRIDE.
Note
The inline exhaust scrubber is strictly intended for Nitric Acid and NO2
only.
210
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Instrument Maintenance
6.3.4. CHANGING THE NO2 CONVERTER
cartridge only, the heater with built-in thermocouple can be reused.
1. Turn off the analyzer power, remove the cover and allow the converter to cool.
2. Remove the top lid of the converter as well as the top layers of the insulation until
the converter cartridge can be seen.
CAUTION
THE CONVERTER OPERATES AT 315º C. SEVERE BURNS CAN RESULT IF THE
ASSEMBLY IS NOT ALLOWED TO COOL. DO NOT HANDLE THE ASSEMBLY UNTIL
IT IS AT ROOM TEMPERATURE. THIS MAY TAKE SEVERAL HOURS.
3. Remove the tube fittings from the converter.
4. Disconnect the power and the thermocouple of the converter. Unscrew the
grounding clamp of the power leads with a Phillips-head screw driver.
5. Remove the converter assembly (cartridge and band heater) from the can. Make a
of the orientation of the tubes relative to the heater cartridge.
6. Unscrew the band heater and loosen it, take out the old converter cartridge.
7. Wrap the band heater around the new replacement cartridge and tighten the screws
using a high-temperature anti-seize agent such as copper paste. Make sure to use
proper alignment of the heater with respect to the converter tubes.
8. Replace the converter assembly, route the cables through the holes in the can and
reconnect them properly. Reconnect the grounding clamp around the heater leads
for safe operation.
9. Re-attach the tube fittings to the converter and replace the insulation and cover.
211
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
10. Replace the instrument cover and power up the analyzer.
11. Allow the converter to burn-in for 24 hours, then re-calibrate the instrument.
6.3.5. CLEANING THE REACTION CELL
The reaction cell should be cleaned whenever troubleshooting suggests. A dirty reaction
cell will cause excessive noise, drifting zero or span values, low response or a
combination of all. To clean the reaction cell, remove it from the sensor housing: refer
to clean the reaction cell:
following procedure.
2. Disconnect the black 1/4" exhaust tube and the 1/8” sample and ozone air tubes
from the reaction cell. Disconnect the heater/thermistor cable.
3. Remove four screws holding the reaction cell to the PMT housing and lift the cell
and manifold out as shown in the inset of Figure 6-4.
212
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Instrument Maintenance
Figure 6-4:
Reaction Cell Assembly
1. The reaction cell will separate into two halves, the stainless steel manifold assembly
and the black plastic reaction cell with window, stainless steel cylinder and O-rings.
2. The reaction cell (both plastic part and stainless steel cylinder) and optical glass
filter should be cleaned with methanol and a clean tissue and dried thereafter.
3. Usually it is not necessary to clean the ozone flow orifice since it is protected by a
how to perform maintenance on the critical flow orifice.
4. Do not remove the sample and ozone nozzles. They are Teflon threaded and
require a special tool for reassembly. If necessary, the manifold with nozzles
attached can be cleaned in an ultrasonic bath.
5. Reassemble in proper order and re-attach the reaction cell to the sensor housing.
Reconnect pneumatics and heater connections, then re-attach the pneumatic
sensor assembly and the cleaning procedure is complete.
6. After cleaning the reaction cell, it is also recommended to exchange the ozone
supply air filter chemical.
7. After cleaning, the analyzer span response may drop 10 - 15% in the first 10 days
as the reaction cell window conditions. This is normal and does not require another
cleaning.
213
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
6.3.6. CHANGING CRITICAL FLOW ORIFICES
of the two most important orifice assemblies, located on the reaction cell. Refer to
that these flow restrictors are protected by sintered stainless steel filters, they can, on
occasion, clog up, particularly if the instrument is operated without sample filter or in an
environment with very fine, sub-micron particle-size dust.
The T200H/M introduces an orifice holder that makes changing the orifice very easy. In
fact, it is recommended to keep spare orifice holder assemblies at hand to minimize
downtime and swap orifices in a matter of a few minutes. Appendix B lists several
complete spare part kits for this purpose.
To replace a critical flow orifice, do the following:
1. Turn off power to the instrument and vacuum pump. Remove the analyzer cover
exploded view of assembly).
2. Unscrew the 1/8” sample and ozone air tubes from the reaction cell
wrench. This part holds all components of the critical flow assembly as shown in
4. For orifices in the vacuum manifold: the assembly is similar to the one shown in
Figure 6-5, but without the orifice holder, part number 04090, and bottom O-ring
OR34 and with an NPT fitting in place of the FT 10 fitting. After taking off the
connecting tube, unscrew the NPT fitting.
Figure 6-5:
Critical Flow Orifice Assembly
5. Take out the components of the assembly: a spring, a sintered filter, two O-rings
and the orifice. For the vacuum manifold only, you may need to use a scribe or
pressure from the vacuum port to get the parts out of the manifold.
214
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Instrument Maintenance
6. Discard the two O-rings and the sintered filter and the critical flow orifice.
7. Re-assemble the flow control assembly with new the parts (see Appendix B for part
reaction cell manifold or the vacuum manifold.
8. Reconnect all tubing, power up the analyzer and pump and - after a warm-up period
of 30 minutes, carry out a leak test as described in Section 7.5.
6.3.7. CHECKING FOR LIGHT LEAKS
When re-assembled or operated improperly, the T200H/M can develop small leaks
around the PMT, which let stray light from the analyzer surrounding into the PMT
housing. To find such light leaks, follow the below procedures. CAUTION: this
procedure can only be carried out with the analyzer running and its cover removed. This
procedure should only be carried out by qualified personnel.
1. Scroll the TEST functions to PMT.
2. Supply zero gas to the analyzer.
3. With the instrument still running, carefully remove the analyzer cover. Take extra
care not to touch any of the inside wiring with the metal cover or your body. Do not
drop screws or tools into a running analyzer!
4. Shine a powerful flashlight or portable incandescent light at the inlet and outlet
fitting and at all of the joints of the reaction cell as well as around the PMT housing.
The PMT value should not respond to the light, the PMT signal should remain
steady within its usually noise.
5. If there is a PMT response to the external light, symmetrically tighten the reaction
cell mounting screws or replace the 1/4” vacuum tubing with new, black PTFE
tubing (this tubing will fade with time and become transparent). Often, light leaks
are also caused by O-rings being left out of the assembly.
6. Carefully replace the analyzer cover.
215
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
216
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7. TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
This section contains a variety of methods for identifying and solving performance
problems with the analyzer.
CAUTION
The operations outlined in this Section must be performed by qualified
maintenance personnel only.
WARNING
Risk of electrical shock. Some operations need to be carried out with
the analyzer open and running. Exercise caution to avoid electrical
shocks and electrostatic or mechanical damage to the analyzer. Do not
drop tools into the analyzer or leave those after your procedures. Do
not shorten or touch electric connections with metallic tools while
operating inside the analyzer. Use common sense when operating
inside a running analyzer.
7.1. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
The analyzer has been designed so that problems can be rapidly detected, evaluated and
repaired. During operation, the analyzer continuously performs diagnostic tests and
provides the ability to evaluate its key operating parameters without disturbing
monitoring operations.
A systematic approach to troubleshooting will generally consist of the following five
steps:
any warning messages and take corrective action as necessary.
Examine the values of all TEST functions and compare them to factory values. any
major deviations from the factory values and take corrective action.
Use the internal electronic status LED’s to determine whether the electronic
communication channels are operating properly. Verify that the DC power supplies
are operating properly by checking the voltage test points on the relay board. that
the analyzer’s DC power wiring is color-coded and these colors match the color of
the corresponding test points on the relay board.
Suspect a leak first! Technical Support data indicate that the majority of all problems
are eventually traced to leaks in the pneumatic system of the analyzer (including the
external pump), the source of zero air or span gases or the sample gas delivery
system. Check for gas flow problems such as clogged or blocked internal/external
gas lines, damaged seals, punctured gas lines, a damaged pump diaphragm, etc.
functions are working (power supplies, CPU, relay board, PMT cooler, etc.). See
Figure 3-5 for general layout of components and sub-assemblies in the analyzer.
See the wiring interconnect diagram and interconnect list in Appendix D.
217
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
7.1.1. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH WARNING MESSAGES
The most common and/or serious instrument failures will result in a warning message
meaning and recommended corrective action.
It should be d that if more than two or three warning messages occur at the same time, it
is often an indication that some fundamental analyzer sub-system (power supply, relay
board, motherboard) has failed rather than an indication of the specific failures
referenced by the warnings. In this case, a combined-error analysis needs to be
performed.
The analyzer will alert the user that a Warning message is active by flashing the red
FAULT LED, displaying the Warning message in the Param field along with the CLR
button (press to clear Warning message). The MSG button displays if there is more than
one warning in queue or if you are in the TEST menu and have not yet cleared the
message. The following display/touch screen examples provide an illustration of each:
The analyzer also issues an alert via the serial port(s).
218
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
To view or clear a warning messages press:
Troubleshooting & Repair
SAMPLE
SYSTEM RESET
CAL
NOX = XXX.X
CLR SETUP
<TST TST> buttonss replaced
with TEST button. Pressing TEST
suppresss warning messages.
TEST
MSG
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
MSG
CLR SETUP
MSG indicates that warning
messages are active.
SAMPLE
SYSTEM RESET
NOX = XXX.X
If warning messages reappear,
perform a combined error analysis
until the problem is resolved. Do
not repeatedly clear warnings
without corrective action.
< TST TST > CAL
MSG
CLR SETUP
Press CLR to clear the current
warning message. If more than
one warning is active, the next
message will take its place.
Figure 7-1:
Viewing and Clearing Warning Messages
7.1.2. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH TEST FUNCTIONS
Besides being useful as predictive diagnostic tools, the TEST functions, viewable from
the front panel, can be used to isolate and identify many operational problems when
combined with a thorough understanding of the analyzer’s theory of operation (Section
archive TEST data for analysis and long-term monitoring of diagnostic data ( Section
The acceptable ranges for these test functions are listed in Appendix A-3. The actual
values for these test functions on checkout at the factory were also listed in the Final
Test and Validation Data Sheet, which was shipped with the instrument. Values outside
the acceptable ranges indicate a failure of one or more of the analyzer’s subsystems.
Functions with values that are within the acceptable range but have significantly
changed from the measurements recorded on the factory data sheet may also indicate a
failure or a maintenance item. A problem report worksheet has been provided in
Appendix C (Teledyne API part number 04503) to assist in recording the value of these
test functions. The following table contains some of the more common causes for these
values to be out of range.
219
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Table 7-1: Test Functions - Possible Causes for Out-Of-Range Values
TEST FUNCTION
INDICATED FAILURE(S)
NOX STB
SAMPLE FL
OZONE FL
PMT
Unstable concentrations; leaks
Leaks; clogged critical flow orifice
Leaks; clogged critical flow orifice
Calibration off; HVPS problem; no flow (leaks)
NORM PMT
AZERO
AutoZero too high
Leaks; malfunctioning NO/NOx or AutoZero valve; O3 air filter cartridge exhausted
HVPS broken; calibration off; preamp board circuit problems
Malfunctioning heater; relay board communication (I2C bus); relay burnt out
Environment out of temperature operating range; broken thermistor
TEC cooling circuit broken; relay board communication (I2C bus); 12 V power supply
HVPS
RCELL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PMT TEMP
IZS TEMP (OPTION) Malfunctioning heater; relay board communication (I2C bus); relay burnt out
Malfunctioning heater; disconnected or broken thermocouple; relay board communication
MOLY TEMP
(I2C bus); relay burnt out; incorrect AC voltage configuration
RCEL (PRESSURE)
SAMP (PRESSURE)
Leak; malfunctioning valve; malfunctioning pump; clogged flow orifices
Leak; malfunctioning valve; malfunctioning pump; clogged flow orifices; sample inlet
overpressure;
HVPS out of range; low-level (hardware) calibration needs adjustment; span gas
concentration incorrect; leaks
NOX SLOPE
NOX OFF
NO SLOPE
NO OFFS
Incorrect span gas concentration; low-level calibration off
HVPS out of range; low-level calibration off; span gas concentration incorrect; leaks
Incorrect span gas concentration; low-level calibration off
TIME OF DAY
Internal clock drifting; move across time zones; daylight savings time?
7.1.3. USING THE DIAGNOSTIC SIGNAL I/O FUNCTION
The signal I/O parameters found under the diagnostics (DIAG) menu combined with a
thorough understanding of the instrument’s theory of operation (Section 8) are useful for
troubleshooting in three ways:
The technician can view the raw, unprocessed signal level of the analyzer’s critical
inputs and outputs.
All of the components and functions that are normally under instrument control can
be manually changed.
Analog and digital output signals can be manually controlled.
This allows to systematically observe the effect of these functions on the operation of
the raw voltage of an input signal or to control the state of an output voltage or control
signal. The specific parameter will vary depending on the situation.
220
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST >
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
ENTER PASSWORD:818
8
1
8
DIAG
SIGNAL I/O
NEXT
ENTR
DIAG I/O
0) EXT_ZERO_CAL =OFF
NEXT JUMP
ENTR EXIT
DIAG I/O
0
JUMP TO:0
0
7
ENTR EXIT
Enter 07 to Jump
to Signal 7:
(CAL_LED)
DIAG I/O
0
JUMP TO:7
ENTR EXIT
DIAG AIO
7) CAL LED=OFF
PREV NEXT JUMP
OFF PRNT EXIT
Toggle to turn the
CAL LED ON/OFF
Figure 7-2:
Switching Signal I/O Functions
221
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
7.1.4. STATUS LED’S
Several color-coded, light-emitting diodes (LED) are located inside the instrument to
determine if the analyzer’s CPU, I2C communications bus and the relay board are
functioning properly.
7.1.4.1. Motherboard Status Indicator (Watchdog)
A red LED labeled DS5 in the upper portion of the motherboard (Figure 11-3), just to
the right of the CPU board, flashes when the CPU is running the main program. After
power-up, DS5 should flash on and off about once per second. If characters are visible
on the front panel display but DS5 does not flash then the program files have become
corrupted. Contact Technical Support because it may be possible to recover operation of
the analyzer. If 30 - 60 seconds after a restart neither DS5 is flashing nor any characters
are visible on the front panel display, the firmware may be corrupted or the CPU may be
defective. If DS5 is permanently off or permanently on, the CPU board is likely locked
up and the analyzer should not respond (either with locked-up or dark front panel).
Motherboard
CPU Status LED
Figure 7-3:
Motherboard Watchdog Status Indicator
7.1.4.2. CPU Status Indicator
The CPU board has two red LEDs, the lower of which is the watchdog timer (the device
that pulses the motherboard watchdog). This LED is labeled LED2 and blinks about
twice per second (twice as fast as the motherboard LED) when operating normally.
LED1 above LED2 should always be on. However, both CPU LEDs only indicate if the
CPU is powered up properly and generally working. The lower LED can continue to
blink even if the CPU or firmware are locked up.
222
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
7.1.4.3. Relay Board and Status LEDs
The most important status LED on the relay board is the red I2C Bus watch-dog LED,
labeled D1, which indicates the health of the I2C communications bus. This LED is the
left-most in LED row 1 in the center of the relay board when looking at the electronic
components. If D1 is blinking, then the other LEDs can be used in conjunction with the
DIAG menu I/O functions to test hardware functionality by manually switching devices
on and off and watching the corresponding LED go on or off.
Figure 7-4 illustrates the relay board layout including the two rows of LEDs,
Table 11-2 lists the individual LED functions and the menu tree below shows how to
access the manual control of the I/O functions. that only some or the LEDs may be
functional in your analyzer model; the relay board layout is conceptualized for spare,
future functionality and is also common to many of the E-series analyzers.
Status LED’s
(D2 through D16)
Thermocouple
Signal Output
Watchdog
Status LED (D1)
DC Power Supply
Test Points
(JP5)
Thermocouple
Configuration
Jumpers
I2C Connector
Power
(J15)
TC1 Input
Connection
for DC
(J16)
TC2 Input
Heaters
Shutter Control
Connector
(T100 Series Only)
(JP7)
Pump AC
Configuration
Jumper
Valve Control
Drivers
Pump Power
Output
Valve Option
Control
Connector
AC Power
IN
AC Heater
Power Output
DC Power
Distribution
Connectors
Solid State AC
Power Relays
(Not Present on
P/N 45230100)
(JP6)
Main AC Heater
Configuration Jumpers
(JP2)
AC Configuration Jumpers
for Optional IZS Valve
Heaters & O2Sensors
AC Power Output for
Optional O2 sensors
Figure 7-4:
Relay Board PCA
223
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Relay Board Status LEDs
Table 7-2:
FUNCTION
FAULT
LED
COLOR
INDICATED FAILURE(S)
STATUS
LED ROW 1
Failed or halted CPU; faulty motherboard,
keyboard, relay board; wiring between
motherboard, keyboard or relay board; +5
V power supply
Watchdog Circuit; I2C bus
operation.
Continuously
ON or OFF
D1
Red
Continuously
ON or OFF
D2
D3
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Green
Green
Green
Green
Relay 0 - reaction cell heater
Relay 1 - NO2 converter heater
Relay 2 - manifold heater
Heater broken, thermistor broken
Heater broken, thermocouple broken
Heater broken, thermistor broken
Continuously
ON or OFF
Continuously
ON or OFF
D4
Continuously
ON or OFF
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip
broken
D7 1
D8 1
D9
Valve 0 - zero/span valve status
Valve 1 - sample/cal valve status
Valve 2 - auto-zero valve status
Valve 3 - NO/NOx valve status
Continuously
ON or OFF
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip
broken
Continuously
ON or OFF
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip
broken
Continuously
ON or OFF
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip
broken
D10
LED ROW 2
D6
Relay 4 – (O2 sensor heater
T200H/M)
Yellow
Green
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
D11- 16
Spare
1 Only active for instruments with Z/S valve options installed
To enter the signal I/O test mode to manually control I/O functions such as valves and
heaters, press the following touchscreen button sequence while observing the relay
board LEDs:
SAMPLE
A1:NXCNC1=100PPM
NOX=XXX.X
DIAG I/O
0) EXT_ZERO_CAL =OFF
< TST TST >
CAL
SETUP
NEXT JUMP
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
DIAG I/O
0
JUMP TO:0
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
0
ENTR EXIT
Enter 07 to Jump
to Signal 7:
(CAL_LED)
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
DIAG I/O
0
JUMP TO:25
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
7
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
ENTER PASSWORD:818
8
1
8
DIAG AIO
07) CAL_LED=ON
PREV NEXT JUMP
ON PRNT EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I/O
See Menu Tree
A-6 in Appendix
A.1 for a list of
I/O Signals
NEXT
ENTR
Toggle to turn the
CAL LED ON/OFF
224
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
7.2. GAS FLOW PROBLEMS
The T200H/M has two main flow paths, the sample flow and the flow of the ozone
supply air. With zero/span valve option installed, there is a third (zero air) and a fourth
(span gas) flow path, but either one of those is only controlled by critical flow orifices
and not displayed on the front panel or stored to the DAS. The full flow diagrams of the
standard configuration and with options installed (Appendix D, document 04574) help in
trouble-shooting flow problems. In general, flow problems can be divided into three
categories:
Flow is too high
Flow is greater than zero, but is too low, and/or unstable
Flow is zero (no flow)
When troubleshooting flow problems, it is essential to confirm the actual flow rate
without relying on the analyzer’s flow display. The use of an independent, external flow
The flow diagrams found in a variety locations within this manual depicting the T200H
and T200M in their standard configuration and with options installed can help in
trouble-shooting flow problems. For your convenience they are collected here in
Sections 11.2.1 (T200H) and 11.2.2 (T200M)
225
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
7.2.2. T200M INTERNAL GAS FLOW DIAGRAMS
NO/NOX
VALVE
NO
COM
NC
VACUUM
PRESSURE
SENSOR
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
AUTOZERO
VALVE
COM
NC
NO
REACTION
CELL
PMT
RMAPURE
YER
Figure 7-8:
T200M – Basic Internal Gas Flow
229
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
NO/NOX
VALVE
NO
COM
NC
VACUUM
PRESSURE
SENSOR
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
AUTOZERO
VALVE
COM
NO
NC
REACTION
CELL
PMT
RMAPURE
YER
Figure 7-10:
T200M – Internal Gas Flow with O2 Sensor, OPT 65A
7.2.3. ZERO OR LOW FLOW PROBLEMS
7.2.3.1. Sample Flow is Zero or Low
The T200H/M does not actually measure the sample flow but rather calculates it from a
differential pressure between sample and vacuum manifold. On flow failure, the unit
will display a SAMPLE FLOW WARNING on the front panel display and the
respective test function reports XXXX instead of a value “0”. This message applies to
both a flow rate of zero as well as a flow that is outside the standard range (200-600
cm³/min; 300-700 cm³/min with O2 option installed).
If the analyzer displays XXXX for the sample flow, confirm that the external sample
pump is operating and configured for the proper AC voltage. Whereas the T200H/M
can be internally configured for two different power regimes (100-120 V and 220-240
V, either 50 or 60 Hz), the external pump is physically different for each of three power
regimes (100 V / 50 Hz, 115 V / 60 Hz and 230 V / 50 Hz). If the pump is not running,
use an AC Voltmeter to make sure that the pump is supplied with the proper AC power.
If AC power is supplied properly, but the pump is not running, replace the pump.
Note
Sample and vacuum pressures mentioned in this Section refer to
operation of the analyzer at sea level. Pressure values need to be
adjusted for elevated locations, as the ambient pressure decreases by
about 1 in-Hg per 300 m / 1000 ft.
231
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
If the pump is operating but the unit reports a XXXX gas flow, do the following:
Check for actual sample flow. To check the actual sample flow, disconnect the
sample tube from the sample inlet on the rear panel of the instrument. Make sure
that the unit is in basic SAMPLE mode. Place a finger over the inlet and see if it
gets sucked in by the vacuum or, more properly, use a flow meter to measure the
actual flow. If there is proper flow (see Table 10-3 for flow rates), contact Technical
Support. If there is no flow or low flow, continue with the next step.
Check pressures. Check that the sample pressure is at or around 28 in-Hg-A at sea
level (adjust as necessary when in elevated location, the pressure should be about
1” below ambient atmospheric pressure) and that the RCEL pressure is below 10 in-
Hg-A. The T200H/M will calculate a sample flow up to about 14 in-Hg-A RCEL
pressure but a good pump should always provide less than 10 in.
If both pressures are the same and around atmospheric pressure, the pump does
not operate properly or is not connected properly. The instrument does not get any
vacuum.
If both pressures are about the same and low (probably under 10 in-Hg-A, or ~20”
on sample and 15” on vacuum), there is a cross-leak between sample flow path and
vacuum, most likely through the Perma Pure dryer flow paths. See troubleshooting
the Perma Pure dryer later in this Section.
If the sample and vacuum pressures are around their nominal values (28 and
<10 in-Hg-A, respectively) and the flow still displays XXXX, carry out a leak check
as described in Section 7.5.
If gas flows through the instrument during the above tests but goes to zero or is low
when it is connected to zero air or span gas, the flow problem is not internal to the
analyzer but likely caused by the gas source such as calibrators/generators, empty
gas tanks, clogged valves, regulators and gas lines.
If an Zero/Span valve option is installed in the instrument, press CALZ and CALS.
If the sample flow increases, suspect a bad Sample/Cal valve.
If none of these suggestions help, carry out a detailed leak check of the analyzer as
described in Section 7.5.2.
7.2.3.2. Ozone Flow is Zero or Low
If there is zero or a low (<200 cm³/min) ozone flow, the unit displays an OZONE
FLOW WARNING message on the front panel and a value between 0.0 and 200
cm³/min for the actual ozone flow as measured by the internal mass flow meter. In this
case, carry out the following steps:
Check the actual flow rate through the ozone dryer by using an external flow meter
to the inlet port of the dryer. This inlet port is inside the analyzer at the end of the
Table 10-3 for flow rates), consult Technical Support as there is a problem with the
firmware or electronics.
If the actual flow is low or zero, check if the pump operates properly. The RCEL
pressure should be below 10 in-Hg-A at sea level. If it is above 10”, rebuild the
pump rebuild kits.
Check if the particle filter is clogged. Briefly remove the particle filter to see if this
improves the flow. Be very cautious about handling the Perma Pure dryer fittings -
it with a new unit. If taking off this filter does not solve the problem, continue to the
232
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
next step. Do not leave the Perma Pure dryer without filter for more than a few
seconds, as you may draw in dust, which will reduce the performance of the dryer.
A leak between the flow meter and the reaction cell (where the flow-determining
critical orifice is located) may cause a low flow (the system draws in ambient air
Repair the leaking fitting, line or valve and re-check.
The most likely cause for zero or low ozone flow is a clogged critical flow orifice or
sintered filter within the orifice assembly. The orifice that sets the ozone flow is
located on the reaction cell. Check the actual ozone flow by disconnecting the tube
from the reaction cell and measuring the flow going into the cell. If this flow is
correct (see Table 10-3 for flow rates), the orifice works properly. If this flow is low,
replace or clean the orifice. The orifice holder assembly allows a quick and easy
a spare part kit with a complete orifice assembly that allows a quick replacement
with minimum instrument down-time. The clogged orifice can then be cleaned while
the instrument is running with the replacement.
7.2.4. HIGH FLOW
Flows that are significantly higher than the allowed operating range (typically ±10-11%
of the nominal flow) should not occur in the T200H/M unless a pressurized sample, zero
or span gas is supplied to the inlet ports. Ensure to vent excess pressure and flow just
before the analyzer inlet ports.
When supplying sample, zero or span gas at ambient pressure, a high flow would
indicate that one or more of the critical flow orifices are physically broken (very
unlikely case), allowing more than nominal flow, or were replaced with an orifice of
wrong specifications. If the flows are within 15% higher than normal, we recommend to
a regular review of these flows over time to see if the new setting is retained properly.
7.2.5. SAMPLE FLOW IS ZERO OR LOW BUT ANALYZER REPORTS
CORRECT FLOW
that the T200H/M analyzer can report a correct flow rate even if there is no or a low
actual sample flow through the reaction cell. The sample flow on the T200H/M is only
calculated from the sample pressure and critical flow condition is verified from the
difference between sample pressure and vacuum pressure. If the critical flow orifice is
partially or completely clogged, both the sample and vacuum pressures are still within
their nominal ranges (the pump keeps pumping, the sample port is open to the
atmosphere), but there is no flow possible through the reaction cell.
Although measuring the actual flow is the best method, in most cases, this fault can also
be diagnosed by evaluating the two pressure values. Since there is no longer any flow,
the sample pressure should be equal to ambient pressure, which is about 1 in-Hg-A
higher than the sample pressure under normal operation. The reaction cell pressure, on
the other hand, is significantly lower than under normal operation, because the pump no
longer has to remove the sample gas and evacuates the reaction cell much better. Those
two indicators, taken together with a zero or low actual flow, indicate a clogged sample
orifice.
The T200H/M features a orifice holder, which makes switching sample and ozone flow
Appendix B for part numbers of these assemblies. Again, monitoring the pressures and
233
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
flows regularly will reveal such problems, because the pressures would slowly or
suddenly change from their nominal, mean values. Teledyne API recommends to
review all test data once per week and to do an exhaustive data analysis for test and
concentration values once per month, paying particular attention to sudden or gradual
changes in all parameters that are supposed to remain constant, such as the flow rates.
7.3. CALIBRATION PROBLEMS
7.3.1. NEGATIVE CONCENTRATIONS
Negative concentration values can be caused by any of several reasons:
A slight, negative signal is normal when the analyzer is operating under zero gas
and the signal is drifting around the zero calibration point. This is caused by the
analyzer’s zero noise and may cause reported concentrations to be negative for a
few seconds at a time down to -0.2 ppm, but should randomly alternate with
similarly high, positive values. The T200H/M has a built-in Auto-zero function,
which should take care of most of these deviations from zero, but may yield a small,
residual, negative value. If larger, negative values persist continuously, check if the
Auto-zero function was accidentally turned off using the remote variables in
Appendix A-2. In this case, the sensitivity of the analyzer may be drifting negative.
A corruption of the Auto-zero filter may also cause negative concentrations. If a
short, high noise value was detected during the AutoZero cycle, that higher reading
will alter the Auto-zero filter value. As the value of the Auto-zero filter is subtracted
from the current PMT response, it will produce a negative concentration reading.
High AutoZero readings can be caused by:
a leaking or stuck AutoZero valve (replace the valve),
by an electronic fault in the preamplifier causing it to have a voltage on the PMT
output pin during the AutoZero cycle (replace the preamplifier),
by a reaction cell contamination causing high background (>40 mV) PMT
readings (clean the reaction cell),
by a broken PMT temperature control circuit, allowing high zero offset (repair the
faulty PMT cooler). After fixing the cause of a high Auto-zero filter reading, the
T200H/M will take 15 minutes for the filter to clear itself, or
Miscalibration is the most likely explanation for negative concentration values. If the
zero air contained some NO or NO2 gas (contaminated zero air or a worn-out zero
air scrubber) and the analyzer was calibrated to that concentration as “zero”, the
analyzer may report negative values when measuring air that contains little or no
NOx. The same problem occurs, if the analyzer was zero-calibrated using zero gas
that is contaminated with ambient air or span gas (cross-port leaks or leaks in
supply tubing or user not waiting long enough to flush pneumatic systems).
If the response offset test functions for NO (NO OFFS) or NOX (NOX OFFS) are
greater than 150 mV, a reaction cell contamination is indicated. Clean the reaction
cell according to Section 6.3.5.
7.3.2. NO RESPONSE
If the instrument shows no response (display value is near zero) even though sample gas
is supplied properly and the instrument seems to perform correctly.
234
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
Check if the ozone generator is turned on. Usually, the analyzer issues a warning
whenever the ozone generator is turned off. Go to SETUP-MORE-DIAG-ENTR,
then scroll to the OZONE GEN OVERRIDE and see if it shows ON. If it shows
OFF, turn it ON and EXIT the DIAG menu. If this is done and the ozone flow is
correct, the analyzer should be properly supplied with ozone unless the generator
itself is broken. A more detailed description of the ozone generator subsystem
checks are in Section 11.5.17.
Confirm the lack of response by supplying NO or NO2 span gas of about 80% of the
range value to the analyzer.
Check the sample flow and ozone flow rates for proper values.
Check for disconnected cables to the sensor module.
Carry out an electrical test with the ELECTRICAL TEST procedure in the
reading, the analyzer’s electronic signal path is correct.
Carry out an optical test using the OPTIC TEST procedure in the diagnostics menu,
sensor and the electronic signal path are operating properly. If the T200H/M
passes both ETEST and OTEST, the instrument is capable of detecting light and
processing the signal to produce a reading. Therefore, the problem must be in the
pneumatics or the ozone generator.
If NO2 signal is zero while NO signal is correct, check the NO/NOX valve and the
NO2 converter for proper operation.
7.3.3. UNSTABLE ZERO AND SPAN
Leaks in the T200H/M or in the external gas supply and vacuum systems are the most
common source of unstable and non-repeatable concentration readings.
pneumatic components in the gas delivery system outside the T200H/M such as a
change in zero air source (ambient air leaking into zero air line or a worn-out zero
air scrubber) or a change in the span gas concentration due to zero air or ambient
air leaking into the span gas line.
Once the instrument passes a leak check, do a flow check (this Section) to make
sure that the instrument is supplied with adequate sample and ozone air.
Confirm the sample pressure, sample temperature, and sample flow readings are
correct and steady.
Verify that the sample filter element is clean and does not need to be replaced.
7.3.4. INABILITY TO SPAN - NO SPAN BUTTON
In general, the T200H/M will not display certain keyboard choices whenever the actual
value of a parameter is outside of the expected range for that parameter. If the
calibration menu does not show a SPAN key when carrying out a span calibration, the
actual concentration must be outside of the range of the expected span gas concentration,
which can have several reasons.
Verify that the expected concentration is set properly to the actual span gas
concentration in the CONC sub-menu.
235
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Confirm that the NOx span gas source is accurate. This can be done by comparing
the source with another calibrated analyzer, or by having the NOx source verified by
an independent traceable photometer.
dilute the span gas and, hence, the concentration that the analyzer measures may
fall short of the expected concentration defined in the CONC sub-menu.
If the low-level, hardware calibration has drifted (changed PMT response) or was
accidentally altered by the user, a low-level calibration may be necessary to get the
analyzer back into its proper range of expected values. One possible indicator of
this scenario is a slope or offset value that is outside of its allowed range (0.7-1.3 for
level hardware calibration.
7.3.5. INABILITY TO ZERO - NO ZERO BUTTON
In general, the T200H/M will not display certain touchscreen buttons whenever the
actual value of a parameter is outside of the expected range for that parameter. If the
calibration menu does not show a ZERO button when carrying out a zero calibration, the
actual gas concentration must be significantly different from the actual zero point (as per
last calibration), which can have several reasons.
Confirm that there is a good source of zero air.
Check to make sure that there is no ambient air leaking into zero air line. Check for
leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 7.5.
7.3.6. NON-LINEAR RESPONSE
The T200H/M was factory calibrated to a high level of NO and should be linear to
within 1% of full scale. Common causes for non-linearity are:
Leaks in the pneumatic system. Leaks can add a constant of ambient air, zero air
or span gas to the current sample gas stream, which may be changing in concentra-
The calibration device is in error. Check flow rates and concentrations, particularly
when using low concentrations. If a mass flow calibrator is used and the flow is less
than 10% of the full scale flow on either flow controller, you may need to purchase
lower concentration standards.
The standard gases may be mislabeled as to type or concentration. Labeled
concentrations may be outside the certified tolerance.
The sample delivery system may be contaminated. Check for dirt in the sample
lines or reaction cell.
Calibration gas source may be contaminated (NO2 in NO gas is common).
Dilution air contains sample or span gas.
Ozone concentration too low because of wet air in the generator. Generator system
needs to be cleaned and dried with dry supply air. Check the Perma Pure dryer for
leaks. This mostly affects linearity at the low end.
Sample inlet may be contaminated with NOX exhaust from this or other analyzers.
Verify proper venting of the pump exhaust.
Span gas overflow is not properly vented and creates a back-pressure on the
sample inlet port. Also, if the span gas is not vented at all and does not supply
236
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
enough sample gas, the analyzer may be evacuating the sample line. Make sure to
create and properly vent excess span gas.
Diffusion of oxygen into Teflon-type tubing over long distances. PTFE or related
materials can act as permeation devices. In fact, the permeable membrane of NO2
permeation tubes is made of PTFE. When using very long supply lines (> 1 m)
between high concentrations span gases and the dilution system, oxygen from
ambient air can diffuse into the line and react with NO to form NO2. This reaction is
dependent on NO concentration and accelerates with increasing NO concentration,
hence, affects linearity only at high NO levels. Using stainless steel for long span
gas supply lines avoids this problem.
7.3.7. DISCREPANCY BETWEEN ANALOG OUTPUT AND DISPLAY
If the concentration reported through the analog outputs does not agree with the value
reported on the front panel, you may need to re-calibrate the analog outputs. This
becomes more likely when using a low concentration or low analog output range.
Analog outputs running at 0.1 V full scale should always be calibrated manually. See
7.3.8. DISCREPANCY BETWEEN NO AND NOX SLOPES
If the slopes for NO and NOX are significantly different after software calibration (more
than 1%), consider the following two problems
NO2 impurities in the NO calibration gas. NO gases often exhibit NO2 on the order
of 1-2% of the NO value. This will cause differences in the calibration slopes. If the
NO2 impurity in NO is known, it can easily be accounted for by setting the expected
values for NO and NO2 accordingly to different values, e.g., 0.448 ppm NO and 0.45
ppm NOX. This problem is worse if NO gas is stored in a cylinder with balance air
instead of balance gas nitrogen or large amounts of nitrous oxide (N2O). The
oxygen in the air slowly reacts with NO to yield NO2, increasing over time.
The expected concentrations for NO and NOX in the calibration menu are set to
different values. If a gas with 100% pure NO is used, this would cause a bias. See
Section 7.2 on how to set expected concentration values.
The converter efficiency parameter has been set to a value not equal to 1.000 even
though the conversion efficiency is 1.0. The actual conversion efficiency needs to
on this feature.
7.4. OTHER PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS
Dynamic problems (i.e. problems which only manifest themselves when the analyzer is
monitoring sample gas) can be the most difficult and time consuming to isolate and
resolve. The following section provides an itemized list of the most common dynamic
problems with recommended troubleshooting checks and corrective actions.
237
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
7.4.1. EXCESSIVE NOISE
Excessive noise levels under normal operation usually indicate leaks in the sample
supply or the analyzer itself. Make sure that the sample or span gas supply is leak-free
and carry out a detailed leak check as described earlier in this Section.
Another possibility of excessive signal noise may be the preamplifier board, the high
voltage power supply and/or the PMT detector itself. Contact the factory on trouble-
shooting these components.
7.4.2. SLOW RESPONSE
If the analyzer starts responding too slow to any changes in sample, zero or span gas,
check for the following:
Dirty or plugged sample filter or sample lines.
Sample inlet line is too long.
Leaking NO/NOX valve. Carry out a leak check.
Dirty or plugged critical flow orifices. Check flows, pressures and, if necessary,
change orifices (Section 6.3.6).
Wrong materials in contact with sample - use glass, stainless steel or Teflon
materials only. Porous materials, in particular, will cause memory effects and slow
changes in response.
Dirty reaction cell. Clean the reaction cell.
Insufficient time allowed for purging of lines upstream of the analyzer. Wait until
stability is low.
Insufficient time allowed for NO or NO2 calibration gas source to become stable.
Wait until stability is low.
NO2 converter temperature is too low. Check for proper temperature.
7.4.3. AUTO ZERO WARNINGS
Auto-zero warnings occur if the signal measured during an auto-zero cycle is lower than
–20 mV or higher than 200 mV. The Auto-Zero warning displays the value of the auto-
zero reading when the warning occurs.
If this value is higher than 150 mV, check that the auto-zero valve is operating
properly. To do so, use the SIGNAL I/O functions in the DIAG menu to toggle the
valve on and off. Listen if the valve is switching, see if the respective LED on the
relay board is indicating functionality. Scroll the TST functions until PMT is
displayed and observe the PMT value change between the two valve states.
If the valve is operating properly, you should be able to hear it switch (once a
minute under normal operation or when manually activated from the SIGNAL I/O
menu), the PMT value should drop from its nominal reading for span gas level
measurements to less than 150 mV and the LED on the relay board should light up
when the valve is activated. If the PMT value drops significantly but not to less than
150 mV, the valve is probably leaking across its ports. In this case, replace the
valve. If the PMT value does not change at all, the valve is probably not switching
at all. Check the power supply to the valve (12 V to the valve should turn on and off
when measured with a voltmeter).
that it takes only a small leak across the ports of the valve to show excessive auto-
zero values when supplying high concentrations of span gas.
238
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
Another reason for high (although not necessarily out-of-range) values for AutoZero
could be the ozone air filter cartridge, if its contents has been exhausted and needs
to be replaced. This cartridge filters chemicals that can cause chemiluminescence
and, if saturated, these chemicals can break through to the reaction cell, causing an
erroneously high AutoZero value (background noise).
A dirty reaction cell can cause high AutoZero values. Clean the reaction cell
according to Section 6.3.5.
Finally, a high HVPS voltage value may cause excess background noise and a high
AZERO value. The HVPS value changes from analyzer to analyzer and could show
nominal values between 450 and 800 V. Check the low-level hardware calibration
of the preamplifier board and, if necessary, recalibrate exactly as described in
7.5. SUBSYSTEM CHECKOUT
The preceding sections of this manual discussed a variety of methods for identifying
possible sources of failures or performance problems within the analyzer. In most cases
this included a list of possible causes and, in some cases, quick solutions or at least a
pointer to the appropriate sections describing them. This section describes how to
determine if a certain component or subsystem is actually the cause of the problem being
investigated.
7.5.1. SIMPLE LEAK CHECK USING VACUUM AND PUMP
Leaks are the most common cause of analyzer malfunction; This section presents a
method described here is easy, fast and detects, but does not locate, most leaks. It also
verifies the sample pump condition.
Turn the analyzer ON, and allow at least 30 minutes for flows to stabilize.
Cap the sample inlet port (cap must be wrench-tight).
After several minutes, when the pressures have stabilized, the SAMP (sample
pressure) and the RCEL (vacuum pressure) readings.
If both readings are equal to within 10% and less than 10 in-Hg-A, the instrument is
free of large leaks. It is still possible that the instrument has minor leaks.
If both readings are < 10 in-Hg-A, the pump is in good condition. A new pump will
create a pressure reading of about 4 in-Hg-A (at sea level).
7.5.2. DETAILED LEAK CHECK USING PRESSURE
If a leak cannot be located by the above procedure, obtain a leak checker similar to
Teledyne API part number 01960, which contains a small pump, shut-off valve, and
pressure gauge to create both over-pressure and vacuum. Alternatively, a tank of
pressurized gas, with the two stage regulator adjusted to ≤ 15 psi, a shutoff valve and
pressure gauge may be used.
Note
Once tube fittings have been wetted with soap solution under a
pressurized system, do not apply or re-apply vacuum as this will cause
soap solution to be sucked into the instrument, contaminating inside
surfaces. Do not exceed 15 psi when pressurizing the system.
239
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Turn OFF power to the instrument and remove the instrument cover.
Install a leak checker or a tank of gas (compressed, oil-free air or nitrogen) as
described above on the sample inlet at the rear panel.
Disconnect the pump tubing on the outside rear panel and cap the pump port. If
zero/span valves are installed, disconnect the tubing from the zero and span gas
Pressurize the instrument with the leak checker or tank gas, allowing enough time
to fully pressurize the instrument through the critical flow orifice. Check each tube
connection (fittings, hose clamps) with soap bubble solution, looking for fine
bubbles. Once the fittings have been wetted with soap solution, do not re-apply
vacuum as it will draw soap solution into the instrument and contaminate it. Do not
exceed 15 psi pressure.
If the instrument has the zero and span valve option, the normally closed ports on
each valve should also be separately checked. Connect the leak checker to the
normally closed ports and check with soap bubble solution.
Once the leak has been located and repaired, the leak-down rate of the indicated
pressure should be less than 1 in-Hg-A (0.4 psi) in 5 minutes after the pressure is
turned off.
Clean surfaces from soap solution, re-connect the sample and pump lines and
replace the instrument cover. Restart the analyzer.
7.5.3. PERFORMING A SAMPLE FLOW CHECK
Note
Use a separate, calibrated flow meter capable of measuring flows between
0 and 1000 cm³/min to measure the gas flow rate though the analyzer. Do
not use the built in flow measurement viewable from the front panel of the
instrument. This value is only calculated, not measured
Sample flow checks are useful for monitoring the actual flow of the instrument, as the
front panel display shows only a calculated value. A decreasing, actual sample flow
may point to slowly clogging pneumatic paths, most likely critical flow orifices or
sintered filters. To perform a sample flow check:
Disconnect the sample inlet tubing from the rear panel SAMPLE port shown in
Attach the outlet port of a flow meter to the sample inlet port on the rear panel.
Ensure that the inlet to the flow meter is at atmospheric pressure.
The sample flow measured with the external flow meter should be within 10% of
the nominal values shown in Table 10-3.
Low flows indicate blockage somewhere in the pneumatic pathway.
240
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
7.5.4. AC POWER CONFIGURATION
The T-Series digital electronic systems will operate with any of the specified power
regimes. As long as instrument is connected to 100-120 VAC or 220-240 VAC at either
50 or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30 seconds show a front panel display.
Internally, the status LEDs located on the Relay PCA, Motherboard and CPU should
turn on as soon as the power is supplied.
On the other hand, some of the analyzer’s non-digital components, such as the pump and
the various AC powered heaters must be properly configured for the type of power being
Configuration jumpers.
JP6
O2 Sensor
Connection.
(optional)
JP2
Main AC Heater
Configuration
JP7
Pump
Configuration
Figure 7-11:
Location of AC power Configuration Jumpers
Functions of the Relay PCA include:
handling all AC and DC power distribution including power to the pump.
a set of jumpers that connect AC power to heaters included in several optional
items, such as the zero/span valve options and the O2 sensor option available on
the T200H/M analyzers.
241
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
7.5.4.1. AC Configuration – Internal Pump (JP7)
AC power configuration for internal pumps is set using Jumper set JP7 (see Figure 7-4
for the location of JP7).
Table 7-3:
AC Power Configuration for Internal Pumps (JP7)
JUMPER
BETWEEN
PINS
LINE
POWER
LINE
FREQUENCY
JUMPER
COLOR
FUNCTION
Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line
Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line
Connects pump pins 2 & 4 to Neutral
2 to 7
3 to 8
4 to 9
60 HZ
WHITE
BLACK
110VAC
115 VAC
Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line
Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line
Connects pump pins 2 & 4 to Neutral
2 to 7
3 to 8
4 to 9
50 HZ1
Connects pump pins 3 and 4 together
Connects pump pin 1 to 220 / 240VAC power line
Connects pump pins 3 and 4 together
1 to 6
3 to 8
1 to 6
3 to 8
60 HZ
BROWN
BLUE
220VAC
240 VAC
50 HZ1
Connects pump pin 1 to 220 / 240VAC power line
1 A jumper between pins 5 and 10 may be present on the jumper plug assembly, but has no function on the T200H/M
analyzers.
110 VAC /115 VAC
220 VAC /240 VAC
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
May be present on 50 Hz version of jumper
set, but not functional T200H/M
Figure 7-12:
Pump AC Power Jumpers (JP7)
242
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
7.5.4.2. AC Configuration – Standard Heaters (JP2)
Power configuration for the AC the standard heaters is set using Jumper set JP2 (see
Figure 7-4 for the location of JP2).
Table 7-4: Power Configuration for Standard AC Heaters (JP2)
JUMPER
JUMPER
COLOR
LINE VOLTAGE
HEATER(S)
BETWEEN
PINS
FUNCTION
Common
1 to 8
Reaction Cell / Sample
Chamber Heaters
Neutral to Load
Common
2 to 7
3 to 10
4 to 9
Mini Hi-Con
Converter
110 VAC / 115 VAC
50Hz & 60 Hz
Neutral to Load
Common
WHITE
3 to 10
4 to 9
Moly Converter
Neutral to Load
Common
5 to 12
6 to 11
Bypass Manifold 1
Neutral to Load
Reaction Cell / Sample
Chamber Heaters
Load
Load
1 to 7
3 to 9
Hi Concentration
Converter
220 VAC / 240 VAC
50Hz & 60 Hz
BLUE
Moly Converter
Load
Load
3 to 9
Bypass Manifold 1
5 to 11
1
Bypass manifold is built into the reaction cell
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Reaction Cell or
Sample Chamber
Heaters
Reaction Cell or
Sample Chamber
Heaters
9
9
Mini Hi-Con or
Moly Converter
Heaters
Mini Hi-Con or
Moly Converter
Heaters
10
10
11
12
11
12
T200H/M
Bypass Manifold
Heater
T200M/H
Bypass Manifold
Heater
220 VAC / 240 VAC
110 VAC /115 VAC
Figure 7-13:
Typical Set Up of AC Heater Jumper Set (JP2)
243
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
7.5.4.3. AC Configuration –Heaters for Option Packages (JP6)
An O2 sensor option includes AC heaters that maintain an optimum operating
temperature for key components of those options. Jumper set JP6 is used to connect the
heaters associated with those options to AC power. Since these heaters work with
either 110/155 VAC or 220/240 VAC, there is only one jumper configuration.
Table 7-5: Power Configuration for Optional AC Heaters (JP6)
JUMPER
MODEL’S
JUMPER
COLOR
HEATER(S)
BETWEEN
PINS
FUNCTION
USED ON1
IZS1 Permeation Tube
Heater
100s, 200s1 &
400s
Common
1 to 8
Neutral to Load
Common
2 to 7
3 to 10
4 to 9
RED
O2 Sensor Heater
100s & 200s
Neutral to Load
1 IZS option not available on the T200H/M
10
9
12
11
8
2
7
1
IZS
(option not
available on the
T200H/M)
Permeation
Tube Heater
O2 Sensor
Heater
6
5
4
3
Figure 7-14:
Typical Set Up of AC Heater Jumper Set (JP6)
244
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
7.5.5. DC POWER SUPPLY TEST POINTS
Table 7-6: DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Code
NAME
DGND
+5V
TEST POINT#
COLOR
Black
DEFINITION
Digital ground
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Red
AGND
+15V
-15V
Green
Blue
Analog ground
Yellow
Purple
Orange
+12R
+12V
12 V return (ground) line
Table 7-7: DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels
CHECK RELAY BOARD TEST POINTS
POWER
SUPPLY
FROM
Test Point
TO
Test Point
VOLTAGE
MIN V
MAX V
NAME
#
NAME
#
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS2
PS2
+5
+15
DGND
AGND
1
3
3
3
1
6
6
+5
+15
2
4
+4.80
+13.5
-14.0
-0.05
-0.05
+11.8
-0.05
+5.25
+16.0
-16.0
+0.05
+0.05
+12.5
+0.05
-15
AGND
-15V
5
AGND
Chassis
+12
AGND
DGND
Chassis
+12V
DGND
1
DGND
N/A
7
+12V Ret
+12V Ret
DGND
1
The test points are located at the top, right-hand corner of the PCA (see Figure 7-4)
7.5.6. I2C BUS
Operation of the I2C bus can be verified by observing the behavior of D1 on the relay
PCA & D2 on the Valve Driver PCA . Assuming that the DC power supplies are
operating properly, the I2C bus is operating properly if: D1 on the relay PCA and D2 of
the Valve Driver PCA are flashing
There is a problem with the I2C bus if both D1 on the relay PCA and D2 of the Valve
Driver PCA are ON/OFF constantly.
245
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
7.5.7. TOUCH SCREEN INTERFACE
Verify the functioning of the touch screen by observing the display when pressing a
touch-screen control button. Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the
DC power supplies are operating properly, but pressing a control button on the touch
screen does not change the display, any of the following may be the problem:
The touch-screen controller may be malfunctioning.
The internal USB bus may be malfunctioning.
You can verify this failure by logging on to the instrument using APICOM or a terminal
program. If the analyzer responds to remote commands and the display changes
accordingly, the touch-screen interface may be faulty.
7.5.8. LCD DISPLAY MODULE
Verify the functioning of the front panel display by observing it when power is applied
to the instrument. Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the DC power
supplies are operating properly, the display screen should light and show the splash
screen and other indications of its state as the CPU goes through its initialization
process.
7.5.9. GENERAL RELAY BOARD DIAGNOSTICS
The relay board circuit can most easily be checked by observing the condition of its
If the front panel display responds to key presses and D1 on the relay board is not
flashing, then either the wiring between the keyboard and the relay board is bad, or the
relay board itself is bad.
If D1 on the Relay board is flashing and the status indicator for the output in question
(heater, valve, etc.) does not toggle properly using the Signal I/O function, then the
associated device (valve or heater) or its control device (valve driver, heater relay) is
malfunctioning. Several of the control devices are in sockets and can easily be replaced.
The table below lists the control device associated with a particular function:
Table 7-8: Relay Board Control Devices
Function
All valves
All heaters
Control Device
U5
Socketed
Yes
K1-K5
Yes
246
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
7.5.10. MOTHERBOARD
7.5.10.1. A/D functions
A basic check of the analog to digital (A/D) converter operation on the motherboard is
to use the Signal I/O function under the DIAG menu. Check the following two A/D
reference voltages and input signals that can be easily measured with a voltmeter.
REF_4096_MV and REF_GND. If both are within 3 mV of their nominal values
(4096 and 0) and are stable to within ±0.5 mV, the basic A/D converter is function-
ing properly. If these values fluctuate largely or are off by more than 3 mV, one or
more of the analog circuits may be overloaded or the motherboard may be faulty.
Choose one parameter in the Signal I/O function such as SAMPLE_PRESSURE
(see previous section on how to measure it). Compare its actual voltage with the
voltage displayed through the SIGNAL I/O function. If the wiring is intact but there
is a difference of more than ±10 mV between the measured and displayed voltage,
the motherboard may be faulty.
7.5.10.2. Analog Output Voltages
To verify that the analog outputs are working properly, connect a voltmeter to the output
For each of the steps, taking into account any offset that may have been programmed
listed in the table below except for the 0% step, which should be within 2-3 mV. If one
or more of the steps is outside of this range, a failure of one or both D/A converters and
their associated circuitry on the motherboard is likely.
Table 7-9: Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values
FULL SCALE OUTPUT VOLTAGE
100mV
1V
5V
10V
STEP
%
0
NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1
2
3
4
5
6
0 mV
20 mV
40 mV
60 mV
80 mV
100 mV
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
2
20
40
60
80
100
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
4
6
8
10
247
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
7.5.10.3. Status Outputs
The procedure below can be used to test the Status outputs.
V
+DC Gnd
Figure 7-15:
Typical Set Up of Status Output Test
1. Connect a cable between the “D“ pin and the “” pin on the status output
connector.
2. Connect a 1000 Ω resistor between the “+” pin and the pin for the status output that
is being tested.
3. Connect a voltmeter between the “D“ pin and the pin of the output being tested
outputs until you get to the output in question. Alternately turn the output on and off.
The Voltmeter will read approximately 5 VDC when the output is OFF.
The Voltmeter will read approximately 0 VDC when the output is ON.
Table 7-10: Status Outputs Pin Assignments
PIN #
STATUS
SYSTEM OK
CONC VALID
HIGH RANGE
ZERO CAL
SPAN CAL
DIAG MODE
LOW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SPARE
248
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
7.5.10.4. Control Inputs
The control input bits can be tested by the following procedure:
Connect a jumper from the +5 V pin on the STATUS connector to the +5 V on the
CONTROL IN connector.
Connect a second jumper from the ‘-‘ pin on the STATUS connector to the A pin on
the CONTROL IN connector. The instrument should switch from SAMPLE mode to
ZERO CAL R mode.
Connect a second jumper from the ‘-‘ pin on the STATUS connector to the B pin on
the CONTROL IN connector. The instrument should switch from SAMPLE mode to
SPAN CAL R mode.
In each case, the T200H/M should return to SAMPLE mode when the jumper is
removed.
7.5.11. CPU
There are two major types of CPU board failures, a complete failure and a failure
associated with the Disk-On-Module (DOM). If either of these failures occur, contact
the factory.
For complete failures, assuming that the power supplies are operating properly and the
wiring is intact, the CPU is faulty if on power-on:
There is no activity from the primary RS-232 port (labeled RS232) on the rear panel
even if “? <RETURN>” is pressed.
In some rare circumstances, this failure may be caused by a bad IC on the
motherboard, specifically U57, the large, 44 pin device on the lower right hand side
of the board. If this is true, removing U57 from its socket will allow the instrument to
start up but the measurements will be incorrect.
249
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
7.5.12. RS-232 COMMUNICATION
7.5.12.1. General RS-232 Troubleshooting
Teledyne API analyzers use the RS-232 protocol as the standard, serial communications
protocol. RS-232 is a versatile standard, which has been used for many years but, at
times, is difficult to configure. Teledyne API conforms to the standard pin assignments
in the implementation of RS-232. Problems with RS-232 connections usually center
around 4 general areas:
Incorrect cabling and connectors. This is the most common problem. See Section
4.11.5 for connector and pin-out information.
The communications (baud) rate and protocol parameters are incorrectly
The COM port communications mode is set incorrectly (Section 6.11.8).
If a modem is used, additional configuration and wiring rules must be observed.
See Section 6.15.2.6.
Incorrect setting of the DTE - DCE switch. Typically, the red LED is on as soon as
you power up the analyzer. If not, contact the factory, as this indicates a problem
with the motherboard. As the analyzer is connected to the computer with a cable,
the green LED should also illuminate. If not, set the DCE/DTE switch to the other
position. See also Section 6.11.5.
that some laptops do not enable their RS-232 port when in power-saving mode. In
this case, connect the laptop and start either APICOM or a Hyperterminal window
and start communicating with the analyzer. This will enable the serial port on the
laptop and the green LED should illuminate. You may have to switch back and forth
while communicating to get the right setting.
7.5.12.2. Modem or Terminal Operation
These are the general steps for troubleshooting problems with a modem connected to a
Teledyne API analyzer.
Check cables for proper connection to the modem, terminal or computer.
Check the correct position of the DTE/DCE as described in Section 6.11.5.
Check the correct setup command (Section 6.15.2.6).
Verify that the Ready to Send (RTS) signal is at logic high. The T200H/M sets pin 7
(RTS) to greater than 3 volts to enable modem transmission.
Make sure the baud rate, word length, and stop bit settings between modem and
analyzer match, see Section 6.15.2.6 and 6.11.8.
Use the RS-232 test function to send “w” characters to the modem, terminal or
computer; See Section 6.11.10.
Get your terminal, modem or computer to transmit data to the analyzer (holding
down the space bar is one way). The green LED on the rear panel should flicker as
the instrument is receiving data.
Make sure that the communications software is functioning properly.
Further help with serial communications is available in a separate manual “RS-232
Manual”, Teledyne API part number 013500000, available online at
http://www.Teledyne-api.com/manuals/.
250
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
7.5.13. PMT SENSOR
The photo multiplier tube detects the light emitted by the reaction of NO with ozone. It
has a gain of about 1: 500000 to 1:1000000. It is not possible to test the detector outside
of the instrument in the field. The best way to determine if the PMT is working properly
is by using the optical test (OTEST), which is described in Section 6.13.6.2. The basic
method to diagnose a PMT fault is to eliminate the other components using ETEST,
OTEST and specific tests for other sub-assemblies.
7.5.14. PMT PREAMPLIFIER BOARD
To check the correct operation of the preamplifier board, we suggest to carry out the
through the preamplifier board.
7.5.15. HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
The HVPS is located in the interior of the sensor module and is plugged into the PMT
supply. The second is the programming voltage which is generated on the preamplifier
board. Adjustment of the HVPS is covered in the factory calibration procedure in
of the PMT. The following test procedure below allows you to test each step.
Turn off the instrument.
Remove the cover and disconnect the 2 connectors at the front of the NOX sensor
module.
Remove the end cap from the sensor (4 screws).
Remove the HVPS/PMT assembly from the cold block inside the sensor (2 plastic
screws).
Re-connect the 7 pin connector to the sensor end cap, and power-up the
instrument. Scroll the front panel display to the HVPS test parameter. Divide the
displayed HVPS voltage by 10 and test the pairs of connector points as shown in
Table 11-11.
Check the overall voltage (should be equal to the HVPS value displayed on the front
panel, for example 700 V) and the voltages between each pair of pins of the supply
(should be 1/10th of the overall voltage, in this example 70 V):
251
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Table 7-11: Example of HVPS Power Supply Outputs
If HVPS reading = 700 VDC
PIN PAIR
1 2
2 3
3 4
4 5
5 6
6 7
7 8
NOMINAL READING
70 VDC
70 VDC
70 VDC
70 VDC
70 VDC
70 VDC
70 VDC
6
7
5
8
4
3
9
2
10
11
1
KEY
Turn off the instrument power, and reconnect the PMT, then reassemble the sensor.
If any faults are found in the test, you must obtain a new HVPS as there are no user
serviceable parts inside the supply.
7.5.16. PNEUMATIC SENSOR ASSEMBLY
The pressure/flow sensor circuit board, located behind the sensor assembly, can be
checked with a voltmeter using the following procedure, which assumes that the wiring
is intact and that the motherboard and the power supplies are operating properly.
Measure the voltage across TP1 and TP2, it should be 10.0 0.25 V. If not, the board is
faulty. Measure the voltage across the leads of capacitor C2. It should be 5.0 ± 0.25 V,
if not, the board may be faulty.
7.5.16.1. Reaction Cell Pressure
Measure the voltage across test points TP1 and TP5. With the sample pump
disconnected or turned off, the voltage should be 4500 250 mV. With the pump
running, it should be 800-1700 mV depending on the performance of the vacuum pump.
The lower the reaction cell pressure, the lower the resulting voltage is. If this voltage is
significantly different, the pressure transducer S1 or the board may be faulty. If this
voltage is between 2 and 5 V, the pump may not be performing well, check that the
reaction cell pressure is less than 10 in-Hg-A (at sea level). Ensure that the tubing is
connected to the upper port, which is closer to the sensor’s contacts; the lower port does
not measure pressure.
252
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
7.5.16.2. Sample Pressure
Measure the voltage across test points TP1 and TP4. With the sample pump
disconnected or turned off, this voltage should be 4500 250 mV. With the pump
running, it should be about 0.2 V less as the sample pressure drops by about 1 in-Hg-A
below ambient pressure. If this voltage is significantly different, the pressure transducer
S2 or the board may be faulty. A leak in the sample system to vacuum may also cause
this voltage to be between about 0.6 and 4.5. Make sure that the front panel reading of
the sample pressure is at about 1 in-Hg-A less than ambient pressure. Ensure that the
tubing is connected to the upper port, which is closer to the sensor’s contacts; the lower
port does not measure pressure.
Figure 7-16:
Pressure / Flow Sensor Assembly
7.5.16.3. Ozone Flow
Measure the voltage across TP1 and TP3. With proper ozone flow (250 cm3/min), this
should be approximately 3.0 ± 0.3 V (this voltage will vary with altitude). With flow
stopped (pump turned off), the voltage should be approximately 0 V. If the voltage is
incorrect, the flow sensor or the board may be faulty. A cross-leak to vacuum inside the
Perma Pure dryer may also cause this flow to increase significantly, and the voltage will
increase accordingly. Also, make sure that the gas flows from P1 to P2 as labeled on the
flow sensor (“high” pressure P1 to “low” pressure P2 or “Port” 1 to “Port” 2).
7.5.17. NO2 CONVERTER
The NO2 converter assembly can fail in two ways, an electrical failure of the band heater
and/or the thermocouple control circuit and a performance failure of the converter itself.
NO2 converter heater failures can be divided into two possible problems:
Temperature is reported properly but heater does not heat to full temperature. In
this case, the heater is either disconnected or broken or the power relay is broken.
253
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Disconnect the heater cable coming from the relay board and measure the
resistance between any two of the three heater leads with a multi-meter. The
resistance between A and B should be about 1000 Ω and that between A and C
should be the same as between B and C, about 500 Ω each. If any of these
resistances is near zero or without continuity, the heater is broken.
Temperature reports zero or overload (near 500° C). This indicates a disconnected
or failing thermocouple or a failure of the thermocouple circuit.
First, check that the thermocouple is connected properly and the wire does not
show signs of a broken or kinked pathway. If it appears to be properly connected,
disconnect the yellow thermocouple plug (marked K) from the relay board and
measure the voltage (not resistance) between the two leads with a multi-meter
capable of measuring in the low mV range. The voltage should be about 12 mV
(ignore the sign) at 315° C and about 0 mV at room temperature.
Measure the continuity with an Ohm-meter. It should read close to zero Ω. If the
thermocouple does not have continuity, it is broken. If it reads zero voltage at
elevated temperatures, it is broken. To test the thermocouple at room temperature,
heat up the converter can (e.g., with a heat gun) and see if the voltage across the
thermocouple leads changes. If the thermocouple is working properly, the
electronic circuit is broken. In both cases, consult the factory.
If the converter appears to have performance problems (conversion efficiency is outside
of allowed range of 96-102%), check the following:
Conversion efficiency setting in the CAL menu. If this value is different from 1.000,
detail.
Accuracy of NO2 source (gas tank standard). NO2 gas standards are typically
certified to only ±2% and often change in concentrations over time. You should get
the standard re-certified every year. If you use GPT, check the accuracy of the
ozone source.
Age of the converter. The NO2 converter has a limited operating life and may need
to be replaced every ~3 years or when necessary (e.g., earlier if used with continu-
ously high NO2 concentrations). We estimate a lifetime of about 10000 ppm-hours
(a cumulative product of the NO2 concentration times the exposure time to that
concentration). However, this lifetime heavily depends on many factors such as
absolute concentration (temporary or permanent poisoning of the converter is
possible), sample flow rate and pressure inside the converter, converter tempera-
ture, duty cycle etc. This lifetime is only an estimated reference and not a
guaranteed lifetime.
In some cases with excessive sample moisture, the oxidized molybdenum metal
chips inside the converter cartridge may bake together over time and restrict air flow
through the converter, in which case it needs to be replaced. To avoid this problem,
describes how to replace the NO2 converter cartridge.
With no NO2 in the sample gas and a properly calibrated analyzer, the NO reading
is negative, while the NO2 reading remains around zero. The converter destroys
NO and needs to be replaced.
With no NO2 in the sample gas and a properly calibrated analyzer, the NOX reading
is significantly higher than the actual (gas standard) NO concentration. The
converter produces NO2 and needs to be replaced.
254
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
7.5.18. O3 GENERATOR
The ozone generator can fail in two ways, electronically (printed circuit board) and
functionally (internal generator components). Assuming that air is supplied properly to
the generator, the generator should automatically turn on 30 minutes after the instrument
is powered up or if the instrument is still warm. See Section 10.3.6 for ozone generator
functionality. Accurate performance of the generator can only be determined with an
ozone analyzer connected to the outlet of the generator. However, if the generator
appears to be working properly but the sensitivity or calibration of the instrument is
reduced, suspect a leak in the ozone generator supply air.
A leak in the dryer or between the dryer and the generator can cause moist, ambient air
to leak into the air stream, which significantly reduces the ozone output. The generator
will produce only about half of the nominal O3 concentration when run with moist,
ambient air instead of dried air. In addition, moist supply air will produce large amounts
of nitric acid in the generator, which can cause analyzer components downstream of the
generator to deteriorate and/or causes significant deposit of nitrate deposits on the
reaction cell window, reducing sensitivity and causing performance drift. Carry out a
leak check as described earlier in this Section.
7.5.19. BOX TEMPERATURE
The box temperature sensor (thermistor) is mounted on the motherboard below the
bottom edge of the CPU board when looking at it from the front. It cannot be
disconnected to check its resistance. Box temperature will vary with, but will usually
read about 5° C higher than, ambient (room) temperature because of the internal heating
zones from the NO2 converter, reaction cell and other devices.
To check the box temperature functionality, we recommend to check the
BOX_TEMP signal voltage using the SIGNAL I/O function under the DIAG Menu
(Section 6.13.1). At about 30° C, the signal should be around 1500 mV.
We recommend to use a certified or calibrated external thermometer / temperature
sensor to verify the accuracy of the box temperature by placing it inside the chassis,
next to the thermistor labeled XT1 (above connector J108) on the motherboard.
7.5.20. PMT TEMPERATURE
PMT temperature should be low and constant. It is more important that this temperature
is maintained constant than it is to maintain it low. The PMT cooler uses a Peltier,
thermo-electric cooler element supplied with 12 V DC power from the switching power
supply PS2. The temperature is controlled by a proportional temperature controller
located on the preamplifier board. Voltages applied to the cooler element vary from 0.1
to 12 VDC. The temperature set point (hard-wired into the preamplifier board) will vary
by ±1C due to component tolerances. The actual temperature will be maintained to
within 0.1° C around that set point. On power-up of the analyzer, the front panel
enables the user to watch that temperature drop from about ambient temperature down to
its set point of 6-8° C. If the temperature fails to adjust after 30 minutes, there is a
problem in the cooler circuit. If the control circuit on the preamplifier board is faulty, a
temperature of –1° C is reported.
255
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
7.6. REPAIR PROCEDURES
This section contains some procedures that may need to be performed when a major
component of the analyzer requires repair or replacement. that maintenance procedures
(Maintenance) are not listed here. Also that Teledyne API Technical Support may have
a more detailed service for some of the below procedures. Contact Technical Support.
7.6.1. DISK-ON-MODULE REPLACEMENT
Replacing the Disk-on-Module (DOM) will cause loss of all DAS data; it also may
cause loss of some instrument configuration parameters unless the replacement DOM
carries the exact same firmware version. Whenever changing the version of installed
software, the memory must be reset. Failure to ensure that memory is reset can cause the
analyzer to malfunction, and invalidate measurements.
After the memory is reset, the A/D converter must be re-calibrated, and all information
collected in Step 1 below must be re-entered before the instrument will function
correctly. Also, zero and span calibration should be performed.
1. Document all analyzer parameters that may have been changed, such as range,
auto-cal, analog output, serial port and other settings before replacing the DOM
2. Turn off power to the instrument, fold down the rear panel by loosening the
mounting screws.
3. When looking at the electronic circuits from the back of the analyzer, locate the
Disk-on-Module in the right most socket of the CPU board.
4. The DOM should carry a label with firmware revision, date and initials of the
programmer.
5. Remove the nylon fastener that mounts the DOM over the CPU board, and lift the
DOM off the CPU. Do not bend the connector pins.
6. Install the new Disk-on-Module, making sure the notch at the end of the chip
matches the notch in the socket.
7. It may be necessary to straighten the pins somewhat to fit them into the socket.
Press the DOM all the way in and reinsert the offset clip.
8. Close the rear panel and turn on power to the machine.
9. If the replacement DOM carries a firmware revision, re-enter all of the setup
information.
256
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
7.6.2. O3 GENERATOR REPLACEMENT
The ozone generator is a black, brick-shaped device with printed circuit board attached
to its rear and two tubes extending out the right side in the front of the analyzer. To
replace the ozone generator:
1. Turn off the analyzer power, remove the power cord and the analyzer cover.
2. Disconnect the 1/8” black tube from the ozone scrubber cartridge and the ¼” clear
tube from the plastic extension tube at the brass fitting nearest to the ozone
generator.
3. Unplug the electrical connection on the rear side of the brick.
4. Unscrew the two mounting screws that attach the ozone generator to the chassis
and take out the entire assembly.
5. If you received a complete replacement generator with circuit board and mounting
bracket attached, simply reverse the above steps to replace the current generator.
6. Make sure to carry out a leak check and a recalibration after the analyzer warmed
up for about 30 minutes.
7.6.3. SAMPLE AND OZONE DRYER REPLACEMENT
The T200H/M standard configuration is equipped with a dryer for the ozone supply air.
An optional dryer is available for the sample stream and a combined dryer for both gas
streams can also be purchased. To change one or all of these options:
1. Turn off power to the analyzer and pump, remove the power cord and the analyzer
cover.
2. Locate the dryers in the center of the instrument, between sensor and NO2
converter.
They are mounted to a bracket, which can be taken out when unscrewing the two
mounting screws (if necessary).
3. Disconnect all tubing that extends out of the dryer assembly,
These are usually the purge tube connecting to the vacuum manifold, the tube from
the exit to the ozone flow meter (ozone dryer) or to the NO/NOx valve (sample
dryer) or two tubes to the ozone flow meter and the NO/NOX valve (combo-dryer).
Take extra care not to twist any of the white plastic fittings on the dryer, which
connect the inner drying tube to the outer purge tube.
4. the orientation of the dryer on the bracket.
5. Cut the tie wraps that hold the dryer to the mounting bracket and take out the old
dryer.
If necessary, unscrew the two mounting screws on the bracket and take out the
entire assembly.
257
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
6. Attach the replacement dryer to the mounting bracket in the same orientation as the
old dryer.
7. Fix the dryer to the bracket using new tie wraps.
8. Cut off excess length of the wraps.
9. Put the assembly back into the chassis and tighten the mounting screws.
10. Re-attach the tubes to vacuum manifold, flow meter and/or NO/NOx valve using at
least two wrenches.
:
Take extra care not to twist the dryer’s white plastic fittings, as this will
result in large leaks that are difficult to trouble-shoot and fix.
11. Carry out a detailed leak check (Section 7.5.2),
12. Close the analyzer.
13. Power up pump and analyzer and re-calibrate the instrument after it stabilizes.
7.6.4. PMT SENSOR HARDWARE CALIBRATION
The sensor module hardware calibration is used in the factory to adjust the slope and
offset of the PMT output and to optimize the signal output and HVPS. If the
instrument’s slope and offset values are outside of the acceptable range and all other
more obvious causes for this problem have been eliminated, the hardware calibration
can be used to adjust the sensor as has been done in the factory. This procedure is also
recommended after replacing the PMT or the preamplifier board.
following components shown in Figure 7-17:
HVPS coarse adjustment switch (Range 0-9, then A-F).
HVPS fine adjustment switch (Range 0-9, then A-F).
Gain adjustment potentiometer (Full scale is 10 turns).
3. Turn the gain adjustment potentiometer 12 turns clockwise to its maximum setting.
4. Feed NO to the analyzer:
For the T200H use 450 ppm NO.
For the T200M use 18 ppm NO.
5. Wait until the STABIL value is below 0.5 ppm
6. Scroll to the NORM PMT value on the analyzer’s front panel.
7. With the NO gas concentrations mentioned instep 5 above, the NORM PMT value
should be 3600 mV.
8. Set the HVPS coarse adjustment to its minimum setting (0). Set the HVPS fine
adjustment switch to its maximum setting (F).
258
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
9. Set the HVPS coarse adjustment switch to the lowest setting that will give you just
above 3600 mV NORM PMT signal. The coarse adjustment typically increments
the NORM PMT signal in 100-300 mV steps.
Figure 7-17:
Pre-Amplifier Board Layout
10. Adjust the HVPS fine adjustment such that the NORM PMT value is 3600-3700 mV.
The fine adjustment typically increments the NORM PMT value by about 30 mV.
It may be necessary to go back and forth between coarse and fine adjustments if the
proper value is at the threshold of the min/max coarse setting.
Note
Do not overload the PMT by accidentally setting both adjustment
switches to their maximum setting. Start at the lowest setting and
increment slowly. Wait 10 seconds between adjustments..
11. If the NORM PMT value set above is now between 3560-3640 mV, skip this step.
Otherwise, adjust the NORM PMT value with the gain potentiometer down to
3600±10 mV.
This is the final very-fine adjustment.
12. that during adjustments, the NORM PMT value may be fluctuating, as the analyzer
continues to switch between NO and NOX streams as well as between measure and
AutoZero modes.
You may have to mentally average the values of NO and NOX response for this
adjustment.
sensor response to its new PMT sensitivity.
14. Review the slope and offset values, the slopes should be 1.000±0.300 and the
offset values should be 0.0±20 mV (-20 to +150 mV is allowed).
259
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
7.6.5. REPLACING THE PMT, HVPS OR TEC
The photo multiplier tube (PMT) should last for the lifetime of the analyzer. However,
in some cases, the high voltage power supply (HVPS) or the thermo-electric cooler
(TEC) may fail. In case of PMT, HVPS or TEC failure, the sensor assembly needs to be
structure of the T200H/M sensor assembly and follow the steps below for replacement
of one of its components. We recommend to ensure that the PMT, HVPS or TEC
modules are, indeed, faulty to prevent unnecessary opening of the sensor.
CAUTION
Although it is possible for a skilled technician to change the PMT or HVPS
through the front panel with the sensor assembly mounted to the analyzer,
we recommend to remove the entire assembly and carry this procedure out
on a clean, anti-static table with the user wearing an anti-static wrist strap to
prevent static discharge damage to the assembly or its circuits.
1. Power down the analyzer, disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the cover and disconnect all pneumatic and electrical connections from the
sensor assembly.
3. If the TEC is to be replaced, remove the reaction cell assembly at this point by
unscrewing two holding screws. This is necessary only if the PMT cold block is to
be removed.
This step is not necessary if the HVPS or the PMT only are exchanged.
Figure 7-18:
T200H/M Sensor Assembly
260
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
Figure 7-19.
3-Port Reaction Cell Oriented to the Sensor Housing
4. Remove the two connectors on the PMT housing end plate facing towards the front
panel.
5. Remove the end plate itself (4 screws with plastic washers).
6. Remove the dryer packages inside the PMT housing.
7. Along with the plate, slide out the OPTIC TEST LED and the thermistor that
measures the PMT temperature.
8. Unscrew the PMT assembly, which is held to the cold block by two plastic screws.
9. Discard the plastic screws and replace with new screws at the end of this procedure
(the threads get stripped easily and it is recommended to use new screws).
a) Carefully remove the assembly consisting of the HVPS, the gasket and the PMT.
Both may be coated with a white, thermal conducting paste.
b) Do not contaminate the inside of the housing with this grease, as it may
contaminate the PMT glass tube on re-assembly.
10. Change the PMT or the HVPS or both, clean the PMT glass tube with a clean, anti-
static wipe and do not touch it after cleaning.
11. If the cold block or TEC is to be changed:
a) Disconnect the TEC driver board from the preamplifier board, remove the cooler
fan duct (4 screws on its side) including the driver board.
b) Disconnect the driver board from the TEC and set the sub-assembly aside.
12. Remove the end plate with the cooling fins (4 screws) and slide out the PMT cold
block assembly, which contains the TEC.
13. Unscrew the TEC from the cooling fins and the cold block and replace it with a new
unit.
14. Re-assemble this TEC subassembly in reverse order.
Make sure to use thermal grease between TEC and cooling fins as well as between
TEC and cold block and that the side opening in the cold block will face the reaction
cell when assembled.
261
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
15. Evenly tighten the long mounting screws for good thermal conductivity.
Note
The thermo-electric cooler needs to be mounted flat to the heat sink. If
there is any significant gap, the TEC might burn out. Make sure to
apply the thermal pads before mounting it and tighten the screws
evenly and cross-wise..
16. Re-insert the TEC subassembly in reverse order.
Make sure that the O-ring is placed properly and the assembly is tightened evenly.
17. Re-insert the PMT/HVPS subassembly in reverse order and don’t forget the gasket
between HVPS and PMT.
a) Use new plastic screws to mount the PMT assembly on the PMT cold block.
b) Improperly placed O-rings will cause leaks, which – in turn – cause moisture to
condense on the inside of the cooler and likely cause a short in the HVPS.
18. Reconnect the cables and the reaction cell (evenly tighten these screws).
19. Replace the sensor assembly into the chassis and fasten with four screws and
washers.
20. Reconnect all electrical and pneumatic connections.
21. Leak check the system.
22. Power up the analyzer.
23. Verify the basic operation of the analyzer using the ETEST and OTEST features or
zero and span gases, then carry out a hardware calibration of the analyzer
262
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
7.7. REMOVING / REPLACING THE RELAY PCA FROM THE
INSTRUMENT
This is the most commonly used version of the Relay PCA. It includes a bank of solid
state AC relays. This version is installed in analyzers where components such as AC
powered heaters must be turned ON & OFF. A retainer plate is installed over the relay
to keep them securely seated in their sockets.
Retainer
Mounting
Screws
AC Relay
Retainer Plate
Figure 7-20:
Relay PCA with AC Relay Retainer In Place
The Relay retainer plate installed on the relay PCA covers the lower right mounting
screw of the relay PCA. Therefore, when removing the relay PCA, the retainer plate
must be removed first.
Mounting
Screws
AC Relay Retain Occludes
Mounting Screw on
P/N 045230200
Figure 7-21:
Relay PCA Mounting Screw Locations
263
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
7.8. FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
The following list contains some of the most commonly asked questions relating to the
Model T200H/M NOx Analyzer.
QUESTION
ANSWER
Most problems related to Internet communications via the Ethernet card will
be due to problems external to the instrument (e.g. bad network wiring or
connections, failed routers, malfunctioning servers, etc.) However, there
are several symptoms that indicate the problem may be with the Ethernet
card itself. If neither of the Ethernet cable’s two status LED’s (located on the
back of the cable connector) is lit while the instrument is connected to a
network:
Why does the instrument not
appear on the LAN or Internet?
Verify that the instrument is being connected to an active network jack.
Check the internal cable connection between the Ethernet card and the
CPU board.
Why does the ENTR button
Sometimes the ENTR button will disappear if you select a setting that is
sometimes disappear on the front invalid or out of the allowable range for that parameter, such as trying to set
panel display?
the 24-hour clock to 25:00:00 or a reporting range outside the specified
limits. Once you adjust the setting to an allowable value, the ENTR button
will re-appear.
Why is the ZERO or SPAN button The T200H/M disables these buttons when the span or zero value entered
not displayed during calibration?
by the user is too different from the gas concentration actual measured
value at the time. This is to prevent the accidental recalibration of the
analyzer to an out-of-range response curve.
EXAMPLE: The span set point is 80 ppm and the measurement response
Why does the analyzer not
respond to span gas?
There are several reasons why this can happen. Section 10.3.2 has some
possible answers to this question.
Can I automate the calibration of
my analyzer?
Any analyzer with zero/span valve or IZS option can be automatically
calibrated using the instrument’s AutoCal feature.
What do I do if the concentration
on the instrument's front panel
display does not match the value
This most commonly occurs for one of the following reasons: (1) a
difference in circuit ground between the analyzer and the data logger or a
wiring problem; (2) a scale problem with the input to the data logger. The
recorded or displayed on my data analog outputs of the analyzer can be manually calibrated to compensate
logger even if both instruments
are properly calibrated?
for either or both of these effects, see Section 6.13.4; analog outputs are
not calibrated, which can happen after a firmware upgrade (Section 6.13.5).
How do I measure the sample
flow?
Sample flow is measured by attaching a calibrated flow meter to the sample
inlet port when the instrument is operating.
For the T200H in its basic configuration, the sample flow should be
290 cm³/min 10%.
For the T200M in its basic configuration, the sample flow should be
250 cm³/min 10%.
See Table 9-3 for more detailed information about gas flow rates.
sample gas flow.
264
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Repair
QUESTION
ANSWER
Can I use the DAS system in
place of a strip chart recorder or
data logger?
detail.
How often do I need to change
the particulate filter?
listing the most important, regular maintenance tasks. Highly polluted
sample air may require more frequent changes.
How long does the sample pump
last?
The sample pump should last one to two years and the pump head should
be replaced when necessary. Use the RCEL pressure indicator on the front
panel to see if the pump needs replacement.
If this value goes above 10 in-Hg-A, on average, the pump head needs to
be rebuilt.
Why does my RS-232 serial
connection not work?
There are several possible reasons:
The wrong cable, please use the provided or a generic “straight-
through” cable (do not use a “null-modem” type cable),
The DCE/DTE switch on the back of the analyzer is not set properly;
make sure that both green and red lights are on,
The baud rate of the analyzer’s COM port does not match that of the
serial port of your computer/data logger. See Section 11.5.11 more
trouble-shooting information.
7.9. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
If this manual and its trouble-shooting / repair sections do not solve your problems,
technical assistance may be obtained from:
Teledyne-API, Technical Support
9480 Carroll Park Drive, San Diego, CA 92121
Phone: +1 858 657 9800 or 1-800 324 5190
Fax: +1 858 657 9816
Before you contact Technical Support, fill out the problem report form in Appendix C,
which is also available online for electronic submission at http://www.teledyne-
api.com/forms/.
265
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
266
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
8. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
The T200H/M Nitrogen Oxides Analyzer is a microprocessor controlled instrument that
determines the concentration of nitric oxide (NO), total nitrogen oxides (NOX, the sum
of NO and NO2) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2) in a sample gas drawn through the
instrument. It requires that sample and calibration gases are supplied at ambient
atmospheric pressure in order to establish a constant gas flow through the reaction cell
where the sample gas is exposed to ozone (O3), initiating a chemical reaction that gives
off light (chemiluminescence).
The instrument measures the amount of
chemiluminescence to determine the amount of NO in the sample gas. A catalytic-
reactive converter converts any NO2 in the sample gas to NO, which is then – including
the NO in the sample gas – is then reported as NOX. NO2 is calculated as the difference
between NOX and NO.
Calibration of the instrument is performed in software and usually does not require
physical adjustments to the instrument. During calibration, the microprocessor measures
the sensor output signal when gases with known amounts of NO or NO2 are supplied
and stores these results in memory. The microprocessor uses these calibration values
along with the signal from the sample gas and data of the current temperature and
pressure of the gas to calculate a final NOX concentration.
The concentration values and the original information from which it was calculated are
to the user through a vacuum fluorescence display or several output ports.
8.1. MEASUREMENT PRINCIPLE
8.1.1. CHEMILUMINESCENCE
The principle of the T200H/M’s measurement method is the detection of chemilumi-
nescence, which occurs when nitrogen oxide (NO) reacts with ozone (O3). This reaction
is a two-step process. In the first step, one molecule of NO and one molecule of O3
collide and chemically react to produce one molecule of oxygen (O2) and one molecule
of nitrogen dioxide (NO2). Some of the NO2 retains a certain amount of excess energy
from the collision and, hence, remains in an excited state, which means that one of the
electrons of the NO2 molecule resides in a higher energy state than is normal (ded by an
asterisk in Equation 8-1).
NO +O3 → NO2* +O2
Equation 8-1
Thermodynamics requires that systems seek the lowest stable energy state, hence, the
NO2 molecule quickly returns to its ground state in a subsequent step, releasing the
excess energy in form of a quantum of light (h) with wavelengths between 600 and
267
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
NO2* →NO2 +hν
(Equation 9-2)
All things being constant, the relationship between the amount of NO present in the
reaction cell and the amount of light emitted from the reaction is very linear. More NO
produces more light, which can be measured with a light-sensitive sensor in the near-
T200H/M supplies the reaction cell with a large, constant excess of ozone (about 3000-
5000 ppm) from the internal ozone generator.
Model 200E Instrument Response
Intensity
140 a.u.
120 a.u.
NO + O3 Emission Spectrum
100 a.u.
80 a.u.
60 a.u.
40 a.u.
PMT
Response
Optical Hi-Pass Filter Performance
20 a.u.
0 a.u.
0.5µm
0.7µm
0.9µm
1.1µm
1.3µm
1.5µm
1.7µm
1.9µm
Wavelength
M200EH/EM
Sensitivity Window
Figure 8-1:
T200H/M Sensitivity Spectrum
However, only about 20% of the NO2 that is formed through reaction 10-1 is in the
excited state. In addition, the excited NO2 can collide with another collision partner M
in the reaction cell (mostly other molecules but also cell walls) and transfer its excess
energy to its collision partner without emitting any light at all (Equation 9-3). In fact, by
far the largest portion of the NO2* returns to the ground state this way, leaving only a
few percent yield of usable chemiluminescence.
NO2* +M →NO2 +M
(Equation 9-3)
In order to enhance the light yield of the reaction, the reaction cell is maintained at
reduced pressure. The probability of a collision between the NO2* molecule and a
collision partner M increases proportionally with the reaction cell pressure. This non-
radiating collision with the NO2* molecules is usually referred to as quenching, an
268
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.1.2. NOX AND NO2 DETERMINATION
The only gas that is truly measured in the T200H/M is NO. Any NO2 contained in the
gas is not detected in the above process since NO2 does not react with O3 to undergo
chemiluminescence.
In order to measure the concentration of NO or NOX (which is defined here as the sum
of NO and NO2 in the sample gas), the T200H/M periodically switches the sample gas
stream through a converter cartridge filled with molybdenum (Mo, “moly”) chips heated
to a temperature of 315° C. The heated molybdenum reacts with NO2 in the sample gas
and produces a variety of molybdenum oxides and NO according to Equation 9-4.
xNO2 yMo→xNO MoyOz (at 315C)
(Equation 9-4)
Once the NO2 in the sample gas has been converted to NO, it is routed to the reaction
cell where it undergoes the chemiluminescence reaction described in Equations 9-1 and
9-2.
Figure 8-2:
NO2 Conversion Principle
By converting the NO2 in the sample gas into NO, the analyzer can measure the total
NOX (NO+NO2) content of the sample gas. By switching the NO2 converter in and out
of the sample gas stream every 6 - 10 seconds, the T200H/M analyzer is able to quasi-
continuously measure both the NO and the total NOX content.
The NO2 concentration, finally, is not measured but calculated by simply subtracting the
known NO content of the sample gas from the known NOX content.
269
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
8.2. CHEMILUMINESCENCE DETECTION
8.2.1. THE PHOTO MULTIPLIER TUBE
The T200H/M uses a photo-multiplier tube (PMT) to detect the amount of light created
by the NO and O3 reaction in the reaction cell.
A PMT is typically a vacuum tube containing a variety of specially designed electrodes.
Photons enter the PMT and strike a negatively charged photo cathode causing it to emit
electrons. These electrons are accelerated by an applied high voltage and multiply
through a sequence of such acceleration steps (dynodes) until a useable current signal is
generated. This current increases or decreases with the amount of detected light
(Section 10.4.3 for more details), is converted to a voltage and amplified by the
preamplifier board and then reported to the motherboard’s analog inputs.
Figure 8-3:
Reaction Cell with PMT Tube
8.2.2. OPTICAL FILTER
Another critical component in the method by which your T200H/M detects
chemiluminescence is the optical filter that lies between the reaction cell and the PMT
(Figure: 10-3). This filter is a high pass filter that is only transparent to wavelengths of
light above 645 nm. In conjunction with the response characteristics of the PMT, this
filter creates a very narrow window of wavelengths of light to which the T200H/M will
respond (refer to Figure 8-1).
The narrow band of sensitivity allows the T200H/M to ignore extraneous light and
radiation that might interfere with the T200H/M’s measurement. For instance, some
oxides of sulfur can also undergo chemiluminescence when in contact with O3 but emit
light at shorter wavelengths (~ 260 nm to 480 nm).
270
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.2.3. AUTO ZERO
Inherent in the operation of any PMT is a certain amount of noise. This is due to a
variety of factors such as black body infrared radiation given off by the metal
components of the reaction cell, unit to unit variations in the PMT units and even the
constant universal background radiation that surrounds us at all times. In order to
reduce this amount of noise and offset, the PMT is kept at a constant 7° C (45° F) by a
thermo-electric cooler (TEC).
While this intrinsic noise and offset is significantly reduced by cooling the PMT, it is
not eradicated. To determine how much noise remains, the T200H/M diverts the sample
gas flow directly to the exhaust manifold without passing the reaction cell once every
reaction cell, effectively turning off the chemiluminescence reaction. Once the chamber
is completely dark, the T200H/M records the output of the PMT and keeps a running
average of these AZERO values. This average offset value is subtracted from the raw
PMT readings while the instrument is measuring NO and NOX to arrive at a auto-zero
corrected reading.
Figure 8-4:
Reaction Cell During the AutoZero Cycle
271
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
8.2.4. MEASUREMENT INTERFERENCES
It should be d that the chemiluminescence method is subject to interferences from a
number of sources. The T200H/M has been successfully tested for its ability to reject
may interfere with the detection of NO in the T200H/M.
8.2.4.1. Direct Interference
Some gases can directly alter the amount of light detected by the PMT due to
chemiluminescence in the reaction cell. This can either be a gas that undergoes
chemiluminescence by reacting with O3 in the reaction cell or a gas that reacts with
other compounds and produces excess NO upstream of the reaction cell.
8.2.4.2. Third Body Quenching
As shown in Equation 9-3, other molecules in the reaction cell can collide with the
*
excited NO2 , preventing the chemiluminescence of Equation 9-2, a process known as
quenching. CO2 and H2O are the most common quenching interferences, but N2 and O2
also contribute to this interference type.
Quenching is an unwanted phenomenon and the extent to which it occurs depends on the
properties of the collision partner. larger, more polarized molecules such as H2O and
CO2 quench NO chemiluminescence more effectively than smaller, less polar and
electronically “harder” molecules such as N2 and O2.
The influence of water vapor on the T200H/M measurement can be eliminated with an
optional, internal sample gas dryer. The concentrations of N2 and O2 are virtually
constant in ambient air measurements, hence provide a constant amount of quenching
and the interference of varying CO2 amounts is negligible at low concentrations.
The T200H and T200M analyzers are typically used in high CO2 concentration
environments. The pneumatic setup of these two analyzer models minimizes the
interference from CO2 such that the analyzers conform to the standards set forth by the
US-EPA in Method 20 - NOx from Stationary Gas Turbines, available at
http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/promgate.html
272
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
Table 8-1:
List of Interferents
GAS
CO2
INTERFERENCE TYPE
Dilution: Viscosity of CO2 molecules causes them to
collect in aperture of Critical Flow Orifice altering flow special calibration methods must be performed to
REJECTION METHOD
If high concentrations of CO2 are suspected,
rate of NO.
account for the affects of the CO2.
3rd Body Quenching: CO2 molecules collide with
NO2* molecules absorbing excess energy kinetically
and preventing emission of photons.
Contact Teledyne API Technical Support depart-
ment for details.
Some SOX variants can also initiate a
chemiluminescence reaction upon exposure to O3
producing excess light.
Wavelengths of light produced by
chemiluminescence of SOX are screened out by
the Optical Filter.
Chemically reacts with NH3, O2 and H2O in O3
generator to create (NH3)2SO4 (ammonium sulfate)
and NH3NO2 (ammonium nitrate) which form opaque
white deposits on optical filter window. Also forms
highly corrosive HNO3 (Nitric Acid)
Most of the ammonium sulfate and ammonium
nitrate produced is removed from the sample gas
by an air purifier located between the O3
Generator and the reaction cell.
SOX
3rd Body quenching: SOX molecules collide with NO2* If high concentrations of SOX are suspected,
molecules absorbing excess energy kinetically and
preventing emission of photons.
special calibration methods must be performed to
account for the affects of the SO2.
Contact Teledyne API Technical Support depart-
ment for details.
3rd Body quenching: H2O molecules collide with NO2* Analyzer’s operating in high humidity areas must
molecules absorbing excess energy kinetically and
preventing emission of photons.
have some method of drying applied to the
sample gas supply (Section 5.10 for more details).
Chemically reacts with NH3 and SOX in O3 generator
to create (NH3)2SO4 (ammonium sulfate) and
NH3NO2 (ammonium nitrate) which form opaque
white deposits on optical filter Window. Also forms
highly corrosive HNO3 (nitric acid)
Removed from the O3 gas stream by the Perma
H20
NH3
Direct Interference: NH3 is converted to H2O and NO
by the NO2 converter. Excess NO reacts with O3 in
reaction cell creating excess chemiluminescence.
If a high concentration of NH3 is suspected, steps
must be taken to remove the NH3 from the sample
gas prior to its entry into the NO2 converter.
Chemically reacts with H2O, O2 and SOX in O3
generator to create (NH3)2SO4 (ammonium sulfate)
and NH3NO2 (ammonium nitrate) which form opaque
white deposits on optical filter window. Also forms
highly corrosive HNO3 (nitric acid).
The Perma Pure® dryer built into the T200H/M is
sufficient for removing typical ambient
concentration levels of NH3.
In cases with excessively high CO2 concentrations (larger than 0.5%), the effect can be
calibrated out by using calibration gases with a CO2 content equal to the measured air.
Only very high and highly variable CO2 concentrations will then be cause of measurable
interference. For those applications, we recommend to use other analyzer models.
Please consult sales or our website.
8.2.4.3. Light Leaks
The T200H/M sensitivity curve includes a small portion of the visible light spectrum
(Figure 10-1), hence, it is important to make sure than the reaction cell is completely
sealed with respect to light. To ensure this, all pneumatic tubing leading into the
reaction cell is either opaque (vacuum exit tubing) in order to prevent light from entering
the cell or light penetration is prevented by stainless steel filters and orifices (gas
entries).
273
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
8.3. PNEUMATIC OPERATION
Note
It is important that the sample airflow system is leak-tight and not
pressurized over ambient pressure. Regular leak checks should be
performed on the analyzer as described in the maintenance schedule,
Table 6-1. Procedures for correctly performing leak checks are provided
in Section 7.5
8.3.1. PUMP AND EXHAUST MANIFOLD
Note
Relative Pressure versus absolute pressure. In this manual vacuum
readings are given in inches of mercury absolute pressure (in-Hg-A), i.e.
indicate an absolute pressure referenced against zero (a perfect vacuum).
The gas flow for the T200H/M is created by an external pump (Figure 8-5) that is
pneumatically connected through a 6.4 mm / 0.25” tube to the analyzer’s EXHAUST
port located on the rear panel. This pump creates a vacuum of approximately 5 in-Hg-A
at one standard liter/minute, which is provided to various pneumatic components by a
vacuum manifold located just in front of the rear panel. Gas flow is created by keeping
the analyzer’s sample gas inlet near ambient pressure, usually by means of a small vent
installed in the sample line at the inlet, in effect pulling the gas through the instrument’s
pneumatic systems.
There are several advantages to this external pump / pull-through configuration.
By using an external pump, it is possible to remove a significant source of acoustic
noise and vibration from the immediate vicinity of the sensor. The PMT can act as a
“microphone”, amplifying noise and vibration within the chassis. This is one of the
main reasons, why the T200H/M has an external pump.
Pumping heats and compresses the sample air, complicating the measurement
process if the pump is upstream.
Most importantly, however, certain physical parts of the pump itself are made of
materials that might chemically react with the sample gas. Placing the pump
downstream of the reaction cell avoids these problems.
274
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
Figure 8-5:
External Pump Pack
Finally, the T200H/M requires a steady, high under-pressure, which cannot be achieved
reliably over extended periods of time with small vacuum pumps. The external pump
used for the T200H/M has a very long lifetime and duty cycle and provides a very good
vacuum for its entire lifetime. However, the pump is too large to fit into the chassis of
the analyzer.
8.3.2. SAMPLE GAS FLOW
The sample gas is the most critical flow path in the analyzer, as the medium has to be
routed through a variety of valves and tubes for the measurement of zero offset and
concentrations of both NO and NOX (and possibly the drying of the gas if the optional
sample dryer is installed). At any point before and in the reaction cell, the integrity of
the sample gas cannot be compromised.
Sample gas flow in the T200H/M analyzer is not a directly measured value, but is rather
calculated from the sample pressure using the flow principle across a critical orifice. In
general, the differential pressure ratio between sample pressure and reaction cell
pressure needs to exceed 2:1 to allow critical flow. The actual flow rate is then only
for a detailed description of the instrument’s method of gas flow rate control.
275
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
8.3.2.1. NO/NOx and AutoZero cycles
For the routing of the sample gas flow, the analyzer uses a variety of valves. The
NO/NOX valve directs the sample gas either directly to the reaction cell or through the
unit’s NO2 converter, alternating every ~4 s. The AutoZero valve directs the sample gas
stream to completely bypass the reaction cell for dark noise measurement once every
minute, which is then subtracted as a measurement offset from the raw concentration
signal. The valve cycle phases are summarized in the following table.
Table 8-2: T200H/M Valve Cycle Phases
NO/ NOX
VALVE
STATUS
AUTOZERO
VALVE
STATUS
TIME
INDEX
PHASE
ACTIVITY
FIGURE
Wait period (NO dwell time).
Ensures reaction cell has been
flushed of previous gas.
0 - 2 s
2 - 4 s
4 – 6 s
6 – 8 s
Open to
AutoZero
valve
NO
Measure
Open to
reaction cell
Analyzer measures chemilumi-
nescence in reaction cell.
Wait period (NOX dwell time).
Ensures reaction cell has been
flushed of previous gas.
Open to
NO2
converter
NOX
Measure
Open to
reaction cell
Analyzer measures NO + O3 chemi-
luminescence in reaction cell.
Cycle repeats every ~8 seconds
Wait period (AZERO dwell time).
Ensures reaction cell has been
flushed of sample gas and chemi-
luminescence reaction is stopped.
0 – 4 s
4 - 6 s
Open to
AutoZero
valve
Open to
vacuum
manifold
AutoZero
Analyzer measures background
noise without sample gas
Cycle repeats every minute
8.3.3. FLOW RATE CONTROL - CRITICAL FLOW ORIFICES
at various locations within the instrument to maintain constant flow rates for both the O3
supply air and the sample gas. These assemblies consists of:
A critical flow orifice.
Two o-rings: Located just before and after the critical flow orifice, the o-rings seal
the gap between the walls of assembly housing and the critical flow orifice.
A spring: Applies mechanical force needed to form the seal between the o-rings, the
critical flow orifice and the assembly housing.
The figures that follow highlight the location of these flow control assemblies:
276
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
NO/NOX
VALVE
FLOW PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
SAMPLE
GAS
INLET
NO2
Converter
VACUUM
PRESSURE
SENSOR
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
EXHAUST
GAS
OUTLET
Gas Flow
Control
AUTOZERO
VALVE
Assemblies
O3
GENERATOR
Orifice Dia.
0.007"
Orifice Dia.
0.007"
REACTION
CELL
O3
Scrubber
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
PMT
PUMP
RMAPURE
YER
INSTRUMENT CHASSIS
Figure 8-7:
Location of Gas Flow Control Assemblies for T200M
Note
Location of flow control assemblies in the T200H/M with zero/span option
278
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.3.3.1. Critical Flow Orifice
The most important component of the flow control assemblies is the critical flow orifice.
Critical flow orifices are a remarkably simple way to regulate stable gas flow rates.
They operate without moving parts by taking advantage of the laws of fluid dynamics.
By restricting the flow of gas though the orifice, a pressure differential is created. This
pressure differential combined with the action of the analyzer’s pump draws the gas
through the orifice.
As the pressure on the downstream side of the orifice (the pump side) continues to drop,
the speed that the gas flows though the orifice continues to rise. Once the ratio of
upstream pressure to downstream pressure is greater than 2:1, the velocity of the gas
through the orifice reaches the speed of sound. As long as that ratio stays at least 2:1 the
gas flow rate is unaffected by any fluctuations, surges, or changes in downstream
pressure because such variations only travel at the speed of sound themselves and are
therefore cancelled out by the sonic shockwave at the downstream exit of the critical
flow orifice.
Figure 8-8:
Flow Control Assembly & Critical Flow Orifice
The actual flow rate of gas through the orifice (volume of gas per unit of time), depends
on the size and shape of the aperture in the orifice. The larger the hole, the more gas
molecules, moving at the speed of sound, pass through the orifice.
With nominal pressures of 28 and 4 in-Hg-A for the sample and reaction cell pressures,
respectively the necessary ratio of sample to reaction cell pressure of 2:1 is largely
exceeded and accommodates a wide range of possible variability in atmospheric
pressure and pump degradation extending the useful life of the pump. Once the pump
does degrades to the point where the vacuum pressure exceeds 14 in-Hg-A so that the
ratio between sample and vacuum pressures is less than 2:1 a critical flow rate can no
longer be maintained. At this point, the instrument will display “XXXX" indicating an
invalid sample flow rate.
279
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
The following table lists the gas flow rates of the critical flow orifices in the standard
T200H/M
Table 8-3: T200H/M Critical Flow Orifice Diameters and Gas Flow Rates
NOMINAL FLOWRATE
(cm³/min)
ORIFICE DIAMETER
LOCATION
PURPOSE
T200H
0.003”
T200M
0.007”
T200H
T200M
250
Bypass manifold 1 out
to NO/NOx valve and
NO2 converter
Controls rate of flow of sample gas into the NO2
converter and reaction cell.
40
Controls rate of sample gas flow that bypasses
the analyzer when bypassing the reaction cell
during the auto-zero cycle.
Vacuum manifold:
0.007”
0.004"
N/A
250
290
80
N/A
250
80
Bypass manifold 1 Port
TOTAL INLET GAS FLOW – Standard Configuration
Controls rate of flow of zero purge gas through
the O2 sensor (when installed and enabled) when
inactive.
Vacuum manifold: O2
sensor port
0.004"
TOTAL INLET GAS FLOW – With O2 Sensor Option
370
330
O3 supply inlet of
reaction cell.
Controls rate of flow of ozone gas into the
reaction cell.
0.007”
0.004"
0.007”
0.004"
250
80
250
80
Dry air return of Perma Controls flow rate of dry air return / purge air of
Pure® dryer
the dryer.
1
Bypass manifold is built into the 3-port reaction cell.
In addition to controlling the gas flows, the critical flow orifices at the inlets of the
reaction cell also maintain an under-pressure inside the reaction cell, effectively
reducing the number of molecules in the chamber and therefore increasing the
chemiluminescence yield as the likelihood of third body quenching is reduced (Section
8.2.4.1). The T200H/M sensitivity reaches a peak at about 2 in-Hg-A, below which the
sensitivity drops due to a low number of molecules and decreased yield in the
chemiluminescence reaction.
EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON CRITICAL FLOW
Changes in temperature will cause the critical flow orifice materials to expand or
contract. Even though these changes are extremely small, they can alter the diameter of
the critical flow orifice enough to cause noticeable changes in the flow rate though the
orifice. To alleviate this problem the two most important of the flow assemblies (those
controlling the sample gas an O3 gas flow)in the T200H/M are maintained at a constant
temperature.
8.3.4. SAMPLE PARTICULATE FILTER
To remove particles in the sample gas, the analyzer is equipped with a PTFE membrane
filter of 47 mm diameter (also referred to as the sample filter) with a 1 µm pore size.
The filter is accessible through the front panel, which folds down (after removal of the
CE Mark safety screw), and should be changed according to the maintenance schedule
in Table 9-1.
280
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.3.5. OZONE GAS AIR FLOW
The excess ozone needed for reaction with NO in the reaction cell is generated inside the
analyzer because of the instability and toxicity of ozone. Besides the ozone generator
itself, this requires a dry air supply and filtering of the gas before it is introduced into the
reaction cell. Due to its toxicity and aggressive chemical behavior, O3 must also be
removed from the gas stream before it can be vented through the exhaust outlet.
In contrast to the sample flow, the ozone flow is measured with a mass flow sensor,
which is mounted on the pneumatic sensor board, just behind the PMT sensor assembly.
This mass flow sensor has a full scale range of 0-1000 cm³/min and can be calibrated
front panel is an actual measurement (and not a calculated value), the flow variability
may be higher than that of the sample flow, which is based on a calculation from (more
stable) differential pressures. On the other hand, the drift, i.e. long-term change, in the
ozone flow rate may be higher and usually indicates a flow problem. As with all other
test parameters, we recommend to monitor the ozone flow over time for predictive
diagnostics and maintenance evaluation.
CAUTION
Ozone (O3) is a toxic gas. Obtain a Material and Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) for this gas. Read and rigorously follow the safety guide-
lines described there. Always make sure that the plumbing of the
O3 generation and supply system is maintained and leak-free.
281
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
8.3.6. O3 GENERATOR
The T200H/M uses a corona discharge (CD) tube for creating its O3. Corona discharge
generation is capable of producing high concentrations of ozone efficiently and with low
excess heat. Although there are many cell designs, the fundamental principle remains
the same (Figure 8-9).
Figure 8-9:
Ozone Generator Principle
The T200H/M utilizes a dual-dielectric design. This method utilizes a glass tube with
hollow walls. The outermost and innermost surfaces are coated with electrically
conductive material. The air flows through the glass tube, between the two conductive
coatings, in effect creating a capacitor with the air and glass acting as the dielectric. The
layers of glass also separate the conductive surfaces from the air stream to prevent
reaction with the O3. As the capacitor charges and discharges, electrons are created and
accelerated across the air gap and collide with the O2 molecules in the air stream
splitting them into elemental oxygen. Some of these oxygen atoms recombine with O2
to O3.
The quantity of ozone produced is dependent on factors such as the voltage and
frequency of the alternating current applied to the CD cells. When enough high-energy
electrons are produced to ionize the O2 molecules, a light emitting, gaseous plasma is
formed, which is commonly referred to as a corona, hence the name corona discharge
generator.
282
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.3.7. PERMA PURE® DRYER
The air supplied to the O3 generation system needs to be as dry as possible. Normal
room air contains a certain amount of water vapor, which greatly diminishes the yield of
ozone produced by the ozone generator. Also, water can react with other chemicals
inside the O3 Generator to produce chemicals that damage the optical filter located in the
reaction cell (Table 10-1) such as ammonium sulfate or highly corrosive nitric acid.
To accomplish this task the T200H/M uses a Perma Pure® single tube permeation dryer.
The dryer consists of a single tube of Nafion® , a co-polymer similar to Teflon® that
absorbs water very well but not other chemicals. The Nafion® tube is mounted within an
outer, flexible plastic tube. As gas flows through the inner Nafion® tube, water vapor is
absorbed into the membrane walls. The absorbed water is transported through the
membrane wall and evaporates into the dry, purge gas flowing through the outer tube,
Figure 8-10:
Semi-Permeable Membrane Drying Process
This process is called per-evaporation and is driven by the humidity gradient between
the inner and outer tubes as well as the flow rates and pressure difference between inner
and outer tubing. Unlike micro-porous membrane permeation, which transfers water
through a relatively slow diffusion process, per-evaporation is a simple kinetic reaction.
Therefore, the drying process occurs quickly, typically within milliseconds. The first
step in this process is a chemical reaction between the molecules of the Nafion® material
and water, other chemical components of the gases to be dried are usually unaffected.
The chemical reaction is based on hydrogen bonds between the water molecule and the
Nafion material. Other small polar gases that are capable of hydrogen bonds can be
absorbed this way, too, such as ammonia (NH3) and some low molecular amines. The
gases of interest, NO and NO2, do not get absorbed and pass the dryer unaltered.
To provide a dry purge gas for the outer side of the Nafion tube, the T200H/M returns
analyzer is first started, the humidity gradient between the inner and outer tubes is not
283
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
very large and the dryer’s efficiency is low at first but improves as this cycle reduces the
moisture in the sample gas and settles at a minimum humidity.
Figure 8-11:
T200H/M Perma Pure® Dryer
Just like on startup, if the instrument is turned on after having been off for more than 30
minutes, it takes a certain amount of time for the humidity gradient to become large
enough for the Perma Pure® Dryer to adequately dry the air. In this case, called a cold
start, the O3 Generator is not turned on for 30 minutes. When rebooting the instrument
within less than 30 minutes of power-down, the generator is turned on immediately.
The Perma Pure® Dryer used in the T200H/M is capable of adequately drying ambient
air to a dew point of ≤ -5˚C (~4000 ppm residual H2O) at a flow rate of 1 standard liter
per minute (slpm) or down to ≤ -15˚C (~1600 ppm residual H2O) at 0.5 slpm. The
Perma Pure® Dryer is also capable of removing ammonia from the sample gas up to
concentrations of approximately 1 ppm.
284
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.3.8. OZONE SUPPLY AIR FILTER
The T200H/M uses ambient air as the supply gas for the O3 generator and may produce
a variety of byproducts. Small amounts of water, ammonia and various sulfur oxides
can combine to create ammonium sulfate, ammonium nitrate, nitric acid and other
compounds. Whereas sulfates and nitrates can create powdery residues inside the
reaction cell causing sensitivity drift, nitric acid is a very aggressive compound, which
can deteriorate the analyzer’s components. In order to remove these chemical
byproducts from the O3 gas stream, the output of the O3 generator flows through a
special filter between the generator and the reaction cell.
Any NOX that may be produced in the generator (from reaction of O2 or O3 and N2 in the
air) and may cause an artifact in the measurement, is calibrated out through the Auto-
zero functionality, which checks the background signal of the O3 stream only once per
minute.
8.3.9. OZONE SCRUBBER
Even though ozone is unstable and typically reacts to form O2, the break-down is not
quite fast enough to ensure that it is completely removed from the exhaust gas stream of
the T200H/M by the time the gas exits the analyzer. Due to the high toxicity and
reactivity of O3, a special catalytic ozone scrubber is used to remove all of the O3 exiting
the reaction cell. Besides its efficient destruction of O3, this catalyst does not produce
any toxic or hazardous gases as it only converts ozone to oxygen.
The O3 scrubber is located inside the NO2 converter housing next to the NO2 converter
in order to utilize residual heat given of by the converter heater. Even though the
catalyst is 100% efficient at scrubbing ozone at room temperature, heating it
significantly reduces the necessary residence time (the amount of time the gas must be in
contact with the catalyst) for 100% efficiency and full efficiency can be maintained at
higher gas flow rates. As this is a true catalytic converter, there are no maintenance
requirements as would be required for charcoal-based scrubbers.
A certain amount of fine, black dust may exit the catalyst, particularly if the analyzer is
subjected to sudden pressure drops (for example, when disconnecting the running pump
without letting the analyzer properly and slowly equilibrate to ambient pressure). To
avoid the dust from entering the reaction cell or the pump, the scrubber is equipped with
sintered stainless steel filters of 20 µm pore size on either end and on some models, an
additional dust filter may be attached to the exhaust port.
285
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
8.3.10. PNEUMATIC SENSORS
Note
The T200H/M displays all pressures in inches of mercury absolute (in-Hg-
A), i.e. absolute pressure referenced against zero (a perfect vacuum).
The T200H/M uses three pneumatic sensors to verify gas streams. These sensors are
located on a printed circuit assembly, called the pneumatic pressure/flow sensor board,
located just behind the sensor assembly.
8.3.10.1. Vacuum Manifold
The vacuum manifold is the central exit port for all analyzer pneumatics. All gas
streams of the analyzer exit through this assembly and connect to the instrument’s pump.
the optional equipment that is installed. An IZS option, for example, will add another
FT8 connector and orifice assembly to the manifold, an optional sample dryer may add a
Tee-fitting so that two ¼” tubes can be connected to the same port.
At this time, the vacuum manifold does not yet support the orifice holder shown in
needs to either blow the orifice out with reversed pressure or remove the entire manifold
for this task. However, orifices installed in the vacuum manifold should not have to be
cleaned under normal circumstances.
Figure 8-12:
Vacuum Manifold
8.3.10.2. Sample Pressure Sensor
An absolute pressure transducer connected to the input of the NO/NOX valve is used to
measure the pressure of the sample gas before it enters the analyzer’s reaction cell. This
is the “upstream” pressure mentioned above, which is used to compute sample flow rate.
In conjunction with the vacuum pressure sensor, it is also used to validate the critical
flow condition (2:1 pressure ratio) through the sample gas critical flow orifice (Section
286
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.8.3), the output of this sensor is also used to supply pressure data for that calculation.
The actual pressure value is viewable through the analyzer’s front panel display as the
test function SAMP. The flow rate of the sample gas is displayed as SAMP FLW.
8.3.10.3. Vacuum Pressure Sensor
An absolute pressure transducer connected to the exhaust manifold is used to measure
the pressure downstream from and inside the instrument’s reaction cell. The output of
the sensor is used by the CPU to calculate the pressure differential between the gas
upstream of the reaction cell and the gas downstream from it and is also used as the
main diagnostic for proper pump operation. If the ratio between the upstream pressure
and the downstream pressure falls below 2:1, a warning message (SAMPLE FLOW
WARN) is displayed on the analyzer’s front panel (Section 6.2.2) and the sample flow
rate will display XXXX instead of an actual value. If this pressure exceeds 10 in-Hg-A,
an RCEL PRESSURE WARNING Is issued, even though the analyzer will continue to
calculate a sample flow up to ~14 in Hg.
Also, if the temperature/pressure compensation (TPC) feature is turned on (Section
measurement is viewable through the analyzer’s front panel as the test function RCEL.
8.3.10.4. O3 Supply Air Flow Sensor
A mass flow meter connected between the Perma Pure® dryer and the O3 generator
measures the flow rate of O3 supply air through the analyzer. This information is used
to validate the O3 gas flow rate. If the flow rate exceeds ±15% of the nominal flow rate
(250 cm³/min), a warning message OZONE FLOW WARNING is displayed on the
analyzer’s front panel (Section 6.2.2) and the O3 generator is turned off. As second
warning, OZONE GEN OFF, is displayed. This flow measurement is viewable
through instrument’s front panel display as the test function OZONE FL.
8.3.11. DILUTION MANIFOLD
Certain applications require to measure NOX in sample gases that do not contain any
oxygen. However, the molybdenum NO2 converter requires a minimum amount of
oxygen to operate properly and to ensure constant conversion efficiency. For these
special applications, the analyzer may be equipped with a dilution manifold (Figure
8-13) to provide the instrument with an internal sample stream that contains about 2.5%
O2. This manifold is mounted between converter housing and vacuum manifold on a
small mounting bracket. If the dilution manifold is to be mounted in the T200H/M
analyzer.
The manifold is equipped with two orifice holders that control the flow of the O2-free
sample gas and the bleeds in a small amount of zero air before the combined sample
stream goes to the NO/NOX valve for measurement. The zero air is produced by an
external zero air scrubber cartridge, mounted on the rear panel.
The dilution manifold is not temperature controlled, although the residual heat of the
NO2 converter housing provides some temperature stability. Tight temperature stability
is not critical to the dilution application.
287
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Figure 8-13:
Dilution Manifold
Please inquire with Teledyne-API sales if the analyzer can be modified to fit your
application.
8.4. OXYGEN SENSOR (OPT 65A) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
8.4.1. PARAMAGNETIC MEASUREMENT OF O2
The oxygen sensor used in the T200H/M analyzer utilizes the fact that oxygen is
attracted into strong magnetic field (in contrast with most other gases) to obtain fast,
accurate oxygen measurements.
The sensor’s core is made up of two nitrogen filled glass spheres, which are mounted on
centrally on the suspension and light is shone onto the mirror, which reflects the light
onto a pair of photocells that then generate a signal. The signal generated by the
photocells is passed to a feedback loop, which outputs a current to a wire winding (in
effect, a small DC electric motor) mounted on the suspended mirror.
Oxygen from the sample stream is attracted into the magnetic field displacing the
nitrogen filled spheres and causing the suspended mirror to rotate. This changes the
amount of light reflected onto the photocells and therefore the output levels of the
photocells. The feedback loop increases the amount of current fed into the wire winding
in order to move the mirror back into its original position. The more O2 present, the
more the mirror moves and the more current is fed into the wire winding by the feedback
control loop.
A sensor measures the amount of current generated by the feedback control loop which
is directly proportional to the concentration of oxygen within the sample gas mixture
(see Figure 8-14).
288
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
Figure 8-14:
Oxygen Sensor - Principle of Operation
8.4.2. OPERATION WITHIN THE T200H/M ANALYZER
The oxygen sensor option is transparently integrated into the core analyzer operation.
All functions can be viewed or accessed through the front panel, just like the functions
for NOX.
The O2 concentration is displayed in the upper right-hand corner, alternating with
NOX, NO and NO2 concentrations.
Test functions for O2 slope and offset are viewable from the front panel along with
the analyzer’s other test functions.
O2 sensor calibration is performed via the front panel CAL function and is
performed in a nearly identical manner as the standard NOX/NO calibration. See
Stability of the O2 sensor can be viewed (see 3.3.2.1)
The O2 concentration range is 0-100% (user selectable) with 0.1% precision and
accuracy and is available to be output via one of the instrument’s four user selectable
analog outputs (see Section 6.13.4).
The temperature of the O2 sensor is maintained at a constant 50° C by means of a PID
loop and can be viewed on the front panel as test function O2 TEMP.
The O2 sensor assembly itself does not have any serviceable parts and is enclosed in an
insulated canister.
8.4.3. PNEUMATIC OPERATION OF THE O2 SENSOR
Pneumatically, the O2 sensor is connected after the particulate filter and draws a flow of
about 80 cm³/min in addition to the normal sample flow rate (See Table 10.-3 for
nominal sample inlet gas flow rates) and is separately controlled with its own critical
flow orifice located inside the vacuum manifold.
289
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
8.5. ELECTRONIC OPERATION
Figure 8-15 shows a block diagram of the major electronic components of the T200H/M.
Analog
IN
RS232
Male
COM2
Female COM port
USB
Ethernet
Analog Outputs
A1
A2
A3
A4
Optional
4-20 mA
Touchscreen
or USB
Control Inputs:
1 – 6
USB
Display
Status Outputs:
1 – 8
(I2C Bus)
LVDS
transmitter board
Analog
Outputs
(D/A)
External
Digital I/O)
COM2 (RS–232 or RS–485)
PC 104
CPU Card
COM1 (RS–232 ONLY)
A/D
Converter(
V/F)
Power-Up
Circuit
Disk On
Module
Box
Temp
MOTHER
BOARD
Flash Chip
PC 104
Bus
PUMP
(ExternallyPowered)
Analog
Sensor Inputs
Thermistor
Interface
Internal
Digital I/O
I2C Bus
Pneumatic
Sensor
Board
REACTION CELL
TEMPERATURE
I2C Status
LED
Sample
Pressure
Sensor
RELAY
BOARD
CPU Status
LED
Vacuum
Pressure
Sensor
MOLYBDENUM CONVERTER
TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
NO/NOx
Valve
O3 Flow Sensor
O2 OPTION
TEMPERATURE
Reaction Cell
Heater
Autozero
Valve
PMT
Temperature
Sensor
Sample Cal
Valve Option
Option
Molybdenum
Converter Heater
PMT
PREAMP PCA
PMT
TEC Drive
PCA
PMT TEC
O2 Sensor
Option
MOLYBDENUM CONVERTER
TEMPERATURE
Figure 8-15:
T200H/M Electronic Block Diagram
The core of the analyzer is a microcomputer (CPU) that controls various internal
processes, interprets data, calculates data, and reports results using specialized firmware
developed by Teledyne API. It communicates with the user, receives data from and
issues commands to a variety of peripheral devices through the motherboard, the main
printed circuit assembly on the rear panel.
290
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.5.1. CPU
The unit’s CPU card, installed on the motherboard located inside the rear panel, is a low
power (5 VDC, 720mA max), high performance, Vortex 86SX-based microcomputer
running Windows CE. Its operation and assembly conform to the PC 104 specification.
Figure 8-16:
T200H/M CPU Board Annotated
The CPU includes two types of non-volatile data storage: a Disk on Module (DOM)
with an embedded 2MB flash chip.
8.5.1.1. Disk On Module (DOM)
The DOM is a 44-pin IDE flash drive with storage capacity to 128 MB. It is used to
store the computer’s operating system files, the Teledyne API firmware and peripheral
files, and the operational data generated by the analyzer’s internal data acquisition
system (DAS).
8.5.1.2. Flash Chip
This non-volatile, embedded flash chip includes 2 MB of storage for calibration data as
well as a backup of the analyzer configuration. Storing these key data on a less heavily
accessed chip significantly decreases the chance of data corruption.
In the unlikely event that the flash chip should fail, the analyzer will continue to operate
with just the DOM. However, all configuration information will be lost, requiring the
unit to be recalibrated.
291
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
8.5.2. SENSOR MODULE, REACTION CELL
Electronically, the T200H/M sensor assembly (see Figure 9-6) consists of several
subassemblies with different tasks: to detect the intensity of the light from the
chemiluminescence reaction between NO and O3 in the reaction cell, to produce a
current signal proportional to the intensity of the chemiluminescence, to control the
temperature of the PMT to ensure the accuracy and stability of the measurements and to
drive the high voltage power supply that is needed for the PMT. The individual
its components.
8.5.2.1. Reaction Cell Heating Circuit
The stability of the chemiluminescence reaction between NO and O3 can be affected by
changes in the temperature and pressure of the O3 and sample gases in the reaction cell.
In order to reduce temperature effects, the reaction cell is maintained at a constant
50 C, just above the high end of the instrument’s operation temperature range.
Two AC heaters, one embedded into the bottom of the reaction cell, the other embedded
directly above the chamber’s exhaust fitting, provide the heat source. These heaters
operate off of the instrument’s main AC power and are controlled by the CPU through a
bottom of the reaction cell, reports the cell’s temperature to the CPU through the
thermistor interface circuitry of the motherboard (Section 8.5.9.3).
292
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.5.3. PHOTO MULTIPLIER TUBE (PMT)
The T200H/M uses a photo multiplier tube (PMT) to detect the amount of
chemiluminescence created in the sample chamber.
PMT Housing End Plate
This is the entry to the PMT Exchange
PMT Output
Connector
PMT Preamp PCA
PMT Power Supply
& Aux. Signal
Connector
High voltage Power Supply
(HVPS)
PMT
O-Test LED
PMT Cold Block
Connector to PMT
Pre Amp PCA
12V Power
Connector
Insulation Gasket
Light from Reaction
Chamber shines
through hole in side
of Cold Block
PMT Temperature
Sensor
Thermo-Electric Cooler
(TEC)
PMT Heat Exchange Fins
TEC Driver PCA
Cooling Fan
Housing
Figure 8-17:
PMT Housing Assembly
293
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
A typical PMT is a vacuum tube containing a variety of specially designed electrodes.
Photons from the reaction are filtered by an optical high-pass filter, enter the PMT and
strike a negatively charged photo cathode causing it to emit electrons. A high voltage
potential across these focusing electrodes directs the electrons toward an array of high
voltage dynodes. The dynodes in this electron multiplier array are designed so that each
stage multiplies the number of emitted electrons by emitting multiple, new electrons.
The greatly increased number of electrons emitted from one end of electron multiplier
are collected by a positively charged anode at the other end, which creates a useable
current signal. This current signal is amplified by the preamplifier board and then
reported to the motherboard.
Figure 8-18:
Basic PMT Design
A significant performance characteristic of the PMT is the voltage potential across the
electron multiplier. The higher the voltage, the greater is the number of electrons
emitted from each dynode of the electron multiplier, making the PMT more sensitive
and responsive to small variations in light intensity but also more noisy (dark noise).
The gain voltage of the PMT used in the T200H/M is usually set between 450 V and 800
V. This parameter is viewable through the front panel as test function HVPS (see
Section 6.2.1). For information on when and how to set this voltage, see Section
11.6.3.8.
The PMT is housed inside the PMT module assembly (see Figure 10-18). This
assembly also includes the high voltage power supply required to drive the PMT, an
LED used by the instrument’s optical test function, a thermistor that measures the
temperature of the PMT and various components of the PMT cooling system including
the thermo-electric cooler (TEC).
294
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.5.4. PMT COOLING SYSTEM
The performance of the analyzer’s PMT is significantly affected by temperature.
Variations in PMT temperature are directly reflected in the signal output of the PMT.
Also the signal to noise ratio of the PMT output is radically influenced by temperature
as well. The warmer The PMT is, the noisier its signal becomes until the noise renders
the concentration signal useless. To alleviate this problem a special cooling system
exists that maintains the PMT temperature at a stable, low level
Preamp PCA sends
buffered and
amplified thermistor
signal to TEC PCA
TEC PCA sets
appropriate
drive voltage
for cooler
TEC
Control
PCA
PMT Preamp
PCA
ThermoElectric Cooler
Thermistor
outputs temp of
cold block to
preamp PCA
PMT
Cold Block
Heat form PMT is absorbed
by the cold block and
transferred to the heat sink
via the TEC then bled off
into the cool air stream.
Cooling Fan
Figure 8-19:
PMT Cooling System
8.5.4.1. TEC Control Board
The TEC control printed circuit assembly is located in the sensor housing assembly,
under the slanted shroud, next to the cooling fins and directly above the cooling fan.
Using the amplified PMT temperature signal from the PMT preamplifier board (see
Section 10.4.5), it sets the drive voltage for the thermoelectric cooler. The warmer the
PMT gets, the more current is passed through the TEC causing it to pump more heat to
the heat sink.
A red LED located on the top edge of this circuit board indicates that the control circuit
is receiving power. Four test points are also located at the top of this assembly. For the
definitions and acceptable signal levels of these test points see Section 11.
8.5.5. PMT PREAMPLIFIER
The PMT preamplifier board amplifies the PMT signal into a useable analog voltage
(PMT) that can be processed by the motherboard into a digital signal to be used by the
CPU to calculate the NO, NO2 and NOx concentrations of the gas in the sample
chamber.
The output signal of the PMT is controlled by two different adjustments. First, the
voltage across the electron multiplier array of the PMT is adjusted with a set of two
hexadecimal switches. Adjusting this voltage directly affects the HVPS voltage and,
hence, the signal from the PMT. Secondly, the gain of the amplified signal can further
295
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
be adjusted through a potentiometer. These adjustments should only be performed when
encountering problems with the software calibration that cannot be rectified otherwise.
See Section 11.6.3.8 for this hardware calibration.
O Test Control
PMT Preamp PCA
From CPU
O-Test
Generator
PMT
PMT Fine
Coarse
Gain Set
(Rotary
Gain Set
(Rotary
Switch)
O Test
LED
PMT HVPS
To
D-A
Converter
Drive Voltage
Motherboard
Amp to
Voltage
PMT Output
Converter/
Amplifier
MUX
E Test Control
From CPU
Low
Pass Noise
Filter
E-Test
Generator
PMT
PMT Temp Analog Signal
to Motherboard
Signal
Offset
PMT Temp
Sensor
PMT
Temperature
Feedback
Circuit
TEC Control
PCA
PMT Output Signal
(PMT) to Motherboard
Figure 8-20:
PMT Preamp Block Diagram
The PMT temperature control loop maintains the PMT temperature around 7° C and can
be viewed as test function PMT TEMP on the front panel (see Section 6.2.1).
The electrical test (ETEST) circuit generates a constant, electronic signal intended to
simulate the output of the PMT (after conversion from current to voltage). By bypassing
the detector’s actual signal, it is possible to test most of the signal handling and
conditioning circuitry on the PMT preamplifier board. See section 6.9.6 for instructions
on performing this test.
The optical test (OTEST) feature causes an LED inside the PMT cold block to create a
light signal that can be measured with the PMT. If zero air is supplied to the analyzer,
the entire measurement capability of the sensor module can be tested including the PMT
and the current to voltage conversion circuit on the PMT preamplifier board. See
section 6.9.5 for instructions on performing this test.
296
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.5.6. PNEUMATIC SENSOR BOARD
The flow and pressure sensors of the T200H/M are located on a printed circuit assembly
assembly. The signals of this board are supplied to the motherboard for further signal
processing. All sensors are linearized in the firmware and can be span calibrated from
the front panel.
8.5.7. RELAY BOARD
The relay board is the central switching and power distribution unit of the analyzer. It
contains power relays, valve drivers and status LEDs for all heated zones and valves, as
well as thermocouple amplifiers, power distribution connectors and the two switching
power supplies of the analyzer. The relay board communicates with the motherboard
over the I2C bus and can be used for detailed trouble-shooting of power problems and
8.5.7.1. Relay PCA Location and Layout
Generally the relay PCA is located in the right-rear quadrant of the analyzer and is
mounted vertically on the back side of the same bracket as the instrument’s DC power
supplies, however the exact location of the relay PCA may differ from model to model
(see Figure 3-5)
8.5.7.2. Heater Control
can be configured for either type-J or type-K thermocouples. Additionally:
Both T/C’s can be configured as either grounded or ungrounded thermocouples.
Standard configuration of the both type of thermocouples is 10 mV/°C. In order to
accommodate the T200H’s Mini High-Con converter option, a type-K; 5mV/°C
output configuration has been added.
297
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Thermistor(s) – Low Temperature Sensing:
(e.g. Sample Chamber and Reaction
Cell temperatures)
MOTHER BOARD
A/D
Converter
(V/F)
RELAY PCA
Preamplifiers
and Signal
Conditioning
CPU
THERMOCOUPLE
CONFIGURATION
JUMPER
Cold Junction
Compensation
(JP5)
DC
Themocouple(s)
(High Temperature Sensing;
e.g. Moly and HiCon
Control
Logic
Solid State
AC Relays
Converter temperatures)
DC HEATERS
AC HEATERS
Figure 8-21:
Heater Control Loop Block Diagram.
8.5.7.3. Thermocouple Inputs and Configuration Jumper (JP5)
Although the relay PCA supports two thermocouple inputs, the current T200H/M series
analyzers only utilize one. By default, this single thermocouple input is plugged into the
J16
CAUTION
Avoid damage to the unit: use only the recommended thermocouple type and its specific
settings. If in doubt, call T-API Technical Support for information about the correct part.
298
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
Table8-4: Thermocouple Configuration Jumper (JP5) Pin-Outs
TC INPUT
JUMPER PAIR
DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION
Selects preamp gain factor for J or K TC
- IN = J TC gain factor
Gain Selector
1 – 11
- OUT = K TC gain factor
Selects preamp gain factor for J or K TC
- IN = 5 mV / °C
Output Scale Selector
2 – 12
- OUT = 10 mV / °C
When present, sets Cold Junction
Compensation for J type Thermocouple
TC1
3 – 13
4 – 14
Type J Compensation
Type K Compensation
When present, sets Cold Junction
Compensation for K type Thermocouple
Selects between Isolated and grounded TC
- IN = Isolate TC
5 – 15
Termination Selector
- OUT = Grounded TC
Gain Selector
Same as Pins 1 – 11 above.
Same as Pins 2 – 12 above.
Same as Pins 3 – 13 above.
Same as Pins 4 – 14 above.
Same as Pins 5 – 15 above.
6 – 16
7 – 17
8 – 18
9 – 19
10 – 20
Output Scale Selector
Type J Compensation
Type K Compensation
Termination Selector
TC2
TC1
TC2
Figure 8-22:
Thermocouple Configuration Jumper (JP5) Pin-Outs
299
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Table 8-5: Typical Thermocouple Settings
OUTPUT
SCALE TYPE
JUMPER
BETWEEN
PINS
TC
TYPE
TERMINATION
TYPE
JUMPER
USED ON
COLOR
INPUT TC1 (J15)
2 – 12
4 – 14
GROUNDED
5mV / °C
5mV / °C
10mV / °C
10mV / °C
10mV / °C
T200H/M with Mini HiCon Converter
T200H/M with Mini HiCon Converter
T200H/M models with Moly Converter
T200H/M models with Moly Converter
T200H/M models with Moly Converter
BROWN
GREY
K
K
K
J
2 – 12
4 – 14
5 – 15
ISOLATED
ISOLATED
ISOLATED
GROUNDED
4 – 14
5 – 15
PURPLE
RED
1 – 11
3 – 13
5 – 15
1 – 11
3 – 13
GREEN
J
8.5.7.4. Valve Control
The relay board also hosts two valve driver chips, each of which can drive up four
valves. The main valve assembly in the T200H/M is the NO/NOX - Auto-zero solenoid
valve assembly mounted right in front of the NO2 converter housing. These two valves
are actuated with 12 V supplied from the relay board and driven by the CPU through the
I2C bus.
A second set of valves may be installed if the zero/span valve is enabled in the analyzer.
Specialty manifold valves may be present in the analyzer.
300
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.5.8. STATUS LEDS & WATCH DOG CIRCUITRY
Thirteen LEDs are located on the analyzer’s relay board to indicate the status of the
analyzer’s heating zones and valves as well as a general operating watchdog indicator.
Table 11-2 shows the states of these LEDs and their respective functionality.
D7 (Green) – Zero / Span Valve Status
D8 (Green) – Sample / Cal Valve Status
D9 (Green ) – Auto / Zero Valve Status
D10 (Green) – NOx / NO Valve Status
D4 (Yellow) – Manifold Heater
D3 (Yellow) – NO2 Converter Heater
D2 (Yellow) – Reaction Cell Heater
D5(Yellow)
D6 (Yellow) – O2 Sensor Heater
D1 (RED)
Watchdog
Indicator
Figure 8-23:
Status LED Locations – Relay PCA
8.5.8.1. Watchdog Indicator (D1)
The most important of the status LED’s on the relay board is the red I2C Bus watch-dog LED. It is controlled
directly analyzer’s CPU over the I2C bus. Special circuitry on the relay PCA watches the status of D1. Should
this LED ever stay ON or OFF for 30 seconds, indicating that the CPU or I2C bus has stopped functioning, this
Watchdog Circuit automatically shuts all valves and turn off all heaters.
301
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
8.5.9. MOTHERBOARD
This is the largest electronic assembly in the analyzer and is mounted to the rear panel as
the base for the CPU board and all I/O connectors. This printed circuit assembly
provides a multitude of functions including A/D conversion, digital input/output, PC-
104 to I2C translation, temperature sensor signal processing and is a pass through for the
RS-232 and RS-485 signals.
8.5.9.1. A to D Conversion
Analog signals, such as the voltages received from the analyzer’s various sensors, are
converted into digital signals that the CPU can understand and manipulate by the analog
to digital converter (A/D).Under the control of the CPU, this functional block selects a
particular signal input and then coverts the selected voltage into a digital word.
The A/D consists of a voltage-to-frequency (V-F) converter, a programmable logic
device (PLD), three multiplexers, several amplifiers and some other associated devices.
The V-F converter produces a frequency proportional to its input voltage. The PLD
counts the output of the V-F during a specified time period, and sends the result of that
count, in the form of a binary number, to the CPU.
The A/D can be configured for several different input modes and ranges but in the is
used in uni-polar mode with a +5V full scale. The converter includes a 1% over and
under-range. This allows signals from -0.05V to +5.05V to be fully converted.
For calibration purposes, two reference voltages are supplied to the A/D converter:
Reference ground and +4.096 VDC. During calibration, the device measures these two
voltages, outputs their digital equivalent to the CPU. The CPU uses these values to
compute the converter’s offset and slope and uses these factors for subsequent
conversions. See Section 6.13.5.4 for instructions on performing this calibration.
8.5.9.2. Sensor Inputs
The key analog sensor signals are coupled to the A/D converter through the master
multiplexer from two connectors on the motherboard. Terminating resistors (100 kΩ )
on each of the inputs prevent cross-talk between the sensor signals.
PMT DETECTOR OUTPUT: This signal, output by the PMT preamp PCA, is used in
the computation of the NO, NO2 and NOx concentrations displayed at the top right hand
corner of the front panel display and output through the instruments analog outputs and
com ports.
PMT HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY LEVEL: This input is based on the drive
voltage output by the PMT pram board to the PMT’s high voltage power supply
(HVPS). It is digitized and sent to the CPU where it is used to calculate the voltage
setting of the HVPS and stored in the instruments memory as the test function HVPS.
HVPS is viewable as a test function (see Section 6.2.1) through the analyzer’s front
panel.
PMT TEMPERATURE: This signal is the output of the thermistor attached to the PMT
cold block amplified by the PMT temperature feedback circuit on the PMT preamp
302
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
board. It is digitized and sent to the CPU where it is used to calculate the current
temperature of the PMT.
This measurement is stored in the analyzer. Memory as the test function PMT TEMP
and is viewable as a test function (see Section 6.2.1) through the analyzer’s front panel.
NO2 CONVERTER TEMPERATURE: This parameter is measured with a Type-K
thermocouple attached to the NO2 converter heater and its analog signal is amplified by
the circuitry on the relay board. It is sent to the CPU and then digitized and is used to
calculate the current temperature of the NO2 converter. It is also stored in the DAS and
reported as test function MOLY TEMP.
SAMPLE GAS PRESSURE: This is measured upstream of the reaction cell, stored in
the DAS and reported as SAMPLE. The vacuum gas pressure is measured downstream
of the reaction cell and is stored in the DAS and reported as RCEL. For more
information on these sensor’s functions see Section 8.3.10.
O3 GAS FLOW This sensor measures the gas flow upstream of the ozone generator,
stored in the DAS and reported as test function OZONE FL. For more information on
this sensor’s function see Section 8.3.10.
8.5.9.3. Thermistor Interface
This circuit provides excitation, termination and signal selection for several negative-
coefficient, thermistor temperature sensors located inside the analyzer. They are:
REACTION CELL TEMPERATURE SENSOR: A thermistor embedded in the reaction
cell manifold. This temperature is used by the CPU to control the reaction cell heating
circuit and as a parameter in the temperature/pressure compensation algorithm. This
measurement is stored in the analyzer’s DAS and reported as test function
RCEL TEMP.
BOX TEMPERATURE SENSOR: A thermistor is attached to the motherboard. It
measures the analyzer’s inside temperature. This information is stored by the CPU and
can be viewed by the user for troubleshooting purposes through the front panel display.
It is also used as part of the NO, NOX and NO2 calculations when the instrument’s
Temperature/Pressure Compensation feature is enabled. This measurement is stored in
the analyzer. Memory as the test function BOX TEMP and is viewable as a test
The thermistor inside the PMT cold block as well as the thermistor located on the
preamplifier board are both converted to analog signals on the preamplifier board before
being sent to the motherboard’s A/D converter.
O2 SENSOR TEMPERATURE: For instruments with the oxygen sensor option
installed, the thermistor measuring the temperature of the heating block mounted to the
sensor is reported as test function O2 TEMP on the front panel. This temperature is
maintained at 50° C.
303
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
8.5.10. ANALOG OUTPUTS
The analyzer comes equipped with four Analog Outputs: A1, A2, A3 and a fourth that is
a spare.
A1 and A2 Outputs: The first two, A1 and A2 are normally set up to operate in parallel
so that the same data can be sent to two different recording devices. While the names
imply that one should be used for sending data to a chart recorder and the other for
interfacing with a data logger, either can be used for both applications.
Output Loop-back: All of the functioning analog outputs are connected back to the A/D
converter through a Loop-back circuit. This permits the voltage outputs to be calibrated
by the CPU without need for any additional tools or fixtures (see Section 6.13.5.4)
8.5.11. EXTERNAL DIGITAL I/O
The external digital I/O performs two functions.
The STATUS outputs carry logic-level (5V) signals through an optically isolated 8-pin
connector on the rear panel of the analyzer. These outputs convey on/off information
about certain analyzer conditions such as CONC VALID. They can be used to interface
with certain types of programmable devices (Section 6.15.1.1).
The CONTROL inputs can be initiated by applying 5V DC power from an external
source such as a PLC or data logger (Section 6.15.1.2). Zero and span calibrations can
be initiated by contact closures on the rear panel.
8.5.12. I2C DATA BUS
I2C is a two-wire, clocked, bi-directional, digital serial I/O bus that is used widely in
commercial and consumer electronic systems. A transceiver on the motherboard
converts data and control signals from the PC-104 bus to I2C. The data are then fed to
the relay board and optional analog input circuitry.
8.5.13. POWER-UP CIRCUIT
This circuit monitors the +5V power supply during analyzer start-up and sets the analog
outputs, external digital I/O ports, and I2C circuitry to specific values until the CPU
boots and the instrument software can establish control.
304
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.6. POWER DISTRIBUTION & CIRCUIT BREAKER
The analyzer operates in two main AC power ranges: 100-120 VAC and 220-240 VAC
(both ± 10%) between 47 and 63 Hz. A 5 ampere circuit breaker is built into the
ON/OFF switch. In case of a wiring fault or incorrect supply power, the circuit breaker
will automatically turn off the analyzer.
CAUTION
Should the power circuit breaker trip correct the condition causing
this situation before turning the analyzer back on.
SENSOR SUITES
Sensor Control
& I/O Logic
ANALOG
AC POWER
DC POWER
SENSORS
(e.g. UV sensors,
Temp Sensors,
Flow Sensors,
PMT HVPS,
LOGIC DEVICES
Pre-Amplifiers
& Amplifiers
(e.g. CPU, I2C bus,
Touchscreen, Display,
MotherBoard, etc.)
etc.)
PS 1
+5 VDC
±15 VDC
Configuration
Jumpers
PUMP
ON / OFF
SWITCH
Configuration
Jumpers
AC HEATERS
Configuration
Jumpers
AC HEATERS for
O2 SENSOR
PS 2
(+12 VDC)
UV Lamp
P/S
Solenoid
Drivers
RELAY PCA
AC
POWER IN
MODEL SPECIFIC
VALVES
(e.g. NOX – NO Valves,
Auto-zero valves, etc.)
OPTIONAL
VALVES
(e.g. Sample/Cal,
Zero/Spans, etc.)
TEC and
Cooling Fan(s)
Figure 8-24:
Power Distribution Block Diagram
Under normal operation, the T200H/M draws about 1.5 A at 115 V and 2.0 A during
start-up.
305
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
8.7. FRONT PANEL/DISPLAY INTERFACE ELECTRONICS
Users can input data and receive information directly through the front panel touch-
screen display. The LCD display is controlled directly by the CPU board. The touch
screen is interfaced to the CPU by means of a touch screen controller that connects to
the CPU via the internal USB bus and emulates a computer mouse.
Figure 8-25:
Front Panel and Display Interface Block Diagram
8.7.1. FRONT PANEL INTERFACE PCA
The front panel interface PCA controls the various functions of the display and touch
screen. For driving the display it provides connection between the CPU video controller
and the LCD display module. This PCA also contains:
power supply circuitry for the LCD display module
a USB hub that is used for communications with the touch screen controller and the
two front panel USB peripheral device ports
the circuitry for powering the display backlight
306
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.8. SOFTWARE OPERATION
The instrument’s core module is a high performance, X86-based microcomputer running
Windows CE. Inside Windows CE, special software developed by Teledyne API
interprets user commands from the various interfaces, performs procedures and tasks,
stores data in the CPU’s various memory devices and calculates the concentration of the
gas being sampled.
Windows CE
API FIRMWARE
Instrument Operations
Memory Handling
Calibration Procedures
Configuration Procedures
Autonomic Systems
Diagnostic Routines
PC/104 BUS
DAS Records
Calibration Data
System Status Data
INSTRUMENT
HARDWARE
Interface Handling
Sensor input data
Display Messages
Touchscreen
Analog output data
RS232 & RS485
External Digital I/O
Measurement
Algorithms
PC/104 BUS
Figure 8-26:
Basic Software Operation
307
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
8.8.1. ADAPTIVE FILTER
The T200H/M NOX analyzer software processes sample gas concentration data through
a built-in adaptive filter. Unlike other analyzers that average the output signal over a
fixed time period, the T200H/M averages over a defined number of samples, with
samples being about 8 seconds apart (reflecting the switching time of 4 s each for NO
and NOX). This technique is known as boxcar filtering. During operation, the software
may automatically switch between two different filters lengths based on the conditions
at hand.
During constant or nearly constant concentrations, the software, by default, computes an
average of the last 42 samples, or approximately 5.6 minutes. This provides smooth and
stable readings and averages out a considerable amount of random noise for an overall
less noisy concentration reading.
If the filter detects rapid changes in concentration the filter reduces the averaging to only
6 samples or about 48 seconds to allow the analyzer to respond more quickly. Two
conditions must be simultaneously met to switch to the short filter. First, the
instantaneous concentration must differ from the average in the long filter by at least 50
ppb. Second, the instantaneous concentration must differ from the average in the long
filter by at least 10% of the average in the long filter.
If necessary, these boxcar filter lengths can be changed between 1 (no averaging) and
1000 samples but with corresponding tradeoffs in rise time and signal-to-noise ratio.
Signal noise increases accordingly when in adaptive filter mode, but remains within the
official T200H/M specifications as long as the filter size remains at or above 3 samples.
In order to avoid frequent switching between the two filter sizes, the analyzer has a
delay of 120 s before switching out of adaptive filter mode, even if the two threshold
conditions are no longer met.
that the filter settings in NOX only or NO only
8.8.2. CALIBRATION - SLOPE AND OFFSET
checkout, calibration of the analyzer is usually performed in software. During
instrument calibration (Section 7) the user enters expected values for span gas
concentration through the front panel keypad and supplies the instrument with sample
gas of know NO and NOX concentrations. The readings are then compared to the
expected values and the software computes values for the new instrument slope and
offset for both NO and NOX response. These values are stored in memory for use in
calculating the NO, NOX and NO2 concentration of the sample gas. By default, the DAS
stores 200 software calibration settings for documentation, review and data analysis.
Instrument slope and offset values recorded during the last calibration can be viewed on
the front panel. NO SLOPE, NOX SLOPE, NO OFFS and NOX OFFS are four of the
test parameters accessible through the <TST TST> buttons.
308
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
8.8.3. TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE COMPENSATION (TPC)
The software features a compensation of some temperature and pressure changes critical
in the measurement of NO and NOX concentration. When the TPC feature is enabled
(default setting), the analyzer divides the value of the PMT output signal (PMTDET) by
a value called TP_FACTOR. TP_FACTOR is calculated according to the following
equation.
RCELLTEMP(K)
7(inHg)
SAMP(inHg
BOXTEMP(K)
TP_FACTORA
B
C
D
323(K)
RCEL(inHg)
29.92(inHg)
298(K)
(Equation 9-5)
Where A, B, C, D are gain functions. The four parameters used to compute
TP_FACTOR are:
RCELL TEMP: The temperature of the reaction cell, measured in K.
RCEL: The pressure of the gas in the vacuum manifold, measured in in-Hg-A.
SAMP: The pressure of the sample gas before it reaches the reaction cell,
measured in in-Hg-A. This measurement is ~1 in-Hg-A lower than atmospheric
pressure.
BOX TEMP: The temperature inside the analyzer’s case measured in K. This is
typically about 5 K higher than room temperature.
The current value of all four of these measurements are viewable as TEST
FUNCTIONS through the instrument’s front panel display.
that, as RCEL TEMP, BOX TEMP and SAMP pressure increase, the value of
TP_FACTOR increases and, hence, the PMTDET value decreases. Conversely,
increases in the reaction cell pressure (RCEL) decrease TP_FACTOR and, hence
increase the PMTDET value. These adjustments are meant to counter-act changes in
the concentrations caused by these parameters.
Each of the terms in the above equation is attenuated by a gain function with a numerical
value based on a preset gain parameter (shown below in CAPITALIZED ITALICS)
normalized to the current value of the parameter being attenuated. The gain functions A,
B, C and D are defined as:
rcell _ temp(K)
A = 1+[(
1)×RCTEMP _TPC _ GAIN]
1)×RCPRESS _TPC _ GAIN]
1)×SPRESS _TPC _ GAIN]
323(K)
(Equation 9-6)
(Equation 9-7)
5("Hg)
B = 1+[(
rcell _ pressure("Hg)
rcell _ temp(K)
C = 1+[(
323(K)
(Equation 9-8)
box _ temp(K)
D = 1+[(
1)×BXTEMP _TPC _ GAIN]
298(K)
(Equation 9-9)
The preset gain parameters are set at the factory and may vary from analyzer to analyzer.
Section 6.12 describes the method for enabling/disabling the TPC feature.
309
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
8.8.4. NO2 CONVERTER EFFICIENCY COMPENSATION
Over time, the molybdenum in the NO2 converter oxidizes and looses its original
capacity of converting NO2 into NO, eventually resulting in a decreased converter
efficiency (CE). Even though we recommend to replace the converter if CE drops
below 96%, the analyzer’s firmware allows adjusting minor deviations of the CE from
1.000 and enables reporting the true concentrations of NO2 and NOX. Converter
efficiency is stored in the instrument’s memory as a decimal fraction that is multiplied
with the NO2 and NOX measurements to calculate the final concentrations for each.
Periodically, this efficiency factor must be measured and - if it has changed from
previous measurements - entered into the analyzer’s memory (Section 5.2.5).
8.8.5. INTERNAL DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM (DAS)
The DAS is designed to implement predictive diagnostics that stores trending data for
users to anticipate when an instrument will require service. Large amounts of data can
be stored in non-volatile memory and retrieved in plain text format for further
processing with common data analysis programs. The DAS has a consistent user
interface among all Teledyne API A-Series, E-Series, and T-Series instruments. New
data parameters and triggering events can be added to the instrument as needed. Section
6.7 describes the DAS and its default configuration in detail, Section 6.2 shows the
parameters that can be used for predictive diagnostics.
Depending on the sampling frequency and the number of data parameters, the DAS can
store several months of data, which are retained even when the instrument is powered
off. However, if new firmware or a new DAS configuration are uploaded to the
analyzer, we recommend retrieving data before doing so to avoid data loss. The DAS
permits users to access the data through the instrument’s front panel or the remote
interface. The latter can automatically report stored data for further processing.
APICOM, a user-friendly remote control program is the most convenient way to view,
retrieve and store DAS data (Section 6.15.2.8)
310
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
9. A PRIMER ON ELECTRO-STATIC DISCHARGE
Teledyne API considers the prevention of damage caused by the discharge of static
electricity to be extremely important part of making sure that your analyzer continues to
provide reliable service for a long time. This section describes how static electricity
occurs, why it is so dangerous to electronic components and assemblies as well as how to
prevent that damage from occurring.
9.1. HOW STATIC CHARGES ARE CREATED
Modern electronic devices such as the types used in the various electronic assemblies of
your analyzer, are very small, require very little power and operate very quickly.
Unfortunately, the same characteristics that allow them to do these things also make them
very susceptible to damage from the discharge of static electricity. Controlling
electrostatic discharge begins with understanding how electro-static charges occur in the
first place.
Static electricity is the result of something called triboelectric charging which happens
whenever the atoms of the surface layers of two materials rub against each other. As the
atoms of the two surfaces move together and separate, some electrons from one surface
are retained by the other.
Materials
Makes
Contact
Materials
Separate
+
+
+
+
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 2
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 4
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 3
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 3
NET CHARGE = -1
NET CHARGE = +1
NET CHARGE = 0
NET CHARGE = 0
Figure 9-1:
Triboelectric Charging
If one of the surfaces is a poor conductor or even a good conductor that is not grounded,
the resulting positive or negative charge cannot bleed off and becomes trapped in place,
or static. The most common example of triboelectric charging happens when someone
wearing leather or rubber soled shoes walks across a nylon carpet or linoleum tiled floor.
With each step, electrons change places and the resulting electro-static charge builds up,
quickly reaching significant levels. Pushing an epoxy printed circuit board across a
workbench, using a plastic handled screwdriver or even the constant jostling of
StyrofoamTM pellets during shipment can also build hefty static charges
311
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Table 9-1: Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities
MEANS OF GENERATION
Walking across nylon carpet
Walking across vinyl tile
Worker at bench
65-90% RH
1,500V
250V
10-25% RH
35,000V
12,000V
6,000V
100V
Poly bag picked up from bench
1,200V
20,000V
Moving around in a chair padded
with urethane foam
1,500V
18,000V
9.2. HOW ELECTRO-STATIC CHARGES CAUSE DAMAGE
Damage to components occurs when these static charges come into contact with an
electronic device. Current flows as the charge moves along the conductive circuitry of
the device and the typically very high voltage levels of the charge overheat the delicate
traces of the integrated circuits, melting them or even vaporizing parts of them. When
examined by microscope the damage caused by electro-static discharge looks a lot like
tiny bomb craters littered across the landscape of the component’s circuitry.
A quick comparison of the values in Table 9-1 with the those shown in the Table 9-2,
listing device susceptibility levels, shows why Semiconductor Reliability News estimates
that approximately 60% of device failures are the result of damage due to electro-static
discharge.
Table 9-2: Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD
DAMAGE SUSCEPTIBILITY VOLTAGE
RANGE
DEVICE
DAMAGE BEGINS
OCCURRING AT
CATASTROPHIC
DAMAGE AT
MOSFET
VMOS
10
100
30
1800
100
NMOS
60
GaAsFET
EPROM
60
2000
100
100
140
150
190
200
300
300
300
500
500
500
JFET
7000
500
SAW
Op-AMP
CMOS
2500
3000
2500
3000
7000
500
Schottky Diodes
Film Resistors
This Film Resistors
ECL
SCR
1000
2500
Schottky TTL
Potentially damaging electro-static discharges can occur:
Any time a charged surface (including the human body) discharges to a device.
Even simple contact of a finger to the leads of a sensitive device or assembly can
allow enough discharge to cause damage. A similar discharge can occur from a
charged conductive object, such as a metallic tool or fixture.
312
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
When static charges accumulated on a sensitive device discharges from the device
to another surface such as packaging materials, work surfaces, machine surfaces or
other device. In some cases, charged device discharges can be the most
destructive.
A typical example of this is the simple act of installing an electronic assembly into the
connector or wiring harness of the equipment in which it is to function. If the
assembly is carrying a static charge, as it is connected to ground a discharge will
occur.
Whenever a sensitive device is moved into the field of an existing electro-static field,
a charge may be induced on the device in effect discharging the field onto the device.
If the device is then momentarily grounded while within the electrostatic field or
removed from the region of the electrostatic field and grounded somewhere else, a
second discharge will occur as the charge is transferred from the device to ground.
9.3. COMMON MYTHS ABOUT ESD DAMAGE
I didn’t feel a shock so there was no electro-static discharge: The human
nervous system isn’t able to feel a static discharge of less than 3500 volts. Most
devices are damaged by discharge levels much lower than that.
I didn’t touch it so there was no electro-static discharge: Electro-static charges
are fields whose lines of force can extend several inches or sometimes even feet
away from the surface bearing the charge.
It still works so there was no damage: Sometimes the damaged caused by electro-
static discharge can completely sever a circuit trace causing the device to fail
immediately. More likely, the trace will be only partially occluded by the damage
causing degraded performance of the device or worse, weakening the trace. This
weakened circuit may seem to function fine for a short time, but even the very low
voltage and current levels of the device’s normal operating levels will eat away at the
defect over time causing the device to fail well before its designed lifetime is reached.
These latent failures are often the most costly since the failure of the equipment in
which the damaged device is installed causes down time, lost data, lost productivity,
as well as possible failure and damage to other pieces of equipment or property.
Static Charges can’t build up on a conductive surface: There are two errors in this
statement.
Conductive devices can build static charges if they are not grounded. The charge will
be equalized across the entire device, but without access to earth ground, they are
still trapped and can still build to high enough levels to cause damage when they are
discharged.
A charge can be induced onto the conductive surface and/or discharge triggered in
the presence of a charged field such as a large static charge clinging to the surface
of a nylon jacket of someone walking up to a workbench.
As long as my analyzer is properly installed, it is safe from damage caused by
static discharges: It is true that when properly installed the chassis ground of your
analyzer is tied to earth ground and its electronic components are prevented from
building static electric charges themselves. This does not prevent discharges from
static fields built up on other things, like you and your clothing, from discharging
through the instrument and damaging it.
313
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
9.4. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF STATIC CONTROL
It is impossible to stop the creation of instantaneous static electric charges. It is not,
however difficult to prevent those charges from building to dangerous levels or prevent
damage due to electro-static discharge from occurring.
9.4.1. GENERAL RULES
Only handle or work on all electronic assemblies at a properly set up ESD station. Setting
up an ESD safe workstation need not be complicated. A protective mat properly tied to
ground and a wrist strap are all that is needed to create a basic anti-ESD workstation (see
figure 9-2).
W ris t S tra p
P ro te c tiv e M a t
G ro u n d P o in t
Figure 9-2:
Basic anti-ESD Work Station
For technicians that work in the field, special lightweight and portable anti-ESD kits are
available from most suppliers of ESD protection gear. These include everything needed
to create a temporary anti-ESD work area anywhere.
Always wear an Anti-ESD wrist strap when working on the electronic
assemblies of your analyzer. An anti-ESD wrist strap keeps the person wearing it
at or near the same potential as other grounded objects in the work area and allows
static charges to dissipate before they can build to dangerous levels. Anti-ESD wrist
straps terminated with alligator clips are available for use in work areas where there
is no available grounded plug.
Also, anti-ESD wrist straps include a current limiting resistor (usually around one
meg-ohm) that protects you should you accidentally short yourself to the instrument’s
power supply.
Simply touching a grounded piece of metal is insufficient. While this may
temporarily bleed off static charges present at the time, once you stop touching the
grounded metal new static charges will immediately begin to re-build. In some
conditions, a charge large enough to damage a component can rebuild in just a few
seconds.
Always store sensitive components and assemblies in anti-ESD storage bags
or bins: Even when you are not working on them, store all devices and assemblies
in a closed anti-Static bag or bin. This will prevent induced charges from building up
on the device or assembly and nearby static fields from discharging through it.
Use metallic anti-ESD bags for storing and shipping ESD sensitive components
and assemblies rather than pink-poly bags. The famous, “pink-poly” bags are
made of a plastic that is impregnated with a liquid (similar to liquid laundry detergent)
which very slowly sweats onto the surface of the plastic creating a slightly conductive
layer over the surface of the bag.
314
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
While this layer may equalizes any charges that occur across the whole bag, it does
not prevent the build up of static charges. If laying on a conductive, grounded surface,
these bags will allow charges to bleed away but the very charges that build up on the
surface of the bag itself can be transferred through the bag by induction onto the
circuits of your ESD sensitive device. Also, the liquid impregnating the plastic is
eventually used up after which the bag is as useless for preventing damage from ESD
as any ordinary plastic bag.
Anti-Static bags made of plastic impregnated with metal (usually silvery in color)
provide all of the charge equalizing abilities of the pink-poly bags but also, when
properly sealed, create a Faraday cage that completely isolates the contents from
discharges and the inductive transfer of static charges.
Storage bins made of plastic impregnated with carbon (usually black in color) are also
excellent at dissipating static charges and isolating their contents from field effects and
discharges.
Never use ordinary plastic adhesive tape near an ESD sensitive device or to
close an anti-ESD bag. The act of pulling a piece of standard plastic adhesive tape,
such as Scotch® tape, from its roll will generate a static charge of several thousand
or even tens of thousands of volts on the tape itself and an associated field effect that
can discharge through or be induced upon items up to a foot away.
9.4.2. BASIC ANTI-ESD PROCEDURES FOR ANALYZER REPAIR AND
MAINTENANCE
9.4.2.1. Working at the Instrument Rack
When working on the analyzer while it is in the instrument rack and plugged into a
properly grounded power supply.
1. Attach your anti-ESD wrist strap to ground before doing anything else.
Use a wrist strap terminated with an alligator clip and attach it to a bare metal portion
of the instrument chassis. This will safely connect you to the same ground level to
which the instrument and all of its components are connected.
2. Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away.
3. Open the casing of the analyzer and begin work. Up to this point, the closed metal
casing of your analyzer has isolated the components and assemblies inside from any
conducted or induced static charges.
4. If you must remove a component from the instrument, do not lay it down on a non-
ESD preventative surface where static charges may lie in wait.
5. Only disconnect your wrist strap after you have finished work and closed the case of
the analyzer.
9.4.2.2. Working at an Anti-ESD Work Bench.
When working on an instrument of an electronic assembly while it is resting on an anti-
ESD work bench:
1. Plug your anti-ESD wrist strap into the grounded receptacle of the work station before
touching any items on the work station and while standing at least a foot or so away.
This will allow any charges you are carrying to bleed away through the ground
315
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
connection of the workstation and prevent discharges due to field effects and
induction from occurring.
2. Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away.
3. Only open any anti-ESD storage bins or bags containing sensitive devices or
assemblies after you have plugged your wrist strap into the workstation.
Lay the bag or bin on the workbench surface.
Before opening the container, wait several seconds for any static charges on the
outside surface of the container to be bled away by the workstation’s grounded
protective mat.
4. Do not pick up tools that may be carrying static charges while also touching or
holding an ESD Sensitive Device.
Only lay tools or ESD-sensitive devices and assemblies on the conductive surface of
your workstation. Never lay them down on any non-ESD preventative surface.
5. Place any static sensitive devices or assemblies in anti-static storage bags or bins
and close the bag or bin before unplugging your wrist strap.
6. Disconnecting your wrist strap is always the last action taken before leaving the
workbench.
9.4.2.3. Transferring Components from Rack to Bench and Back
When transferring a sensitive device from an installed Teledyne API analyzer to an Anti-
ESD workbench or back:
1. Follow the instructions listed above for working at the instrument rack and
workstation.
2. Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti-ESD bag or bin.
3. Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to dissipate:
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is
connected to a ground point.
If you are at an anti-ESD workbench, lay the container down on the conductive work
surface.
In either case wait several seconds.
4. Place the item in the container.
5. Seal the container. If using a bag, fold the end over and fastening it with anti-ESD
tape.
Folding the open end over isolates the component(s) inside from the effects of static
fields.
Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed prevents the
bag from forming a complete protective envelope around the device.
6. Once you have arrived at your destination, allow any surface charges that may have
built up on the bag or bin during travel to dissipate:
316
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Connect your wrist strap to ground.
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is
connected to a ground point.
If you are at a anti-ESD work bench, lay the container down on the conductive work
surface
In either case wait several seconds
7. Open the container.
9.4.2.4. Opening Shipments from Teledyne API
Packing materials such as bubble pack and Styrofoam pellets are extremely efficient
generators of static electric charges. To prevent damage from ESD, Teledyne API ships
all electronic components and assemblies in properly sealed anti-ESD containers.
Static charges will build up on the outer surface of the anti-ESD container during
shipping as the packing materials vibrate and rub against each other. To prevent these
static charges from damaging the components or assemblies being shipped make sure that
you always unpack shipments from Teledyne API by:
1. Opening the outer shipping box away from the anti-ESD work area.
2. Carry the still sealed ant-ESD bag, tube or bin to the anti-ESD work area.
at the work station.
4. Reserve the anti-ESD container or bag to use when packing electronic components
or assemblies to be returned to Teledyne API.
9.4.2.5. Packing Components for Return to Teledyne API
Always pack electronic components and assemblies to be sent to Teledyne API in anti-
ESD bins, tubes or bags.
WARNING
DO NOT use pink-poly bags.
NEVER allow any standard plastic packaging materials to touch the
electronic component/assembly directly
This includes, but is not limited to, plastic bubble-pack, Styrofoam
peanuts, open cell foam, closed cell foam, and adhesive tape
DO NOT use standard adhesive tape as a sealer. Use ONLY anti-ESD
tape
1. Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti-ESD bag or bin.
2. Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to dissipate:
317
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is
connected to a ground point.
If you are at an anti-ESD workbench, lay the container down on the conductive work
surface.
In either case wait several seconds.
3. Place the item in the container.
4. Seal the container. If using a bag, fold the end over and fastening it with anti-ESD
tape.
Folding the open end over isolates the component(s) inside from the effects of static
fields.
Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed prevents the
bag from forming a complete protective envelope around the device.
Note
If you do not already have an adequate supply of anti-ESD bags or
containers available, Teledyne API Technical Support department will
supply them. Follow the instructions listed above for working at the
instrument rack and workstation.
318
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
GLOSSARY
Note: Some terms in this glossary may not occur elsewhere in this manual.
Term
Description/Definition
10BaseT
an Ethernet standard that uses twisted (“T”) pairs of copper
wires to transmit at 10 megabits per second (Mbps)
100BaseT
APICOM
same as 10BaseT except ten times faster (100 Mbps)
name of a remote control program offered by Teledyne-API to
its customers
ASSY
CAS
CD
Assembly
Code-Activated Switch
Corona Discharge, a frequently luminous discharge, at the
surface of a conductor or between two conductors of the same
transmission line, accompanied by ionization of the surrounding
atmosphere and often by a power loss
CE
Converter Efficiency, the percentage of light energy that is
actually converted into electricity
CEM
Continuous Emission Monitoring
Chemical formulas that may be included in this document:
CO2
carbon dioxide
propane
C3H8
CH4
H2O
HC
methane
water vapor
general
hydrocarbon
abbreviation
for
HNO3
H2S
nitric acid
hydrogen sulfide
nitric oxide
NO
NO2
NOX
nitrogen dioxide
nitrogen oxides, here defined as the
sum of NO and NO2
NOy
nitrogen oxides, often called odd
nitrogen: the sum of NOX plus other
compounds
such
as
HNO3
(definitions vary widely and may
include nitrate (NO3), PAN, N2O
and other compounds as well)
NH3
O2
ammonia
molecular oxygen
319
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Term
Description/Definition
O3
ozone
SO2
sulfur dioxide
cm3
metric abbreviation for cubic centimeter (replaces the obsolete
abbreviation “cc”)
CPU
DAC
DAS
DCE
DFU
DHCP
Central Processing Unit
Digital-to-Analog Converter
Data Acquisition System
Data Communication Equipment
Dry Filter Unit
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A protocol used by LAN
or Internet servers to automatically set up the interface protocols
between themselves and any other addressable device
connected to the network
DIAG
DOM
Diagnostics, the diagnostic settings of the analyzer.
Disk On Module, a 44-pin IDE flash drive with up to 128MB
storage capacity for instrument’s firmware, configuration settings
and data
DOS
Disk Operating System
DRAM
DR-DOS
DTE
Dynamic Random Access Memory
Digital Research DOS
Data Terminal Equipment
EEPROM
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory also
referred to as a FLASH chip or drive
ESD
Electro-Static Discharge
Electrical Test
ETEST
Ethernet
a standardized (IEEE 802.3) computer networking technology
for local area networks (LANs), facilitating communication and
sharing resources
FEP
Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene polymer, one of the polymers
that Du Pont markets as Teflon®
Flash
FPI
non-volatile, solid-state memory
Fabry-Perot Interface: a special light filter typically made of a
transparent plate with two reflecting surfaces or two parallel,
highly reflective mirrors
GFC
Gas Filter Correlation
I2C bus
a clocked, bi-directional, serial bus for communication between
individual analyzer components
IC
Integrated Circuit, a modern, semi-conductor circuit that can
contain many basic components such as resistors, transistors,
capacitors etc in a miniaturized package used in electronic
assemblies
IP
Internet Protocol
IZS
Internal Zero Span
320
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Description/Definition
Term
LAN
Local Area Network
LCD
Liquid Crystal Display
Light Emitting Diode
Liters Per Minute
LED
LPM
MFC
Mass Flow Controller
Measure/Reference
M/R
MOLAR MASS
the mass, expressed in grams, of 1 mole of a specific substance.
Conversely, one mole is the amount of the substance needed
for the molar mass to be the same number in grams as the
atomic mass of that substance.
EXAMPLE: The atomic weight of Carbon is 12 therefore the
molar mass of Carbon is 12 grams. Conversely, one mole of
carbon equals the amount of carbon atoms that weighs 12
grams.
Atomic weights can be found on any Periodic Table of Elements.
NDIR
Non-Dispersive Infrared
NIST-SRM
National Institute of Standards and Technology - Standard
Reference Material
PC
Personal Computer
PCA
Printed Circuit Assembly, the PCB with electronic components,
ready to use
PC/AT
PCB
Personal Computer / Advanced Technology
Printed Circuit Board, the bare board without electronic
component
PFA
PLC
Per-Fluoro-Alkoxy, an inert polymer; one of the polymers that
Du Pont markets as Teflon®
Programmable Logic Controller, a device that is used to control
instruments based on a logic level signal coming from the
analyzer
PLD
PLL
PMT
Programmable Logic Device
Phase Lock Loop
Photo Multiplier Tube, a vacuum tube of electrodes that multiply
electrons collected and charged to create a detectable current
signal
P/N (or PN)
PSD
Part Number
Prevention of Significant Deterioration
PTFE
Poly-Tetra-Fluoro-Ethylene, a very inert polymer material used
to handle gases that may react on other surfaces; one of the
polymers that Du Pont markets as Teflon®
PVC
Rdg
Poly Vinyl Chloride, a polymer used for downstream tubing
Reading
321
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API - Model T200H/T200M Operation Manual
Term
Description/Definition
RS-232
specification and standard describing a serial communication
method between DTE (Data Terminal Equipment) and DCE
(Data Circuit-terminating Equipment) devices, using a maximum
cable-length of 50 feet
RS-485
specification and standard describing a binary serial
communication method among multiple devices at a data rate
faster than RS-232 with a much longer distance between the
host and the furthest device
SAROAD
SLAMS
SLPM
Storage and Retrieval of Aerometric Data
State and Local Air Monitoring Network Plan
Standard Liters Per Minute of a gas at standard temperature and
pressure
STP
Standard Temperature and Pressure
TCP/IP
Transfer Control Protocol / Internet Protocol, the standard
communications protocol for Ethernet devices
TEC
TPC
USB
Thermal Electric Cooler
Temperature/Pressure Compensation
Universal Serial Bus: a standard connection method to establish
communication between peripheral devices and a host
controller, such as a mouse and/or keyboard and a personal
computer or laptop
VARS
V-F
Variables, the variable settings of the instrument
Voltage-to-Frequency
Z/S
Zero / Span
322
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512) APPENDIX A - Software Documentation, V.1.0.3 (T-Series)
Kd6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Software Documentation, V.1.0.3 (T-Series) Kd6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A-1: MODELS T200H/M, 200EH/EM SOFTWARE MENU TREES....................................................... 2
APPENDIX A-2: SETUP VARIABLES FOR SERIAL I/O .......................................................................................... 8
APPENDIX A-3: WARNINGS AND TEST MEASUREMENTS................................................................................ 21
APPENDIX A-4: M SIGNAL I/O DEFINITIONS....................................................................................................... 26
APPENDIX A-5: DAS FUNCTIONS ........................................................................................................................ 31
APPENDIX A-6: TERMINAL COMMAND DESIGNATORS .................................................................................... 35
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS REGISTER MAP......................................................................................................... 37
A-1
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-1: Models T200H/M, 200EH/EM Software Menu Trees
SAMPLE
CALZ4
CLR1
TEST1
CAL
O23
CALS4
MSG1
SETUP
<TST
TST>
NOX
Press to cycle
through the
active warning
messages.
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH LOW
HIGH
A1: User Selectable Range2
A2: User Selectable Range2
A3: User Selectable Range2
A4: User Selectable Range2
NOX STB
Press to clear
an active
warning
messages.
ZERO
SPAN CONC
ZERO
SPAN
CONC
SAMP FLW
0ZONE FLW
PMT
NORM PMT
AZERO
NOX
NO
CONV
HVPS
RCELL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PRIMARY SETUP
MENU
NO2
CAL
CFG
SET
ACAL4
PMT TEMP
MF TEMP
O2 CELL TEMP3
MOLY TEMP
RCEL
DAS
RANGE PASS
CLK
MORE
SAMP
SECONDARY
SETUP MENU
NOX SLOPE
NOX OFFSET
NO SLOPE
NO OFFSET
O2 SLOPE3
O2 OFFSET3
TIME
1 Only appears when warning messages are active.
2 User selectable analog outputs A1 – A4 (see Section X.X.X)
3 Only appears if analyzer is equipped with O2 sensor option.
4 Only appears if analyzer is equipped with Zero/Span or IZS valve
options.
COMM VARS
DIAG ALARM
Figure A-1: Basic Sample Display Menu
A-2
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
SAMPLE
SETUP
ACAL1
DAS
RNGE
PASS
MORE
CFG
CLK
Go to iDAS
Menu Tree
<TST TST>
PREV NEXT
MODE
ON
OFF
SEQ 1)
SEQ 2)
SEQ 3)
MODEL TYPE AND
NUMBER
TIME DATE
PART NUMBER
SERIAL NUMBER
SOFTWARE REVISION
LIBRARY REVISION
iCHIP SOFTWARE
REVISION
PREV NEXT
UNIT
DIL3
Go to
SECONDARY SETUP
Menu Tree
HESSEN PROTOCOL
REVISION2
DISABLED
CPU TYPE & OS
REVISION
DATE FACTORY
PPM
MGM
ZERO
ZERO-LO
CONFIGURATION SAVED
ZERO-LO-HI
ZERO-HI
LO
SET
<SET SET>
1 ACAL menu and its submenus only appear if
analyzer is equipped with Zero/Span or IZS
valve options.
LO-HI
HI
ON
OFF
TIMER ENABLE
O2 ZERO4
O2 ZERO-SP4
O2 SPAN4
STARTING DATE
STARTING TIME
DELTA DAYS
DURATION
CALIBRATE
2 Only appears if Dilution option is active
3 Only appears if Hessen protocol is active.
4 O2 Modes only appear if analyzer is
equipped with O2 sensor option.
5
DELTA TIME
RANGE TO CAL
LOW5 HIGH5
5 DOES NOT appear if one of the three O2
modes is selected
Figure A-2: Primary Setup Menu (Except DAS)
A-3
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
SAMPLE
SETUP
CFG ACAL1
RNGE PASS
MORE
CLK
DAS
VIEW
EDIT
ENTER PASSWORD: 818
PREV NEXT
CONC
EDIT2
PRNT
PREV NEXT INS
DEL
CALDAT
CALCHE
HIRES
DIAG
CONC
YES NO
CALDAT
CALCHE
HIRES
DIAG
VIEW
<SET SET> NEXT NX10
PV10 PREV NEXT NX10
PRM>
<PRM
Selects the data point to be viewed
Create/edit the name of the channel
NAME
EVENT
PARAMETERS
Cycles through
parameters
assigned to this
DAS channel
REPORT PERIOD
NUMBER OF RECORDS
RS-232 REPORT
CHANNEL ENABLE
CAL MODE
PREV NEXT
Sets the time lapse between
each report
YES2 NO
Cycles through
list of available
trigger events3
ON
OFF
EDIT2
PRNT
PREV NEXT INS
DEL
NO
YES2
Cycles through list of
currently active
parameters for this
channel
YES NO
Sets the maximum number of
records recorded by this
channel
<SET SET> EDIT PRNT
PARAMETER
PREV NEXT
SAMPLE MODE
PRECISION
1 ACAL menu only appear if analyzer is equipped with
Zero/Span or IZS valve options.
2 Editing an existing DAS channel will erase any
data stored on the channel options.
3 Changing the event for an existing iDAS
channel DOES NOT erase the data stored on
the channel.
INST AVG MIN MAX
Cycles through list of available &
currently active parameters for
this channel
Figure A-3: Primary Setup Menu iDAS Submenu
A-4
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
SAMPLE
SETUP
MORE
ACAL
CFG
DAS RNGE PASS CLK
COMM
DIAG
VARS
ENTER PASSWORD: 818
ID
INET1
HESN2
COM21
COM1
ENTER PASSWORD: 818
<SET
SET>
EDIT
PREV NEXT
JUMP
PRNT
Go to
EDIT
COMM / Hessen
Menu Tree
<SET
SET>
EDIT
0) DAS_HOLD_OFF
1) TPC_ENABLE
2) RCELL_SET
MODE
BAUD RATE TEST PORT
TEST
3) DYN_ZERO
4) DYN_SPAN
5) CONC_PRECISION
6) CLOCK_ADJ
7) SERVICE_CLEAR
8) TIME_SINCE_SVC
9) SVC_INTERVAL
DHCP
300
ON
OFF
1200
2400
4800
9600
19200
38400
57600
115200
EDIT
EDIT
QUIET
COMPUTER
SECURITY
HESSEN PROTOCOL
E, 7, 1
RS-485
MULTIDROP PROTOCOL
ENABLE MODEM
ERROR CHECKING
XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE
INSTRUMENT IP3
GATEWAY IP3
ENTER PASSWORD: 818
Go to DIAG Menu Tree
SUBNET MASK3
1
E-Series: only appears if optional Ethernet PCA is
installed. NOTE: When Ethernet PCA is present
COM2 submenu disappears.
TCP PORT4
HOSTNAME5
2
3
Only appears if HESSEN PROTOCOL mode is ON
(See COM1 & COM2 – MODE submenu above).
HARDWARE HANDSHAKE
HARDWARE FIFO
INSTRUMENT IP, GATEWAY IP & SUBNET MASK are only
editable when DHCP is OFF.
4 Although TCP PORT is editable regardless of the DHCP
state, do not change the setting for this property.
COMMAND PROMPT
5
ON
OFF
HOST NAME is only editable when DHCP is ON.
Figure A-4: Secondary Setup Menu COMM and VARS Submenus
A-5
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
SAMPLE
SETUP
MORE
ACAL
CFG
DAS RNGE PASS CLK
DIAG
VARS
COMM
HESN2
ID
INET1
COM1
COM2
ENTER PASSWORD: 818
ENTER PASSWORD: 818
ENTER PASSWORD: 818
<SET
SET>
EDIT
Go to COMM / VARS
Go to COMM / VARS
Go to DIAG Menu Tree
Menu Tree
Menu Tree
VARIATION
RESPONSE MODE
GAS LIST
STATUS FLAGS
TYPE1
TYPE2
BCC
TEXT
CMD
PREV
NEXT
INS
DEL
PRNT
EDIT
NOX, 211, REPORTED
NO, 212, REPORTED
NO2, 213 REPORTED
O2, 214, REPORTED
YES NO
GAS TYPE
GAS ID
REPORTED
<SET
SET>
NOX
ON
OFF
NO
NO2
O2
1
2
E-Series: only appears if Ethernet Option is installed.
Set/create unique gas ID number
Only appears if HESSEN PROTOCOL mode is ON.
Figure A-5: Secondary Setup Menu Hessen Protocol Submenu
A-6
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
SAMPLE
SETUP
ACAL
CFG
DAS RNGE PASS CLK
COMM
MORE
DIAG
VARS
ENTER PASSWORD: 818
PREV NEXT
DISPLAY
SEQUENCE
CONFIGURATION
FLOW
CALIBRATION
OPTIC
TEST
OZONE GEN
OVERRIDE
ELECTRICAL
TEST
ANALOG
CONFIGURATION
ANALOG
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
I/O
Press ENTR
to start test
Press ENTR
to start test
Press ENTR
to start test
ON
SAMP
OZONE
OFF
0) EXT ZERO CAL
1) EXT SPAN CAL
2) EXT LOW SPAN
3) REMOTE RANGE HI
4) MAINT MODE
<SET SET> EDIT
PREV
NEXT
PREV
NEXT
INS
DEL
PRNT
EDIT
5) LANG2 SELECT
6) SAMPLE LED
7) CAL LED
8) FAULT LED
9) AUDIBLE BEEPER
10) ELEC TEST
11) OPTIC TEST
12) PREAMP RANGE HIGH
13) O3GEN STATUS
14) ST SYSTEM OK
15) ST CONC VALID
16) ST HIGH RANGE
17) ST ZERO CAL
YES NO
Cycles through list of
already programmed
display sequences
AOUTS CALIBRATED
DATA OUT 11
DATA OUT 21
DATA OUT 31
DATA OUT 41
NOX
NXL
NXH
NO
NOL
NOH
NO2
N2L
N2H
O2
PREV
NEXT
ON
DISPLAY DATA
18) ST SPAN CAL
AIN CALIBRATED
19) ST DIAG MODE
20) ST LOW SPAN CAL
21) ST O2 CAL
OFF
CAL
22) ST SYSTEM OK2
23) ST CONC ALARM 1
24) ST CONC ALARM 2
25) RELAY WATCHDOG
26) RCELL HEATER
27) CONV HEATER
28) MANIFOLD HEATER
29) O2 CELL HEATER
30) ZERO VALVE
RANGE OVER
RANGE AUTO2 CALIBRATED OUTPUT DATA SCALE UPDATE
RANGE OFFSET2 CAL
ENTR
DISPLAY DURATION
31) CAL VALVE
32) AUTO ZERO VALVE
33) NOX VALVE
34) LOW SPAN VALVE
35) HIGH SPAN VALVE
ON
ON
ON
Sets the scale
width of the
reporting range.
OFF
OFF
OFF
Sets the
degree of
offset
36 INTERNAL ANALOG
to VOLTAGE SIGNALS
61 (see Appendix A)
CAL2
Cycles
Sets time lapse
between data
updates on
Manual Cal3
through the
list of iDAS
data types.
Auto Cal
selected output
0.1V
1V
5V
CURR
10V
1
2
3
Correspond to analog Output A1 – A4 on back of analyzer
Only appears if one of the voltage ranges is selected.
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100
Manual adjustment menu only appears if either the Auto Cal feature is OFF or the
range is set for CURRent.
Figure A-6: DIAG Menu
A-7
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
Table A-1: Setup Variables
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
Low Access Level Setup Variables (818 password)
DAS_HOLD_OFF
Minutes
—
15
0.5–20
NO,
Duration of DAS hold off period.
MEASURE_MODE
NO-NOX,
NOX 8
Gas measure mode. Enclose
value in double quotes (") when
setting from the RS-232
interface.
NOX, NOX-
NO,
NON-OX
NO,
STABIL_GAS
—
NOX
Selects gas for stability
measurement. Enclose value in
double quotes (") when setting
from the RS-232 interface.
NO2,
NOX,
O2 14
,
CO2 15
TPC_ENABLE
—
ON
OFF, ON
ON enables temperature/
pressure compensation; OFF
disables it.
DYN_ZERO
DYN_SPAN
IZS_SET 3
—
—
ºC
OFF
OFF
ON, OFF
ON, OFF
30–70
ON enables remote dynamic
zero calibration; OFF disables it.
ON enables remote dynamic
span calibration; OFF disables it.
51
IZS temperature set point and
warning limits.
Warnings:
50–52
AUTO 3,
3 4, 5
CONC_PRECISION
—
AUTO,
0,
Number of digits to display to the
right of the decimal point for
concentrations on the display.
Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
1,
2,
3,
4
STAT_REP_GAS 8
—
NOX
NO,
NO2,
NOX,
CO2 15
O2 14
Selects gas to report in TAI
protocol status message.
Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
,
REM_CAL_DURATION 8
CLOCK_ADJ
Minutes
Sec./Day
—
20
0
1–120
Duration of automatic calibration
initiated from TAI protocol.
-60–60
Time-of-day clock speed
adjustment.
SERVICE_CLEAR
OFF
OFF
ON resets the service interval
timer.
ON
TIME_SINCE_SVC
SVC_INTERVAL
Hours
Hours
0
0
0–500000
0–100000
Time since last service.
Sets the interval between service
reminders.
CAL_ON_NO2 3
—
OFF
ON, OFF
ON enables span calibration on
pure NO2; OFF disables it.
A-8
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
Medium Access Level Setup Variables (929 password)
LANGUAGE_SELECT
—
ENGL
ENGL,
SECD,
EXTN
Selects the language to use for
the user interface. Enclose value
in double quotes (") when setting
from the RS-232 interface.
MAINT_TIMEOUT
Hours
2
0.1–100
Time until automatically
switching out of software-
controlled maintenance mode.
LATCH_WARNINGS
—
—
ON
ON
ON, OFF
ON, OFF
ON enables latching warning
messages; OFF disables latching
DAYLIGHTSAVING_ENABLE
ON enables Daylight Saving
Time change; OFF disables
DST.
BXTEMP_TPC_GAIN
RCTEMP_TPC_GAIN
RCPRESS_TPC_GAIN
SPRESS_TPC_GAIN
CE_CONC1A
—
—
—
—
—
—
0
0
1
1
1
1
0–10
Box temperature compensation
attenuation factor.
0–10
Reaction cell temperature
compensation attenuation factor.
0–10
Reaction cell pressure
compensation attenuation factor.
0–10
Sample pressure compensation
attenuation factor.
0-10000
Target CE concentration cal pt A
for range 1.
CONV_EFF1A
0.8–1.2,
0.1–2 6, 19
0-10000
Converter efficiency cal pt A for
range 1.
CE_CONC1B 19
CONV_EFF1B 19
CE_OFFSET1 19
—
—
—
1
1
1
Target CE concentration cal pt B
for range 1.
0.1–2
0.1–2
Converter efficiency cal pt B for
range 1.
CE linearization Offset for range
1.
CE_SLOPE1 19
CE_CONC2A
CONV_EFF2A
—
—
—
1
1
1
-10–10
CE linearization Slope for range
1.
0-10000
Target CE concentration cal pt A
for range 2.
0.8–1.2,
0.1–2 6, 19
0-10000
Converter efficiency cal pt A for
range 2.
CE_CONC2B 19
CONV_EFF2B 19
CE_OFFSET2 19
—
—
—
1
1
1
Target CE concentration cal pt B
for range 2.
0.1–2
0.1–2
Converter efficiency cal pt B for
range 2.
CE linearization Offset for range
2.
CE_SLOPE2 19
—
—
1
-10–10
CE linearization Slope for range
2.
NEG_NO2_SUPPRESS
ON
ON, OFF
ON suppresses negative NO2 in
during switching mode;
OFF does not suppress negative
NO2 readings
A-9
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
FILT_SIZE
Samples
42,
10 4,9
1–500
Moving average filter size.
SG_FILT_SIZE
FILT_ADAPT
Samples
—
60
1–500
Moving average filter size in
single-gas measure modes.
ON
ON, OFF
ON enables adaptive filter; OFF
disables it.
FILT_OMIT_DELTA
PPM
0.05 3,
10 4,
0.03 5,
0.8 9
0.005–0.13,5
5–100 4,
0.1–100 9
,
,
Absolute change in concentration
to omit readings.
FILT_OMIT_PCT
%
10 3,4
8 5
,
1–100
Percent change in concentration
to omit readings.
FILT_SHORT_DELT
PPM
0.04 3,
5 4,
0.005–0.13,5
5–100 4,
Absolute change in concentration
to shorten filter.
0.015 5,
0.5 9
0.1–100 9
FILT_SHORT_PCT
FILT_ASIZE
%
8 3,5
5 4,
7 9
3,
2 4,
4 5
6,
,
1–100
1–500
Percent change in concentration
to shorten filter.
Samples
Moving average filter size in
adaptive mode.
SG_FILT_ASIZE
FILT_DELAY
Samples
Seconds
1–500
0–200
Moving average filter size in
adaptive mode, in single-gas
measure modes.
4 5
120 3,
60 4,
200 5,
80 9
Delay before leaving adaptive
filter mode.
SG_FILT_DELAY
Seconds
200 5,
0–200
Delay before leaving adaptive
filter mode in single-gas measure
modes.
60
CO2_DWELL 15
Seconds
—
1
0.1–30
Dwell time before taking each
sample.
CO2_FILT_ADAPT 15
ON
ON, OFF
ON enables CO2 adaptive filter;
OFF disables it.
CO2_FILT_SIZE 15
CO2_FILT_ASIZE 15
Samples
Samples
48
12
1–300
1–300
CO2 moving average filter size.
CO2 moving average filter size in
adaptive mode.
CO2_FILT_DELTA 15
CO2_FILT_PCT 15
%
2
0.01–10
0.1–100
0–300
Absolute CO2 conc. change to
trigger adaptive filter.
%
10
90
1
Percent CO2 conc. change to
trigger adaptive filter.
CO2_FILT_DELAY 15
CO2_DIL_FACTOR 15
Seconds
—
Delay before leaving CO2
adaptive filter mode.
0.1–1000
Dilution factor for CO2. Used only
if is dilution enabled with
FACTORY_OPT variable.
A-10
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
O2_DWELL 14
Seconds
1
0.1–30
Dwell time before taking each
sample.
O2_FILT_ADAPT 14
O2_FILT_SIZE 14
O2_FILT_ASIZE 14
O2_FILT_DELTA 14
O2_FILT_PCT 14
—
ON
60
10
2
ON, OFF
1–500
ON enables O2 adaptive filter;
OFF disables it.
Samples
Samples
%
O2 moving average filter size in
normal mode.
1–500
O2 moving average filter size in
adaptive mode.
0.1–100
0.1–100
0–300
Absolute change in O2
concentration to shorten filter.
%
2
Relative change in O2
concentration to shorten filter.
O2_FILT_DELAY 14
O2_DIL_FACTOR 14
Seconds
—
20
1
Delay before leaving O2 adaptive
filter mode.
0.1–1000
Dilution factor for O2. Used only if
is dilution enabled with
FACTORY_OPT variable.
NOX_DWELL
Seconds
Seconds
2.5 3,
4.2 4,
4 5,
3.5 9
4 5,
0.1–30
0.1–30
Dwell time after switching valve
to NOX position.
SG_NOX_DWELL
Dwell time after switching valve
to NOX position in single-gas
measure modes.
1
NOX_SAMPLE
Samples
Samples
2
2
1–30
1–30
Number of samples to take in
NOX mode.
SG_NOX_SAMPLE
Number of samples to take in
NOX mode in single-gas measure
modes.
NO_DWELL
Seconds
Seconds
1.5 3,5
4.2 4,
3.0 9
1.5 5,
1
,
0.1–30
0.1–30
Dwell time after switching valve
to NO position.
SG_NO_DWELL
Dwell time after switching valve
to NO position in single-gas
measure modes.
NO_SAMPLE
Samples
Samples
2
2
1–30
1–30
Number of samples to take in NO
mode.
SG_NO_SAMPLE
Number of samples to take in NO
mode in single-gas measure
modes.
USER_UNITS
—
PPB 3, 5
PPM 4, 9
,
PPB 3, 5
PPM 3, 4, 9
UGM 3, 5
,
Concentration units for user
interface. Enclose value in
double quotes (") when setting
from the RS-232 interface.
,
,
MGM 3, 4, 9
DIL_FACTOR
—
—
1
1–1000
Dilution factor. Used only if is
dilution enabled with
FACTORY_OPT variable.
AGING_ENABLE20
OFF
ON, OFF
ON enables aging offset and
slope compensation.
A-11
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
AGING_OFFSET_RATE20
AGING_SLOPE_RATE20
AZERO_ENABLE
mV/day
0
0
-1.0–1.0
Aging offset rate of change per
day.
Change/day
—
-0.01–0.01
ON, OFF
Aging slope rate of change per
day.
ON,
OFF 8
ON enables auto-zero; OFF
disables it.
AZERO_FREQ
AZERO_DWELL
Minutes
1 3,5
2 4
2 3,
4 4,
,
0–60
Auto-zero frequency.
Seconds
0.1–60
Dwell time after opening auto-
zero valve.
1.5 5
2 3,
4 4,
1.5 5
2
AZERO_POST_DWELL
Seconds
0–60
Dwell time after closing auto-zero
valve.
AZERO_SAMPLE
SG_AZERO_SAMP
Samples
Samples
1–10
1–10
Number of auto-zero samples to
average.
2
Number of auto-zero samples to
average in single-gas measure
modes.
AZERO_FSIZE 3,4,6,8
AZERO_LIMIT
Samples
mV
15 3,
8 4
200 3,
4000 5
0
1–50
Moving average filter size for
auto-zero samples.
0–1000 3,
0–5000 5
Maximum auto-zero offset
allowed.
NOX_TARG_ZERO1
NOX_SPAN1
Conc
-100–999.99
Target NOX concentration during
zero calibration of range 1.
Conc.
400,
80 4,
0.01–9999.99
Target NOX concentration during
span calibration of range 1.
20 11
16 9
0
,
NO_TARG_ZERO1
NO_SPAN1
Conc
-100–999.99
0.01–9999.99
Target NO concentration during
zero calibration of range 1.
Conc.
400,
80 4,
20 11
16 9
400,
80 4,
20 11
16 9
1
Target NO concentration during
span calibration of range 1.
,
,
NO2_SPAN1
Conc.
0.01–9999.99
Target NO2 concentration during
converter efficiency calibration of
range 1.
NOX_SLOPE1
NOX_OFFSET1
NO_SLOPE1
PPM/mV
mV
0.25–4
NOX slope for range 1.
NOX offset for range 1.
NO slope for range 1.
NO offset for range 1.
0
-10–10
PPM/mV
mV
1
0.25–4
NO_OFFSET1
NOX_TARG_ZERO2
0
-10–10
Conc
0
-100–999.99
Target NOX concentration during
zero calibration of range 2.
A-12
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
NOX_SPAN2
Conc.
400,
0.01–9999.99
Target NOX concentration during
span calibration of range 2.
80 4,
20 11
16 9
0
,
NO_TARG_ZERO2
NO_SPAN2
Conc
-100–999.99
0.01–9999.99
Target NO concentration during
zero calibration of range 2.
Conc.
400,
80 4,
20 11
16 9
400,
80 4,
20 11
16 9
1
Target NO concentration during
span calibration of range 2.
,
,
NO2_SPAN2
Conc.
0.01–9999.99
Target NO2 concentration during
converter efficiency calibration of
range 2.
NOX_SLOPE2
PPM/mV
mV
0.25–4
-10–10
0.25–4
-10–10
0.01–100,
NOX slope for range 2.
NOX offset for range 2.
NO slope for range 2.
NO offset for range 2.
NOX_OFFSET2
NO_SLOPE2
0
PPM/mV
mV
1
NO_OFFSET2
CO2_TARG_SPAN_CONC 15
0
%
12
Target CO2 concentration during
span calibration.
0.01–9999.99
16
15
CO2_SLOPE
—
%
1
0
0.5–5
CO2 slope.
CO2 offset.
15
CO2_OFFSET
-10–10,
-100–100 16
0.1–100
O2_TARG_SPAN_CONC 14
%
20.95
Target O2 concentration during
span calibration.
O2_SLOPE 14
O2_OFFSET 14
RANGE_MODE
—
%
—
1
0.5–2
O2 slope.
O2 offset.
0
-10–10
SNGL,
SNGL
Range control mode. Enclose
value in double quotes (") when
setting from the RS-232
interface.
IND,
AUTO,
REM 4,5
0.1–2500,
5–5000 9,
5–10000 4
PHYS_RANGE1
PHYS_RANGE2
PPM
PPM
2,
Low pre-amp range.
20 9,
500 4,
1 11
22,
0.1–2500,
5–5000 9,
5–10000 4
High pre-amp range.
220 9,
5500 4,
100 11
500,
100 4,
20 9
CONC_RANGE1
CONC_RANGE2 1
Conc.
Conc.
1–20000,
1–10000 4,
1–500 9
D/A concentration range 1 or
range for NOX.
500,
100 4,
1–20000,
1–10000 4,
D/A concentration range 2 or
range for NO.
A-13
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Description
Range
200 9
1–500 9
CONC_RANGE3 1
Conc.
500,
100 4,
20 9
15
1–20000,
1–10000 4,
1–500 9
0.1–500
0.1–500
30–70
D/A concentration range 3 or
range for NO2.
CO2_RANGE 15
O2_RANGE 14
RCELL_SET
%
%
ºC
CO2 concentration range.
O2 concentration range.
100
50 3,4
40 5
,
Reaction cell temperature set
point and warning limits.
Warnings:
45–55 3,4
35–45 5
,
MANIFOLD_SET 5
ºC
50 4,6,8
40 5
,
30–70
Manifold temperature set point
and warning limits.
Warnings:
45–55 4,6,8
35–45 5
,
CONV_TYPE
CONV_SET
—
ºC
MOLY 3,5, 9
CONV 4,
O3KL 6
,
NONE, MOLY, Converter type. “CONV” is mini-
hicon. Enclose value in double
CONV, O3KL
quotes (") when setting from the
RS-232 interface. Changing this
variable changes CONV_SET
accordingly.
315,
200 6
0–800
Converter temperature set point
and warning limits.
Warnings:
305–325,
190–210 6
30
BOX_SET
PMT_SET
ºC
ºC
0–70
Nominal box temperature set
point and warning limits.
Warnings:
7–48
7 3,4
5 5
,
0–40 3,4
-10–40 5
,
PMT temperature warning limits.
Set point is not used.
Warnings:
5–12 3,4
3–7 5
,
SFLOW_SET
cc/m
500,
290 4,
0–1000,
100–1000 4, 9
Sample flow warning limits. Set
point is not used.
360 4+14
250 9,
,
320 9+14
Warnings:
350–600,
200–600 4,9
,
300–700 4+14,
9+14
A-14
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
SAMP_FLOW_SLOPE
OFLOW_SET
—
1
0.001–100
Slope term to correct sample
flow rate.
cc/m
80,
250 4, 9
0–500,
100–1000 4, 9
Ozone flow warning limits. Set
point is not used.
Warnings:
50–150,
200–600 4, 9
1
OZONE_FLOW_SLOPE
RCELL_PRESS_CONST2
RCELL_PRESS_CONST3
PRESS_FILT_SIZE
—
0.001–100
Slope term to correct ozone flow
rate.
—
3.6
-99.999–
99.999
Reaction cell pressure
compensation constant #2.
—
-1.1
-99.999–
99.999
Reaction cell pressure
compensation constant #3.
Samples
3,
30 5
1–20,
1–120 5
Sample and reaction cell
pressure moving average filter
size.
PRESS_SAMP_FREQ 5
RS232_MODE
Seconds
—
20
0
1–120
Sample and reaction cell
pressure sampling frequency.
0–65535
RS-232 COM1 mode flags. Add
values to combine flags.
1 = quiet mode
2 = computer mode
4 = enable security
16 = enable Hessen protocol 12
32 = enable multidrop
64 = enable modem
128 = ignore RS-232 line errors
256 = disable XON / XOFF
support
512 = disable hardware FIFOs
1024 = enable RS-485 mode
2048 = even parity, 7 data bits, 1
stop bit
4096 = enable command prompt
BAUD_RATE
—
115200
300,
RS-232 COM1 baud rate.
Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
1200,
2400,
4800,
9600,
19200,
38400,
57600,
115200
MODEM_INIT
—
“AT Y0 &D0
Any character
in the allowed
character set.
Up to 100
characters
long.
RS-232 COM1 modem
&H0 &I0 S0=2
&B0 &N6 &M0
E0 Q1 &W0”
initialization string. Sent verbatim
plus carriage return to modem on
power up or manually. Enclose
value in double quotes (") when
setting from the RS-232
interface.
A-15
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
RS232_MODE2
BitFlag
0,
3 8
0–65535
RS-232 COM2 mode flags.
(Same settings as
RS232_MODE, plus these when
MODBUS option is installed:)
8192 = enable dedicated
MODBUS ASCII protocol
16384 = enable dedicated
MODBUS RTU or TCP protocol
BAUD_RATE2
—
19200,
9600 8
300,
RS-232 COM2 baud rate.
Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
1200,
2400,
4800,
9600,
19200,
38400,
57600,
115200
MODEM_INIT2
—
“AT Y0 &D0
Any character
in the allowed
character set.
Up to 100
characters
long.
RS-232 COM2 modem
&H0 &I0 S0=2
&B0 &N6 &M0
E0 Q1 &W0”
initialization string. Sent verbatim
plus carriage return to modem on
power up or manually. Enclose
value in double quotes (") when
setting from the RS-232
interface.
RS232_PASS
Password
940331
200
0–999999
0–9999
RS-232 log on password.
MACHINE_ID
ID
—
Unique ID number for instrument.
COMMAND_PROMPT
“Cmd> ”
Any character
in the allowed
character set.
Up to 100
characters
long.
RS-232 interface command
prompt. Displayed only if enabled
with RS232_MODE variable.
Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
NONE,
TEST_CHAN_ID
—
NONE
Diagnostic analog output ID.
Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
PMT DE-
TECTOR,
OZONE FLOW,
SAMPLE FLOW,
SAMPLE
PRESSURE,
RCELL
PRESSURE,
RCELL TEMP,
MANIFOLD
TEMP,
IZS TEMP,
CONV TEMP,
PMT TEMP,
BOX TEMP,
HVPS
VOLTAGE
A-16
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
REMOTE_CAL_MODE 3
—
LOW
LOW,
Range to calibrate during remote
calibration. Enclose value in
double quotes (") when setting
from the RS-232 interface.
HIGH,
CO2 15
O2 14
,
PASS_ENABLE
STABIL_FREQ
STABIL_SAMPLES
HVPS_SET
—
OFF
10
ON, OFF
ON enables passwords; OFF
disables them.
Seconds
Samples
Volts
1–300
Stability measurement sampling
frequency.
25
2–40
Number of samples in
concentration stability reading.
650 3,5
550 4,
600 9
,
0–2000
High voltage power supply
warning limits. Set point is not
used.
Warnings:
400–900 3,5
400–700 4,
450–750 9
6
,
RCELL_PRESS_SET
In-Hg
0–100
Reaction cell pressure warning
limits. Set point is not used.
Warnings:
0.5–15
RCELL_CYCLE
RCELL_PROP
Seconds
1/ºC
—
10
0.5–30
0–10
0–10
0–10
0.5–30
0–10
0–10
0–10
0.5–30
0–10
0–10
0–10
Reaction cell temperature control
cycle period.
1
Reaction cell PID temperature
control proportional coefficient.
RCELL_INTEG
RCELL_DERIV
MANIFOLD_CYCLE 5
MANIFOLD_PROP 5
MANIFOLD_INTEG 5
MANIFOLD_DERIV 5
IZS_CYCLE 3
0.1
Reaction cell PID temperature
control integral coefficient.
—
0 (disabled)
Reaction cell PID temperature
control derivative coefficient.
Seconds
1/ºC
—
5
Manifold temperature control
cycle period.
0.2
0.1
0.5
2
Manifold PID temperature control
proportional coefficient.
Manifold PID temperature control
integral coefficient.
—
Manifold PID temperature control
derivative coefficient.
Seconds
1/ºC
—
IZS temperature control cycle
period.
IZS_PROP 3
1
IZS temperature PID proportional
coefficient.
IZS_INTEG 3
0.03
0
IZS temperature PID integral
coefficient.
IZS_DERIV 3
—
IZS temperature PID derivative
coefficient.
A-17
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
CO2_CELL_SET 15
ºC
50
30–70
CO2 sensor cell temperature set
point and warning limits.
Warnings:
45–55
10
CO2_CELL_CYCLE 15
CO2_CELL_PROP 15
CO2_CELL_INTEG 15
CO2_CELL_DERIV 15
STD_O2_CELL_TEMP 14
O2_CELL_SET 14
Seconds
0.5–30
0–10
CO2 cell temperature control
cycle period.
—
—
—
ºK
ºC
1
CO2 cell PID temperature control
proportional coefficient.
0.1
0–10
CO2 cell PID temperature control
integral coefficient.
0 (disabled)
323
0–10
CO2 cell PID temperature control
derivative coefficient.
1–500
30–70
Standard O2 cell temperature for
temperature compensation.
50
O2 sensor cell temperature set
point and warning limits.
Warnings:
45–55
10
O2_CELL_CYCLE 14
O2_CELL_PROP 14
O2_CELL_INTEG 14
O2_CELL_DERIV 14
STAT_REP_PERIOD 8
SERIAL_NUMBER
Seconds
0.5–30
0–10
O2 cell temperature control cycle
period.
—
1
O2 cell PID temperature control
proportional coefficient.
—
0.1
0–10
O2 cell PID temperature control
integral coefficient.
—
0 (disabled)
1
0–10
O2 cell PID temperature control
derivative coefficient.
Seconds
—
0.5–120
Any
TAI protocol status message
report period.
“00000000 ”
Unique serial number for
character in instrument. Enclose value
the allowed in double quotes (") when
character
set. Up to
100
setting from the RS-232
interface.
characters
long.
DISP_INTENSITY
—
HIGH
HIGH,
Front panel display intensity.
Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
MED,
LOW,
DIM
I2C_RESET_ENABLE
ALARM_TRIGGER 17
—
ON
3
OFF, ON
1–100
I2C bus automatic reset enable.
Cycles
Number of times concentration
must exceed limit to trigger
alarm.
A-18
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
CLOCK_FORMAT
—
“TIME=%H:%
M:%S”
Any character
in the allowed
character set.
Up to 100
Time-of-day clock format flags.
Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
characters
long.
“%a” = Abbreviated weekday
name.
“%b” = Abbreviated month name.
“%d” = Day of month as decimal
number (01 – 31).
“%H” = Hour in 24-hour format
(00 – 23).
“%I” = Hour in 12-hour format (01
– 12).
“%j” = Day of year as decimal
number (001 – 366).
“%m” = Month as decimal
number (01 – 12).
“%M” = Minute as decimal
number (00 – 59).
“%p” = A.M./P.M. indicator for
12-hour clock.
“%S” = Second as decimal
number (00 – 59).
“%w” = Weekday as decimal
number (0 – 6; Sunday is 0).
“%y” = Year without century, as
decimal number (00 – 99).
“%Y” = Year with century, as
decimal number.
“%%” = Percent sign.
FACTORY_OPT
—
0,
512 5,6
0–0x7fffffff
Factory option flags. Add values
to combine flags.
1 = enable dilution factor
2 = display units in concentration
field
4 = zero/span valves installed
8
18 = low span valve installed
16 3 = IZS and zero/span valves
installed
32 = enable software-controlled
maintenance mode
64 = display temperature in
converter warning message
128 = enable switch-controlled
maintenance mode
256 = not used
512 = enable manifold
temperature control
1024 = enable concentration
alarms 17
2048 = enable Internet option 22
A-19
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value
Range
Description
4096 = suppress front panel
warnings
8192 = enable non-zero offset
calibration
16384 = enable pressurized zero
calibration
32768 = enable pressurized
span calibration
0x10000 = enable external
analog inputs 21
1
Multi-range modes.
Hessen protocol.
T200, M200E.
2
3
4
T200H, M200EH.
T200U, M200EU.
M200EUP.
5
6
7
“De-tuned” instrument.
TAI protocol
8
9
T200M, M200EM.
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
User-configurable D/A output option.
SUNLAW special.
Must power-cycle instrument for these options to fully take effect.
O2 option.
CO2 option.
CO2 PPM sensor.
Concentration alarm option.
Low span option.
2 point Converter Efficiency option.
Aging Compensation option.
T Series external analog input option.
E Series internet option.
A-20
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements
Table A-2: Warning Messages
Name 1
Message Text
Description
Warnings
WSYSRES
SYSTEM RESET
Instrument was power-cycled or the CPU
was reset.
WDATAINIT
DATA INITIALIZED
Data storage was erased.
WCONFIGINIT
CONFIG INITIALIZED
Configuration storage was reset to factory
configuration or erased.
WNOXALARM1 9
WNOXALARM2 9
NOX ALARM 1 WARN
NOX ALARM 2 WARN
NOX concentration alarm limit #1
exceeded
NOX concentration alarm limit #2
exceeded
WNOALARM1 9
WNOALARM2 9
WNO2ALARM1 9
NO ALARM 1 WARN
NO ALARM 2 WARN
NO2 ALARM 1 WARN
NO concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
NO concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
NO2 concentration alarm limit #1
exceeded
WNO2ALARM2 9
NO2 ALARM 2 WARN
NO2 concentration alarm limit #2
exceeded
WO2ALARM1 5+9
WO2ALARM2 5+9
WCO2ALARM1 8+9
O2 ALARM 1 WARN
O2 ALARM 2 WARN
CO2 ALARM 1 WARN
O2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
O2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
CO2 concentration alarm limit #1
exceeded
WCO2ALARM2 8+9
WSAMPFLOW
WOZONEFLOW
WOZONEGEN
CO2 ALARM 2 WARN
SAMPLE FLOW WARN
OZONE FLOW WARNING
OZONE GEN OFF
CO2 concentration alarm limit #2
exceeded
Sample flow outside of warning limits
specified by SFLOW_SET variable.
Ozone flow outside of warning limits
specified by OFLOW_SET variable.
Ozone generator is off. This is the only
warning message that automatically
clears itself. It clears itself when the ozone
generator is turned on.
WRCELLPRESS
RCELL PRESS WARN
Reaction cell pressure outside of warning
limits specified by RCELL_PRESS_SET
variable.
WBOXTEMP
BOX TEMP WARNING
Chassis temperature outside of warning
limits specified by BOX_SET variable.
WRCELLTEMP
RCELL TEMP WARNING
Reaction cell temperature outside of
warning limits specified by RCELL_SET
variable.
WMANIFOLDTEMP 4
WCO2CELLTEMP 8
WO2CELLTEMP 5
WIZSTEMP
MANIFOLD TEMP WARN
CO2 CELL TEMP WARN
O2 CELL TEMP WARN
IZS TEMP WARNING
Bypass or dilution manifold temperature
outside of warning limits specified by
MANIFOLD_SET variable.
CO2 sensor cell temperature outside of
warning limits specified by
CO2_CELL_SET variable.
O2 sensor cell temperature outside of
warning limits specified by O2_CELL_SET
variable.
IZS temperature outside of warning limits
specified by IZS_SET variable.
A-21
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
Name 1
Message Text
Description
Warnings
WCONVTEMP
WPMTTEMP
CONV TEMP WARNING
Converter temperature outside of warning
limits specified by CONV_SET variable.
PMT TEMP WARNING
PMT temperature outside of warning limits
specified by PMT_SET variable.
WAUTOZERO
WPREREACT 11
AZERO WRN XXX.X MV
PRACT WRN XXX.X MV 11
Auto-zero reading above limit specified by
AZERO_LIMIT variable. Value shown in
message indicates auto-zero reading at
time warning was displayed.
WHVPS
HVPS WARNING
High voltage power supply output outside
of warning limits specified by HVPS_SET
variable.
WDYNZERO
CANNOT DYN ZERO
CANNOT DYN SPAN
REAR BOARD NOT DET
RELAY BOARD WARN
FRONT PANEL WARN
ANALOG CAL WARNING
Contact closure zero calibration failed
while DYN_ZERO was set to ON.
WDYNSPAN
Contact closure span calibration failed
while DYN_SPAN was set to ON.
WREARBOARD
WRELAYBOARD
WFRONTPANEL
Rear board was not detected during
power up.
Firmware is unable to communicate with
the relay board.
Firmware is unable to communicate with
the front panel.
WANALOGCAL
The A/D or at least one D/A channel has
not been calibrated.
1
The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in “T BOXTEMP”.
2
Engineering firmware only.
Current instrument units.
Factory option.
3
4
5
O2 option.
6
User-configurable D/A output option.
Optional.
7
8
CO2 option.
9
Concentration alarm option.
M200EUP.
10
11
12
T200U, T200U_NOy, M200EU and M200EU_NOy.
T-Series External analog input option.
A-22
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements
Table A-3: Test Measurements
Test Measurement Name
Message Text
Description
Test measurements
NONOXCONC
NO=396.5 NOX=396.5 3
Simultaneously displays NO and NOX
concentrations.
RANGE not 6
RANGE1 not 6
RANGE2 not 6
RANGE3 not 6
STABILITY
RANGE=500.0 PPB 3
RANGE1=500.0 PPB 3
RANGE2=500.0 PPB 3
RANGE3=500.0 PPB 3
NOX STB=0.0 PPB 3
O2 STB=0.0 PCT 5
D/A range in single or auto-range modes.
D/A #1 range in independent range mode.
D/A #2 range in independent range mode.
D/A #3 range in independent range mode.
Concentration stability (standard deviation
based on setting of STABIL_FREQ and
STABIL_SAMPLES). Select gas with
STABIL_GAS variable.
CO2 STB=0.0 PCT 8
RESPONSE 2
RSP=8.81(1.30) SEC
Instrument response. Length of each
signal processing loop. Time in
parenthesis is standard deviation.
SAMPFLOW
OZONEFLOW
PMT
SAMP FLW=460 CC/M
OZONE FL=87 CC/M
PMT=800.0 MV
Sample flow rate.
Ozone flow rate.
Raw PMT reading.
NORMPMT
NORM PMT=793.0 MV
PMT reading normalized for temperature,
pressure, auto-zero offset, but not range.
AUTOZERO
HVPS
AZERO=1.3 MV
Auto-zero offset.
HVPS=650 V
High voltage power supply output.
Reaction cell temperature.
Internal chassis temperature.
Remote chassis temperature.
PMT temperature.
RCELLTEMP
RCELL TEMP=50.8 C
BOX TEMP=28.2 C
REM BOX TMP=30.1 C
PMT TEMP=7.0 C
BOXTEMP
REMBOXTEMP 10
PMTTEMP
MANIFOLDTEMP 4
CO2CELLTEMP 8
O2CELLTEMP 5
IZSTEMP
MF TEMP=50.8 C
Bypass or dilution manifold temperature.
CO2 sensor cell temperature.
O2 sensor cell temperature.
IZS temperature.
CO2 CELL TEMP=50.8 C
O2 CELL TEMP=50.8 C
IZS TEMP=50.8 C
MOLY TEMP=315.0 C
CONVTEMP
Converter temperature. Converter type is
MOLY, CONV, or O3KL.
SAMPRESTTEMP 10
RCELLPRESS
SAMPPRESS
SMP RST TMP=49.8 C
RCEL=7.0 IN-HG-A
SAMP=29.9 IN-HG-A
NOX SLOPE=1.000
Sample restrictor temperature.
Reaction cell pressure.
Sample pressure.
NOXSLOPE
NOX slope for current range, computed
during zero/span calibration.
NOXOFFSET
NOSLOPE
NOX OFFS=0.0 MV
NO SLOPE=1.000
NO OFFS=0.0 MV
NOX offset for current range, computed
during zero/span calibration.
NO slope for current range, computed
during zero/span calibration.
NOOFFSET
NO offset for current range, computed
during zero/span calibration.
A-23
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
Test Measurement Name
Message Text
Test measurements
Description
NO2
NO2=0.0 PPB 3
NO2_1=0.0 PPB 3
NO2_2=0.0 PPB 3
NO2 concentration for current range.
NO2 concentration for range #1.
NO2 concentration for range #2.
NOX concentration for current range.
NOX concentration for range #1.
NOX concentration for range #2.
NO concentration for current range.
NO concentration for range #1.
NO concentration for range #2.
D/A #4 range for CO2 concentration.
NO2_1 7
NO2_2 7
NOX
NOX_1 7
NOX_2 7
NO
NO_1 7
NO_2 7
CO2RANGE 8, not 6
CO2SLOPE 8
NOX=396.5 PPB 3
NOX_1=396.5 PPB 3
NOX_2=396.5 PPB 3
NO=396.5 PPB 3
NO_1=396.5 PPB 3
NO_2=396.5 PPB 3
CO2 RANGE=100.00 PCT
CO2 SLOPE=1.000
CO2 slope, computed during zero/span
calibration.
CO2OFFSET 8
CO2 OFFSET=0.000
CO2 offset, computed during zero/span
calibration.
CO2 8
CO2=15.0 %
CO2 concentration.
O2RANGE 5, not 6
O2SLOPE 5
O2 RANGE=100.00 PCT
O2 SLOPE=1.000
D/A #4 range for O2 concentration.
O2 slope computed during zero/span
calibration.
O2OFFSET 5
O2 OFFSET=0.00 %
O2 offset computed during zero/span
calibration.
O2 5
O2=0.00 %
O2 concentration.
TESTCHAN 5,6,8
TEST=3627.1 MV
Value output to TEST_OUTPUT analog
output, selected with TEST_CHAN_ID
variable.
XIN1 12
XIN2 12
XIN3 12
XIN4 12
XIN5 12
XIN6 12
XIN7 12
XIN8 12
AIN1=37.15 EU
AIN2=37.15 EU
AIN3=37.15 EU
AIN4=37.15 EU
AIN5=37.15 EU
AIN6=37.15 EU
AIN7=37.15 EU
AIN8=37.15 EU
External analog input 1 value in
engineering units.
External analog input 2 value in
engineering units.
External analog input 3 value in
engineering units.
External analog input 4 value in
engineering units.
External analog input 5 value in
engineering units.
External analog input 6 value in
engineering units.
External analog input 7 value in
engineering units.
External analog input 8 value in
engineering units.
A-24
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements
Test Measurement Name
Message Text
Test measurements
Description
CLOCKTIME
TIME=10:38:27
Current instrument time of day clock.
1
The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in “T BOXTEMP”.
2
Engineering firmware only.
Current instrument units.
Factory option.
3
4
5
O2 option.
6
User-configurable D/A output option.
Optional.
7
8
CO2 option.
9
Concentration alarm option.
M200EUP.
10
11
12
T200U, T200U_NOy, M200EU and M200EU_NOy.
T-Series External analog input option.
A-25
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-4: M Signal I/O Definitions
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-4: M Signal I/O Definitions
Table A-4: Signal I/O Definitions
Signal Name
Bit or Channel
Number
Description
Internal inputs, U7, J108, pins 9–16 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 322 hex
0–7 Spare
Internal outputs, U8, J108, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 322 hex
ELEC_TEST
0
1
2
3
1 = electrical test on
0 = off
OPTIC_TEST
1 = optic test on
0 = off
PREAMP_RANGE_HI
O3GEN_STATUS
1 = select high preamp range
0 = select low range
0 = ozone generator on
1 = off
4–5
6
Spare
I2C_RESET
1 = reset I2C peripherals
0 = normal
I2C_DRV_RST
7
0 = hardware reset 8584 chip
1 = normal
Control inputs, U11, J1004, pins 1–6 = bits 0–5, default I/O address 321 hex
EXT_ZERO_CAL
0
1
2
3
0 = go into zero calibration
1 = exit zero calibration
EXT_SPAN_CAL
0 = go into span calibration
1 = exit span calibration
0 = go into low span calibration
1 = exit low span calibration
0 = remote select high range
1 = default range
EXT_LOW_SPAN 20
REMOTE_RANGE_HI 21
CAL_MODE_0 5
CAL_MODE_1
CAL_MODE_2
0
1
2
Three inputs, taken as binary number (CAL_MODE_2 is
MSB) select calibration level and range:
0 & 7 = Measure
1 = Zero, range #3
2 = Span, range #3
3 = Zero, range #2
4 = Span, range #2
5 = Zero, range #1
6 = Span, range #1
Spare
4–5
6–7
Always 1
Control inputs, U14, J1006, pins 1–6 = bits 0–5, default I/O address 325 hex
0–5
6–7
Spare
Always 1
Control outputs, U17, J1008, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 321 hex
0–7 Spare
A-26
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-4: M Signal I/O Definitions
Signal Name
Bit or Channel
Number
Description
Control outputs, U21, J1008, pins 9–12 = bits 0–3, default I/O address 325 hex
0–3 Spare
Alarm outputs, U21, J1009, pins 1–12 = bits 4–7, default I/O address 325 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK2 12
4
5
6
7
1 = system OK
0 = any alarm condition or in diagnostics mode
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
1 = calibration mode
MB_RELAY_36 18
OUT_CAL_MODE 13
0 = measure mode
ST_CONC_ALARM_1 17
1 = conc. limit 1 exceeded
0 = conc. OK
MB_RELAY_37 18
OUT_SPAN_CAL 13
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
1 = span calibration
0 = zero calibration
ST_CONC_ALARM_2 17
1 = conc. limit 2 exceeded
0 = conc. OK
MB_RELAY_38 18
OUT_PROBE_1 13
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
0 = select probe #1
1 = not selected
ST_HIGH_RANGE2 19
1 = high auto-range in use (mirrors ST_HIGH_RANGE
status output)
0 = low auto-range
MB_RELAY_39 18
OUT_PROBE_2 13
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
0 = select probe #2
1 = not selected
A status outputs, U24, J1017, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 323 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK
ST_CONC_VALID
ST_HIGH_RANGE
ST_ZERO_CAL
ST_SPAN_CAL
0
1
2
3
4
0 = system OK
1 = any alarm condition
0 = conc. valid
1 = conc. filters contain no data
0 = high auto-range in use
1 = low auto-range
0 = in zero calibration
1 = not in zero
0 = in span calibration
1 = not in span
ST_DIAG_MODE
5
6
0 = in diagnostic mode
1 = not in diagnostic mode
ST_LOW_SPAN_CAL 20
0 = in low span calibration
1 = not in low span
ST_O2_CAL 11
7
0 = in O2 calibration mode
1 = in measure or other calibration mode
A-27
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-4: M Signal I/O Definitions
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
Signal Name
Bit or Channel
Number
Description
B status outputs, U27, J1018, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 324 hex
ST_CO2_CAL 15
0
0 = in CO2 calibration mode
1 = in measure or other calibration mode
Spare
1–7
Front panel I2C keyboard, default I2C address 4E hex
MAINT_MODE
LANG2_SELECT
SAMPLE_LED
CAL_LED
5 (input)
0 = maintenance mode
1 = normal mode
0 = select second language
1 = select first language (English)
0 = sample LED on
1 = off
6 (input)
8 (output)
9 (output)
10 (output)
14 (output)
0 = cal. LED on
1 = off
FAULT_LED
0 = fault LED on
1 = off
AUDIBLE_BEEPER
0 = beeper on (for diagnostic testing only)
1 = off
Relay board digital output (PCF8575), default I2C address 44 hex
RELAY_WATCHDOG
RCELL_HEATER
0
Alternate between 0 and 1 at least every 5 seconds to keep
relay board active
1
0 = reaction cell heater on
1 = off
CONV_HEATER
MANIFOLD_HEATER 10
IZS_HEATER
2
3
4
0 = converter heater on
1 = off
0 = bypass or dilution manifold heater on
1 = off
0 = IZS heater on
1 = off
CO2_CELL_HEATER 15
O2_CELL_HEATER 11
SPAN_VALVE
0 = CO2 sensor cell heater on
1 = off
5
6
0 = O2 sensor cell heater on
1 = off
0 = let span gas in
1 = let zero gas in
ZERO_VALVE 3
0 = let zero gas in
1 = let sample gas in
0 = let cal. gas in
CAL_VALVE
7
8
9
1 = let sample gas in
0 = let zero air in
AUTO_ZERO_VALVE
NOX_VALVE
1 = let sample gas in
0 = let NOX gas into reaction cell
1 = let NO gas into reaction cell
0 = turn on NO2 converter (measure NOx)
1 = turn off NO2 converter (measure NO)
NO2_CONVERTER 4
A-28
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-4: M Signal I/O Definitions
Signal Name
Bit or Channel
Number
Description
LOW_SPAN_VALVE 20
10
0 = let low span gas in
1 = let high span/sample gas in
0 = let span gas in
SPAN_VALVE 3
NO2_VALVE 16
VENT_VALVE 7
11
12
1 = let sample gas in
0 = let NO2 gas into reaction cell
1 = let NOX/NO gas into reaction cell
0 = open vent valve
1 = close vent valve
13–15
Spare
Rear board primary MUX analog inputs, MUX default I/O address 32A hex
PMT_SIGNAL
HVPS_VOLTAGE
PMT_TEMP
0
PMT detector
1
HV power supply output
PMT temperature
2
CO2_SENSOR 15
3
CO2 concentration sensor
Temperature MUX
4
5
Spare
O2_SENSOR 11
6
O2 concentration sensor
Sample pressure
SAMPLE_PRESSURE
RCELL_PRESSURE
REF_4096_MV
7
8
Reaction cell pressure
4.096V reference from MAX6241
Ozone flow rate
9
OZONE_FLOW
10
11
TEST_INPUT_11
SAMP_REST_TEMP 4
CONV_TEMP
Diagnostic test input
Sample restrictor temperature
Converter temperature
Diagnostic test input
DAC loopback MUX
Ground reference
12
13
14
15
TEST_INPUT_13
REF_GND
Rear board temperature MUX analog inputs, MUX default I/O address 326 hex
BOX_TEMP
0
1
2
Internal box temperature
Reaction cell temperature
IZS temperature
RCELL_TEMP
IZS_TEMP
CO2_CELL_TEMP 15
CO2 sensor cell temperature
Spare
3
4
5
O2_CELL_TEMP 11
TEMP_INPUT_5
REM_BOX_TEMP 4
O2 sensor cell temperature
Diagnostic temperature input
Remote box temperature
Diagnostic temperature input
Bypass or dilution manifold temperature
TEMP_INPUT_6
MANIFOLD_TEMP 10
6
7
Rear board DAC MUX analog inputs, MUX default I/O address 327 hex
DAC_CHAN_1
DAC_CHAN_2
DAC_CHAN_3
DAC_CHAN_4
0
1
2
3
DAC channel 0 loopback
DAC channel 1 loopback
DAC channel 2 loopback
DAC channel 3 loopback
A-29
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-4: M Signal I/O Definitions
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
Signal Name
Bit or Channel
Number
Description
Rear board analog outputs, default I/O address 327 hex
CONC_OUT_1
DATA_OUT_1 6
CONC_OUT_2
DATA_OUT_2 6
CONC_OUT_3
DATA_OUT_3 6
TEST_OUTPUT
CONC_OUT_4 11, 15
DATA_OUT_4 6
0
1
2
3
Concentration output #1 (NOX)
Data output #1
Concentration output #2 (NO)
Data output #2
Concentration output #3 (NO2)
Data output #3
Test measurement output
Concentration output #4 (CO2 or O2)
Data output #4
External analog input board, default I2C address 5C hex
XIN1 22
XIN2 22
XIN3 22
XIN4 22
XIN5 22
XIN6 22
XIN7 22
XIN8 22
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
External analog input 1
External analog input 2
External analog input 3
External analog input 4
External analog input 5
External analog input 6
External analog input 7
External analog input 8
1
Hessen protocol.
2
T200H, M200EH.
3
T200U, M200EU.
4
M200EUP.
5
Triple-range option.
6
User-configurable D/A output option.
Pressurized zero/span option.
Dual NOX option.
7
8
9
MAS special.
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Factory option.
O2 option.
Optional
Probe-select special.
CO2 option.
NO2 valve option.
Concentration alarm option.
MODBUS option.
High auto range relay option
Low span option.
Remote range control option
T-Series external analog input option.
A-30
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-5: DAS Functions
APPENDIX A-5: DAS Functions
Table A-5: DAS Trigger Events
Name
Description
ATIMER
Automatic timer expired
EXITZR
EXITLS 1
Exit zero calibration mode
Exit low span calibration mode
Exit high span calibration mode
Exit multi-point calibration mode
Exit CO2 calibration mode
Exit O2 calibration mode
EXITHS
EXITMP
EXITC2 4
EXITO2 3
SLPCHG
CO2SLC 4
O2SLPC 3
EXITDG
Slope and offset recalculated
CO2 slope and offset recalculated
O2 slope and offset recalculated
Exit diagnostic mode
CONC1W 5
CONC2W 5
AZEROW
OFLOWW
RPRESW
RTEMPW
MFTMPW 2
C2TMPW 4
O2TMPW 3
IZTMPW
Concentration exceeds limit 1 warning
Concentration exceeds limit 2 warning
Auto-zero warning
Ozone flow warning
Reaction cell pressure warning
Reaction cell temperature warning
Bypass or dilution manifold temperature warning
CO2 sensor cell temperature warning
O2 sensor cell temperature warning
IZS temperature warning
CTEMPW
PTEMPW
SFLOWW
BTEMPW
Converter temperature warning
PMT temperature warning
Sample flow warning
Box temperature warning
HVPSW
HV power supply warning
1
Low span option.
Factory option.
O2 option.
2
3
4
5
CO2 option.
Concentration alarm option.
A-31
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-5: DAS Functions
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
Table A-6: DAS Parameters (Data Types)
Name
Description 9
Units
PMTDET
RAWNOX 6
RAWNO 6
NXSLP1
PMT detector reading
mV
mV
mV
—
Raw PMT detector reading for NOX
Raw PMT detector reading for NO
NOX slope for range #1
NOX slope for range #2
NOX slope for range #3
NO slope for range #1
NO slope for range #2
NO slope for range #3
NOX offset for range #1
NOX offset for range #2
NOX offset for range #3
NO offset for range #1
NO offset for range #2
NO offset for range #3
CO2 slope
NXSLP2
—
NXSLP3 7
NOSLP1
NOSLP2
NOSLP3 7
NXOFS1
NXOFS2
NXOFS3 7
NOOFS1
NOOFS2
NOOFS3 7
CO2SLP 5
CO2OFS 5
O2SLPE 3
O2OFST 3
NXZSC1
—
—
—
—
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
—
CO2 offset
%
O2 slope
—
O2 offset
%
PPB 2
NOX concentration for range #1 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
NXZSC2
NXZSC3 7
NOZSC1
NOZSC2
NOZSC3 7
N2ZSC1
NOX concentration for range #2 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
PPB 2
PPB 2
PPB 2
PPB 2
PPB 2
PPB 2
PPB 2
PPB 2
%
NOX concentration for range #3 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
NO concentration for range #1 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
NO concentration for range #2 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
NO concentration for range #3 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
NO2 concentration for range #1 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
N2ZSC2
NO2 concentration for range #2 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
N2ZSC3 7
CO2ZSC 5
O2ZSCN 3
NO2 concentration for range #3 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
CO2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
O2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before computing
new slope and offset
%
A-32
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-5: DAS Functions
Name
NXCNC1
Description 9
Units
PPB 2
PPB 2
PPB 2
PPB 2
PPB 2
PPB 2
PPB 2
PPB 2
PPB 2
%
NOX concentration for range #1
NOX concentration for range #2
NOX concentration for range #3
NO concentration for range #1
NO concentration for range #2
NO concentration for range #3
NO2 concentration for range #1
NO2 concentration for range #2
NO2 concentration for range #3
CO2 concentration
NXCNC2
NXCNC3 7
NOCNC1
NOCNC2
NOCNC3 7
N2CNC1
N2CNC2
N2CNC3 7
CO2CNC 5
O2CONC 3
STABIL
O2 concentration
%
PPB 2
Concentration stability
AZERO
Auto zero offset (range de-normalized)
Ozone flow rate
mV
O3FLOW
RCPRES
RCTEMP
MFTEMP 1
C2TEMP 5
O2TEMP 3
IZTEMP
cc/m
"Hg
Reaction cell pressure
Reaction cell temperature
°C
Bypass or dilution manifold temperature
CO2 sensor cell temperature
O2 sensor cell temperature
°C
°C
°C
IZS block temperature
°C
CNVEF1
CNVEF2
CNVEF3 7
CNVTMP
PMTTMP
SMPFLW
SMPPRS
SRSTMP 8
BOXTMP
RBXTMP 8
HVPS
Converter efficiency factor for range #1
Converter efficiency factor for range #2
Converter efficiency factor for range #3
Converter temperature
—
—
—
°C
PMT temperature
°C
Sample flow rate
cc/m
"Hg
Sample pressure
Sample restrictor temperature
Internal box temperature
°C
°C
Remote box temperature
°C
High voltage power supply output
Ground reference (REF_GND)
4096 mV reference (REF_4096_MV)
Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_11)
Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_13)
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_5)
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_6)
External analog input 1 value
External analog input 1 slope
External analog input 1 value
External analog input 2 value
External analog input 2 slope
External analog input 2 value
Volts
mV
REFGND
RF4096
mV
TEST11
mV
TEST13
mV
TEMP5
°C
TEMP6
XIN1 10
°C
Volts
eng unit / V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit / V
eng unit
XIN1SLPE 10
XIN1OFST 10
XIN2 10
XIN2SLPE 10
XIN2OFST 10
A-33
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-5: DAS Functions
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
Name
Description 9
External analog input 3 value
Units
XIN3 10
Volts
XIN3SLPE 10
XIN3OFST 10
XIN4 10
XIN4SLPE 10
XIN4OFST 10
XIN5 10
XIN5SLPE 10
XIN5OFST 10
XIN6 10
XIN6SLPE 10
XIN6OFST 10
XIN7 10
XIN7SLPE 10
XIN7OFST 10
XIN8 10
XIN8SLPE 10
XIN8OFST 10
External analog input 3 slope
External analog input 3 value
External analog input 4 value
External analog input 4 slope
External analog input 4 value
External analog input 5 value
External analog input 5 slope
External analog input 5 value
External analog input 6 value
External analog input 6 slope
External analog input 6 value
External analog input 7 value
External analog input 7 slope
External analog input 7 value
External analog input 8 value
External analog input 8 slope
External analog input 8 value
eng unit / V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit / V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit / V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit / V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit / V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit / V
eng unit
1
Factory option.
Current instrument units.
2
3
O2 option.
4
Optional.
5
CO2 option.
6
Engineering firmware only.
7
Triple-range option.
8
M200EUP.
9
All NOX references become NOy for T200U_NOy and M200EU_NOy.
T-Series external analog input option.
10
A-34
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators
APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators
Table A-7: Terminal Command Designators
COMMAND
? [ID]
ADDITIONAL COMMAND SYNTAX
DESCRIPTION
Display help screen and this list of commands
Establish connection to instrument
Terminate connection to instrument
Display test(s)
LOGON [ID]
LOGOFF [ID]
password
SET ALL|name|hexmask
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX]
name
Print test(s) to screen
T [ID]
Print single test
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask
SET ALL|name|hexmask
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX]
name
Disable test(s)
Display warning(s)
Print warning(s)
W [ID]
Clear single warning
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask
ZERO|LOWSPAN|SPAN [1|2]
ASEQ number
Clear warning(s)
Enter calibration mode
Execute automatic sequence
Compute new slope/offset
Exit calibration mode
C [ID]
COMPUTE ZERO|SPAN
EXIT
ABORT
Abort calibration sequence
Print all I/O signals
LIST
name[=value]
Examine or set I/O signal
Print names of all diagnostic tests
Execute diagnostic test
Exit diagnostic test
LIST NAMES
ENTER name
EXIT
RESET [DATA] [CONFIG] [exitcode]
PRINT ["name"] [SCRIPT]
RECORDS ["name"]
Reset instrument
D [ID]
Print iDAS configuration
Print number of iDAS records
REPORT ["name"] [RECORDS=number]
[FROM=<start date>][TO=<end
date>][VERBOSE|COMPACT|HEX] (Print DAS
records)(date format: MM/DD/YYYY(or YY)
[HH:MM:SS]
Print iDAS records
CANCEL
Halt printing iDAS records
Print setup variables
LIST
name[=value [warn_low [warn_high]]]
Modify variable
name="value"
CONFIG
Modify enumerated variable
Print instrument configuration
Enter/exit maintenance mode
Print current instrument mode
V [ID]
MAINT ON|OFF
MODE
DASBEGIN [<data channel definitions>]
DASEND
Upload iDAS configuration
CHANNELBEGIN propertylist CHANNELEND
CHANNELDELETE ["name"]
Upload single iDAS channel
Delete iDAS channels
A-35
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
The command syntax follows the command type, separated by a space character. Strings in [brackets] are
optional designators. The following key assignments also apply.
TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENTS
ESC
CR (ENTER)
Ctrl-C
Abort line
Execute command
Switch to computer mode
COMPUTER MODE KEY ASSIGNMENTS
LF (line feed)
Ctrl-T
Execute command
Switch to terminal mode
A-36
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map
MODBUS
Register Address
(decimal,
Description 10
Units
0-based)
MODBUS Floating Point Input Registers
(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read in high-word, low-word order; read-only)
0
Instantaneous PMT detector reading
NOX slope for range #1
NOX slope for range #2
NO slope for range #1
NO slope for range #2
NOX offset for range #1
NOX offset for range #2
NO offset for range #1
NO offset for range #2
mV
2
—
4
—
6
—
8
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
PPB
10
12
14
16
18
NOX concentration for range #1 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
20
22
24
26
28
NOX concentration for range #2 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
PPB
PPB
PPB
PPB
PPB
NO concentration for range #1 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
NO concentration for range #2 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
NO2 concentration for range #1 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
NO2 concentration for range #2 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
NOX concentration for range #1
NOX concentration for range #2
NO concentration for range #1
NO concentration for range #2
NO2 concentration for range #1
NO2 concentration for range #2
Concentration stability
PPB
PPB
PPB
PPB
PPB
PPB
PPB
mV
Auto zero offset (range de-normalized)
11
Pre React
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
Ozone flow rate
cc/m
"Hg
C
Reaction cell pressure
Reaction cell temperature
Manifold temperature
°C
Converter efficiency factor for range #1
Converter efficiency factor for range #2
Converter temperature
PMT temperature
—
—
°C
C
Sample flow rate
cc/m
A-37
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
MODBUS
Register Address
(decimal,
Description 10
Units
0-based)
64
Sample pressure
“Hg
C
66
Internal box temperature
68
High voltage power supply output
Ground reference (REF_GND)
4096 mV reference (REF_4096_MV)
Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_13)
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_6)
IZS temperature
Volts
mV
mV
mV
°C
70
72
74
76
78
C
80 9
82 9
80
Sample restrictor temperature
Remote box temperature
C
C
Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_11)
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_5)
Raw PMT detector reading for NOX
Raw PMT detector reading for NO
NOX slope for range #3
mV
°C
82
84 1
86 1
100 3
102 3
104 3
106 3
108 3
mV
mV
—
NO slope for range #3
mV
mV
mV
PPB
NOX offset for range #3
NO offset for range #3
NOX concentration for range #3 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
110 3
112 3
NO concentration for range #3 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
PPB
PPB
NO2 concentration for range #3 during zero/span calibration, just
before computing new slope and offset
114 3
116 3
118 3
120 3
130 12
132 12
134 12
136 12
138 12
140 12
142 12
144 12
146 12
148 12
150 12
152 12
154 12
NOX concentration for range #3
NO concentration for range #3
NO2 concentration for range #3
Converter efficiency factor for range #3
External analog input 1 value
External analog input 1 slope
External analog input 1 offset
External analog input 2 value
External analog input 2 slope
External analog input 2 offset
External analog input 3 value
External analog input 3 slope
External analog input 3 offset
External analog input 4 value
External analog input 4 slope
External analog input 4 offset
External analog input 5 value
PPB
PPB
PPB
—
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
A-38
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map
MODBUS
Description 10
Units
Register Address
(decimal,
0-based)
156 12
158 12
160 12
162 12
164 12
166 12
168 12
170 12
172 12
174 12
176 12
External analog input 5 slope
External analog input 5 offset
External analog input 6 value
External analog input 6 slope
External analog input 6 offset
External analog input 7 value
External analog input 7 slope
External analog input 7 offset
External analog input 8 value
External analog input 8 slope
External analog input 8 offset
O2 concentration
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
%
200 5
202 5
O2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before computing
new slope and offset
%
204 5
206 5
208 5
300 6
302 6
O2 slope
—
%
°C
%
%
O2 offset
O2 sensor cell temperature
CO2 concentration
CO2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
304 6
306 6
308 6
CO2 slope
—
%
CO2 offset
CO2 sensor cell temperature
°C
MODBUS Floating Point Holding Registers
(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read/write in high-word, low-word order; read/write)
0
Maps to NOX_SPAN1 variable; target conc. for range #1
Maps to NO_SPAN1 variable; target conc. for range #1
Maps to NOX_SPAN2 variable; target conc. for range #2
Maps to NO_SPAN2 variable; target conc. for range #2
Maps to NOX_SPAN3 variable; target conc. for range #3
Maps to NO_SPAN3 variable; target conc. for range #3
Conc. units
Conc. units
Conc. units
Conc. units
Conc. units
Conc. units
%
2
4
6
100 3
102 3
200 5
Maps to O2_TARG_SPAN_CONC variable; target conc. for range
O2 gas
300 6
Maps to CO2_TARG_SPAN_CONC variable; target conc. for range
%
CO2 gas
MODBUS Discrete Input Registers
(single-bit; read-only)
Manifold temperature warning
Converter temperature warning
Auto-zero warning
0
1
2
3
4
Box temperature warning
PMT detector temperature warning
A-39
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
MODBUS
Register Address
(decimal,
Description 10
Units
0-based)
5
Reaction cell temperature warning
6
Sample flow warning
7
Ozone flow warning
8
Reaction cell pressure warning
HVPS warning
9
10
System reset warning
11
Rear board communication warning
Relay board communication warning
Front panel communication warning
Analog calibration warning
12
13
14
15
Dynamic zero warning
16
Dynamic span warning
17
Invalid concentration
18
In zero calibration mode
19
In span calibration mode
20
In multi-point calibration mode
System is OK (same meaning as SYSTEM_OK I/O signal)
Ozone generator warning
21
22
23
IZS temperature warning
24 8
25 7
26 7
27 7
28 7
29 7
30 7
200 5
201 5
202 5+7
203 5+7
300 6
301 6
302 6+7
303 6+7
In low span calibration mode
NO concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
NO concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
NO2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
NO2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
NOX concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
NOX concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
Calibrating O2 gas
O2 sensor cell temperature warning
O2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
O2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
Calibrating CO2 gas
CO2 sensor cell temperature warning
CO2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
CO2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
A-40
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H/M and 200EH/EM Menu Trees (05147H DCN6512)
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map
MODBUS
Register Address
(decimal,
Description 10
Units
0-based)
MODBUS Coil Registers
(single-bit; read/write)
0
Maps to relay output signal 36 (MB_RELAY_36 in signal I/O list)
Maps to relay output signal 37 (MB_RELAY_37 in signal I/O list)
Maps to relay output signal 38 (MB_RELAY_38 in signal I/O list)
Maps to relay output signal 39 (MB_RELAY_39 in signal I/O list)
Triggers zero calibration of NOX range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
Triggers span calibration of NOX range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
Triggers zero calibration of NOX range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
Triggers span calibration of NOX range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
1
2
3
20 2
21 2
22 2
23 2
1
Engineering firmware only.
2
Set DYN_ZERO or DYN_SPAN variables to ON to enable calculating new slope or offset. Otherwise a calibration check
is performed.
3
Triple-range option.
4
Optional.
5
O2 option.
6
CO2 option.
7
Concentration alarm option.
Low span option.
8
9
M200EUP.
10
11
12
All NOX references become NOy for M200EU_NOy.
M200EU and M200EU_NOy.
T-Series external analog input option.
A-41
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
This page intentionally left blank.
A-42
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX B - Spare Parts
Use of replacement parts other than those supplied by Teledyne Advanced
Note
Note
Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI) may result in non-compliance with European
standard EN 61010-1.
Due to the dynamic nature of part numbers, please refer to the TAPI Website at
http://www.teledyne-api.com or call Customer Service at 800-324-5190 for more
recent updates to part numbers.
07270B DCN6512
B-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
This page intentionally left blank.
B-2
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H Spare Parts List
(Reference: 07351, 2012 July 17, 14:26p
PARTNUMBER
000940100
000940300
000940400
000940500
001761800
002270100
002730000
003290000
005960000
005970000
008830000
009690200
009690300
009810300
009810600
009811000
010680100
010820000
011630000
011930100
013140000
014080100
016290000
016301400
016680600
018080000
018720100
02190020A
022630200
037860000
040010000
040030800
040400000
040410200
040900000
041800500
041920000
042680100
043220100
043420000
044440000
044530000
044540000
044610100
045230200
045500200
045500400
045500500
046030000
DESCRIPTION
CD, ORIFICE, .003 GREEN
CD, ORIFICE, .020 VIOLET
CD, ORIFICE, .004 BLUE (KB)
CD, ORIFICE, .007 ORANGE (KB)
ASSY, FLOW CTL, 90CC, 1/4" TEE-TMT, B
AKIT, GASKETS, WINDOW, (12 GASKETS = 1)
CD, FILTER, 665NM (KB)
THERMISTOR, BASIC (VENDOR ASSY)(KB)
AKIT, EXP, ACT CHARCOAL, (2 BTL@64 FL-OZ EA)
AKIT, EXP, PURAFIL (2 BTL@64 FL-OZ EA)
COLD BLOCK (KB)
AKIT, TFE FLTR ELEM (FL19,100=1) 47mm
AKIT, TFE FLTR ELEM (FL19, 30=1) 47mm
ASSY, PUMP PK, 115V/60HZ w/FL34/NO/SO
ASSY, PUMP PACK, 100V/60HZ w/FL34
ASSY, PUMP, NOX, 220-240V/50-60HZ FL34
BAND HTR W/TC, 50W @115V, CE/VDE *
ASSY, THERMOCOUPLE, HICON
HVPS INSULATOR GASKET (KB)
CD, PMT (R928), NOX, *
ASSY, COOLER FAN (NOX/SOX)
ASSY, HVPS, SOX/NOX
WINDOW, SAMPLE FILTER, 47MM (KB)
ASSY, SAMP FILT, 47MM, ANG BKT, 1UM, TEE
PCA, O3 GEN DRIVER, NOX (OBS)
AKIT, DESSICANT BAGGIES, (12)
ASSY, MOLYCON, w/O3 DESTRUCT
ASSY, TC, TYPE K, LONG, WELDED MOLY
PCA, TEMP CONTROL BOARD, W/PS
ORING, TEFLON, RETAINING RING, 47MM (KB)
ASSY, FAN REAR PANEL (B/F)
PCA, PRESS SENSORS (2X), FLOW, (NOX)
ASSY, HEATERS/THERMAL SWITCH, RX CELL
ASSY, VACUUM MANIFOLD
ORIFICE HOLDER, REACTION CELL (KB)
PCA, PMT PREAMP, VR
ASSY, THERMISTOR
ASSY, VALVE (SS)
THERMOCOUPLE INSULATING SLEEVE *
ASSY, HEATER/THERM, O2 SEN
ASSY, HICON w/O3 DESTRUCT
OPTION, O2 SENSOR ASSY,(KB)
ASSY, THERMISTOR, NOX
ASSY, VALVES, MOLY/HICON
PCA, RELAY CARD
ASSY, ORIFICE HOLDER, 7 MIL
ASSY, ORIFICE HOLDER, 3 MIL
ASSY, ORIFICE HOLDER, NOX ORIFICE
AKIT, CH-43, 3 REFILLS
07270B DCN6512
B-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H Spare Parts List
(Reference: 07351, 2012 July 17, 14:26p
047210000
048830000
049310100
049760300
050610700
050610900
050611100
051210000
051990000
052930200
054250000
055740000
055740100
055740200
058021100
059940000
061400000
062390000
064540000
064540100
064540200
065190100
065200100
066970000
067240000
067300000
067300100
067300200
067900000
068810000
069500000
072150000
072280100
072640100
072700000
CN0000073
CN0000458
CN0000520
CP0000036
FL0000001
FL0000003
FL0000034
FM0000004
FT0000010
HW0000005
HW0000020
HW0000030
HW0000036
HW0000041
HW0000099
HW0000101
HW0000453
ASSY, MINI-HICON GUTS, GROUNDED
AKIT, EXP KIT, EXHAUST CLNSR, SILCA GEL
PCA,TEC DRIVER,PMT,(KB)
ASSY, TC PROG PLUG, MOLY,TYP K, TC1
OPTION, 100-120V/50-60Hz,NOX (KB)
OPTION, 220-240V/50-60Hz, NOX (KB)
OPTION, 100V/50Hz, NOX (OBS)
DESTRUCT w/FTGS, O3 *
ASSY, SCRUBBER, INLINE EXHAUST, DISPOS
ASSY, BAND HEATER TYPE K, NOX
OPTION, CO2 SENSOR (20%) (WO)
ASSY, PUMP, NOx PUMP PACK, 115V/60HZ
ASSY, PUMP, NOx PUMP PACK, 220V/60HZ
ASSY, PUMP, NOx PUMP PACK, 220V/50HZ
PCA, MOTHERBD, GEN 5-ICOP(KB)
OPTION, SAMPLE GAS CONDITIONER, Amb/H/M *
ASSY, DUAL HTR, MINI-HICON, 120/240VAC
ASSY, MOLY GUTS w/WOOL
ASSY, PUMP NOX INTERNAL, 115V/60HZ
ASSY, PUMP NOX INTERNAL, 230V/60HZ
ASSY, PUMP NOX INTERNAL, 230V/50HZ
ASSY, NOX CELL TOP-FLO*
ASSY SENSOR, TOP-FLOW
PCA, INTRF. LCD TOUCH SCRN, F/P
CPU, PC-104, VSX-6154E, ICOP *(KB)
PCA, AUX-I/O BD, ETHERNET, ANALOG & USB
PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET
PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET & USB
LCD MODULE, W/TOUCHSCREEN(KB)
PCA, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
PCA, SERIAL & VIDEO INTERFACE BOARD
ASSY. TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE
ASSY, O3 GEN BRK, PULSE, 250HZ
DOM, w/SOFTWARE, T200H *
MANUAL, OPERATORS, T200H/T200M
POWER ENTRY, 120/60 (KB)
PLUG, 12, MC 1.5/12-ST-3.81 (KB)
PLUG, 10, MC 1.5/10-ST-3.81 (KB)
TEMP CONTROLLER, FUJI,PXR, RELAY OUTPUT
FILTER, SS (KB)
FILTER, DFU (KB)
FILTER, DISPOSABLE, PENTEK (IC-101L)
FLOWMETER (KB)
CONNECTOR-ORING, SS, 1/8" (KB)
FOOT
SPRING
ISOLATOR
TFE TAPE, 1/4" (48 FT/ROLL)
STANDOFF,#6-32X3/4"
STANDOFF, #6-32X.5, HEX SS M/F
ISOLATOR
SUPPORT, CIRCUIT BD, 3/16" ICOP
B-4
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200H Spare Parts List
(Reference: 07351, 2012 July 17, 14:26p
HW0000685
KIT000095
KIT000219
KIT000231
KIT000253
KIT000254
OP0000030
OP0000033
OR0000001
OR0000002
OR0000025
OR0000027
OR0000034
OR0000039
OR0000044
OR0000083
OR0000086
OR0000094
OR0000101
PU0000005
PU0000011
PU0000052
PU0000054
PU0000083
RL0000015
RL0000019
SW0000006
SW0000025
SW0000040
SW0000058
SW0000059
WR0000008
LATCH, MAGNETIC, FRONT PANEL (KB)
AKIT, REPLACEMENT COOLER
AKIT, 4-20MA CURRENT OUTPUT
KIT, RETROFIT, Z/S VALVE
ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS37
ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS38
OXYGEN TRANSDUCER, PARAMAGNETIC
CO2 MODULE, 0-20%
ORING, 2-006VT *(KB)
ORING, 2-023V
ORING, 2-133V
ORING, 2-042V
ORING, 2-011V FT10
ORING, 2-012V (KB)
ORING, 2-125V
ORING, 105M, 1MM W X 5 MM ID, VITON(KB)
ORING, 2-006, CV-75 COMPOUND(KB)
ORING, 2-228V, 50 DURO VITON(KB)
ORING,2-209V
PUMP, THOMAS 607, 115V/60HZ (KB)
REBUILD KIT, THOMAS 607(KB)
PUMP, THOMAS 688, 220/240V 50HZ/60HZ
PUMP, THOMAS 688, 100V, 50/60HZ
KIT, REBUILD, PU80, PU81, PU82
RELAY, DPDT, (KB)
SSRT RELAY, TA2410, CE MARK
SWITCH, THERMAL, 60 C (KB)
SWITCH, POWER, CIRC BREAK, VDE/CE *(KB)
PWR SWITCH/CIR BRK, VDE CE (KB)
SWITCH, THERMAL/450 DEG F(KB)
PRESSURE SENSOR, 0-15 PSIA, ALL SEN
POWER CORD, 10A(KB)
07270B DCN6512
B-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200M Spare Parts List
(Reference 07367, 2012 July 12, 14:20p)
PARTNUMBER
040410300
040900000
041800500
041920000
042680100
043170000
043420000
044340000
044430200
044530000
044540000
044610100
045230200
045500200
047050500
048830000
049310100
049760300
050610700
050610900
050611100
051210000
051990000
052930200
054250000
055740000
055740100
055740200
057660000
058021100
059940000
061400000
062390000
040400000
040030800
040010000
037860000
018720100
018080000
016301400
016290000
014080100
013140000
011930100
011630000
009811000
009810600
009810300
009690300
DESCRIPTION
ASSY, VACUUM MANIFOLD
ORIFICE HOLDER, REACTION CELL (KB)
PCA, PMT PREAMP, VR
ASSY, THERMISTOR
ASSY, VALVE (SS)
MANIFOLD, RCELL, (KB) *
ASSY, HEATER/THERM, O2 SEN
ASSY, HTR, BYPASS MANIFOLD
ASSY, BYPASS MANIFOLD
OPTION, O2 SENSOR ASSY,(KB)
ASSY, THERMISTOR, NOX
ASSY, VALVES, MOLY/HICON
PCA, RELAY CARD
ASSY, ORIFICE HOLDER, 7 MIL
ASSY, ORIFICE HOLDER, SHORT, 7 MIL
AKIT, EXP KIT, EXHAUST CLNSR, SILCA GEL
PCA,TEC DRIVER,PMT,(KB)
ASSY, TC PROG PLUG, MOLY,TYP K, TC1
OPTION, 100-120V/50-60Hz,NOX (KB)
OPTION, 220-240V/50-60Hz, NOX (KB)
OPTION, 100V/50Hz, NOX (OBS)
DESTRUCT w/FTGS, O3 *
ASSY, SCRUBBER, INLINE EXHAUST, DISPOS
ASSY, BAND HEATER TYPE K, NOX
OPTION, CO2 SENSOR (20%) (WO)
ASSY, PUMP, NOx PUMP PACK, 115V/60HZ
ASSY, PUMP, NOx PUMP PACK, 220V/60HZ
ASSY, PUMP, NOx PUMP PACK, 220V/50HZ
ASSY, DFU FILTER
PCA, MOTHERBD, GEN 5-ICOP(KB)
OPTION, SAMPLE GAS CONDITIONER, Amb/H/M *
ASSY, DUAL HTR, MINI-HICON, 120/240VAC
ASSY, MOLY GUTS w/WOOL
ASSY, HEATERS/THERMAL SWITCH, RX CELL
PCA, PRESS SENSORS (2X), FLOW, (NOX)
ASSY, FAN REAR PANEL (B/F)
ORING, TEFLON, RETAINING RING, 47MM (KB)
ASSY, MOLYCON, w/O3 DESTRUCT
AKIT, DESSICANT BAGGIES, (12)
ASSY, SAMP FILT, 47MM, ANG BKT, 1UM, TEE
WINDOW, SAMPLE FILTER, 47MM (KB)
ASSY, HVPS, SOX/NOX
ASSY, COOLER FAN (NOX/SOX)
CD, PMT (R928), NOX, *
HVPS INSULATOR GASKET (KB)
ASSY, PUMP, NOX, 220-240V/50-60HZ FL34
ASSY, PUMP PACK, 100V/60HZ w/FL34
ASSY, PUMP PK, 115V/60HZ w/FL34/NO/SO
AKIT, TFE FLTR ELEM (FL19, 30=1) 47mm
B-6
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200M Spare Parts List
(Reference 07367, 2012 July 12, 14:20p)
009690200
002730000
002270100
001761800
000941200
000940500
000940400
000940300
064540000
064540100
064540200
065190000
066430100
066970000
067240000
067300000
067300100
067300200
067900000
068810000
069500000
072150000
072280100
072630000
072700000
075980300
CN0000073
CN0000458
CN0000520
FL0000001
FL0000003
FM0000004
FT0000010
HW0000005
HW0000020
HW0000030
HW0000036
HW0000099
HW0000101
HW0000453
HW0000685
KIT000095
KIT000219
KIT000231
KIT000253
KIT000254
OP0000030
OP0000033
OR0000001
OR0000002
OR0000025
OR0000027
AKIT, TFE FLTR ELEM (FL19,100=1) 47mm
CD, FILTER, 665NM (KB)
AKIT, GASKETS, WINDOW, (12 GASKETS = 1)
ASSY, FLOW CTL, 90CC, 1/4" TEE-TMT, B
CD, ORIFICE, .008, RED/NONE
CD, ORIFICE, .007 ORANGE (KB)
CD, ORIFICE, .004 BLUE (KB)
CD, ORIFICE, .020 VIOLET
ASSY, PUMP NOX INTERNAL, 115V/60HZ
ASSY, PUMP NOX INTERNAL, 230V/60HZ
ASSY, PUMP NOX INTERNAL, 230V/50HZ
ASSY, NOX CELL TOP-FLO*
PCA, OZONE PULSE DRIVER, 250 HZ
PCA, INTRF. LCD TOUCH SCRN, F/P
CPU, PC-104, VSX-6154E, ICOP *(KB)
PCA, AUX-I/O BD, ETHERNET, ANALOG & USB
PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET
PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET & USB
LCD MODULE, W/TOUCHSCREEN(KB)
PCA, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
PCA, SERIAL & VIDEO INTERFACE BOARD
ASSY. TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE
ASSY, O3 GEN BRK, PULSE, 250HZ
DOM, w/SOFTWARE, T200M *
MANUAL, OPERATORS, T200H/T200M
KIT, NOX RCELL SS MNFLD W/NZZL, ORFC HLDR 3 PORT
POWER ENTRY, 120/60 (KB)
PLUG, 12, MC 1.5/12-ST-3.81 (KB)
PLUG, 10, MC 1.5/10-ST-3.81 (KB)
FILTER, SS (KB)
FILTER, DFU (KB)
FLOWMETER (KB)
CONNECTOR-ORING, SS, 1/8" (KB)
FOOT
SPRING
ISOLATOR
TFE TAPE, 1/4" (48 FT/ROLL)
STANDOFF, #6-32X.5, HEX SS M/F
ISOLATOR
SUPPORT, CIRCUIT BD, 3/16" ICOP
LATCH, MAGNETIC, FRONT PANEL (KB)
AKIT, REPLACEMENT COOLER
AKIT, 4-20MA CURRENT OUTPUT
KIT, RETROFIT, Z/S VALVE
ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS37
ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS38
OXYGEN TRANSDUCER, PARAMAGNETIC
CO2 MODULE, 0-20%
ORING, 2-006VT *(KB)
ORING, 2-023V
ORING, 2-133V
ORING, 2-042V
07270B DCN6512
B-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200M Spare Parts List
(Reference 07367, 2012 July 12, 14:20p)
OR0000034
OR0000039
OR0000044
OR0000083
OR0000086
OR0000094
OR0000101
PU0000005
PU0000011
PU0000052
PU0000054
PU0000083
RL0000015
SW0000025
SW0000059
WR0000008
ORING, 2-011V FT10
ORING, 2-012V (KB)
ORING, 2-125V
ORING, 105M, 1MM W X 5 MM ID, VITON(KB)
ORING, 2-006, CV-75 COMPOUND(KB)
ORING, 2-228V, 50 DURO VITON(KB)
ORING,2-209V
PUMP, THOMAS 607, 115V/60HZ (KB)
REBUILD KIT, THOMAS 607(KB)
PUMP, THOMAS 688, 220/240V 50HZ/60HZ
PUMP, THOMAS 688, 100V, 50/60HZ
KIT, REBUILD, PU80, PU81, PU82
RELAY, DPDT, (KB)
SWITCH, POWER, CIRC BREAK, VDE/CE *(KB)
PRESSURE SENSOR, 0-15 PSIA, ALL SEN
POWER CORD, 10A(KB)
B-8
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T200H/M, M200EH/EM
(05149B DCN5798)
CUSTOMER:_____________________________________
CONTACT NAME: ________________________________
PHONE: ________________________________
FAX NO. _______________________________
SITE ADDRESS:_____________________________________________________________________________
MODEL TYPE: ______________ SERIAL NO.:_________________ FIRMWARE REVISION: ___________
1. Are there any failure messages? ______________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________ (Continue on back if necessary)
PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING TABLE:
TEST FUNCTION
NOx STAB
RECORDED VALUE
UNITS
PPB/PPM
CM3
CM3
MV
ACCEPTABLE VALUE
1 PPB WITH ZERO AIR
500 ± 50
SAMPLE FLOW
80 ± 15
OZONE FLOW
-20 to 150
PMT SIGNAL WITH ZERO AIR
MV
0-5000MV
PMT SIGNAL AT SPAN GAS CONC
0-5,000 PPM1, 200 PPM2
PPB
MV
0-5000MV
0-5,000 PPM1, 200 PPM2
NORM PMT SIGNAL AT SPAN
GAS CONC
PPB
MV
-20 to 150
400 to 900
50 ± 1
AZERO
HVPS
V
RCELL TEMP
BOX TEMP
ºC
AMBIENT ± 5ºC
7 ± 2ºC
ºC
PMT TEMP
ºC
O2 CELL TEMP3
IZS TEMP3
ºC
30ºC to 70ºC
50 ± 1ºC
ºC
315 ± 5ºC
<10
MOLY TEMP
RCEL
ºC
IN-HG-A
IN-HG-A
AMBIENT ± 1
1.0 ± 0.3
SAMP
NOx SLOPE
50 to 150
1.0 ± 0.3
NOx OFFSET
NO SLOPE
mV
mV
50 to 150
0.5 to 2.0
-10 to + 10
2000 ± 1000
2000 ± 1000
NO OFFSET
O2 SLOPE3
O2 OFFSET3
PMT SIGNAL DURING ETEST
PMT SIGNAL DURING OTEST
%
MV
MV
4096mv ±2mv and Must be
Stable
REF_4096_MV4
REF_GND4
MV
0± 0.5 and Must be Stable
MV
1 T200H, M200EH
2 T200M, M200EM
3 If option is installed
4 Located in Signal I/O list under DIAG menu
TELEDYNE INSTRUMENTS CUSTOMER SERVICE
EMAIL: [email protected]
PHONE: (858) 657-9800
TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190
FAX: (858) 657-9816
C-1
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T200H/M, M200EH/EM
(05149B DCN5798)
2. What is the rcell & sample pressures with the sample inlet on rear of machine capped?
RCELL PRESS - __________________ IN-HG-A
SAMPLE PRESSURE: _______________ IN-HG-A
3. What are the failure symptoms? ______________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
4. What test have you done trying to solve the problem? _____________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
5. If possible, please include a portion of a strip chart pertaining to the problem. Circle pertinent data.
Thank you for providing this information. Your assistance enables Teledyne Instruments to respond faster to the
problem that you are encountering.
OTHER NOTES: ____________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
TELEDYNE INSTRUMENTS CUSTOMER SERVICE
EMAIL: [email protected]
PHONE: (858) 657-9800
TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190
FAX: (858) 657-9816
07270B DCN6512
C-2
07270B DCN6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX D – Wire List and Electronic Schematics
07270B DCN 6512
D-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
This page intentionally left blank.
D-2
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200X INTERCONNECT LIST
(Reference 0691101C DCN5936)
CONNECTION FROM
CONNECTION TO
PN
Cable Part
#
Signal
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin
Assembly
J/P Pin
0364901 CBL, AC POWER
AC Line
Power Entry
CN0000073
CN0000073
CN0000073
CN0000073
SW0000025
SW0000025
CN0000073
SW0000025
SW0000025
CN0000073
SW0000025
SW0000025
CN0000073
L
N
Power Switch
Power Switch
Shield
SW0000025
SW0000025
SW0000025
L
N
AC Neutral
Power Grnd
Power Grnd
Power Entry
Power Entry
Power Entry
Power Switch
Power Switch
Power Entry
Power Switch
Power Switch
Power Entry
Power Switch
Power Switch
Power Entry
Chassis
AC Line Switched
AC Neutral Switched
Power Grnd
AC Line Switched
AC Neutral Switched
Power Grnd
AC Line Switched
AC Neutral Switched
Power Grnd
L
N
PS2 (+12)
PS2 (+12)
PS2 (+12)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
060820000
060820000
060820000
068010000
068010000
068010000
045230100
045230100
045230100
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
J1
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
L
N
L
N
J1
J1
03829
CBL, DC POWER TO MOTHERBOARD
DGND
+5V
AGND
+15V
AGND
-15V
+12V RET
+12V
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
P15
P15
P15
P15
P15
P15
P15
P15
P15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Chassis Gnd
10 Motherboard
04022
CBL, DC POWER, FANM KEYBOARD, TEC, SENSOR PCA
TEC +12V
TEC +12V RET
DGND
+5V
DGND
+5V
+12V RET
+12V
P/Flow Sensor AGND
P/Flow Sensor +15V
Pressure signal 1
Pressure signal 2
Flow signal 1
Flow signal 2
Shield
TEC PCA
TEC PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
049310100
049310100
045230100
045230100
066970000
066970000
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
040030800
040030800
040030800
040030800
040030800
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
P1
P1
1
2
1
2
2
3
7
8
3
4
2
4
5
1
S
9
2
8
1
7
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Chassis fan
Chassis fan
P/Flow Sensor PCA
P/Flow Sensor PCA
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
045230100
045230100
066970000
066970000
045230100
045230100
040010000
040010000
040030800
040030800
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
P10
P10
P14
P14
P11
P11
P1
P1
P1
P1
8
7
8
1
1
2
1
2
3
6
6
5
4
3
P10
P10
P14
P14
P11
P11
P11
P11
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
Relay PCA
P/Flow Sensor PCA
P/Flow Sensor PCA
P/Flow Sensor PCA
P/Flow Sensor PCA
P/Flow Sensor PCA
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110 12
Shield
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
S
1
2
3
4
Thermocouple signal 1
TC 1 signal DGND
Thermocouple signal 2
TC 2 signal DGND
04023
04024
CBL, I2C, RELAY PCA TO MOTHERBOARD
I2C Serial Clock
I2C Serial Data
I2C Reset
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
P107
P107
P107
P107
3
5
2
6
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
P3
P3
P3
P3
1
2
4
5
I2C Shield
CBL, NOX, ZERO/SPAN, IZS VALVES
Zero/Span valve +12V Relay PCA
Zero/Span valve +12V RET Relay PCA
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
P4
P4
P4
P4
P4
P4
P4
P4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Zero/Span valve
Zero/Span valve
Sample valve
Sample valve
AutoZero valve
AutoZero valve
NONOx valve
NONOx valve
042680100
042680100
042680100
042680100
042680100
042680100
042680100
042680100
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Sample valve +12V
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Sample valve +12V RET
AutoZero valve +12V
AutoZero valve +12V RET
NONOx valve +12V
NONOx valve +12V RET
07270B DCN 6512
D-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200X INTERCONNECT LIST
(Reference 0691101C DCN5936)
CONNECTION FROM
CONNECTION TO
PN
Cable Part
#
Signal
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin
Assembly
J/P Pin
0402603 CBL, IZS & O2 SENSOR HEATERS/THERMISTORS, REACTION CELL & MANIFOLD THERMISTORS
Rcell thermistor A
Rcell thermistor B
IZS or CO2 thermistor A
IZS or CO2 thermistor B
IZS or CO2 heater L
IZS or CO2 heater L
Shield
O2 sensor heater
O2 sensor heater
Shield
Reaction cell thermistor
Reaction cell thermistor
Motherboard
Motherboard
IZS or CO2 thermistor/htr 05282\06693
IZS or CO2 thermistor/htr 05282\06693
041920000
041920000
058021100
058021100
P1
P1
P27
2
1
6
Motherboard
Motherboard
IZS or CO2 thermistor/htr 05282\06693
058021100
058021100
P27
P27
P1
7
14
2
3
1
2
11
4
P27 13 IZS or CO2 thermistor/htr 05282\06693
P1
P1
P1
4
1
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
O2 sensor therm./heater 043420000
O2 sensor therm./heater 043420000
045230100
045230100
045230100
P18
P18
P18
P1
P1
P1
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
045230100
045230100
045230100
P18
P18
6
7
2
P18 12 O2 sensor therm./heater 043420000
O2 sensor thermistor A
O2 sensor thermistor B
Byp/dil. man. thermistor A
Byp/dil. man. thermistor B
Configuration jumper intern. Relay PCA
Configuration jumper intern. Relay PCA
O2 sensor therm./heater 043420000
O2 sensor therm./heater 043420000
P1
P1
P27
P27
P18
P18
3
1
1
8
3
8
Motherboard
Motherboard
Manifold thermistor
Manifold thermistor
Relay PCA
058021100
058021100
043420000
043420000
045230100
045230100
P27
P27
P1
P1
P18
P18
4
11
1
2
4
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
045230100
045230100
Relay PCA
9
04027
CBL, NO2 CONVERTER, REACTION CELL & MANIFOLD HEATERS
Bypass/dil. manifold heater L Manifold heater 1
Bypass/dil. manifold heater N Manifold heater 1
Bypass/dil. manifold heater L Relay PCA
Bypass/dil. manifold heater N Relay PCA
044340000
044340000
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
P1
P1
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
1
2
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
045230100
045230100
044340000
044340000
039700100
039700100
039700100
045230100
045230100
040400000
040400000
040400000
P2
P2
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P2
P2
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
11
12
1
2
1
2
3
14
9
4
11 Manifold heater 2
15 Manifold heater 2
7
6
10 Moly heater B
13 Relay PCA
8
1
1
2
3
4
5
Moly heater A
Moly heater C
Moly heater B
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Moly heater A
Moly heater C
Configuration jumper intern. Relay PCA
Configuration jumper intern. Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Reaction cell heater/switch
Reaction cell heater/switch
Reaction cell heater/switch
Reaction cell heater/switch
Reaction cell heater/switch
Reaction cell heater/switch
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Reaction cell heater 1B
Reaction cell heater 2B
Reaction cell heater 1A
Reaction cell heat switch 040400000
Reaction cell heat switch 040400000
6
3
1
2
Reaction cell heater 2A
040400000
5
04105
04176
CBL, KEYBOARD, DISPLAY TO MOTHERBOARD
Kbd Interrupt
DGND
SDA
SCL
Shld
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
7
2
5
6
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
1
8
2
6
5
10 Motherboard
CBL, DC POWER TO RELAY PCA
DGND
+5V
+15V
AGND
-15V
+12V RET
+12V
Relay PCA
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
P8
P8
P8
P8
P8
P8
P8
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
Power Supply Triple
068010000
068010000
068010000
068010000
068010000
068020000
068020000
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
3
1
6
4
5
3
1
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Power Supply Triple
Power Supply Triple
Power Supply Triple
Power Supply Triple
Power Supply Single
Power Supply Single
04433
04437
CBL, PREAMPLIFIER TO RELAY PCA
Preamplifier DGND
Preamplifier +5V
Preamplifier AGND
Preamplifier +15V
Preamplifier -15V
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
P9
P9
P9
P9
P9
1
2
3
4
6
Preamp PCA
Preamp PCA
Preamp PCA
Preamp PCA
Preamp PCA
041800500
041800500
041800500
041800500
041800500
P5
P5
P5
P5
P5
1
2
3
4
6
CBL, PREAMPLIFIER TO TEC
Preamp TEC drive VREF
Preamp TEC drive CTRL
Preamp TEC drive AGND
Preamp PCA
Preamp PCA
Preamp PCA
041800500
041800500
041800500
J1
J1
J1
1
2
3
TEC PCA
TEC PCA
TEC PCA
049310100
049310100
049310100
J3
J3
J3
1
2
3
D-4
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200X INTERCONNECT LIST
(Reference 0691101C DCN5936)
CONNECTION FROM
CONNECTION TO
PN
Cable Part
Signal
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin
Assembly
J/P Pin
#
04671
CBL, MOTHERBOARD TO XMITTER BD (MULTIDROP OPTION)
GND
RX0
RTS0
TX0
CTS0
RS-GND0
RTS1
CTS1/485-
RX1
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
RX1
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
P12
2
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
2
14
13
12
11
10
8
6
9
7
5
P12 14 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
P12 13 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
P12 12 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
P12 11 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
P12 10 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
8
6
9
7
5
9
7
5
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
9
7
5
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
06737
CBL, I2C to AUX I/O (ANALOG IN OPTION)
ATX+
ATX-
LED0
ARX+
ARX-
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
LED0+
LED1+
06738
CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (USB OPTION)
RXD1
DCD1
DTR1
TXD1
DSR1
GND
CTS1
RTS1
RI1
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
COM1 10 AUX I/O PCA
06738
CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (MULTIDROP OPTION)
RXD
DCD
DTR
TXD
DSR
GND
CTS
RTS
RI
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
COM1 10 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
06739
CBL, CPU LAN TO AUX I/O PCA
ATX-
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ATX+
LED0
ARX+
ARX-
LED0+
LED1
LED1+
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
06741
CBL, CPU USB to Front Panel
GND
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
USB
USB
USB
USB
8
6
4
2
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
JP9
JP9
JP9
JP9
LUSBD3+
LUSBD3-
VCC
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
07270B DCN 6512
D-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T200X INTERCONNECT LIST
(Reference 0691101C DCN5936)
CONNECTION FROM
CONNECTION TO
PN
Cable Part
Signal
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin
Assembly
J/P Pin
#
06746
CBL, MB TO 06154 CPU
GND
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
P12
2
Shield
RX0
RTS0
TX0
CTS0
RS-GND0
RTS1
CTS1/485-
RX1
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
RX1
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
P12 14 CPU PCA
P12 13 CPU PCA
P12 12 CPU PCA
P12 11 CPU PCA
P12 10 CPU PCA
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
485
1
8
4
7
6
8
7
1
4
6
1
2
3
8
6
9
7
5
9
7
5
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
485
485
06915
CBL, PREAMP, O2 SENSOR, O3 GEN, FAN, RELAY PCA & MOTHERBOARD
+15V
AGND
+12V
+12V RET
O3GEN enable signal
ETEST
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
07228XXXX
058021100
058021100
058021100
041800500
041800500
041800500
041800500
058021100
058021100
058021100
OP0000030
OP0000030
P12
P12
P12
P12
P1
4
3
8
7
6
8
Ozone generator
Ozone generator
PMT cooling fan
PMT cooling fan
Motherboard
07228XXXX
07228XXXX
013140000
013140000
058021100
041800500
041800500
041800500
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
OP0000030
OP0000030
OP0000030
045230100
045230100
P1
P1
P1
P1
P108 15
P6
P6
4
5
1
2
Ozone generator
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Preamp PCA
Preamp PCA
Preamp PCA
Preamp PCA
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
O2 Sensor (optional)
O2 Sensor (optional)
P108
Preamp PCA
1
2
4
4
5
6
OTEST
P108 16 Preamp PCA
P108
P6
P6
P6
PHYSICAL RANGE
PMT TEMP
HVPS
PMT SIGNAL+
AGND
7
5
6
7
S
9
7
1
5
6
Preamp PCA
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
O2 Sensor (optional)
O2 Sensor (optional)
O2 Sensor (optional)
Relay PCA
P6
P109
P109
P109
P6
P109 11
AGND
P109
P109
P109
P1
P1
P1
P1
P5
P5
S
9
10
1
O2 SIGNAL -
O2 SIGNAL +
DGND
+5V
P1
Relay PCA
2
WR256
CBL, TRANSMITTER TO INTERFACE
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
J15
Transmitter PCA
068810000
J1
D-6
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
07270B DCN 6512
D-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
VERSION TABLE
016680000 - CE MARK VERSION
STD PROD. VERSION UP TO 10/99
016680100 - NON CE MARK (OBSOLETE)
+15V
+15V
016680200 - SUB PS 17 SWITCHER FOR LINEAR SUPPLY
DELETE COMPONENTS
+15V
T1, D1, D2, C9, C11, PTC1, PTC2, U2
ADD COMPONENTS
PS1
D
C
B
A
D
R1
R5
1.2K
TP1
016680300 - LOW OUTPUT + FIXED FREQ
REPLACE VR2 WITH A WIRE JUMPER
REPLACE R4 WITH RS297 127KOHM
4.7K 1%
+15V
TP6
R6
10
Q1
016680400 - HI OUTPUT + FIXED FREQ
REPLACE VR2 WITH A WIRE JUMPER
REPLACE R4 WITH RS13 11 KOHM
IRFZ924
R2
+
10K 1%
C2
.01
C7
.1
L1
J2
016680600 - HI OUTPUT,E SERIES
DELETE COMPONENTS
C1
1000uF/25V
1
2
3
4
T1,D1,D2,C9,PTC1,PTC2,U2
68uH
TP2
U1
C3
10
16
2
9
6
7
1
4
15
13
12
14
11
3
SD
VIN
C_B
C_A
E_B
VREF
INV+
COMP
RT
CT
INV-
+SEN
+
R7
10
Q2
C8
.1
IRFZ24
1000uF/25V
E_A
OSC
-SEN
GND
5
8
VR2
R8
1.2K
100K
"FREQ"
C
J1
C5
.1
SG3524B
C6
6
+
R10
100pF
5
4
3
2
1
C4
4.7uF/16V
3K
TP3
Text
R11
150K
R4
10K 1%
+15V
TP4
TP5
LM7815
Text
PTC2
1.1A
D1
U2
R9
T1
1
8
1
3
IN
OUT
115V
15V
1N4007
.1
R13
10K 1%
R12
2
3
7
6
10K 1%
+
C9
2200uF/35V
C10
.1
C11
115V
4
15V
5
Text
B
D2
PTC1
1.1A
.22
C12
.22
R14
VR1
PWR XFRMR
1N4007
4.7K 1%
"PW"
1K 20T
R15
4.7K 1%
Error : LOGO.BMP file not found.
OZON_ GEN
10/15/96 REV. D:
11/21/96 REV. E:
10/01/99 REV. F
Added PTC1,2 secondary overcurrent protection.
Minor cosmetic fixes
The information herein is the
property of API and is
APPROVALS
DRAWN
DATE
A
submitted in strictest con-
fidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
DRIVER
ADDED VERSION TABLE AT D6
CHECKED
SIZE DRAWING NO.
REVISION
B
01669
G
APPROVED
LAST MOD.
SHEET
30-Nov-2006
1
1
of
1
2
3
4
5
6
D-8
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
+15
+15
+15
2
2
5
5
1
1
+15
+15
1
2
1
2
5
6
7
8
+15
+15
3
4
6
2
3
1
1
2
3
4
12
11
12
11
3
2
1
5
8
5
67
8
8
9
10
13
12
14
+15
+15
+15
+15
+
+
THERMOELECT
The information herein is the
property of API and is
APPROVALS
DATE
DRAW N
submitted in strictest con-
fidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
COOLER_CONTROL
CH ECKED
AP P ROVED
SIZ E DRAW ING NO.
REVISION
B
01840
LAST MOD.
14-Jul-1999
B
SH EET
1
1
of
1
2
3
4
5
6
07270B DCN 6512
D-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
C6
0.1
+12V
U3
15
12
11
16
1
ISO_+15V
VREF
SENSE
VRADJ
+V
C4
SR
1000PF
U4
13
14
SSENSE
4
VIN(10)
GATEDRV
Q1
MOSFETP
TESTPOINT
TP1
U2
+VS1
7
+VS2
OFFADJ
OFFADJ
SPAN
TESTPOINT
TP2
2
3
3
5
6
VREFIN
VIN(5V)
6
8
10
9
VOUT
4MA
16MA
OPA277
R1
R2
15
VIN
7
2
IOUT+
GND
D1
4.75K
9.76K
1N914
XTR110
GND
TP6
C5
220PF
J1
IOUT-
IOUT-
IOUT+
VIN-
VIN+
1
2
4
6
8
3
5
7
-VS1 GND1 -VSG2ND2
ISO124
C7
0.1
HEADER 4X2
+12V
-12V
+15V
-12V
+15V
U1
C1
1
14
8
VS
2
SIN
0.47
ISO+15
TP3
0V
5
ISO_+15V
0V
6
ISO_GND
TP5
+VOUT
7
C2
-VOUT
DCP010515
SOUT
0.47
ISO_GND
C3
0.47
ISO_-15V
JP1
JUMPER2
VIN-
TP4
ISO-15
Error : LOGO.BMP file not found.
Date
Rev.
A
Change Description
Engineer
KL
PCA 03631, Isolated 0-20ma, E Series
The information herein is the
property of API and is
APPROVALS
DRAWN
DATE
8/9/00
INITIAL RELEASE (FROM 03039)
A
submitted in strictest con-
fidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
CHECKED
SIZE DRAWING NO.
REVISION
B
03632
LAST MOD.
A
APPROVED
SHEET
19-Jul-2002
1
1
of
1
2
3
4
5
6
D-10
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
General Trace Width Requirements
1. Vcc (+5V) and I2C VCC should be 15 mil
2. Digitial grounds should be at least 20 mils
3. +12V and +12V return should be 30 mils
J1
AC_Line
AC_Neutral
1
4. All AC lines (AC Line, AC Neutral, RELAY0 - 4, All signals on JP2) should be 30 mils wide, with 120 mil isolation/creepage distance around them
5. Traces between J7 - J12 should be top and bottom and at least 140 mils.
2
3
4
6. Traces to the test points can be as small as 10 mils.
4 PIN
RELAY0
RELAY1
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
VCC
RN1
330
R1
R2
2.2K 2.2K
RELAY0
K1
RELAY1
K2
RELAY2
K3
JP2
Heater Config Jumper
J216 PIN
1
1
3
2
4
1
3
2
4
1
3
2
4
RELAY2
COMMON0
LOAD0
TS0
2
JP1
I2C_Vcc
RELAY0
RELAY1
RELAY2
I2C_Vcc
3
RELAY0
1
3
5
7
2
4
6
8
+-
+-
+-
4
5
TS0
TS1
TS2
COMMON1
LOAD1
TS1
6
SLD-RLY
SLD-RLY
SLD-RLY
7
8
HEADER 4X2
RELAY1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
COMMON2
LOAD2
TS2
D1
WDOG
I2C_Vcc
D2
D3
D4
D7
D8
D9
D10
AC_Neutral
RED
RELAY2
U1
YEL
RL0
YEL
RL1
YEL
RL2
GRN
VA0
GRN
VA1
GRN
VA2
GRN
VA3
C1
0.1
21
2
4
A0
P00
P01
P02
5
A1
A2
3
6
1
7
INT P03
P04
J3
8
IO3
IO4
22
23
9
1
SCL P05
SDA P06
P07
U2A
10
11
13
14
2
3
4
5
1
2
P10
P11
15 IO10
16 IO11
17 IO12
18 IO13
19 IO14
20 IO15
P12
CON5
SN74HC04
U2B
P13
P14
VCC
P15
Q1
VCC
P16
3
5
4
6
P17
R3
+12V
J4
20K
R5
10K
PCF8575
VCC
U5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
16
15
14
10
9
1
2
3
6
7
8
VALVE0
VALVE1
VALVE2
VALVE3
IN 4
IN 3
OUT4
U2C
U4
I2C_Vcc
R6
IRF7205
JP4
K
ENABLE OUT 3
IN 2
IN 1
OUT 2
K
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
VBATT
RESET
RESET'
WDO'
VOUT
VCC
OUT 1
U2D
U2E
GND
CD IN'
1
2
3
C3
1
UDN2540B(16)
BATT_ONCD OUT'
LOW LINE' WDI
10K
9
8
8 PIN
VLV_ENAB
OSC IN
PFO'
PFI
OSC SEL
WTCDG OVR
+
C5
JP3
R4
1M
D17
RLS4148
C4
10/16
MAX693
11
10
+
+
1 2
10/16
C2
0.001
C6
2000/25
HEADER 1X2
VCC
U2F
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7
+12V
DGND +5V AGND +15V -15V +12RT
DC PWR IN
J5
KEYBRD
J7
MTHR BRD
J8
SYNC DEMOD
SPARE
J10
REV
B
AUTH
CAC
DATE
J9
1
J11
J12
10/3/02
CE MARK LINE VOLTAGE TRACE SPACING FIX
DGND
VCC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
13
12
2
AGND
+15V
3
3
3
4
4
4
AGND
-15V
5
5
5
6
6
6
+12RET
+12V
7
7
Title
7
8
8
M100E/M200E Relay PCB
8
EGND
CHS_GND
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
Size
B
Number
03956
Revision
A
10
CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH
3
1
3
CON10THROUGH
Date:
30-Jun-2004
Sheet of
APPLIES TO PCB 03954
File:
N:\PCBMGR\RELEASED\03954cc\PDRraOwTnEBLy\0:3954a.ddb
6
1
2
3
4
5
07270B DCN 6512
D-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
AC_Line
J20
RELAY3
RELAY4
1
2
3
4
5
6
RN2
330
Aux Relay Connector
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
RELAY3
K4
RELAY4
K5
MOLEX6
1
3
2
4
1
3
2
4
AC_Neutral
I2C_Vcc
I2C_Vcc
+-
+-
SLD-RLY
SLD-RLY
D5
D6
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
GRN
YEL
YEL
GRN
GRN
GRN
GRN GRN
VA5
VA6
VA7
VA4
TR0
TR1
RL3
RL4
IO3
IO4
IO10
IO11
IO12
VCC
U3A
+12V
J6
IO13
1
2
U6
1
16
15
14
10
9
1
2
3
6
7
8
Valve4
Valve5
Valve6
Valve7
IN 4
IN 3
OUT4
K
2
3
SN74HC04
U3D
VLV_ENAB
ENABLE OUT 3
4
IN 2
IN 1
OUT 2
K
5
6
OUT 1
7
9
8
8
9
UDN2540B(16)
10
U3B
U3F
U3E
U3C
CON10
IO14
3
4
11
5
10
6
VCC
IO15
13
12
J13
+12V
1
2
C13
0.1
MINIFIT-2
Q2
IRL3303
Use 50 mil traces
J14
1
2
+12V
MINIFIT-2
Q3
IRL3303
Title
100E/200E/400E RELAY PCB
Use 40 mil traces
Size
B
Number
03956
Revision
A
+12RET
3
2
3
Date:
30-Jun-2004
Sheet of
File:
N:\PCBMGR\RELEASED\03954cc\PDRraOwTnEBLy\0:3954a.ddb
6
1
2
3
4
5
D-12
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
R7
2.55K
+15V
VDD_TC
ZR1
C15
0.1
C7
+15V
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
0.1
5.6V
C16
0.1
ZR3
10V
J15
-
LTC1050
U8
R21
20k
2
U7A
1
1
+
3
2
3
2
J17
6
1
2
3
4
TYPE J
J TC Connector
OPA2277
-15V
J18
MICROFIT-4
R15
11K
-
2
R11
249K
C17
1
1
+
R9
R19
10K
TYPE k
JP5
1 2
W
W
R13
332K
1K
K TC Connector
R17
5K
JUMPER
C8
0.1
VEE_TC
C9
0.1
ZR2
5.6V
R8
2.55K
VDD_TC
C10
0.1
-15V
ZR4
10V
LTC1050
U9
U7B
20k
R22
3
2
5
6
7
6
J16
OPA2277
-
2
1
R16
11K
+
R12
249K
TYPE J
C20
1 uF
R10
1K
J TC Connector
U10
3
R20
10K
JP6
1 2
JUMPER
TOUT
R14
676K
8
7
5
5K
J
K
C14
0.1
C11
0.1
R-
C12
0.1
LT1025
VEE_TC
Title
TYPE K
J19
100E/200E/400E RELAY PAB
-
Size
B
Number
03956
Revision
2
A
1
+
K TC Connector
3
3
3
Date:
30-Jun-2004
Sheet of
File:
N:\PCBMGR\RELEASED\03954cc\PDRraOwTnEBLy\0:3954a.ddb
6
1
2
3
4
5
07270B DCN 6512
D-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
+15V
R2
1.1K
S1
D
C
B
A
VR2
D
C
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR
2
3
C2
1.0UF
1
LM4040CIZ
TP4 TP5
S1/S4_OUT S2_OUT
TP3
S3_OUT
TP2
10V_REF
TP1
GND
+15V
J1
3
2
1
6
5
4
S2
1
2
3
4
5
6
ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR
MINIFIT6
+15V
R1
499
S3
VR1
1
2
3
FLOW SENSOR
FM_4
2
3
C1
1.0UF
CN_647 X 3
1
+15V
LM4040CIZ
S4
C3
1.0
1
2
3
4
CON4
SCH, PCA 04003, PRESS/FLOW, 'E' SERIES
The information herein is the
property of API and is
APPROVALS
DATE
submitted in strictest con-
fidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
DRAWN
A
CHECKED
APPROVED
SIZE DRAWING NO.
REVISION
B
04354
D
LAST MOD.
3-Dec-2007
SHEET
1
1
of
1
2
3
4
D-14
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢇ
ꢇ
5ꢗꢋꢍꢒ,ꢖꢗꢗꢍ,ꢋꢊꢖꢗꢕ
ꢜꢃꢀ1ꢀ0 ꢀ ꢐꢀꢜꢜꢍꢁꢜꢜꢍ-ꢕ,$
4ꢒꢍꢚꢐ4%,6ꢋꢒ"
ꢜꢃꢀ1ꢀ0 ꢁ ꢐꢀꢜꢜꢍꢁꢜꢜꢍ-ꢘꢇ0
07)ꢘ%ꢇ6ꢋꢒ"
ꢜꢃꢀ1ꢀ0 ꢂ ꢐꢀꢜꢜꢍꢁꢜꢜꢍ-ꢘꢇ0
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
!ꢀꢜꢜ23ꢁꢜꢜ2%)!ꢉ%)ꢒꢍꢚꢐ4%)ꢇꢆ
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢜꢃꢀ1ꢀ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
ꢂ
0
ꢜ
ꢈꢚꢋꢍꢛ
'ꢊꢌꢍꢛ
ꢀꢜ !ꢚ" ꢁꢜꢜ#
ꢘ$ꢍꢍꢋ%%%%ꢖ&%
ꢎꢛ()ꢇ !*ꢓ(ꢜꢃꢀ#+,,(ꢘꢖꢏꢒ,ꢍ(ꢓꢍꢔ*(ꢜꢃꢀ#+-ꢈ..ꢒꢚꢑ/ꢗ% "ꢛ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
07270B DCN 6512
D-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
Aꢎ%=)ꢁꢛ
;ꢀꢄ7
)!ꢉ%ꢉ2!)2ꢓꢆꢉ>ꢓ2%'22ꢈ ꢆꢇ8
%%'Aꢓ%ꢀꢜꢜ23ꢁꢜꢜ2%ꢛ%ꢘ0Aꢓꢉ%)5ꢎꢘ%ꢁ%Eꢄ%Aꢎ9?-
%%'Aꢓ%ꢁꢜꢜ2>ꢛ%ꢘ0Aꢓꢉ%)5ꢎꢘ%ꢂ%E%ꢅ%ꢚꢗ.%)5ꢎꢘ%ꢁ%E%ꢄ-
;ꢀꢁ7<ꢓ2'
;ꢀꢄ7
=)ꢁ
ꢓꢁ1
ꢄꢜ8
ꢉ0ꢀ
'ꢘ7
;ꢀꢄ7
ꢀ
ꢈꢀ
ꢓꢀ1
ꢘ22%ꢉꢆ 92
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢉ=)ꢀꢆ
ꢉ=)ꢁꢆ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢅ-ꢁ7%B2ꢎ2ꢓ
ꢅ-ꢁ7
ꢁ
A)ꢉ5ꢇ%ꢉ2ꢘꢉ
)!ꢉ%ꢉ2!)%ꢇAꢎ'5*%=>!)2ꢓ
ꢈ
ꢓ1
ꢀꢄꢜ8
ꢈ
>ꢁꢆ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢓꢁ#
ꢃ++
9'ꢂꢄꢂ
ꢓꢅ
ꢓꢂꢄ
ꢀ-ꢜ8
ꢓꢀꢄ
;ꢀꢁ7<ꢓ2'
ꢉA%ꢉ2ꢇ% Aꢆꢓꢈ
;
ꢘ22%ꢉꢆ 92
ꢀꢜꢜ8
=ꢁ
ꢇꢁꢂ
ꢇꢁꢅ
ꢜ-ꢀ%ꢏ'
ꢉ)ꢂ
ꢘ
@
ꢀꢜꢜ%4'
ꢇꢀ
;ꢀꢁ7<ꢓ2'
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
7ꢓ2'
:ꢂ
=ꢀ#ꢅ
ꢇAA92ꢓ%ꢇAꢎꢉꢓA9
ꢎ35
>ꢂ
*
ꢆ*ꢎꢈ
ꢓꢃꢀ
ꢈ
ꢓꢁ
ꢄꢀ-ꢀ8
ꢓꢀꢅ
ꢀꢜꢜ8
ꢅ
ꢄ
ꢂ%)5ꢎ%5ꢎ95ꢎ2
ꢂꢜꢜ8
#
ꢉ)ꢁꢃ
@
ꢉ=)ꢀꢆ
;ꢀꢄ7
ꢉ02ꢓ!5ꢘꢉAꢓ;
ꢓꢉꢀ
9'ꢂꢄꢂ
ꢓꢂꢁ
ꢃ++
ꢓ#
ꢀꢜ8
;ꢄ7<ꢘ?ꢘ
ꢉ)ꢁꢂ
@
ꢇꢅ
ꢜ-ꢀ%ꢏ'
=ꢂ
ꢓꢀ
ꢀꢜ8
+
1
#
ꢅ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀꢄ7
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢆ ꢇꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈ ꢇꢅꢅꢅ ꢈ ꢇꢉ
ꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊ
ꢅꢅꢋꢆꢌꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢆ ꢍꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢆ ꢍꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢆꢎꢍ
ꢅꢅꢋꢆꢏꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢏꢏꢍꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢏꢏꢍꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢎꢐꢍ
ꢅꢅꢋꢆ ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢌꢄ ꢑꢍꢅꢅꢅꢌꢄ ꢑꢍꢅꢅꢅꢆ ꢍ
ꢅꢅ
)ꢓ2ꢆ!)ꢀ
92ꢈ;
92ꢈ;
ꢇ
ꢇ
ꢈꢁ
ꢀꢀꢈ:ꢜꢄ
ꢉ02ꢓ!5ꢘꢉAꢓ;
>ꢂꢆ
ꢁ
ꢓ+
>ꢀꢂ
07)ꢘ
ꢀ
)!ꢉ<ꢉ2!)
ꢂ
ꢓꢁꢂ
;ꢀꢄ7
ꢀ
ꢃ
ꢁ
A)ꢉ5ꢇ<ꢉ2ꢘꢉ
ꢁ-ꢜ8
ꢑ
9'ꢂꢄꢂ
ꢓꢀꢜ
ꢃ-++8
ꢓꢂ#
5ꢎ95ꢎ2 + ꢓꢆ
ꢘ22%ꢉꢆ 92
:ꢁ
#ꢃꢆ0ꢇꢀ*>ꢜꢃ
ꢂ-ꢂ8
)ꢎꢁꢁꢁꢁ
ꢉ=)ꢁꢆ
ꢉ)ꢀ1 ꢉ)ꢀ#
ꢉ)ꢁꢄ
ꢉ)ꢀ+ ꢉ)ꢁꢁ ꢉ)ꢁꢀ
@
ꢉ)ꢁꢜ
@
@
@
@
@
@
ꢘꢊCꢗꢚꢌ%ꢇꢖꢗꢗꢍ,ꢋꢖꢒ
=ꢅ
2ꢉ2ꢘꢉ
A)ꢉ5ꢇ<ꢉ2ꢘꢉ
ꢀ
292ꢇ%ꢉ2ꢘꢉ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
#
1
A)ꢉ5ꢇ%ꢉ2ꢘꢉ
)ꢓ2ꢆ!)%ꢓꢎ*% 5ꢉꢁ
)ꢓ2ꢆ!)%ꢓꢎ*% 5ꢉꢀ
)!ꢉ%ꢉ2!)
07)ꢘ%7A9ꢉꢆ*2
)!ꢉ%ꢘ5*ꢎꢆ9
05*ꢆ5ꢎ
)!ꢉ<ꢉ2!)
07)ꢘ
7)!ꢉ
!5ꢇꢓA'5ꢉ 1
=ꢄ
ꢉ@)ꢀꢀ
ꢀ
9ꢁ
ꢁ
;ꢀꢄ7
ꢂ
ꢃ-#%ꢏ0
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢇꢁꢀ
;
)ꢖ/ꢍꢒ%ꢇꢖꢗꢗꢍ,ꢋꢖꢒ
#
ꢇꢃ+
ꢜ-ꢅ1%ꢏ'
1
ꢀꢜꢜꢏ'
+
ꢀꢜ
ꢉ)ꢀꢄ ꢉ)ꢀꢃ ꢉ)ꢀꢂ
@
@
@
ꢉ@)ꢀꢅ
!5ꢎ5'5ꢉ ꢀꢜ
9ꢀ
ꢀꢄ7
ꢃ-#%ꢏ0
;ꢄ7<ꢘ?ꢘ
ꢇꢀꢅ
ꢆ
ꢆ
)ꢒꢊꢗꢋꢍ.%.ꢖ,ꢏꢐꢍꢗꢋꢕ%ꢚꢒꢍ%ꢏꢗ,ꢖꢗꢋꢒꢖꢌꢌꢍ.
;
ꢇꢃꢅ
ꢜ-ꢅ1%ꢏ'
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
ꢃ-#ꢏ'D%ꢀꢅꢔ
ꢀꢜꢜ23ꢁꢜꢜ2%)!ꢉ%)ꢓ2ꢆ!)%)ꢇꢆ%ꢘ,$ꢍꢐꢚꢋꢊ,
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢜꢃꢀ1ꢀ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
0
ꢈꢚꢋꢍꢛ
'ꢊꢌꢍꢛ
ꢀꢜ !ꢚ" ꢁꢜꢜ#
ꢘ$ꢍꢍꢋ%ꢀ%%%ꢖ&%
ꢂ
ꢎꢛ()ꢇ !*ꢓ(ꢜꢃꢀ#+,,(ꢘꢖꢏꢒ,ꢍ(ꢓꢍꢔ*(ꢜꢃꢀ#+-ꢈ..ꢒꢚꢑ/ꢗ% "ꢛ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
D-16
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢈ
7)!ꢉ
ꢈ
ꢉ)+
@
>ꢄ
>ꢃ
1
2ꢉ2ꢘꢉ
ꢃ
ꢁ
2ꢉ2ꢘꢉ
5ꢎ%ꢃ
ꢇA!ꢃ
5ꢎ%ꢂ
ꢅ
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢃ
ꢂ
#
ꢎꢇꢃ
ꢎꢇꢂ
ꢎꢇꢁ
ꢎꢇꢀ
+
2ꢉ2ꢘꢉ
2ꢉ2ꢘꢉ
)ꢓ2ꢆ!)ꢁ
05*ꢆ5ꢎ
2ꢉ2ꢘꢉ<ꢘ5*ꢎꢆ9
)ꢓ2ꢆ!)ꢀ
;ꢀꢄ7
ꢀꢜ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀ
#ꢃꢆ0ꢇꢀ*>ꢜꢃ
>ꢀ#
ꢇA!ꢂ
5ꢎꢁ
ꢇA!ꢁ
5ꢎꢀ
ꢇA!ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢃ
ꢁ
05*ꢆ5ꢎ
ꢇꢂꢀ
ꢀꢄ7
05*ꢆ5ꢎ
ꢀ
ꢈ*ꢃꢃꢃꢈ?
ꢀꢄ7
ꢜ-ꢅ1%ꢏ'
#ꢃꢆ0ꢇꢀ*>ꢜꢃ
;ꢀꢄ7
>+ꢆ
;ꢄ7<ꢘ?ꢘ
ꢇꢁ+
ꢜ-ꢅ1%ꢏ'
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀꢄ7
9'ꢂꢄꢂ
ꢇ
ꢇ
>ꢀꢅ
ꢓꢀꢀ
ꢇꢃ
ꢀꢜꢜ!
ꢅ
ꢄ
;ꢀꢄ7
#
ꢜ-ꢜꢜꢀ%ꢏ'
ꢀꢜꢜ
ꢓꢃꢅ
ꢉ)ꢀ
@
ꢇꢁ
ꢀꢜꢜ%4'
ꢓꢃ1
ꢀ8
9'ꢂꢄꢂD%A)ꢆ!)
ꢓꢄ
ꢓꢁ+
ꢄꢜ6D%)Aꢉ
ꢀꢜꢜꢜ!
ꢓꢀꢁ
ꢎ35D%ꢘ0Aꢓꢉ2ꢈ
;ꢀꢄ7
ꢉ)1
@
ꢓꢄꢜ
ꢎ35
ꢓꢃꢃ
ꢘ22%ꢉꢆ 92
;ꢀꢄ7
ꢀꢜꢏ'3ꢁꢄ7
)ꢓ2ꢆ!)ꢁ
ꢇꢁ1
ꢇꢃ1
*>ꢆꢓꢈ%ꢓ5ꢎ*
)!ꢉ*ꢎꢈ
ꢜ-ꢀ%ꢏ'
ꢉ)#
@
ꢜ-ꢅ1%ꢏ'
ꢅ
=ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢇꢄ
>ꢀ
ꢓꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢘ22%ꢉꢆ 92
>ꢁ
)!ꢉ%ꢘꢊCꢗꢚꢌ%ꢇꢖꢗꢗꢍ,ꢋꢖꢒ
)ꢓ2ꢆ!)ꢀ
ꢅ
ꢄ
ꢃ-++8
'ꢖꢒ%ꢀ-ꢜ%ꢏ'%ꢏꢕꢍ%ꢇꢀꢀ-
#
'ꢖꢒ%ꢀꢀ%ꢏ'%ꢏꢕꢍ%ꢇꢀꢀꢆ%E%ꢇꢀꢀ
-
ꢓꢂꢅ
ꢁꢄꢜ8
ꢇAꢆJ
7ꢓ2'
ꢓꢀ#
ꢘ22%ꢉꢆ 92
A)ꢆꢀꢁꢃ
9'ꢂꢄꢂD%A)ꢆ!)
ꢇꢀꢀꢆ
ꢇꢀꢀ
;
;
ꢁꢁꢏ'3ꢁꢄ7
ꢁꢁꢏ'3ꢁꢄ7
ꢉ)ꢁ
@
ꢀꢄ7
ꢇꢂ
ꢀ-ꢜꢏ'
ꢇꢀꢀ
)!ꢉ*ꢎꢈ
ꢀ
>ꢀꢀ
ꢘ22%ꢉꢆ 92
ꢇꢁ#ꢀꢜꢏ'3ꢁꢄ7
ꢓꢃꢂ
ꢃ-++8
ꢓꢃ
ꢓꢀꢂ
ꢎ35D%)Aꢉ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
1
#
ꢅ
ꢄ
ꢇꢃ#
ꢀꢜꢜ
'
>'A>ꢉ
A>ꢉ
7;
ꢆ*ꢎꢈ
7
ꢜ-ꢅ1%ꢏ'
ꢁ-ꢄ7
;ꢀꢁ7<ꢓ2'
ꢉ)ꢅ
ꢜ-ꢅ1%ꢏ'
ꢇꢂꢜ
@
ꢂ
ꢈ57%ꢓꢆꢉ5A ꢇ%Aꢘꢇ
ꢇꢂꢅ
ꢜ-ꢀ%ꢏ'
ꢇ+
ꢂ+ꢜꢜ%4'D%'59!
ꢀꢄ7
9ꢉꢇꢀꢜꢅꢁꢇꢎ1
2ꢉ2ꢘꢉ<ꢘ5*ꢎꢆ9
ꢓꢄꢀ
ꢘ22%ꢉꢆ 92
ꢒꢇꢋꢓꢔꢁꢕꢅꢖꢗꢘꢙꢇꢚ
ꢓꢂ1
ꢎ35
ꢆ
ꢈ
ꢅꢊꢅꢂꢆ ꢛꢇ
ꢅꢊꢅꢂꢈ ꢛꢇ
ꢂ
)!ꢉ*ꢎꢈ
ꢓꢀ+
ꢀꢜ8D%)Aꢉ
ꢁ
ꢎAꢉ2ꢘꢛ
>ꢎ92ꢘꢘ%Aꢉ02ꢓF5ꢘ2%ꢘ)2ꢇ5'52ꢈ
ꢇꢆ)ꢆꢇ5ꢉꢆꢎꢇ2%5ꢘ%5ꢎ%!5ꢇꢓA'ꢆꢓꢆꢈꢘ-
ꢓ2ꢘ5ꢘꢉAꢓꢘ%ꢆꢓ2%ꢀGD%ꢀ3ꢃF-
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢆ ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢈ
ꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊꢊ
ꢋꢆꢐꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈ ꢄ ꢍꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢆ ꢄ ꢅꢜ !"
ꢋꢎꢎꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ#ꢑꢄꢈꢍꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢏꢄꢏꢍ
ꢋꢏꢆꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢆ ꢍꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ$ꢜ%ꢅ&$"%'(()*
ꢀ#ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢄꢆꢅ+,ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢄ ꢆꢈ
ꢀꢆꢆꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢆꢆꢄ ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢆꢄ
ꢀ-
ꢁ-
ꢂ-
ꢃ-
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢀ
292ꢇꢉ-%ꢉ2ꢘꢉ
)ꢒꢊꢗꢋꢍ.%.ꢖ,ꢏꢐꢍꢗꢋꢕ%ꢚꢒꢍ%ꢏꢗ,ꢖꢗꢋꢒꢖꢌꢌꢍ.
)!ꢉ*ꢎꢈ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
!ꢀꢜꢜ23ꢁꢜꢜ2%)!ꢉ%)ꢒꢍꢚꢐ4%)ꢇꢆ%ꢘ,$ꢍꢐꢚꢋꢊ,
ꢓ2ꢘ5ꢘꢉꢆꢎꢇ2%5ꢘ%5ꢎ%A0!ꢘ-
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢜꢃꢀ1ꢀ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
0
ꢉ05ꢘ%ꢇ5ꢓꢇ>5ꢉ%!>ꢘꢉ% 2%>ꢘ2ꢈ
ꢆꢘ%ꢆ%!ꢆꢉꢇ02ꢈ%)ꢆ5ꢓ%F5ꢉ0%ꢉ02
ꢉ2ꢇ%ꢇAꢎꢉꢓA9%ꢇ5ꢓꢇ>5ꢉ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢈꢚꢋꢍꢛ
'ꢊꢌꢍꢛ
ꢀꢜ !ꢚ" ꢁꢜꢜ#
ꢘ$ꢍꢍꢋ%%%%ꢖ&%
ꢎꢛ()ꢇ !*ꢓ(ꢜꢃꢀ#+,,(ꢘꢖꢏꢒ,ꢍ(ꢓꢍꢔ*(ꢜꢃꢀ#+-ꢈ..ꢒꢚꢑ/ꢗ% "ꢛ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
07270B DCN 6512
D-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
05*0%7A9ꢉꢆ*2%ꢘ>))9?
ꢇꢃꢄ
ꢀꢜꢜ4'
ꢉ)ꢃ
@
7ꢓ2'
ꢈ
;ꢀꢄ7
ꢇꢄꢀ
ꢜ-ꢀꢏ'3%ꢄꢜ7
ꢇꢆꢜꢜꢜꢜꢀ+ꢁ
ꢈ
>ꢁꢁ 9ꢉꢀ#+ꢜꢆ5ꢘꢅ ꢄ
ꢓꢂꢂ
ꢇꢁꢄ
ꢃ-++8
ꢅ
ꢃ
A>ꢉ
5ꢎ
ꢇ#
ꢜ-ꢅ1%ꢏ'
ꢇꢂꢁ
;ꢀꢄ7
ꢀ-ꢜꢏ'3ꢀꢅ7
ꢇꢆꢜꢜꢜꢜꢀ++
;ꢄ7<9Aꢇꢆ9
ꢓꢃꢁ
ꢃ-++8
ꢓꢁꢜ
ꢃ-++8
ꢜ-ꢀ%ꢏ'
07)ꢘ
>ꢀꢅꢆ
ꢁ
>ꢅ
1
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢃ
ꢄ
#
5ꢖꢏꢋ
ꢓꢎꢀ
ꢇ
ꢓꢃ#
ꢀ
+
+
1
#
ꢅ
ꢃ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢈ#
ꢈꢅ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢜ
ꢂ
ꢀꢜ
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
7ꢒ&H I
7ꢒ&H;I
ꢇA!)
ꢉꢇ
ꢂ-+ꢁ8
9'ꢂꢄꢂD%A)ꢆ!)
ꢇꢁꢜ
ꢈ#
ꢀꢅ7
ꢓꢃ+
ꢀ-ꢜ8
;
ꢇꢁꢁ
ꢇꢂꢂ
ꢜ-ꢅ1%ꢏ'
ꢜ-ꢅ1%ꢏ'
ꢀꢜꢏ'3ꢁꢄ7
ꢄ
ꢀꢜ
;ꢄ7<9Aꢇꢆ9
ꢇꢁꢃ
ꢜ-ꢀ%ꢏ'
ꢀꢜꢜ8K1
7ꢍꢍ
ꢀꢄ7
ꢇ
ꢇ
ꢈꢆꢇꢜ1ꢜꢁ
ꢀꢄ7
>+
ꢅ
ꢄ
#
9'ꢄꢂꢄ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢃ
1
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢃ
1
ꢘꢁ
ꢘꢀ
;ꢀꢁ7<ꢓ2'
;ꢄ7<9Aꢇꢆ9
ꢉ@)ꢀꢜ
ꢉ)ꢄ
@
>1
>ꢀꢃ
5ꢎ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢄ
ꢃ
;ꢀꢄ7
5ꢎ A>ꢉ
A>ꢉ
Aꢎ3A'' ꢎꢇ
ꢈꢅ
ꢀꢀꢈ:ꢜꢄ
9!#19ꢀꢁꢆꢇBHꢂI
;
;
9)ꢁ+1ꢀ5!ꢄ
;
ꢇꢄꢜ
ꢀꢜꢏ'3ꢁꢄ7
ꢇꢂꢃ
ꢀꢜꢏ'3ꢁꢄ7
ꢇꢀꢄ
ꢀꢜꢏ'3ꢁꢄ7
ꢇꢀꢃ
ꢀꢜꢏ'3ꢁꢄ7
ꢇꢃꢁ
ꢜ-ꢅ1%ꢏ'
ꢉ)ꢀꢁ
@
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢁ-ꢄ7
ꢆ
ꢆ
)ꢒꢊꢗꢋꢍ.%.ꢖ,ꢏꢐꢍꢗꢋꢕ%ꢚꢒꢍ%ꢏꢗ,ꢖꢗꢋꢒꢖꢌꢌꢍ.
7ꢓꢀ
9!ꢂꢂꢅB ꢁ-ꢄ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
ꢓꢁꢃ
ꢁ6
!ꢀꢜꢜ23ꢁꢜꢜ2%)!ꢉ%)ꢓ2ꢆ!)%)ꢇꢆ%ꢘ,$ꢍꢐꢚꢋꢊ,
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢜꢃꢀ1ꢀ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
0
ꢀꢄ7
ꢈꢚꢋꢍꢛ
'ꢊꢌꢍꢛ
ꢀꢜ !ꢚ" ꢁꢜꢜ#
ꢘ$ꢍꢍꢋ%%%%ꢖ&%
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢎꢛ()ꢇ !*ꢓ(ꢜꢃꢀ#+,,(ꢘꢖꢏꢒ,ꢍ(ꢓꢍꢔ*(ꢜꢃꢀ#+-ꢈ..ꢒꢚꢑ/ꢗ% "ꢛ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
D-18
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
JP1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R1
Not Used
R2
22
Title
SCH, E-Series Analog Output Isolator, PCA 04467
Size
A
Number
Revision
B
04468
Date:
File:
6/28/2004
N:\PCBMGR\..\04468B.sch
Sheet of
Drawn By:
1
2
3
4
07270B DCN 6512
D-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢈ6-ꢚ;ꢉꢁ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,.1ꢕꢛ(
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ6-ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
6ꢚ7
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,41ꢕꢛ(
ꢈ6-6ꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
6ꢚꢓ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢅ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢘ0ꢎꢘꢚꢓ6ꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢉ0$,$;<
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢉ0$,
ꢉ0$,$;<
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢉ0$,
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇ&
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇ&
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
6ꢚ7
6ꢚ7
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢇ
ꢇ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢄ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢆꢎꢆ6ꢎ
6ꢚꢓ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢈ3&1145
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢎ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢉ0$,$;<
6ꢚ7
ꢉ0$,$;<
6ꢚ7
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ3&1145
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
9ꢓ0*
ꢉꢇꢅ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
9ꢓ0*
ꢉꢇꢅ
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢎ
ꢉꢇ4
ꢉꢇ.
ꢉꢇ4
ꢉꢇ.
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢃ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢆꢎꢆꢚ;ꢉ
6ꢚ7
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈꢆꢇ9
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇꢆ
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈꢆꢇ&
6ꢚ7
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
9ꢓ0*
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
9ꢓ0*
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈꢆꢇ9
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇꢆ
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈꢆꢇ&
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢉꢇꢁ
ꢉꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢂ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢕ(ꢍꢍꢋꢁ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢁ1ꢕꢛ(
,ꢇꢀ&ꢃ!6*
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
6ꢚꢓ
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢎ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢎ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢉ0$,
ꢈꢆꢇ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢉ0$,
ꢈꢆꢇ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢉꢇꢀ
ꢉꢇꢀ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
ꢆ
ꢆ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢀ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢂ$ꢂ'"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
ꢂ
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
D-20
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢅ
/ꢀ&ꢀꢆ
,ꢇꢀ&ꢃ
;ꢁ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢀꢄꢃ
ꢆꢁ&ꢂ
ꢆꢁꢀꢁ
ꢆꢁꢀ
ꢆꢁꢂ&
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢆ
=&
=ꢀ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢀ
ꢚꢇ
ꢂꢁ
ꢂꢀ
ꢂ&
ꢁ'
ꢁ.
ꢁ4
ꢁꢅ
ꢁꢄ
ꢁꢃ
ꢁꢂ
ꢁꢁ
ꢁꢀ
ꢁ&
ꢀ'
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
'
ꢁ
ꢀꢀ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢆ&
ꢇ>?
;ꢅꢆ
ꢆ&
ꢂ
6ꢚ7
ꢇ
ꢈ
=ꢁ
ꢆꢀ
ꢃ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
'
.
4
ꢅ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
ꢀ.
ꢀ'
ꢆꢀ
=ꢂ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢉ0$,
ꢈꢆꢇ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
/ꢀ&.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢆꢁ
ꢄ
ꢆꢁ
=ꢃ
ꢈꢚ&
ꢈꢚꢀ
ꢈꢚꢁ
ꢈꢚꢂ
ꢈꢚꢃ
ꢈꢚꢄ
ꢈꢚꢅ
ꢈꢚ4
ꢈ6&
ꢈ6ꢅ
ꢆꢂ
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀ'ꢀ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢆꢂ
=ꢄ
ꢈ6ꢃ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢀꢃꢁ
ꢆꢀꢄꢂ
4
ꢁ
ꢉ,ꢁ
ꢆꢃ
=ꢅ
;4
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄꢃꢀ
ꢓꢀꢀꢅ ꢃ4?A.
ꢈ6ꢁ
ꢈ6&
ꢆꢄ
ꢅ
'
.
ꢂ
;ꢄ&
ꢆꢄ
=4
ꢆꢅ
.
0ꢀꢆ
ꢁ
'
ꢃ
;ꢄ&ꢇ
ꢆꢅ
=.
ꢀ
ꢈꢚꢅ
ꢈꢚꢃ
ꢈꢚꢁ
ꢈꢚ&
ꢈ64
ꢆ4
ꢀ&
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
-ꢀ
-ꢁ
ꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢈ
ꢆ4
='
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢀ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
6ꢚꢓ ꢀ'
ꢈ
ꢆ.
ꢅ
ꢆ.
=ꢀ&
=ꢀꢀ
=ꢀꢁ
=ꢀꢂ
=ꢀꢃ
=ꢀꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢆ'
4
ꢆ'
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢆꢀ&
ꢆꢀꢀ
ꢆꢀꢁ
ꢆꢀꢂ
ꢆꢀꢃ
ꢆꢀꢄ
&<ꢂꢁꢇ
&<ꢂꢁꢈ
&<ꢂꢁ0
&<ꢂꢁ*
=ꢀ
=ꢁ
=ꢂ
=ꢃ
=ꢄ
=ꢅ
=4
=.
ꢆꢀ
ꢆꢁ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢄ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆ4
ꢆ.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
;.
.
ꢆꢀ&
ꢆꢀꢀ
ꢆꢀꢁ
ꢆꢀꢂ
ꢆꢀꢃ
ꢆꢀꢄ
ꢆꢀꢅ
ꢆꢀ4
ꢆꢀ.
ꢆꢀ'
ꢆ0ꢀ
ꢆꢀꢁꢃ
ꢆꢀꢂꢄ
'
ꢀꢀ
ꢈ6ꢀ
ꢈ6ꢄ
;ꢄ&ꢈ
ꢓꢁꢄ
ꢀ.
ꢀ'
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
-ꢀ
-ꢁ
ꢈ6ꢁ
ꢈ6ꢂ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢈ6ꢂ
ꢈ6ꢀ
ꢈ6ꢃ
ꢈꢚ4
ꢈꢚꢄ
ꢈꢚꢂ
ꢈꢚꢀ
9ꢇꢇ
;ꢀ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢅ..
9ꢇꢇ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢁ
ꢈ6ꢄ
ꢁ&
ꢂ
ꢈ6ꢅ
;ꢄ&ꢆ
ꢂ
ꢀ.
ꢄ
6ꢚ7 ꢀ
ꢈ64
&
4
ꢀ
ꢅ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢉ,ꢃꢃ
ꢓꢄ'
ꢃ4EF!ꢄG
ꢉ,ꢄꢅ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀꢅ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢆ0ꢀ
ꢓꢁꢃ
ꢀꢅ
4
ꢀ'
;ꢄꢀꢈ
,H@
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
6ꢚꢇ8ꢓꢈ=
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ&
ꢀꢃ
'
ꢀꢀ
.
ꢉꢇꢀ
/6ꢉꢚ#ꢁ#ꢈꢇꢄ*#ꢀ&ꢚ8$
<ꢂ
ꢈꢀ
4
9ꢇꢇ
ꢈꢁ
ꢀꢁ
ꢁ
699Sꢀꢀ2ꢀꢂ‘"%ꢂꢀꢃ9@A6VGUꢄ
ꢅ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢈꢘꢄ
ꢈꢂ
ꢆꢀ&
699Sꢀꢀ2ꢀꢂ‘"!ꢂꢀꢃEQ ꢀDITU6GG@9ꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇ&.
ꢄ
ꢆ&
ꢆ4
ꢆꢀ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆꢁ
ꢆꢄ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢃ
>0ꢈF!ꢓ0ꢈF!ꢕꢐꢋ!ꢀꢁ&ꢅ
ꢈꢈ&&&&&ꢅꢀ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢆꢀꢀ ꢀ4
9ꢇꢇ
,ꢊꢗꢕ!ꢀIꢁ!ꢕ(ꢖꢒꢋꢍ !ꢖꢗ!,ꢇ
ꢃ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢄ ꢀꢄ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆ4 ꢀꢂ
ꢆ.
ꢆ' ꢀꢀ
ꢃ
/,4
;ꢃ
ꢀ&
4ꢃ8ꢇ4ꢃ
@
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢈꢅ
ꢆ0ꢀ
'
.
ꢁ
ꢀ
,ꢓ0
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
ꢈ4
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢀꢀ
ꢈ& ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀ
0ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢇ>?
ꢈ
ꢃ
6ꢚꢇ80ꢇ?
6ꢚ0ꢀ
ꢓꢂ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢓꢃ
ꢂ
@
9ꢇꢇ
ꢉ,ꢅꢀꢉ,ꢅ&ꢉ,ꢄ'
.
ꢇꢂ.
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢇ>ꢓ
ꢇ
ꢇ
/ꢀ&ꢀ
,ꢇꢀ&ꢃ
80ꢆꢈ0ꢓꢂ#ꢈ0*ꢆ;>ꢉ0ꢈ#ꢀ
/ꢀ&4
ꢀ&
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢈ-ꢀꢈ
ꢘꢈꢆ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢘꢇ>
ꢅꢃ
ꢅꢂ
ꢅꢁ
ꢅꢀ
ꢅ&
ꢄ'
ꢄ.
ꢄ4
ꢄꢅ
ꢄꢄ
ꢄꢃ
ꢄꢂ
ꢄꢁ
ꢄꢀ
ꢄ&
ꢃ'
ꢃ.
ꢃ4
ꢃꢅ
ꢃꢄ
ꢃꢃ
ꢃꢂ
ꢃꢁ
ꢃꢀ
ꢃ&
ꢂ'
ꢂ.
ꢂ4
ꢂꢅ
ꢂꢄ
ꢂꢃ
ꢂꢂ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
-ꢀꢈ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢚꢘꢇ
Bꢄ9
ꢆ>0
ꢉꢇ
/,ꢀ
ꢓꢂ.
ꢁ
ꢀ
;ꢃꢆ
ꢘ=ꢘꢇ>?
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
;ꢂ'
ꢃ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢄ
ꢅ
,ꢓ0
ꢇ>?
ꢈ
@
@
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
;ꢄꢀ
;ꢀ&
ꢀ
,ꢇ*.ꢄ.ꢃ
9ꢇꢇ
6ꢈꢇ#80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ
ꢃ
9ꢇꢇ
6ꢀꢉ
ꢁ
ꢈꢀ
ꢇ>?
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
ꢃ
ꢄ
6ꢆꢇ?
ꢇ>ꢓ
6ꢀꢉ
ꢁ&
6ꢀꢉ
ꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇ?ꢁ
6ꢓ@ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢆ&
ꢅ
ꢅ
6ꢀ>6ꢀ0#ꢅ
4ꢃ8ꢇ4ꢃ
ꢆ&
4ꢃꢆ8ꢇꢀ-;&ꢃ
ꢁ
ꢀ'
ꢉ,ꢅꢃ
ꢉ,ꢅꢁ
ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
ꢉ,ꢅꢂ
/,ꢁ
6ꢓ@ꢃ
ꢀ
6ꢓ@ꢄ
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ.
/ꢀ&ꢅ
ꢇꢘ
ꢓꢈ
7ꢓ
6ꢓ@ꢅ
ꢕ(ꢖꢒꢋꢍ !#!ꢕꢌ ꢒ!ꢕꢊ ꢍ
6ꢚꢓ
6ꢚ7
ꢂ
ꢁ
?
6ꢀꢉ
ꢘꢈꢆ
9ꢇꢇ
4ꢃ8ꢇ&.
ꢘꢇ>
ꢘꢈꢆ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
6ꢓ@4
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢘ=ꢘꢇ>?
ꢓ0*ꢓ0ꢘ8
ꢈꢓ@ꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇ?ꢀ
ꢈꢓ@ꢂ
ꢈꢆꢇ?ꢂ
6ꢚꢓ
9ꢇꢇ
/,ꢂ 6ꢈꢇ#80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ
/ꢀ&ꢁ
ꢈ&
4
.
'
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
&
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢘꢇ>
ꢇꢂ'
ꢓꢄ
ꢃ4EF!ꢄG
ꢈ-ꢀꢈ
6ꢚꢓ
6ꢚ7
6ꢚꢓ
6ꢚ7
;ꢄꢆ 4ꢃ8ꢇ4ꢃ
6ꢚ7
ꢀ&
ꢀ1ꢁ!ꢏ*F!ꢀ&9
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#.
ꢃ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢄ
9ꢘꢘ
/,ꢅ
ꢘ$0$ꢓ
ꢘ$0$7
C?0=D
Bꢀꢁ9
,ꢓ0
ꢇ>?
ꢈ
@
ꢁ
ꢀ
6ꢈꢇ#80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ
'
ꢅ
@
9ꢇꢇ
.
;ꢄꢀꢆ
ꢀ
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢇ>ꢓ
;ꢅꢇ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
ꢀ.
ꢀ'
ꢁ&
ꢁꢀ
ꢁꢁ
ꢁꢂ
ꢁꢃ
ꢁꢄ
ꢁꢅ
ꢁ4
ꢁ.
ꢁ'
ꢂ&
ꢂꢀ
ꢂꢁ
ꢂꢂ
ꢂꢃ
ꢂꢄ
ꢂꢅ
ꢂ4
ꢂ.
ꢂ'
ꢃ&
ꢀ&
0ꢀꢈ<*ꢓ
#ꢀꢁ9
ꢂ
6ꢚ0ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢄꢀꢃ
ꢓꢂ'
ꢃꢁꢁ!ꢀG
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢈꢓ@ꢁ
#ꢄ9
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
ꢓꢃ&
ꢃꢁꢁ!ꢀG
;ꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇ&.
6ꢓ@'
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
'
.
,ꢓ0
ꢇ>?
ꢈ
@
@
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
Bꢄ9
ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉꢈꢓ9
-ꢀꢈ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
ꢘꢇ>
ꢀꢀ
ꢈꢘꢅ
T8G ꢈꢘ4
T96
ꢇ>ꢓ
;ꢅꢈ
ꢈꢈ&&&&&.4
4ꢃ8ꢇ4ꢃ
7GV@
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
7GV@
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀ.ꢃ
9ꢇꢇ
/,ꢄ
'
6ꢓ@ꢀ&
6ꢓ@ꢀꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
9ꢇꢇ
.
;ꢄꢀꢇ
6ꢈꢇ#80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ
ꢀ&
?
6ꢀꢉ
;ꢂ
/,ꢃ
ꢊ ꢍ ꢕ ! ꢌ ! ꢒ ꢕ ! ꢋ # ꢍ ( ꢕ ꢖ ꢒ
ꢀ
4ꢃ8ꢇ&.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢁ
ꢘꢈꢆꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢇꢂ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
7ꢈ6
ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
;ꢁ&ꢈ
ꢓꢅꢀ
ꢃ4EF!ꢄG
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀ'ꢀ
ꢆ
ꢆ
>ꢉꢇꢅ''ꢇꢘ.
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
ꢀꢖꢋꢍꢕ"
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
!ꢀD!ꢉ(ꢊꢕ!ꢕꢛ(ꢍꢐꢜꢋꢊꢛ!ꢊꢕ!)ꢖꢒ!,ꢇꢆ!&ꢄ.&ꢁ
!ꢁD!ꢉ(ꢊꢕ!ꢕꢛ(ꢍꢐꢜꢋꢊꢛ!ꢊꢕ!)ꢖꢒ!,ꢇ !&ꢄ.&ꢀ
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
7
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
!ꢖ)!
'
,ꢇꢀ&ꢃꢇꢈ
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
07270B DCN 6512
D-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
/ꢀ&ꢀ&
'!*0$ꢆ>0
ꢈ
ꢀ
ꢓ<ꢀ
ꢉ<ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢓꢘ#-ꢀꢈꢀ
SYꢀs‚ꢁꢀ8‚€
ꢓꢉꢘꢀ
ꢇꢉꢘꢀ
UYꢀs‚ꢁꢀ8‚€
ꢈꢘꢁ
ꢈꢘꢀ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢆ
?
?
ꢆ
ꢉ9ꢀ
ꢉ9!ꢆꢓꢓꢆ=
ꢘ$ꢈꢆꢀꢄ>ꢇꢇ
>0ꢈF!-ꢓꢀF!ꢕꢐꢋ!ꢀꢁ&ꢅ
>0ꢈF!ꢓ0ꢈ
ꢓꢀꢀꢀ
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢓꢀꢀ
ꢃ1'?F!ꢄG
ꢓꢀꢁ
ꢃ1'?F!ꢄG
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
/ꢀ&ꢀꢂ
/ꢀꢁ
ꢈꢇ0!ꢕꢊ ꢍ!ꢖ)!ꢕ2ꢊꢋꢛ(!ꢊꢕ!ꢕꢊ ꢍ!ꢋꢖ2ꢜꢒ ꢕ!Jꢊꢗ!ꢀF
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀꢇ
ꢓ<&
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢓ<ꢈ
ꢉ<ꢈ
ꢀꢇ
ꢓꢉꢘ&
ꢉ<&
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢇꢉꢘ&
ꢃ
ꢃ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢀꢇ
ꢓꢘ#-ꢀꢈ&
ꢄ
ꢄ
ꢓ<ꢀ
ꢅ
ꢅ
ꢓꢉꢘ
ꢇꢉꢘ
ꢀꢇ
ꢓꢉꢘꢀ
ꢉ<ꢀ
4
4
.
ꢇꢉꢘꢀ
.
ꢀꢀ
'
ꢓꢘ#-ꢀꢈꢀ
'
ꢈ
'$
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
9U@
ꢀ&
ꢀꢁ
ꢇ
ꢇ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢓꢁ
ꢓꢀꢂ
ꢓꢀꢃ
ꢓꢀ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
6ꢀ>6ꢀ0#ꢀꢁ
ꢘ7ꢀ&&ꢀ
ꢘ7!ꢘ>6ꢈ0#ꢃ,ꢈꢉ
ꢉ9!ꢆꢓꢓꢆ=
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
9ꢇꢇ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢓꢀ&
ꢉ9ꢁ
ꢘ$ꢈꢆꢀꢄ>ꢇꢇ
ꢈꢘꢃ
ꢈꢘꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
Lꢀ
Lꢁ
Lꢂ
>0ꢈF!ꢓ0ꢈ
UYꢀs‚ꢁꢀ8‚€!
>0ꢈF!-ꢓꢀ
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
SYꢀs‚ꢁꢀ8‚€!
$ꢉꢅ
$ꢉ4
$ꢉ.
$ꢉ'
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
ꢉ,ꢀꢂ ꢉ,ꢀꢃ
ꢉ,ꢀꢄ ꢉ,ꢀꢅ ꢉ,ꢀ4 ꢉ,ꢀ.
9ꢇꢇ
Bꢀꢁ9 Bꢀꢁ9ꢓ0ꢉBꢀꢄ9
#ꢀꢄ9
$ꢉꢀ
$ꢉꢁ
$ꢉꢂ
$ꢉꢃ
$ꢉꢄ
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
/ꢀꢄ
.
4
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢉꢏꢐꢀꢑꢀꢄꢀꢒꢓꢔꢕꢆꢀꢖꢗ
Bꢀꢁꢓ0ꢉ
ꢈ-ꢀꢈ
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢀ
ꢃ
ꢅ
9ꢇꢇ
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢆ-ꢀꢈ
Bꢄ9
ꢆ-ꢀꢈ
0-ꢀꢈ
ꢇ8ꢆꢘ-ꢀꢈ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢄ
'
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
ꢇꢁ
ꢈꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢇꢀ
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
B
B
ꢈꢈꢁ4ꢀ
$ꢚ>0<#ꢀ&
$
ꢓꢘꢂꢃ&ꢇꢉ
ꢈ'
ꢈꢀF!ꢈ'!I!ꢓꢂꢄ!ꢐꢏꢕꢋ!ꢑꢍ
!2ꢊꢋ(ꢊꢗ!ꢀK!ꢖ)!/ꢀꢄ
$
ꢓꢘꢂꢃ&ꢇꢉ!
ꢓꢂꢄ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
!
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
D-22
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
!
"
#
$
%
6ꢘꢚ>ꢆꢉ0ꢈ!&#ꢁ&$ꢆ!ꢚ,ꢉ6ꢚꢀꢆ>! ꢚꢆꢓꢈꢘ
;ꢁ&
ꢈꢆꢇ9
6ꢚ7
#
$
968W
DPX
%
ꢉ,ꢁꢅ
W88
!"
U8!
ꢈꢆꢇF!ꢀꢁ! 6ꢉ
ꢇ $W
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
;ꢁ&ꢇ
;ꢂꢀ
ꢇꢀ.
#
"
!
$
9PVU WP6
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇꢆ
ꢈ&
ꢇ>?
%
&
'
8T
9DI
BI9
W88
ꢆꢀꢆ>ꢚ-!9ꢚ>ꢉꢆ-0!I!ꢇ;ꢓꢓ0ꢀꢉ!ꢚ;ꢉ,;ꢉꢘ
(
ꢈ;ꢆ>!ꢈꢆꢇ!ꢆꢀ
/ꢀ&ꢁ&
ꢇ>?
'
ꢅ $W
/ꢀ'
!
ꢇ $W
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
8GF WP7
>ꢀ
>ꢁ
>ꢂ
>ꢃ
>ꢄ
>ꢅ
>4
>ꢀꢄ
ꢂ
,ꢚꢉF!ꢈ6-6ꢉꢆ>
ꢇꢀ&
;ꢂꢄꢆ
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
;ꢂꢁ
6
9
8
7
6
XS968
ꢂ
9
8
7
6
!!
!#
!
"
B
#
"
$
&
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢘꢚꢇ?0ꢉ!;ꢂꢀ
X
7
6BI9
!
#
%
'
"
$
&
ꢂB
ꢓꢅꢃ ꢁꢁ
#
%
'
!
B
!
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢃꢁꢀ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
!B
"
!
#
"
6ꢈꢇ#.
8T
ꢈ&
ꢇ>?
;ꢂ&
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
T9D
8GF
T9P
"B
ꢉ9!ꢆꢓꢓꢆ=
ꢉ9ꢃ
ꢉ,ꢁ.
ꢇꢀꢁ
ꢅ $W
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
P8
8GF
/ꢁꢀ
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#.
!
#
%
'
"
$
&
!
#
%
'
ꢈ&
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
( ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇꢆ
#
!
$
%
B
9
9!
9"
9#
9$
9%
9&
9'
R
R!
R"
R#
R$
R%
R&
R'
8T9686
8T9687
X!
7!
6BI9!
"
$
&
ꢓꢀ'
ꢓꢀ4
ꢇꢁꢀ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
' ꢇꢘꢓꢆꢀ-0ꢀ
&
;ꢂꢄ
& ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇ
W88
"
#
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
ꢀ.14?
6!
% ꢇꢘꢓꢆꢀ-0ꢁ
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
$
#
"
!
$
ꢂ
6ꢈꢇ#.
ꢇ4
968ꢂ
968
968!
968"
ST
TC9I
ꢉ9!ꢆꢓꢓꢆ=
ꢉ9ꢂ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
/ꢁꢂ
ꢇꢀꢄ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
%
(
!
#
%
'
"
$
&
W88
W88
!
#
%
'
ꢇꢀꢃ
"
$
&
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
9bꢂꢆꢆ&d
ꢇꢁ&
ꢀ&&&&!J*
9BI9
ꢈꢆꢇ!ꢓꢆꢀ-0!I!ꢚ**ꢘ0ꢉ!,ꢓꢚ-ꢓꢆ$
6ꢈꢇ#.
ꢇꢃ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
TC968
(
'
!ꢂ
&
ꢂ
(
B
;ꢂꢄꢇ
/ꢁꢃ
6"
X"
7"
ꢓꢅꢄ ꢁꢁ
ꢇꢄ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
'
!
#
%
'
"
$
&
!
#
%
'
#
6BI9"
"
$
&
ꢇ $W
ꢉ,ꢁꢀꢉ,ꢄ.
ꢉ,ꢂꢁ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
6ꢗꢕꢋꢜꢌꢌ!/ꢁꢃ!)ꢖꢒ
!ꢃ#ꢁ&!ꢐꢆ!ꢖꢗ!ꢃꢋ(
!ꢛ(ꢜꢗꢗꢍꢌ1
ꢇꢀꢂ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44
ꢓꢀꢄ ꢃ&?
ꢇꢅ
'
%
$
!
"
B
80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ#6ꢈꢇ.
X#
7#
6BI9#
ꢓꢁꢂ
ꢓꢁꢁ
ꢀ.14?
ꢇꢀ'
ꢀ&&&&!J*
"
!
B
#
;ꢂꢄꢈ
WS@A
6ꢗꢕꢋꢜꢌꢌ!ꢓꢂꢅ!I
!ꢓꢂ4!ꢊ)!ꢃ#ꢁ&!ꢐꢆ
!ꢖꢗ!ꢃꢋ(!ꢛ(ꢜꢗꢗꢍꢌ
!ꢗꢖꢋ!ꢏꢕꢍ 1
ꢓꢂꢅ
ꢓꢂ4
&
&
&
#
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
;ꢁ'ꢆ
6#
#
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢄꢀ&!
ꢇꢄꢂ
ꢓꢅꢂ
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢉ,ꢁ4
W88
/ꢁꢁ
ꢇ.
;ꢂꢂ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢅ $W
ꢈꢆꢇF!ꢀꢁ! 6ꢉ
ꢇ $W
!
!
ꢇꢀ4
#
"
!
$
%
&
'
"
9PVU WP6
"
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈ&
#
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
8T
9DI
BI9
W88
#
ꢈ;ꢆ>!ꢈꢆꢇ!ꢆꢁ
$
$
ꢇ>?
%
8GF WP7
%
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
,ꢚꢉF!ꢈ6-6ꢉꢆ>
ꢈꢆꢇ!ꢁ
ꢇ'
&
;ꢂꢃ
6
&
;ꢂꢅꢆ
!"
!!
!#
!
"
B
#
'
ꢘꢚꢇ?0ꢉ!;ꢂꢂ
X
7
6BI9
'
ꢓꢅꢅ
ꢁꢁ
(
(
!
ꢂ
ꢂ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀ&
!
#
"
8T
ꢈ&
ꢇ>?
ꢇꢀꢀ
T9D
8GF
T9P
ꢉ,ꢁ'
ꢅ $W
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
968"W
968!W
968 W
968ꢂW
;ꢂꢅ
W88
#
!
$
%
B
#
X!
7!
6BI9!
ꢓꢀꢅ
ꢀ.14?
ꢓꢀ.
$
%
B
#
&
&
"
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
;ꢁ'
6!
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44
$
ꢂ
ST
TC9I
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
%
(
W88
W88
ꢇꢀꢅ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
9BI9
ꢈ4
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
;ꢂꢅꢇ
ꢈꢈꢁ4ꢀ
(
'
!ꢂ
&
ꢂ
(
B
#
$
ꢓꢘꢂꢃ&ꢇꢉ
ꢓꢘꢂꢃ&ꢇꢉ
6"
6#
X"
7"
6BI9"
ꢓꢅ4
ꢁꢁ
'
ꢈ.
ꢉ,ꢂꢂ
!
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
;ꢂꢅꢈ
$
'
%
$
B
#
Uv‡yr
Tv“r
ꢀ.14?
ꢓꢁ&
X#
7#
6BI9#
ꢓꢁꢀ
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
#
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢈ4!ꢜꢗ !ꢈ.
&
"
$ꢏꢕꢋ!ꢑꢍ!ꢌꢖꢛꢜꢋꢍ
2ꢊꢋ(ꢊꢗ!ꢀK!ꢖ)!;ꢂꢁ!I
Iˆ€irꢁ
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
Sr‰v†v‚
7
Pꢁphqꢀ7
9h‡r)
Avyr)
ꢅHh’ꢅ!ꢂꢂ(
Turr‡ꢀꢀ"ꢀꢀ‚sꢀ
'
I)cQ87HBScꢂ$'ꢂ SEꢅ@ꢅ†rꢁvr†ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚9hꢁꢁhqꢀBꢀr7’r)ꢁh‡v‚ꢀ$cT‚ˆꢁprcꢂ$'ꢂ iꢆqqi
%
!
"
#
$
07270B DCN 6512
D-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢇ84
ꢇ8ꢅ
ꢇ8ꢃ
ꢇ8ꢂ
ꢇ8ꢁ
ꢇ8ꢀ
ꢇ8ꢀꢃ
ꢇ8ꢀꢂ
ꢇ8ꢀꢁ
ꢇ8ꢀꢀ
ꢇ8'
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀꢁ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44;ꢆ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢄ
ꢇ8.
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢅ
ꢅ
4
4
ꢓꢃꢂ
ꢀ&&
.
.
#ꢀꢄ9Bꢀꢄ9
'
'
Bꢀꢄ9
;ꢄꢂꢆ
B
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢇꢃ&
ꢇꢃꢀ
ꢈ
ꢈ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢉꢗꢉꢘꢓꢙꢄꢖꢗꢒꢏꢚ
ꢇꢄꢄ
ꢉ,ꢀ
ꢉ,ꢂ
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
9ꢓ0* ꢆ-ꢀꢈ
/ꢀꢀ&
/ꢀ&'
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢁ.ꢁ
ꢀ1&?
;ꢄꢁ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀꢁ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀꢁ
ꢆꢈꢇ9ꢓ0*
4
ꢓ4ꢅ
ꢇ8ꢀ
ꢇ8ꢁ
ꢇ8ꢂ
ꢇ8ꢃ
ꢀ'
ꢁ.
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢁ
B
#
6ꢀ!ꢀ
ꢚ;ꢉ
B9ꢘꢘ
#9ꢘꢘ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢓꢃꢄ!ꢊꢗ ꢏꢛꢍꢕ!ꢜꢗ
!ꢖ))ꢕꢍꢋ!ꢊꢗ!ꢜꢗꢜꢌꢖM
!ꢕꢊMꢗꢜꢌ!ꢋꢖ!Mꢊꢔꢍ!ꢜ
!Nꢌꢊꢔꢍ!&N!)ꢖꢒ!ꢕꢍꢗꢕꢖꢒꢕ
!2ꢊꢋ(!&!ꢖꢒ!ꢕꢌꢊM(ꢋꢌ%
!ꢗꢍMꢜꢋꢊꢔꢍ!ꢖꢏꢋJꢏꢋ
ꢁ&
ꢁꢀ
ꢁꢁ
ꢁꢂ
ꢁꢃ
ꢁꢄ
ꢁꢅ
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
'
ꢀ
ꢀ$F!ꢀGF!ꢀꢁ&ꢅ!ꢇ86,
ꢓꢃꢄ
6ꢀ!ꢁ
ꢉꢇ4
ꢇꢃꢁ &1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
6ꢀ!ꢂ
ꢄ
ꢅ
B
#
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44
6ꢀ!ꢃ
;ꢄꢂ
ꢁ4
ꢀꢁ
ꢉ0$,$;<
6ꢀ!ꢄ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢇꢃꢅ
ꢇ8ꢅ
ꢇ84
ꢇ8.
ꢇ8'
ꢇꢃꢂ
6ꢀ!ꢅ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44
ꢇꢃꢃ
;ꢄꢃ
6ꢀ!4
9ꢇꢇ
6ꢀ!.
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢀꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀ.
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
6ꢀ!'
9ꢓ0*
ꢀꢇ
ꢀꢇ
0ꢀ
ꢆꢂ
#ꢀꢄ9
;ꢄꢄ
9ꢇꢇ
1&ꢁꢁ!ꢏ*F!ꢄ&9
ꢀ&&
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
ꢀ.
ꢇꢃꢄ
B
6ꢀ!ꢀ&
6ꢀ!ꢀꢀ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢁ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢂ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢃ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢄ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢅ
ꢚ,!ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢚ,#
ꢇꢚ$,B
ꢀ4
ꢇ8ꢀꢀ
ꢇ8ꢀꢁ
ꢇ8ꢀꢂ
ꢇ8ꢀꢃ
ꢈ-ꢃꢃꢃꢈ=
ꢓꢃꢅ
ꢇꢚ$,#
ꢀꢅ
.
ꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢀ
ꢅ
ꢁ
ꢘꢀ
ꢘꢁ
ꢘꢂ
ꢘꢃ
6ꢀꢀ
6ꢀꢁ
6ꢀꢂ
6ꢀꢃ
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
9ꢇꢇ
#9ꢘ
-ꢀꢈ
B9ꢘ
ꢚ,B
ꢆ-ꢀꢈ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀ1ꢀ?F!ꢄG
ꢓꢃ4
4
ꢀꢄ
ꢀ&
4
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
ꢄ96
ꢀ&96
-ꢀꢈ
ꢀꢃ
ꢅ
ꢆꢁ
*ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢄ
9ꢓ0*ꢇ>6,
ꢓꢃ. ꢁ&&
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢆꢀ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢃ
ꢆ&
ꢀꢅ
'
.
ꢇꢃ4
ꢄ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢀꢂ
ꢆꢈꢅꢄꢁ?,
ꢉ,ꢃ.
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢇꢄꢃ
ꢆꢀ!$;<
ꢇ
ꢇ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢓꢀꢀꢃ ꢀ&&?A.
ꢓꢀꢀꢄ ꢀ&&?A.
ꢓ44
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢁ.4
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢓꢃ4!ꢜꢗ !ꢓꢃ.!ꢒꢍ ꢏꢛꢍ!ꢋ(ꢍ!Mꢜꢊꢗ
!)ꢖꢒ!ꢜꢗꢜꢌꢖM!ꢊꢗJꢏꢋꢕ!ꢑ%!ꢀGF!ꢕꢖ
!ꢋ(ꢜꢋ!2ꢍ!ꢛꢜꢗ!ꢒꢍꢜ !ꢕꢌꢊM(ꢋꢌ%
!ꢜꢑꢖꢔꢍ!)ꢏꢌꢌ!ꢕꢛꢜꢌꢍF!ꢋꢖ!Jꢒꢍꢔꢍꢗꢋ
!ꢖꢔꢍꢒ)ꢌꢖ2!ꢖ)!ꢆꢈꢇ!ꢒꢍꢜ ꢊꢗM
ꢀ1ꢁ!ꢏ*F!ꢅ1ꢂ9!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
;ꢄꢅ
#ꢀꢄ9
B
ꢀ&1&?
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢇꢆꢀꢀ.ꢄ
ꢇꢃ.
/6ꢉꢚ#ꢁ#ꢈꢇꢆꢄꢆ0#ꢃ1.$8L
<ꢁ
ꢓꢃ'
ꢀ&&
.
4
ꢅ
ꢄ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢇꢃ'
ꢀꢇ
ꢀꢇ
ꢀꢇ
96ꢀ
,>ꢆꢇ0!ꢀ&&
<ꢀ
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢃ&'
!ꢚ8$
ꢀ
ꢀ
Bꢀꢄ9
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢈꢀꢀ
ꢆꢘ4&#&&
9ꢓ0*
9ꢚ;ꢉ ꢀꢓ
ꢇꢀ&ꢃ
ꢇꢄ&
!ꢓ0ꢘ6ꢘꢉꢚꢓ!ꢆꢘ
!ꢇ>ꢚꢘ0!ꢆꢘ
!,ꢚꢘꢘ6 >0!ꢉꢚ
!<ꢀ!ꢆꢀꢈ!<ꢁ
ꢀ1&!ꢏ*F!ꢁꢄ9
$
ꢄ
ꢀ&&8#ꢃ1.$8L
ꢓ4.
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*
ꢉꢓ6$ -ꢀꢈ
ꢃ
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
.ꢃ1ꢄ?
9ꢇꢇ
9ꢚ>ꢉꢆ-0!ꢓ0*
ꢉꢇꢅ
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀꢄ.
ꢀ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈꢁ
ꢓ4'
ꢂ
ꢁ
B
ꢓ' ꢀ&&
ꢁ&1&?
;ꢅꢀꢆ
#
ꢈꢈ&&&&&.ꢅ
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢁ4ꢄ
ꢉ,ꢃ'
ꢀ
ꢁ
>*ꢂꢄꢂ
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢇꢀ&ꢄ
ꢉ,ꢄ4
;ꢄ'ꢆ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
6ꢚ7
ꢈꢈ&&&&&.ꢄ!
ꢈꢀ&
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*
;ꢄ.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢆꢘ4&#&ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
9ꢇꢇ
ꢉꢇ.
ꢓ.&
ꢀꢀ
ꢓꢀꢀ4
ꢀ&&?A.
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈ4
4
.
'
ꢂ'
ꢁ&1&?
ꢈ
ꢃ
ꢉ60
ꢂ.
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
@ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢅ
4
.
ꢀ&
ꢄ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
B
;ꢅꢀ
#
ꢓꢈ$ =ꢉ0
ꢉ60
ꢂ4
ꢀ.
4
9ꢇꢇ
ꢇꢄꢀ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
@ꢁ
ꢈ
ꢂ
ꢉ60
ꢂꢅ
ꢓ.ꢀ
ꢀ4
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
9ꢇꢇ
@ꢂ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢉ60
.ꢃ1ꢄ?
ꢀꢅ
;ꢄ4
ꢂꢄ
>*ꢂꢄꢂ
ꢈꢀꢁ
ꢆꢘ4&#&&
@ꢃ
ꢈ
4
*ꢓ0@
ꢀꢄ
ꢂꢃ
ꢂꢂ
ꢂꢁ
ꢂꢀ
ꢂ&
ꢁ'
@ꢄ
ꢉ60
ꢉ60
ꢉ60
ꢉ60
ꢀꢃ
@ꢅ
ꢀꢂ
ꢈ&
ꢇꢄꢁ
@4
ꢈ
&
9ꢇꢇ6ꢚ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢓ.ꢁ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢀꢁ
ꢘ0>ꢅ&
'
<ꢊꢌꢊꢗA!ꢇ,>ꢈ
@.
ꢇ
ꢉꢈ6
ꢉ$ꢘ
ꢉꢇ?
ꢀ&1&?
ꢉꢈꢚ
ꢘ0>ꢅ&
ꢘ0>ꢅ&
ꢈ3&1145
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢉ,ꢄ&
;ꢅ&
ꢉ,ꢄꢀ
ꢉ,ꢄꢁ
ꢉ,ꢄꢂ
ꢉ,ꢄꢃ
ꢉ,ꢄꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀ
ꢀꢀ
9*,ꢓꢚ-
6ꢚ7
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
ꢅ
ꢈꢀ
;ꢄ'
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢘꢆ
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
ꢘ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢘꢇ
ꢘꢉꢆꢓꢉ
$ꢘ
$6ꢈ
>ꢘ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢛ(ꢍꢐꢜꢋꢊꢛ!)ꢖꢒ!0!ꢘꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!-ꢄ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒ !,ꢇꢆ!,ꢀ!&ꢄ.&ꢁ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
&ꢄ.&ꢂ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
.
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!#!!!ꢖ)!
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
D-24
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
Bꢀꢄ9
Bꢄ9ꢆꢁꢆ
;ꢁꢂ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢄ
ꢃ
=,ꢆꢘꢘ!ꢇꢆ,ꢘ
!$;ꢘꢉ! 0!76ꢉ86ꢁ
!ꢀOꢁK!ꢚ*!ꢉ80
!ꢓ0-;>ꢆꢉꢚꢓ
!6ꢁ,;ꢉOꢚ;ꢉ,;ꢉ
!,6ꢁꢘ
6ꢁ
ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢚꢁOꢚ** ꢁꢇ
ꢇꢅ&
B
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢁꢉꢆ>;$
>,ꢁ'.ꢀ6$ꢄ
ꢇꢁ'
ꢀ!ꢏ*
ꢈ3&1145
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ
<ꢉꢀ
9ꢇꢇ Bꢀꢄ9
6ꢗꢕꢋꢜꢌꢌ!<ꢉꢀ!Cꢋ(ꢒꢖꢏM(!(ꢖꢌꢍD
;ꢃ.
Bꢄ9ꢆꢁꢆ
!ꢚꢓ!<ꢉꢁ!Cꢘ$ꢈDF!
$ꢆ<ꢂ.ꢁꢇ7ꢁ
ꢂꢏꢋ!ꢗꢖꢋ!ꢂꢖꢋ(1
'
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢃ
<ꢉꢁ
ꢉ0$,$;<
ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢀ
/ꢁ4
B9ꢘꢘ
ꢄ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢀ
-ꢁꢈ
9#
6ꢁ!ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢅ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢁ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢂ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢃ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢄ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢅ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ4
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ.
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ
ꢇ
ꢇ
6ꢁ!ꢁ
6ꢁ!ꢂ
6ꢁ!ꢃ
6ꢁ!ꢄ
6ꢁ!ꢅ
6ꢁ!4
6ꢁ!.
ꢁ
ꢂ
4
.
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
0ꢁ
ꢆ&
ꢂ
ꢁ
9ꢂ
9
9!
ꢃ
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ.
ꢀ
ꢆꢀ
ꢄ
ꢆꢁ
ꢅ
ꢘ8ꢈꢁ
ꢓꢘ
4
7ꢓ
.
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ.
'
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ4
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢅ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢄ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢃ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢂ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢁ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢉ0$,
6ꢚ7
ꢀꢀ
;ꢄ'ꢈ
ꢓ4ꢄ
ꢓ4ꢃ
ꢓ4ꢂ
ꢓ4ꢁ
ꢓ4ꢀ
ꢓ4&
ꢓꢅ'
ꢓꢅ.
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢁ.4
ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀꢃ
Bꢀꢄ9#ꢀꢄ9
;ꢃ'
ꢓꢁꢀ. ꢀ?Aꢃ
ꢁ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀ&
4
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
.
4
ꢅ
ꢄ
968ꢂW
968 W
968!W
968"W
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢇꢂꢅ &1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢈꢀ
ꢘꢀ
ꢘꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢀ
ꢅ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢘꢂ
ꢀ&?
ꢈꢃ
ꢘꢃ
ꢓꢂꢃ
ꢀꢁ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢃ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
9ꢇꢇ
9ꢇꢇ
#9ꢘ
-ꢁꢈ
B9ꢘ
6ꢁꢀ
6ꢁꢁ
6ꢁꢂ
6ꢁꢃ
ꢈꢆꢇ&
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
ꢀꢅ
'
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
.
ꢇꢂ4
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢓꢁꢁꢀ ꢀ&?Aꢃ
ꢈ-ꢃꢃꢃꢈ=
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
$
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
07270B DCN 6512
D-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢀꢓꢗꢚꢆꢓꢘꢄꢖꢗꢒꢏꢚ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢓꢁꢂ
ꢃ4&A.
ꢉ,4
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢓꢁꢁ
ꢀꢄ?A.
;ꢀꢀ
;ꢀꢁ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢀ'
-ꢀ
-ꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
6ꢚꢓ
/ꢀ&&ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢀꢅ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢀ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢆꢀ
ꢆꢁ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢄ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆ4
ꢆ.
=ꢀ
=ꢁ
=ꢂ
=ꢃ
=ꢄ
=ꢅ
=4
=.
>ꢀ'
>ꢁ&
>ꢁꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
@YU@SI6G
ꢃ
8PIUSPG
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>.
ꢄ
>ꢁꢁ
DI
6
ꢅ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
4
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄꢃꢀ
.
ꢈ3&1145
'
.
'
ꢀ&
>'
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀ&
ꢀ&&&&!J*
0<ꢉꢀBꢄ9ꢀꢚ;ꢉ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢓꢁ4 ꢓꢁ. ꢓꢁ'
ꢀ&& ꢀ&& ꢀ&&
ꢓꢂꢀ ꢓꢂꢁ ꢓꢂꢂ
ꢀ&& ꢀ&& ꢀ&&
ꢇ
ꢇ
ꢓꢁꢅ
ꢓꢂ&
ꢀ&&
ꢀ&&
ꢂꢂ&!J*F!ꢄ&9
ꢂꢂ&!J*F!ꢄ&9
ꢂꢂ&!J*F!ꢄ&9
;ꢀꢂ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢂꢂ&!J*F!ꢄ&9
ꢀ
ꢀꢅ
>ꢁꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
>ꢁꢃ
>ꢁꢅ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
>ꢁꢄ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
,ꢌꢜꢛꢍ!ꢋ(ꢍꢕꢍ!ꢋꢍꢒꢐꢊꢗꢜꢋꢊꢖꢗ!ꢒꢍꢕꢊꢕꢋꢖꢒꢕ!ꢜꢋ!ꢋ(ꢍ!ꢍꢗ !ꢖ)!ꢍꢜꢛ(! ꢜꢋꢜ
!ꢌꢊꢗꢍ1!!0ꢜꢛ(! ꢜꢋꢜ!ꢌꢊꢗꢍ!
ꢕ(ꢖꢏꢌ !ꢂꢍ!ꢌꢜꢊ !ꢖꢏꢋ!ꢜꢕ!ꢜ! ꢜꢊꢕ%#ꢛ(ꢜꢊꢗF!ꢋ(ꢍ!ꢕꢊMꢗꢜꢌ!JꢜꢕꢕꢊꢗM
!)ꢒꢖꢐ!ꢖꢗꢍ!6ꢇ!ꢋꢖ!ꢋ(ꢍ!ꢗꢍAꢋ1
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
.
'
ꢀ&&&&!J*
9ꢇꢇ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢓꢁꢃ
ꢀꢄ?A.
;ꢀꢃ
ꢓꢁꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ'
-ꢀ
-ꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢂꢂ&Aꢃ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ. ꢈ&
ꢀ4 ꢈꢀ
ꢀꢅ ꢈꢁ
ꢀꢄ ꢈꢂ
ꢀꢃ ꢈꢃ
ꢀꢂ ꢈꢄ
ꢀꢁ ꢈꢅ
ꢀꢀ ꢈ4
ꢆꢀ
ꢆꢁ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢄ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆ4
ꢆ.
=ꢀ
=ꢁ
=ꢂ
=ꢃ
=ꢄ
=ꢅ
=4
=.
;ꢀꢄ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
/ꢀ&&ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
@YU@SI6G
>ꢁ.
>ꢁ'
>ꢂ&
>ꢁ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
8PIUSPG
ꢂ
DI
7
ꢃ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄꢃꢀ
ꢅ
4
>ꢀꢀ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
.
>ꢀ&
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
'
ꢀ&
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀ&
.
'
0<ꢉꢀBꢄ9ꢀꢚ;ꢉ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
%
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
D-26
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢑꢖꢙꢖꢚꢉꢘꢄꢄꢓꢏꢚꢒꢏꢚ
ꢓꢀꢀ&
ꢃ4&A.
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢇ.&
;ꢁꢁ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢇ.ꢁ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
ꢀ
ꢉ,ꢀ'
ꢇ4'
ꢇ.ꢀ
TC9I
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
;ꢁꢃ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢀꢀ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
>ꢃꢂ
ꢅ
;ꢅ
DPX
ꢄ
>ꢃꢃ
>ꢃꢄ
9ꢂ
9
9!
9"
9#
9$
9%
9&
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>ꢃꢅ
.
'
/ꢀ&ꢀ4
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢉꢄ ꢚꢉꢚꢏ ꢄꢓꢏꢚꢒꢏꢚ
ꢂ
;ꢁꢄ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢃ
>ꢃ.
ꢀ
ꢄ
>ꢃ'
>ꢄ&
ꢈ3&1145
ꢅ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
4
.
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
'
>ꢃ4
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢇ
ꢇ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢇ.ꢃ
ꢇ.ꢅ
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀꢁ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
>ꢀꢁ
.
'
ꢇ.ꢂ
ꢇ.ꢄ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
ꢇꢁꢅ
ꢇꢁ4
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉꢉꢆ >0!*;ꢘ0F!&1ꢂꢆF!ꢅ&9
*ꢀ
ꢈꢅ
>ꢀꢂ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
0<ꢉꢂBꢄ9ꢂꢚ;ꢉ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢁꢏꢐꢂꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
&
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢁ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢂꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢂ1 ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
07270B DCN 6512
D-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢑꢖꢙꢖꢚꢉꢘꢄꢄꢓꢏꢚꢒꢏꢚ
ꢓꢀ4
ꢄꢀ&A.
;ꢀꢅ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
ꢀ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
;ꢀ4
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
'
ꢀ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
.
ꢀꢀ
;ꢄ'ꢇ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
6ꢚ7
ꢀ&
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
>ꢂꢁ
>ꢂꢂ
>ꢂꢃ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>ꢂꢀ
.
ꢀ
'
/ꢀ&&.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
;ꢀ.
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢃ
>ꢂꢅ
>ꢂ4
>ꢂ.
ꢀꢓꢗꢚꢆꢓꢘꢄꢓꢏꢚꢒꢏꢚ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
4
.
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
'
>ꢂꢄ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢇꢚꢂ0<ꢉꢂꢓ0ꢉ
ꢇ
ꢇ
.
'
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀꢃ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>ꢄ'
9ꢇꢇ
ꢕꢐꢚꢕꢆꢗꢉꢘꢄꢀꢓꢗꢗꢕꢀꢚꢓꢆ
ꢓꢘꢑꢕꢆꢄ ꢖꢑꢕ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
ꢓꢀꢄ
ꢄꢀ&A.
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
;ꢀ'
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
;ꢁꢀ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
6ꢚ7
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
>ꢃ&
>ꢃꢀ
>ꢃꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢀ
;ꢁ&ꢆ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>ꢂ'
.
'
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢈꢁ
ꢓ0>ꢆ=!ꢘ,ꢈꢉ
?ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
/ꢀ&&'
@ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢓꢄ.
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢀ
ꢈꢂ
ꢀ
ꢓ0>ꢆ=!ꢘ,ꢈꢉ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
?ꢁ
@YU@SIꢀG
ꢄ
ꢘꢚꢁꢁꢁꢁ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
@ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢂ
S@ꢀSꢀQꢀI@G
ꢀGꢀSHꢀPVUQVUT
ꢅ
4
ꢓ0>ꢆ=!ꢘ,ꢈꢉ
.
?ꢂ
'
ꢓꢅ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢂ
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢈꢃ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢘꢚꢁꢁꢁꢁ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
@ꢂ
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀꢁ
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢈꢄ
ꢓ0>ꢆ=!ꢘ,ꢈꢉ
?ꢃ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢓ4
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢘꢚꢁꢁꢁꢁ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
@ꢃ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢓ.
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢘꢚꢁꢁꢁꢁ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢁꢏꢐꢃꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
Bꢀꢁ9ꢓ0ꢉ
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
'
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢁ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢃꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢃ1 ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
D-28
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
M
T
1
M
T
2
M
T
3
M
T
4
M
T
5
M
T
6
M
T
7
M
T
8
M
T
9
S
D
A
S
D
A
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
T
P
1
T
P
2
J
1
J
1
4
+
5
V
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
T
P
3
T
P
4
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
.
3
V
F
B
1
+
5
V
F
B
1
6
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
S
C
L
S
C
L
F
B
2
F
B
1
7
R
6
R
1
R
2
R
3
R
4
R
5
0
0
3
9
3
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
3
9
3
0
0
1
0
0
1
D
0
i
K
1
U
0
/
K
D
1
L
0
K
1
a
0
H
K
S
1
a
0
V
K
1
M
0
o
K
d
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
t
h
B
/
R
y
n
c
s
y
n
c
e
5
V
-
G
N
D
J
2
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
5
5
2
1
B
k
l
g
h
t
+
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F
B
3
B
k
l
g
h
t
-
i
B
a
c
k
L
i
g
h
t
D
R
N
r
i
4
I
v
e
6
R
4
7
R
N
4
I
8
0
J
7
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
V
c
o
m
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
a
a
a
G
G
G
2
4
6
a
G
G
G
3
5
7
C
1
M
o
d
e
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
a
a
2
3
2
1
u
6
F
B
/
6
.
2
3
V
C
2
a
a
a
D
a
t
a
E
n
a
b
l
e
3
.
3
V
J
M
K
J
2
6
K
L
0
.
0
0
2
2
V
s
S
y
y
n
c
+
5
V
J
P
2
C
A
_
1
1
2
H
n
c
I
n
t
e
0
1
r
n
a
l
D
i
t
h
e
r
i
n
g
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
a R
a R
a R
2
4
6
a R
a R
a R
3
5
7
a
B
B
B
B
B
B
7
1
3
E
n
=
a
b
l
e
J
3
1
a B
a B
a B
a B
a B
a B
7
6
5
4
3
2
2
5
8
1
4
7
a
a
a
a
a
6
5
4
3
2
D
i
=
s
a
b
l
e
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
N
I
F
B
4
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
4
6
S
U
c
a
n
D
L
i
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
a B
a B
a B
2
4
6
a B
a B
a B
3
5
7
5
V
-
G
N
D
/
D
/
R
S
c
a
n
D
i
r
.
0
U
D
U
D
D
,
L
R
1
J
8
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
7
9
1
0
1
U
,
R
L
L
0
0
1
a
a
B
B
1
N
I
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
D
,
,
R
0
G
G
G
0
2
4
G
G
G
1
3
5
a
D
C
L
K
a
G
G
G
G
G
G
7
6
5
4
3
2
U
L
R
a G
a G
a G
a G
a G
a G
7
6
5
4
3
2
a
a
a
a
a
1
1
0
2
1
1
1
D
E
N
(
1
=
H
,
0
L
)
=
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
R
2
1
D
e
f
a
u
l
t
:
R
2
1
B
R 0
R 2
R 4
R 1
R 3
R 5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
B
3
0
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
(
L
F
)
(
S
N
)
1
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
3
5
j
u
m
p
e
r
B 5
B 4
B 3
a
a
G
G
1
M
o
d
e
1
1
6
8
0
B 0
B 2
B 4
B 1
B 3
B 5
B
A
C
K
L
a
R
R
R
R
R
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
b
D
C
L
K
a R
a R
a R
a R
a R
a R
7
6
5
4
3
2
C
3
a
a
a
a
a
2
1
2
u
F
B
/
6
.
3
V
C
4
B 2
B 1
B 0
6
X
3
J
u
m
p
e
r
J
M
K
3
6
J
2
2
6
K
L
0
A
.
0
_
0
2
2
D
E
N
C
1
1
2
0
R
2
8
C
5
G
G
G
5
4
3
2
2
u
F
/
J
6
2
.
3
V
C
6
a
R
1
0
B
3
0
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
(
L
F
)
(
S
N
)
J
M
K
3
1
6
B
2
6
K
L
0
.
0
0
2
2
1
a
R
C
A
_
1
2
G
G
G
2
1
0
3
.
3
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
L
U
/
R
D
/
V
g
h
R 5
R 4
R 3
R
7
V
g
d
l
1
0
0
K
A
V
d
J
P
3
a
R
e
s
e
t
1
3
C
7
V
c
o
m
2
R 2
R 1
R 0
1
J
.
1
0
0
D
i
t
h
B
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
5
K
A
4
6
5
8
1
L
/
R
7
9
4
4
1
2
G
M
8
0
0
4
8
0
X
C
-
7
0
-
T
6
T
X
2
9
N
-
L
2
W
U
/
D
L
5
8
-
0
5
2
1
1
0
2
1
C
L
5
8
6
-
0
5
2
7
-
7
4
X
3
J
u
m
p
e
r
Make
FEM A
Model
GM800480W
FG0700A0DSWBG01 3-2, 6-5, 9-8, 12-11, 15-14, 18-17
JP2
JP3
D
1-2, 4-5, 7-8, 10-11, 13-14, 16-17
1-2, 4-5, 7-8, 10-11
2-3, 5-6, 8-9, 11-12
2-3, 5-6, 8-9, 11-12
T
i
t
l
e
Dat a Image
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
United Radiant Tech. UMSH-8173MD-1T
2-3, 4/5/6 NC, 7/8/9 NC, 10-11, 13-14, 16/ 17/18 NC
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
6
/
2
4
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
a
e
t
o
f
1
4
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
1
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
D
r
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
07270B DCN 6512
D-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
T
P
5
A
V
d
d
:
+
1
0
.
4
V
R
8
R
9
T
P
6
3
0
9
K
C
8
0
.
0
0
1
4
8
7
K
C
D
2
1
4
A
-
B
1
4
0
L
F
D
1
+
5
V
A
V
d
d
D
2
L
1
3
.
3
V
L
2
B
k
l
g
h
h
t
t
+
-
2
1
2
2
u
H
K
A
C
1
1
3
.
9
u
H
C
9
C
1
u
0
F
R
8
1
1
T
P
7
2
2
6
u
F
/
6
.
3
V
M
B
R
M
1
2
0
L
T
1
G
R
1
K
0
C
1
2
4
.
7
u
F
/
1
6
V
T
P
8
4
.
7
/
1
6
V
C
1
4
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
J
1
0
5
K
A
J
M
K
3
1
B
J
2
2
6
K
L
0
6
K
C
1
3
T
M
K
3
2
5
B
J
2
2
6
M
M
V
g
l
:
-
7
V
U
1
1
0
1
.
0
2
4
p
f
2
2
u
f
/
2
5
V
5
4
1
3
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
J
1
0
5
K
A
C
1
5
V
i
n
S
W
1
.
0
R
1
2
V
g
l
S
H
D
N
F
B
B
k
l
g
D
B
3
A
1
K
R
6
1
3
R
2
1
4
T
5
4
S
9
C
1
6
9
.
7
.
0
S
U
P
R
1
5
1
2
2
1
8
1
0
9
7
8
3
2
5
V
-
G
N
D
D
R
V
N
1
0
0
K
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
0
.
3
3
F
B
F
B
N
D
4
C
1
7
R
1
4
6
K
7
C
A
T
4
1
3
9
T
D
-
G
T
3
U
2
D
R
V
P
B
A
T
5
4
S
F
D
V
3
0
5
N
C
1
8
4
6
0
.
3
3
1
R
E
F
0
.
3
3
G
Q
1
T
P
S
6
5
1
5
0
P
W
P
6
2
5
0
3
C
P
I
G
N
D
?
F
B
P
P
G
N
D
D
R
8
1
0
7
6
V
G
H
R
1
.
8
6
K
3
.
3
V
P
G
N
8
0
K
5
V
-
G
N
D
V
C
O
M
C
0
1
.
9
1
2
C
T
R
L
3
3
G
D
R
6
1
6
9
.
C
O
M
P
5
K
C
2
0
T
P
9
+
5
V
0
.
2
2
0
2
5
H
T
S
N
K
V
g
h
:
+
1
6
V
B
A
C
K
L
C
2
1
4
7
0
p
f
3
.
3
V
V
g
h
R
2
7
C
3
5
C
2
6
C
2
3
C
2
4
C
2
5
j
D
u
m
p
a
e
u
r
T
P
1
0
R
2
3
C
2
2
e
f
l
t
:
R
2
7
B
0
.
1
3
3
K
2
4
p
f
4
3
p
f
4
3
p
f
4
3
p
f
0
.
1
V
c
o
m
:
+
4
V
R
3
1
R
2
4
R
1
2
0
5
K
R
0
2
K
6
5
V
-
G
N
D
A
B
V
c
o
m
+
5
V
1
0
K
1
3
.
3
V
U
3
C
2
7
1
0
K
D
e
f
a
u
l
t
:
R
3
1
B
1
.
0
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
J
1
0
5
K
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
1
1
1
D
e
f
a
u
l
t
:
N
I
A
O
P
P
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
1
R
2
2
j
u
m
p
e
r
A
2
P
P
P
P
P
P
B
a
c
k
l
l
i
g
h
t
e
P
B
r
i
g
h
t
n
e
s
2
s
2
C
o
n
t
R
r
o
2
l
7
A
B
B
1
1
4
5
S
S
C
D
L
A
S
S
C
D
L
A
0
M
a
i
n
_
t
_
S
S
W
S
1
R
R
N
N
3
1
O
O
C
o
n
t
r
o
M
o
d
1
L
a
n
g
e
l
e
c
t
2
S
2
R
e
m
o
t
e
V
–
i
d
e
o
o
r
t
N
O
S
W
_
4
6
1
3
R
e
m
o
r
t
e
I
–
2
C
f
Y
E
S
O
p
t
.
M
a
i
n
S
w
I
N
T
S
W
_
4
6
P
C
F
8
5
7
4
O
p
t
.
L
a
n
g
.
S
w
.
F
i
x
e
d
B
i
g
h
t
(
d
e
a
u
l
t
)
N
O
B
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
D
T
i
t
l
e
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
6
/
2
4
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
a
e
t
o
f
2
4
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
2
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
D
r
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
D-30
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
+
5
V
U
S
B
-
B
-
M
I
N
I
6
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
3
.
3
V
3
.
3
V
-
R
E
G
O
J
9
1
4
8
6
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
U
T
I
N
J
P
4
S
H
T
D
N
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
B
P
C
2
8
1
u
F
C
2
9
U
4
4
7
0
p
f
D
_
N
P
C
3
0
5
V
-
G
N
D
1
u
F
D
_
F
B
1
3
J
P
5
J
1
0
C
3
8
R
3
4
5
V
-
G
N
D
G
N
D
R
T
1
0
0
K
1
Y
E
L
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
1
u
F
R
L
2
3
4
5
S
D
C
3
7
0
.
0
1
u
F
1
K
D
S
1
L
L
5
V
-
G
N
D
L
T
R
2
9
R
3
5
U
5
R
3
0
1
0
0
K
T
o
n
e
w
T
S
c
r
e
e
n
1
0
0
K
4
1
S
C
L
+
V
E
7
0
5
5
3
-
0
0
4
S
C
L
2
4
M
H
Z
S
D
A
3
2
S
D
A
O
U
T
-
V
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
J
1
1
F
B
7
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
L
L
N
I
R
3
2
1
2
3
4
5
R
L
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
5
V
-
G
N
D
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
4
3
2
1
S
D
G
N
+
-
D
1
8
7
6
5
R
T
C
3
1
D
D
2
3
4
L
T
U
S
B
-
A
_
R
/
A
0
.
1
u
F
J
4
+
5
V
R
3
9
R
3
3
5
V
-
G
N
D
1
0
0
K
T
o
o
l
d
T
S
c
r
e
e
n
1
0
0
K
U
7
F
1
7
0
5
5
3
-
0
0
4
R
4
5
5
V
-
G
N
D
J
1
2
+
5
V
N
I
+
5
V
F
B
8
0
.
5
A
/
6
V
T
A
S
1
H
A
R
C
-
1
2
C
R
2
0
0
.
1
C
3
9
C
4
0
5
V
-
G
N
D
0
.
1
u
F
4
9
.
9
3
7
B
U
S
+
5
G
N
D
0
.
1
B
A
C
H
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
5
9
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
F
B
5
1
8
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
P
W
R
3
2
2
S
U
S
/
R
0
1 7
1 6
1 5
1 4
1 3
1 2
1 1
1 0
V
B
U
S
C
H
S
O
C
S
5
V
-
G
N
D
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
+
3
.
3
V
C
4
1
P
W
R
F
B
9
C
3
2
F
U
U
X
S
B
B
-
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
4
3
2
1
3
.
3
V
C
R
G
N
D
1
u
0
.
1
S
+
2
U
8
1
1
2
3
4
8
+
1
.
8
V
D
+
-
T
L
7
6
5
U
S
B
2
5
4
-
A
E
Z
G
O
C
S
1
D
U
J
S
B
-
A
_
V
E
R
T
C
L
K
-
I
N
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
P
W
R
1
+
5
V
5
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
1
.
8
V
P
L
L
R
3
6
T
E
S
3
T
R
B
I
3
A
S
U
9
+
3
.
V
C
6
0
u
1
2
K
+
3
.
P
L
L
F
2
0
.
1
F
C
3
3
C
3
4
+
5
V
+
5
V
0
.
1
u
F
0
.
1
F
B
1
0
0
.
5
A
/
6
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
C
4
2
5
V
-
G
N
D
0
.
1
u
F
D
D
1
_
N
P
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
1
_
D
D
D
D
D
D
4
_
_
_
_
_
_
P
4
3
3
2
2
N
P
5
V
-
G
N
D
1
K
5
V
-
G
N
D
F
B
1
1
N
P
4
3
2
1
C
4
3
C
4
F
4
G
N
D
R
3
8
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
D
S
2
0
.
1
u
F
D
+
-
1
u
N
D
G
R
N
U
S
B
-
A
_
V
E
R
T
R
3
7
5
V
-
G
N
D
+
5
V
J
6
1
0
0
K
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
U
1
1
C
3
6
5
V
-
G
N
D
0
.
1
u
F
F
3
+
5
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
F
B
1
2
0
.
5
A
/
6
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
C
4
5
0
.
1
u
F
5
V
-
G
N
D
C
o
d
n
e
u
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
3
S
e
l
e
c
t
M
o
a
R
2
A
B
R
4
5
D
e
f
l
t
A
B
B
D
M
B
U
1
S
T
i
t
l
e
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
0
0
K
f
o
r
A
,
O
0
h
m
f
o
r
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
6
/
2
4
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
a
e
t
o
f
3
4
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
3
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
D
r
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
07270B DCN 6512
D-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
3
.
3
V
T
O
U
C
H
S
C
R
E
E
N
I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
R
Y
(
T
B
D
)
F
B
1
1
N
5
T
C
6
1
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
0
.
1
J
1
3
J
1
5
0
0
0
R
R
R
4
5
5
9
0
1
M H 1
M H 2
M H 3
M H 4
7
2
9
4
5
6
3
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Y
0
_
P
1
U
6
Y
0
_
_
N
P
1
Y
0
_
P
9
8
1
0
4
5
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
2
4
5
4
Y
1
1
Y
0
0
1
1
2
2
P
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
a
a
a
a
a
a
R
R
R
R
R
R
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
Y
0
_
N
6
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
M
P
0
R
5
2
Y
1
_
P
1
1
1
1
7
9
0
1
3
4
5
7
9
0
1
3
5
6
7
Y
1
_
N
1
1
Y
1
_
N
Y
2
_
N
M
M
P
0
R
5
3
Y
2
_
N
P
0
R
5
4
Y
2
_
Y
2
_
P
1
L
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
0
0
R
5
5
2
1
0
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
C
K
O
U
T
_
N
1
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
G
G
G
G
G
G
B
B
B
B
B
B
2
1
1
3
6
7
b
D
C
L
K
C
C
C
L
L
L
K
O
U
T
M
P
R
5
6
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
N
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
P
1
K
I
N
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
P
K
I
N
D
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
6
H
E
A
D
E
R
-
7
X
2
S
H
T
D
N
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
N
C
2
3
4
4
8
6
2
8
V
V
V
V
C C
C C
C C
C C
R
4
0
R
4
3
R
4
1
R
1
4
2
R
4
4
3
.
3
V
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
G
3
1
6
8
-
0
5
0
0
0
2
0
2
-
0
0
1
0
K
F
B
1
8
1
2
2
0
L
P
V
D
S
/
V
C
C
B
D
A
a
C
K
L
3
.
3
V
L
L
V
C
C
a
t
a
E
n
a
b
l
e
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
7
3
8
N
O
T
E
:
L
V
D
D
D
S G
S G
S G
ND
ND
ND
3
2
3
3
4
1
1
G
N D
N D
N D
N D
N D
C
6
2
T
o
r
e
c
e
i
v
e
b
a
c
k
l
i
g
h
t
c
o
n
t
L
r
o
l
D
(
B
A
C
K
L
)
f
r
o
m
C
P
U
b
o
a
r
d
L
V
5
2
8
4
G
G
G
G
w
h
e
n
u
s
i
n
g
I
C
O
P
_
0
0
9
6
V
S
T
r
a
n
s
m
i
t
t
e
r
.
F
B
B
6
L
V
T
h
e
c
o
n
C
n
)
e
c
t
i
o
n
f
-
r
o
m
p
i
n
4
2
o
n
t
h
e
e
T
n
T
L
n
v
i
d
o
e
o
c
e
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
1
2
9
1
P
P
L
L
G
N
D
D
0
.
1
(
V
S
Y
N
t
o
U
1
2
3
m
u
s
t
b
e
b
r
o
k
a
d
c
n
n
c
t
e
d
t
o
F
1
4
L
L
G
N
p
i
n
4
3
.
V
c
c
P
I
N
2
8
V
c
c
P
I
N
3
6
V
c
c
P
I
N
4
2
V
c
c
P
I
N
4
8
S
N
7
5
L
V
D
S
8
6
A
C
4
6
C
4
9
C
4
7
C
5
0
C
4
8
C
5
1
C
5
3
C
5
2
C
5
4
2
3
2
u
F
B
/
6
.
2
3
V
K
C
5
5
C
5
6
C
5
7
C
5
8
J
M
K
1
6
J
2
6
L
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
D
T
i
t
l
e
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
6
/
2
4
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
a
e
t
o
f
4
4
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
4
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
D
r
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
D-32
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
M
T
1
M
T
2
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
T
o
L
C
D
D
i
s
p
l
a
y
F
r
o
m
I
C
O
P
C
P
U
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
-
0
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
U
1
+
3
.
3
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
6
4
4
4
4
4
5
7
8
1
3
4
6
7
9
0
2
3
5
6
8
9
0
2
3
5
4
4
3
3
3
3
1
0
9
8
5
4
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
0
0
1
1
2
2
_
_
_
_
_
_
N
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
Y
0
M
7
8
9
1
1
P
Y
0
P
J
1
N
P
N
P
Y
1
M
Y
1
P
Y
2
_
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
M
M
M
M
H 1
H 2
H 3
H 4
H
e
a
d
e
r
2
2
X
2
0
J
2
Y
2
M
1
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
2
Y
2
P
Y
2
_
_
N
P
V
A
D
0
V
A
D
1
3
1
0
1
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
2 6
3 3
3 2
C
L
K
I
N
Y
1
V
A
D
2
V
A
D
1
C
L
K
I
N
C
C
L
K
O
O
U
T
T
_
N
P
0
1
2
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
C
L
K
O
U
T
M
L
K
U
_
Y
1
_
_
N
P
V A
V A
V A
D
D
D
6
8
1
V A
V A
V A
D
D
D
7
9
1
C
L
K
O
U
T
P
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
Y
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
2
7
0
1
S
H
T
D
N
+
3
.
3
V
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
3
Y
0
_
O
N
U
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
1
4
3
N
N
C
C
C
L
K
T
_
P
1
1
4
2
8
2
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
N
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V
C
C
C
C
C
C
V B
V B
V B
D
D
D
2
4
6
V B
V B
V B
D
D
D
3
5
7
V
1
V
3
7
9
B
V
A
B
C
D
K
L
L
V
P
D
L
S
V
C
C
C
C
2
V
B
D
1
0
V
B
D
1
1
E
L
V
+
3
.
3
V
2
2
.
1
4 2
3 6
3 1
V
B
G
D
C
E
L
K
5
1
7
4
6
V
V
V
L
L
L
D S
D S
D S
G N
G N
G N
D
D
D
R
1
K
G
G
G
G
G
N
N
N
N
N
D
D
D
D
D
V
B
1
1
2
4
R
2
1
0
3
0
8
P
P
L
L
G
N
D
D
2
G
3
1
6
8
-
0
5
0
0
0
1
0
1
-
0
0
L
L
G
N
S
N
7
5
L
V
D
S
8
4
A
+
3
.
3
V
B
A
C
K
L
J
3
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
Y
0
_
P
Y
0
_
N
N
Y
1
_
P
Y
1
_
Y
2
U
_
N
T
Y
C
2
L
_
K
P
O
1
1
1
C
L
K
O
_
N
U
T
_
P
1
3
+
3
.
3
V
H
e
a
d
e
r
7
X
2
C
1
T
i
t
l
e
C
2
C
3
C
4
C
5
C
6
C
7
C
8
C
9
C
1
0
C
1
1
2
2
u
F
/
6
.
3
V
L
V
D
S
,
T
r
a
n
s
m
i
t
t
e
r
B
o
a
r
d
J
M
K
3
1
6
B
J
2
2
6
K
L
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
B
A
0
6
8
8
2
D
a
t
e
:
5
/
7
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
e
t
1
o
f
1
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
8
8
2
-
P
1
-
R
0
.
S
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
07270B DCN 6512
D-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
U
6
1
2
6
5
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
+
5
V
V
3
4
R
7
1
.
3
7
K
K
J
1
S
P
3
0
5
0
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
J
2
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
T
H
R
O
U
G
H
E
T
H
E
R
N
E
T
A
A
A
T
T
R
X
+
-
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
X
1
6
5
+
5
X
D
+
1
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
-
1
L
E
0
L
E
D
0
+
1
4
A
R
X
-
1
3
R
8
L
E
D
1
+
1
.
3
7
L
E
D
1
1
0
D
F
1
1
-
8
D
P
-
2
D
S
(
2
4
)
C
O
N
N
_
R
J
4
5
_
L
E
D
G
N
D
T
P
1
+
5
V
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
T
P
2
S
D
A
P
2
P
3
U
8
L
1
1
1
S
D
A
4
2
1
1
5
1
1
7
+
5
V
-
O
U
T
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
V
D
D
1
V
D
D
2
1
1
4
3
4
7
u
H
L
M
E
0
5
0
5
S
C
L
G
N
D
1
G
N
D
2
R
1
6
C28
4.7uF
1
k
T
P
4
+
C17
100uF
R
1
0
H
e
a
d
e
r
8
S
C
L
H
e
a
d
e
r
8
2
.
2
k
T
P
3
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
D
S
3
G
R
N
G
N
D
G
N
D
T
i
t
l
e
A
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y
I
/
O
B
o
a
r
d
(
P
W
R
-
E
T
H
E
R
N
E
T
)
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
A
0
6
7
3
1
A
D
a
t
e
:
1
/
2
8
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
e
t
1
o
f
3
LG1
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
7
3
1
-
1
_
E
T
H
E
R
N
E
T
.
S
c
h
D
o
D
c
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
D-34
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
V
-
B
U
S
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
V
-
B
U
S
C19
0.1uF
C20
0.1uF
C21
R
2
1
1
4.7uF
C24
0.1uF
.
2
k
C22
0.1uF
3
.
3
V
G
N
D
U
9
C23
2
8
2
2
3
2
6
D
S
4
0.1uF
G
N
D
C
C
C
C
1
1
2
2
+
V
C
C
2
4
1
2
3
-
O
N
L
I
N
E
G
N
D
R
1
2
+
-
V
-
7
4
.
7
5
k
V
+
G
R
N
J
3
6
9
1
2
2
2
6
4
8
T
X
D
-
A
1
1
1
4
3
2
9
1
1
T
X
D
-
B
1
7
5
9
4
8
3
2
V
D
D
T
X
D
T
I
1
T
T
T
O
1
2
3
R
C
X
D
R
T
S
-
A
0
1
R
T
S
-
B
R
S
T
R
T
S
T
I
2
O
O
T
S
1
1
D
T
R
-
A
D
T
R
-
B
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
D
T
R
T
I
3
D
S
R
N
/
C
2
2 5
2 3
2 7
1
2
3
R
X
D
-
A
1
1
1
1
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
5
6
7
8
R
X
D
-
B
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
R
X
D
R
R
R
R
R
O
O
O
O
O
1
2
3
4
5
R
R
R
R
R
I1
I2
I 3
I 4
I5
T
R
X
T
D
J
4
C
T
S
-
A
C
T
S
-
B
C
T
S
R
S
3
2
1
4
4
5
7
8
D
S
R
-
A
D
S
R
-
B
B
D
+
D
D
V
V
+
D
S
D
T
R
D
U
1
0
D
C
D
-
A
D
C
D
-
D
-
-
D
C
D
D
C
V
-
B
U
S
R
I
-
A
R
I
-
B
1
0
V
B
U
D
S
R
B
E
G
-
I
R
I
R
I
6
G
N
U
S
G
N
D
G
N
D
2
2
1
2
2
0
5
S
S
T
A
T
R
O
2
U
1
1
2
U
S
B
H
T
D
N
G
N
D
D
F
1
1
-
1
0
D
P
-
2
D
S
(
2
4
)
C
P
2
1
0
2
1
2
6
5
0
R
S
P
3
2
4
3
E
U
1
4
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
0
C25
0.1uF
C26
1uF
G
N
D
R
1
5
3
4
n
c
n
c
N
U
P
2
2
0
2
W
1
G
N
D
G
N
D
M
T
1
M
T
2
M
T
-
H
O
L
E
M
T
-
H
O
L
E
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
-
1
T
i
t
l
e
A
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y
I
/
O
B
o
a
r
d
(
U
S
B
)
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
A
0
6
7
3
1
A
D
a
t
e
:
1
/
2
8
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
e
t
2
o
f
3
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
7
3
1
-
2
_
U
S
B
.
S
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
07270B DCN 6512
D-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
R
9
9
4
.
9
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
+
5
V
-
A
D
C
C27
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
C1
0.1uF
4.7uF
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
P
1
U
1
A
N
-
C
H
0
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
3
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
V
D
D
D
D
D
N
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
A
2
N
-
C
H
1
V
A
N
-
C
H
3
S
H
T
A
N
-
C
H
3
A
5
N
-
C
H
4
9
5
1
1
6
S
S
D
A
A
N
-
C
H
C
L
A
N
-
C
H
6
0
2
A
2
A
N
-
C
H
7
A
1
4
.
.
7
5
k
4
7
8
1
2
4
4
A
0
N
N
N
N
N
N
A
C
R
1
C
C
C
C
C
G
2
7
6
U
2
U
3
R
F
E
F
J
A
N
A
L
O
G
I
N
P
U
T
1
2
3
6
5
4
1
2
3
6
5
4
2
1
2
2
1
R
E
-
A
C8
0.1uF
C9
0.1uF
2
2
3
8
C10
4.7uF
C11
0.01uF
N
N
D
C
C
4
7
5
k
5
N
D
D
G
N
R
2
S
M
S
1
2
S
M
S
1
2
M
A
X
1
2
7
0
B
C
A
I
+
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
+
5
V
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
R
3
R
4
2
.
2
k
2
.
2
k
C12
0.1uF
N
C
7
6
W
Z
1
7
P
6
X
C13
0.1uF
C14
0.1uF
R
5
R
6
1
2
.
2
k
2
.
2
k
S
D
A
S
C
L
D
S
1
D
S
2
U
4
A
U
5
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
4
5
2
3
0
1
6
3
V
D
D
2
G
N
D
V
D
D
1
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
2
5
4
8
6
7
1
N
C
N
C
Y
E
L
Y
E
L
S
D
A
2
S
D
A
S
D
A
1
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
N
C
C
N
N
C
N
C
3
4
S
C
L
S
C
L
1
S
C
L
2
2
2
U
N
4
C
B
7
G
N
D
1
1
G
N
D
D
G
N
G
N
D
W
Z
1
7
P
6
X
A
D
u
M
2
2
5
1
T
i
t
l
e
G
N
D
A
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y
I
/
O
B
o
a
r
d
(
A
D
C
)
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
A
0
6
7
3
1
A
D
a
t
e
:
1
/
2
8
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
e
t
3
o
f
3
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
7
3
1
-
3
_
A
D
C
.
S
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
D-36
07270B DCN 6512
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|